Internal Revenue Bulletin 2005-1 (PDF rendition): IRS Announcements

Preserve advance releases and the authoritative Internal Revenue Bulletin rendition; directory timestamps are file-publication metadata, not legal effective dates. HTML bulletins begin June 2003; earlier available issues require full PDF parsing. Whole bulletin rendition: numbered items are identified below; other legal material and publisher context remain included. This is not a new standalone advance release.

Bulletin No. 200
5-1
January 3, 2005
HIGHLIGHTS
OF THIS ISSUE
These synopses are intended only as aids to the reader in
identifying the subject matter covered. They may not be
relied upon as authoritative interpretations.
EMPLOYEE PLANS
Rev. Proc. 2005–4, page 128.
Rulings and information letters; issuance procedures.
Revised procedures are provided for furnishing ruling letters,
information letters, etc., on matters related to sections of the
Code currently under the jurisdiction of the Office of the Di-
vision Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities.
Rev. Proc. 2004–4 superseded.
Rev. Proc
. 2005–5, page 170.
Technical
advice.Revised procedures are provided for fur-
nishing t
echnical advice to area managers and appeals offices
by the Off
ice of the Division Commissioner, Tax Exempt and
Governme
nt Entities, regarding issues in the employee plans
area (inc
luding actuarial matters) and in the exempt organiza-
tions are
a. Rev. Proc. 2004–5 superseded.
Rev. Proc. 2005–6, page 200.
Employee plans determination letters.Revised proce-
dures are provided for issuing determination letters on the
qualified status of employee plans under sections 401(a),
403(a), 409, and 4975 of the Code. Rev. Proc. 2004–6
superseded.
Rev. Proc. 2005–8, page 243.
User fees for employee plans and exempt organizations.
Up-to-date guidance for complying with the user fee program
of the Service as it pertains to requests for letter rulings, deter-
mination letters, etc., on matters under the jurisdiction of the
Office of the Division Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Govern-
ment Entities, is provided. Rev. Proc. 2004–8 superseded.
EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS
Rev. Proc. 2005–4, page 128.
Rulings and information letters; issuance procedures.
Revised procedures are provided for furnishing ruling letters,
information letters, etc., on matters related to sections of the
Code currently under the jurisdiction of the Office of the Di-
vision Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities.
Rev. Proc. 2004–4 superseded.
Rev. Proc
. 2005–5, page 170.
Technical
advice.Revised procedures are provided for fur-
nishing t
echnical advice to area managers and appeals offices
by the Off
ice of the Division Commissioner, Tax Exempt and
Governme
nt Entities, regarding issues in the employee plans
area (inc
luding actuarial matters) and in the exempt organiza-
tions are
a. Rev. Proc. 2004–5 superseded.
Rev. Proc. 2005–8, page 243.
User fees for employee plans and exempt organizations.
Up-to-date guidance for complying with the user fee program
of the Service as it pertains to requests for letter rulings, deter-
mination letters, etc., on matters under the jurisdiction of the
Office of the Division Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Govern-
ment Entities, is provided. Rev. Proc. 2004–8 superseded.
(Continued on the next page)
Cumulative List of Declaratory Judgment Proceedings Under Section 7428 for 2003 begins on page 257.
Fi
nding Lists begin on page ii.

ADMINISTRATIVE
Rev. Proc. 2005–1, page 1.
Letter rulings, information letters and determination let-
ters.This procedure contains revised procedures for letter
rulings and information letters issued by the Associate Chief
Counsel (Corporate), Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Insti-
tutions and Products), Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax
and Accounting), Associate Chief Counsel (International), Asso-
ciate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), As-
sociate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), and Di-
vision Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Gov-
ernment Entities). This procedure also contains revised pro-
cedures for determination letters issued by the Large and Mid-
Size Business Division, Small Business/Self-Employed Division,
WageandInvestmentDivision,andTaxExemptandGovern-
ment Entities Division. Rev. Proc. 2004–1 superseded.
Rev. Proc. 2
005–2, page 86.
Technical a
dvice and technical expedited advice.This
procedure e
xplains when and how the Associate Chief Counsel
(Corporat
e), Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and
Products)
, Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Account-
ing), Asso
ciate Chief Counsel (International), Associate Chief
Counsel (P
assthroughs and Special Industries), Associate Chief
Counsel (P
rocedure and Administration), and Division Coun-
sel/Asso
ciate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government En-
tities) i
ssue technical advice memoranda (TAMs) and technical
expedite
d advice memoranda (TEAMs) to a director or an ap-
peals are
a director. It also explains the rights a taxpayer has
when a fie
ld office requests technical advice or technical ex-
pedited
advice regarding a tax matter. Rev. Proc. 2004–2
superse
ded.
Rev. Proc. 2005–3, page 118.
Areas in which rulings will not be issued (domestic ar-
eas).This procedure provides a revised list of those provisions
of the Code under the jurisdiction of the Associates Chief Coun-
sel (Corporate, Financial Institutions and Products, Income Tax
and Accounting, Passthroughs and Special Industries, and Pro-
cedure and Administration), and the Division Counsel/Associate
Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities) relating to
matters on which the Service will not issue rulings or determi-
nation letters. Rev. Proc. 2004–3 superseded.
Rev. Proc. 2005–7, page 240.
Areas in which rulings will not be issued; Associate
Chief Counsel (International).This procedure revises the
list of those provisions of the Code under the jurisdiction of
the Associate Chief Counsel (International) relating to matters
where the Service will not issue rulings or determination
letters. Rev. Proc. 2004–7 superseded.
January 3, 20052005–1 I.R.B.

The IRS Mission
Provide America’s taxpayers top quality service by helping
them understand and meet their tax responsibilities and by
applying the tax law with integrity and fairness to all.
Introduction
The Internal Revenue Bulletin is the authoritative instrument of
the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for announcing official
rulings and procedures of the Internal Revenue Service and for
publishing Treasury Decisions, Executive Orders, Tax Conven-
tions, legislation, court decisions, and other items of general
interest. It is published weekly and may be obtained from the
Superintendent of Documents on a subscription basis. Bulletin
contents are compiled semiannually into Cumulative Bulletins,
which are sold on a single-copy basis.
It is the policy of the Service to publish in the Bulletin all sub-
stantive rulings necessary to promote a uniform application of
the tax laws, including all rulings that supersede, revoke, mod-
ify, or amend any of those previously published in the Bulletin.
All published rulings apply retroactively unless otherwise indi-
cated. Procedures relating solely to matters of internal man-
agement are not published; however, statements of internal
practices and procedures that affect the rights and duties of
taxpayers are published.
Revenue rulings represent the conclusions of the Service on the
application of the law to the pivotal facts stated in the revenue
ruling. In those based on positions taken in rulings to taxpayers
or technical advice to Service field offices, identifying details
and information of a confidential nature are deleted to prevent
unwarranted invasions of privacy and to comply with statutory
requirements.
Rulings and procedures reported in the Bulletin do not have the
force and effect of Treasury Department Regulations, but they
may be used as precedents. Unpublished rulings will not be
relied on, used, or cited as precedents by Service personnel in
the disposition of other cases. In applying published rulings and
procedures, the effect of subsequent legislation, regulations,
court decisions, rulings, and procedures must be considered,
and Service personnel and others concerned are cautioned
against reaching the same conclusions in other cases unless
the facts and circumstances are substantially the same.
The Bulletin is divided into four parts as follows:
Part I.—19
86 Code.
This part i
ncludes rulings and decisions based on provisions of
the Intern
al Revenue Code of 1986.
Part II.—Treaties and Tax Legislation.
This part is divided into two subparts as follows: Subpart A,
Tax Conventions and Other Related Items, and Subpart B, Leg-
islation and Related Committee Reports.
Part III.—Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous.
To the extent practicable, pertinent cross references to these
subjects are contained in the other Parts and Subparts. Also
included in this part are Bank Secrecy Act Administrative Rul-
ings. Bank Secrecy Act Administrative Rulings are issued by
the Department of the Treasury’s Office of the Assistant Sec-
retary (Enforcement).
Part IV
.—Items of General Interest.
This par
t includes notices of proposed rulemakings, disbar-
ment an
d suspension lists, and announcements.
The last Bulletin for each month includes a cumulative index
for the matters published during the preceding months. These
monthly indexes are cumulated on a semiannual basis, and are
published in the last Bulletin of each semiannual period.
The c
ontents of this publication are not copyrighted and may be reprinted freely. A citation of the Internal Revenue Bulletin as the source would be appropriate.
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
2005–1 I.R.B.January 3, 2005

January 3, 20052005–1 I.R.B.
Picture Them Home
Call 1-800-THE-LOST
National Center for Missing and Exploited Children
Missing From: Orlando, FL on 01/26/2001
Lilliana Carrero
Female, Age Now: 17
Brown eyes, Black hair
Help Us To
www.missingkids.com
(1-800-843-5678)
Proud Partners With
Internal Revenue Service
Age Progression By NCMEC

Part III. Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous
26 CFR 601.201: Rulings and determination letters.
Rev. Proc. 2005–1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1. WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE?
................................................ 5
.01Descriptionoftermsusedinthisrevenueprocedure................................................................ 5
.02Updatedannually.............................................................................................. 6
SECTION 2. WHAT IS THE FORM IN WHICH THE SERVICE PROVIDES ADVICE TO TAXPAYERS?........................ 6
.01Letterruling .................................................................................................. 6
.02Closingagreement............................................................................................. 6
.03Determinationletter............................................................................................ 7
.04Informationletter.............................................................................................. 7
.05OralAdvice .................................................................................................. 8
(1)Nooralrulingsandnowrittenrulingsinresponsetooralrequests. ............................................... 8
(2)Discussionpossibleonsubstantiveissues...................................................................... 8
SECTION 3. ON WHAT ISSUES MAY TAXPAYERS REQUEST WRITTEN ADVICE UNDER THIS
PROCEDURE?
.......................................................................................... 8
.01IssuesunderthejurisdictionoftheAssociateChiefCounsel(Corporate) ............................................. 8
.02IssuesunderthejurisdictionoftheAssociateChiefCounsel(FinancialInstitutionsandProducts) ....................... 8
.03IssuesunderthejurisdictionoftheAssociateChiefCounsel(IncomeTaxandAccounting)............................. 8
.04IssuesunderthejurisdictionoftheAssociateChiefCounsel(International)........................................... 9
.05IssuesunderthejurisdictionoftheAssociateChiefCounsel(PassthroughsandSpecialIndustries) ...................... 9
.06IssuesunderthejurisdictionoftheAssociateChiefCounsel(ProcedureandAdministration) ........................... 9
.07 Issues under the jurisdiction of the Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and
GovernmentEntities) .......................................................................................... 9
SECTION 4. ON WHAT ISSUES MUST WRITTEN ADVICE BE REQUESTED UNDER DIFFERENT
PROCEDURES?
......................................................................................... 9
.01 Alcohol, tobacco, and firearms taxes............................................................................. 9
.02Employeeplansandexemptorganizations........................................................................ 9
SECTION 5. UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES DO THE ASSOCIATE OFFICES ISSUE LETTER
RULINGS?
............................................................................................. 10
.01Inincomeandgifttaxmatters.................................................................................. 10
.02SpecialreliefforlateScorporationandrelatedelections .......................................................... 10
.03A§301.9100requestforextensionoftimeformakinganelectionorforotherrelief.................................. 10
.04Determinationsunder§999(d)oftheInternalRevenueCode ...................................................... 11
.05Inmattersinvolving§367..................................................................................... 11
.06Inestatetaxmatters........................................................................................... 11
.07Inmattersinvolvingadditionalestatetaxunder§2032A(c)........................................................ 12
.08Inmattersinvolvingqualifieddomestictrustsunder§2056A...................................................... 12
.09Ingeneration-skippingtransfertaxmatters....................................................................... 12
.10Inemploymentandexcisetaxmatters........................................................................... 12
.11Inadministrativeprovisionsmatters............................................................................. 12
.12InIndiantribalgovernmentmatters............................................................................. 12
.13Onconstructivesalespriceunder§4216(b)or§4218(c).......................................................... 13
.14Maybeissuedbeforetheissuanceofaregulationorotherpublishedguidance....................................... 13
SECTION 6. UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES DOES THE SERVICE NOT ISSUE LETTER RULINGS OR
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
........................................................................... 13
.01Ordinarilynotiftherequestinvolvesanissueunderexamination,orconsideration,orinlitigation ..................... 13
.02 Ordinarily not in certain areas because of factual nature of the problem............................................. 14
.03Ordinarilynotonpartofanintegratedtransaction................................................................ 14
.04Ordinarilynotonwhichoftwoentitiesisacommonlawemployer................................................. 14
2005–1 I.R.B.1January 3, 2005

.05Generallynottobusinessassociationsorgroups.................................................................. 14
.06 Generally not where the request does not address the tax status, liability, or reporting obligations of
therequester................................................................................................. 14
.07Generallynottoforeigngovernments........................................................................... 14
.08Ordinarilynotonfederaltaxconsequencesofproposedlegislation ................................................. 14
.09Notbeforeissuanceofaregulationorotherpublishedguidance.................................................... 14
.10Notonfrivolousissues ....................................................................................... 15
.11No“comfort”letterrulings .................................................................................... 15
.12Notonalternativeplansorhypotheticalsituations................................................................ 15
.13Notonpropertyconversionafterreturnfiled .................................................................... 15
.14CircumstancesunderwhichdeterminationlettersarenotissuedbyaDirector........................................ 16
SECTION 7. WHAT ARE THE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR REQUESTING LETTER RULINGS AND
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
........................................................................... 16
.01Certaininformationrequiredinallrequests...................................................................... 16
(1)Completestatementoffactsandotherinformation ............................................................ 16
(2)Copiesofallcontracts,wills,deeds,agreements,instruments,otherdocuments,andforeignlaws................... 16
(3)Analysisofmaterialfacts .................................................................................. 17
(4)Statementregardingwhethersameissueisinanearlierreturn .................................................. 17
(5) Statement regarding whether same or similar issue was previously ruled on or requested, or is
currentlypending ......................................................................................... 17
(6)Statementregardinginterpretationofasubstantiveprovisionofanincomeorestatetaxtreaty...................... 18
(7)LetterfromBureauofIndianAffairsrelatingtoIndiantribalgovernment ........................................ 18
(8)Statementofsupportingauthorities.......................................................................... 18
(9)Statementofcontraryauthorities. ........................................................................... 19
(10)Statementidentifyingpendinglegislation ................................................................... 19
(11) Statement identifying information to be deleted from copy of letter ruling or determination letter
forpublicinspection....................................................................................... 19
(12)Signaturebytaxpayerorauthorizedrepresentative........................................................... 20
(13)Authorizedrepresentatives................................................................................ 20
(14)Powerofattorneyanddeclarationofrepresentative .......................................................... 21
(15)Penaltiesofperjurystatement ............................................................................. 21
(16)Numberofcopiesofrequesttobesubmitted ................................................................ 22
(17)Sampleformatforaletterrulingrequest .................................................................... 22
(18)Checklistforletterrulingrequests.......................................................................... 22
.02Additionalproceduralinformationrequiredwithrequest .......................................................... 22
(1)Torequestseparateletterrulingsformultipleissuesinasinglesituation ......................................... 22
(2) Power of attorney used to indicate recipient of a copy or copies of a letter ruling or a
determinationletter ....................................................................................... 23
(3)Torequestaparticularconclusiononaproposedtransaction.................................................... 23
(4)Torequestexpeditedhandling .............................................................................. 23
(5) Taxpayer requests to receive any document related to the letter ruling request by facsimile
transmission(fax)......................................................................................... 24
(6)Torequestaconference.................................................................................... 25
.03Addresstosendtherequest.................................................................................... 25
.04Pendingletterrulingrequests .................................................................................. 25
.05Whentoattachletterrulingtoreturn............................................................................ 26
.06Howtocheckonstatusofrequest .............................................................................. 26
.07RequestmaybewithdrawnorAssociateofficemaydeclinetoissueletterruling ..................................... 26
SECTION 8. HOW DO THE ASSOCIATE OFFICES HANDLE LETTER RULING REQUESTS?.............................. 27
.01 Docket, Records, and User Fee Branch receives,initially controls and refers the request to the
appropriateAssociateoffice ................................................................................... 27
.02BranchrepresentativeoftheAssociateofficecontactstaxpayerwithin21days....................................... 27
.03Determinesiftransactioncanbemodifiedtoobtainfavorableletterruling........................................... 27
.04Isnotboundbyinformalopinionexpressed...................................................................... 28
.05Additionalinformation........................................................................................ 28
(1)Additionalinformationmustbesubmittedwithin21days...................................................... 28
January 3, 200522005–1 I.R.B.

(2)Extensionofreplyperiodifjustifiedandapproved............................................................ 28
(3)Letterrulingrequestclosedifthetaxpayerdoesnotsubmitadditionalinformation ................................ 28
(4)Penaltiesofperjurystatement .............................................................................. 28
(5)Faxingrequestandadditionalinformation ................................................................... 28
(6)Addresstosendadditionalinformation ...................................................................... 28
(7)Identifyinginformation .................................................................................... 29
(8)Numberofcopies ......................................................................................... 29
.06 Near the completion of the rulingprocess, advises the taxpayer ofconclusions and, if the Associate
officewillruleadversely,offersthetaxpayertheopportunitytowithdrawtheletterrulingrequest...................... 29
.07Mayrequestdraftofproposedletterrulingnearthecompletionoftherulingprocess.................................. 30
.08 Issues separate letter rulings for substantially identical letter rulings and generally issues a single
letterrulingforrelated§301.9100letter ......................................................................... 30
.09SendsacopyoftheletterrulingtoappropriateServiceofficial..................................................... 30
SECTION 9. WHAT ARE THE SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES FOR A REQUEST FOR A
CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING METHOD FROM THE ASSOCIATE OFFICES?
.................................. 30
.01Automaticandadvanceconsentchangeinaccountingmethodrequests.............................................. 30
(1)Automaticchangeinaccountingmethodrequestprocedures.................................................... 30
(2)Advanceconsentletterrulingrequests....................................................................... 31
.02 Ordinarily only one change in accounting method on a Form 3115 and a separate Form 3115 for each
taxpayer and for each separate trade or business.................................................................. 31
.03InformationrequiredwithaForm3115.......................................................................... 31
(1)FactsandotherinformationrequestedonForm3115andinapplicablerevenueprocedures......................... 31
(2)Statementofcontraryauthorities............................................................................ 32
(3)Copiesofallcontracts,agreements,andotherdocuments ...................................................... 32
(4)Analysisofmaterialfacts .................................................................................. 32
(5)Informationregardingwhethersameissueisinanearlierreturn................................................. 32
(6) Statement regarding prior requests for a change in accounting method and other pending requests................... 32
(7)Statementidentifyingpendinglegislation .................................................................... 33
(8)Authorizedrepresentatives ................................................................................. 33
(9)Powerofattorneyanddeclarationofrepresentative ........................................................... 33
(10)Penaltiesofperjurystatement ............................................................................. 33
.04Additionalproceduralinformationrequiredincertaincircumstances................................................ 33
(1)Recipientsoforiginalandcopyofcorrespondence ............................................................ 33
(2)Torequestexpeditedhandling .............................................................................. 34
(3) To receive the change in accounting method letterruling or any other correspondence related to a
Form3115byfacsimiletransmission(fax) ................................................................... 34
(4)Torequestaconference.................................................................................... 34
.05AssociateofficeaddressforForms3115......................................................................... 34
.06AForm3115mustnotbesubmittedbyfax...................................................................... 35
.07Form3115controlledandreferredtotheappropriateAssociateoffice............................................... 36
.08Additionalinformation........................................................................................ 36
(1)IncompleteForm3115..................................................................................... 36
(2)Requestforextensionofreplyperiod........................................................................ 36
(3)Penaltiesofperjurystatement............................................................................... 36
(4)Identifyinginformation .................................................................................... 36
(5)Faxinginformationrequestandadditionalinformation......................................................... 37
(6)Addresstosendadditionalinformation....................................................................... 37
(7)Iftaxpayerdoesnottimelysubmitadditionalinformation...................................................... 38
.09CircumstancesinwhichthetaxpayermustnotifytheAssociateoffice .............................................. 38
.10Determinesifproposedaccountingmethodcanbemodifiedtoobtainfavorableletterruling........................... 38
.11 Near the completion of processing the Form 3115,advises the taxpayer if the Associate office will
ruleadverselyandoffersthetaxpayertheopportunitytowithdrawForm3115 ....................................... 39
.12 Advance consent Form 3115 may be withdrawn or Associateofficemaydeclinetoissueachangein
accounting method letter ruling................................................................................. 39
.13HowtocheckstatusofapendingForm3115..................................................................... 39
.14Isnotboundbyinformalopinionexpressed...................................................................... 39
2005–1 I.R.B.3January 3, 2005

.15 Single letter ruling issued to a consolidated group or single entity for qualifying identical change in
accounting method............................................................................................ 39
.16Letterrulingordinarilynotissuedforoneoftwoormoreinterrelateditemsorsubmethods............................ 39
.17ConsentAgreement........................................................................................... 39
.18 A copy of the change in accounting method letterruling is sent to appropriate Service official......................... 40
.19 Consent to change an accounting method may be relied on subject to limitations..................................... 40
.20Changeinaccountingmethodletterrulingwillnotapplytoanothertaxpayer ........................................ 40
.21 Associate office discretion to permit requested change in accounting method........................................ 40
.22 List of automatic change in accounting method request procedures................................................. 40
.23OthersectionsofthisrevenueprocedurethatareapplicabletoaForm3115.......................................... 43
SECTION 10. HOW ARE CONFERENCES FOR LETTER RULINGS SCHEDULED?........................................ 44
.01Schedulesaconferenceifrequestedbytaxpayer.................................................................. 44
.02Permitstaxpayeroneconferenceofright........................................................................ 44
.03Disallowsverbatimrecordingofconferences..................................................................... 45
.04Makestentativerecommendationsonsubstantiveissues........................................................... 45
.05Mayofferadditionalconferences............................................................................... 45
.06Requireswrittenconfirmationofinformationpresentedatconference............................................... 45
.07Mayscheduleapre-submissionconference...................................................................... 45
.08Mayscheduleaconferencetobeheldbytelephone............................................................... 46
SECTION 11. WHAT EFFECT WILL A LETTER RULING HAVE?....................................................... 47
.01Maybereliedonsubjecttolimitations.......................................................................... 47
.02Willnotapplytoanothertaxpayer.............................................................................. 47
.03Willbeusedbyafieldofficeinexaminingthetaxpayer’sreturn ................................................... 47
.04Mayberevokedormodifiediffoundtobeinerrorortherehasbeenachangeinlaw................................. 47
.05Letterrulingrevokedormodifiedbasedonmaterialchangeinfactsappliedretroactively.............................. 48
.06Nototherwisegenerallyrevokedormodifiedretroactively......................................................... 48
.07Retroactiveeffectofrevocationormodificationappliedtoaparticulartransaction.................................... 48
.08Retroactiveeffectofrevocationormodificationappliedtoacontinuingactionorseriesofactions...................... 48
.09Generallynotretroactivelyrevokedormodifiedifrelatedtosaleorleasesubjecttoexcisetax......................... 49
.10 May be retroactively revoked ormodified when transaction is entered into before the issuance of the
letterruling.................................................................................................. 49
.11Taxpayermayrequestthatretroactivitybelimited................................................................ 49
(1)Requestforreliefunder§7805(b)mustbemadeinrequiredformat............................................. 49
(2)Taxpayermayrequestaconferenceonapplicationof§7805(b)................................................. 50
SECTION 12. UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES DO DIRECTORS ISSUE DETERMINATION LETTERS?................... 50
.01Inincomeandgifttaxmatters.................................................................................. 50
.02Inestatetaxmatters........................................................................................... 50
.03Ingeneration-skippingtransfertaxmatters....................................................................... 50
.04Inemploymentandexcisetaxmatters........................................................................... 51
.05Requestsconcerningincome,estate,orgifttaxreturns............................................................ 51
.06Attachacopyofdeterminationlettertotaxpayer’sreturn.......................................................... 51
.07Reviewofdeterminationletters ................................................................................ 51
.08Addressestosenddeterminationletterrequests................................................................... 51
SECTION 13. WHAT EFFECT WILL A DETERMINATION LETTER HAVE?.............................................. 51
.01Hassameeffectasaletterruling ............................................................................... 51
.02Taxpayermayrequestthatretroactiveeffectofrevocationormodificationbelimited................................. 51
(1)Requestforreliefunder§7805(b)mustbemadeinrequiredformat............................................. 52
(2)Taxpayermayrequestaconferenceonapplicationof§7805(b)................................................. 52
SECTION 14. UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES ARE MATTERS REFERRED BETWEEN A DIRECTOR
ANDANASSOCIATEOFFICE?
.......................................................................... 52
.01Requestsfordeterminationletters .............................................................................. 52
.02No-ruleareas ................................................................................................ 52
.03Requestsforletterrulings ..................................................................................... 52
.04LetterrulingrequestmistakenlysenttoaDirector................................................................ 52
January 3, 200542005–1 I.R.B.

SECTION 15. WHAT ARE THE USER FEE REQUIREMENTS FOR REQUESTS FOR LETTER RULINGS
AND DETERMINATION LETTERS?
...................................................................... 53
.01Legislationauthorizinguserfees ............................................................................... 53
.02Requeststowhichauserfeeapplies ............................................................................ 53
.03Requeststowhichauserfeedoesnotapply...................................................................... 53
.04Exemptionsfromtheuserfeerequirements...................................................................... 53
.05Feeschedule................................................................................................. 54
.06 Applicable user fee for a request involving multiple offices, fee categories, issues, transactions, or
entities...................................................................................................... 54
.07 Applicable user fee for requests for substantially identical letter rulings or identical accounting
methodchanges.............................................................................................. 54
.08Methodofpayment........................................................................................... 55
.09Effectofnonpaymentorpaymentofincorrectamount ............................................................ 56
.10Refundsofuserfee........................................................................................... 56
.11Requestforreconsiderationofuserfee.......................................................................... 57
SECTION 16. WHAT SIGNIFICANT CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO REV. PROC. 2004–1?............................... 59
SECTION 17. WHAT IS THE EFFECT OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE ON OTHER DOCUMENTS?....................... 59
SECTION 18. WHAT IS THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE?...................................... 59
SECTION 19. PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT........................................................................ 59
DRAFTING INFORMATION......................................................................................... 60
INDEX............................................................................................................ 61
APPENDIX A—SCHEDULE OF USER FEES........................................................................... 64
APPENDIX B—SAMPLE FORMAT FOR A LETTER RULING REQUEST................................................. 69
APPENDIX C—CHECKLIST FOR A LETTER RULING REQUEST....................................................... 72
APPENDIX D—LIST OF SMALL BUSINESS/SELF-EMPLOYED OPERATING DIVISION (SB/SE) OFFICES
FOR REQUESTING DETERMINATION LETTERS
......................................................... 77
APPENDIX E—CHECKLISTS, GUIDELINE REVENUE PROCEDURES, NOTICES, SAFE HARBOR
REVENUE PROCEDURES, AND AUTOMATIC CHANGE REVENUE PROCEDURES
........................... 79
.01Checklists,guidelinerevenueprocedures,andnotices............................................................. 79
.02Safeharborrevenueprocedures ................................................................................ 83
.03Automaticchangerevenueprocedures .......................................................................... 85
SECTION 1. WHA
TISTHE
PURPOSE OF THI
S REVENUE
PROCEDURE?
This revenue p
rocedure explains how the Service provides advice to taxpayers on issues un-
der the jurisd
iction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), the Associate Chief Counsel
(Financial In
stitutions and Products), the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Account-
ing), the Asso
ciate Chief Counsel (International), the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs
and Special I
ndustries), the Associate Chief Counsel(Procedure and Administration), and the
Division Cou
nsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exemptand Government Entities). It explains
the forms of a
dvice and the manner in which advice is requested by taxpayers and provided by
the Service.
A sample format of a request for a letter ruling is provided in Appendix B.See
section 4 of t
his revenue procedure for issues outside the scope of this revenue procedure.
Description of terms used in this
revenue procedure
.01For purposes of this revenue procedure—
(1) the term “Service” includesthe Internal Revenue Service, the four operating divisions
of the Internal Revenue Service that are responsible for meeting the needs of the taxpayers they
serve, and the Associate offices. The four operating divisions are:
(a) Large and Mid-Size Business Division (LMSB), which generally serves corporations,
including S corporations, and partnerships, with assets in excess of $10 million;
Sec. 1.01
2005–1 I.R.B.5January 3, 2005

(b) Small Business/Self-Employed Division (SB/SE), which generally serves corporations,
including S corporations, and partnerships, with assets less than or equal to $10 million; estates
and trusts; individuals filing an individual federal income tax return with accompanying Sched-
ule C (Profit or Loss from Business (Sole Proprietorship)), Schedule E (Supplemental Income
and Loss), Schedule F (Profit or Loss From Farming), Form 2106,Employee Business Ex-
penses, or Form 2106–EZ,Unreimbursed Employee Business Expenses; and individuals with
international tax returns;
(c) Wage and Investment Division (W&I), which generally serves individuals with wage
and investment income only (and with no international tax returns) filing an individual federal
income tax return without accompanying Schedule C, E, or F, or Form 2106 or Form 2106–EZ;
and
(d) Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division (TE/GE), which serves three distinct
taxpayer segments: employee plans, exempt organizations, and government entities.
(2) the term “Associate office” refers to the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate),
the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products), the Office of As-
sociate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(International), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries),
the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), or the Office of Divi-
sion Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities), as appropriate.
(3) the term “Director” refers to the Director, Field Operations, LMSB; the Area Director,
Field Examination, SB/SE; Chief, SB/SE: International Field & Policy; Chief, Estate & Gift
Tax Program, SB/SE; Chief, Employment Tax Program, SB/SE; Chief, Excise Tax Program,
SB/SE; or the Director, Compliance, W&I; the Director, International, LMSB; the Director,
Employee Plans Examinations; the Director, Exempt Organizations Examinations; the Direc-
tor, Federal, State & Local Governments; the Director, Tax Exempt Bonds; or the Director,
Indian Tribal Governments, as appropriate.
(4) the term “field office” refers to the respective offices of the Directors, as appropriate.
(5) the term “taxpayer” includes all persons subject to any provision of the Internal Revenue
Code (including issuers of § 103 obligations) and, when appropriate, their representatives.
Updated annually.02This revenue procedure is updated annually as the first revenue procedure of the year,
but may be modified or amplified during the year.
SECTION 2. WHAT IS THE
FORM IN WHICH THE
SERVICE PROVIDES ADVICE
TO TAXPAYERS?
The Service provides advice in the form of letter rulings, closing agreements, determination
letters, information letters, and oral advice.
Letter ruling.01A “letter ruling” is a written determination issued to a taxpayer by an Associate office
in response to a written inquiry from an individual or an organization about its status for tax
purposes or the tax effects of its acts or transactions, prior to the filing of returns or reports
that are required by the revenue laws. A letter ruling interprets and applies the tax laws to
the taxpayer’s specific set offacts and is given when appropriate in the interest of sound tax
administration. A letter ruling includes the written permission or denial of permission by an
Associate office to a request for a change ina taxpayer’s accounting method or accounting
period. Once issued, a letter ruling may be revoked or modified for any number of reasons, as
explained in section 11 (section 9.19 for a change in accounting method letter ruling) of this
revenue procedure, unless it is accompanied by a “closing agreement.”
Closing agreement.02A “closing agreement” is a final agreement between the Service and a taxpayer on a
specific issue or liability. It is entered into under the authority in § 7121 and is final unless
fraud, malfeasance, or misrepresentation of a material fact can be shown.
Sec. 1.01
January 3, 200562005–1 I.R.B.

A taxpayer may request a closing agreement with a letter ruling, or in lieu of a letter ruling,
with respect to a transaction that would be eligible for a letter ruling. In such situations, the
Associate Chief Counsel with subject matter jurisdiction signs the closing agreement on behalf
of the Service.
A closing agreement may be entered into when it is advantageous to have the matter perma-
nently and conclusively closed or when a taxpayer can show that there are good reasons for an
agreement and that making the agreement will not prejudice the interests of the government.
In appropriate cases, a taxpayer may be asked to enter into a closing agreement as a condition
for the issuance of a letter ruling.
If, in a single case, a closing agreement is requested for each person or entity in a class of
taxpayers, separate agreements are entered into only if the class consists of 25 or fewer taxpay-
ers. If the issue and holding are identical for theclass and there are more than 25 taxpayers in
the class, a “mass closing agreement” will be entered into with the taxpayer who is authorized
by the others to represent the class.
Determination letter.03A “determination letter” is a written determination issued by a Director that applies the
principles and precedents previously announcedby the Service to a specific set of facts. It is
issued only when a determination can be made based on clearly established rules in a statute,
a tax treaty, the regulations, a conclusion in a revenue ruling, or an opinion or court decision
that represents the position of the Service.
Information letter.04An “information letter” is a statement issuedeither by an Associate office or by a Direc-
tor. It calls attention to a well-established interpretation or principle of tax law (including a tax
treaty) without applying it to a specific set of facts. An information letter may be issued if the
taxpayer’s inquiry indicates a need for generalinformation or if the taxpayer’s request does
not meet the requirements of this revenue procedure and the Service thinks that general infor-
mation will help the taxpayer. An information letter is advisory only and has no binding effect
on the Service. If the Associate office issues an information letter in response to a request for
a letter ruling that does not meet the requirements of this revenue procedure, the information
letter is not a substitute for a letter ruling. The taxpayer should provide a daytime telephone
number with the taxpayer’s request for an information letter.
Information letters that are issued by the Associate offices to members of the public are
made available to the public. Information letters that are issued by the field offices are not
made available to the public.
Because information letters do not constitute written determinations as defined in § 6110,
they are not subject to public inspection under § 6110. The Service makes the information
letters available to the public under the Freedom of Information Act (“FOIA”). Before any
information letter is made available to the public, an Associate office will delete any name,
address, and other identifying information as appropriate under the FOIA (for example, FOIA
personal privacy exemption of 5 U.S.C. § 552(b)(6) and tax details exempt pursuant to § 6103,
as incorporated into FOIAby 5 U.S.C. § 552(b)(3)).
The following documents also will not be available for public inspection as part of this
process:
(1) transmittal letters in which the Service furnishes publications or other publicly available
material to taxpayers, without any significant legal discussion;
(2) responses to taxpayer or third party contacts that are inquiries with respect to a pending
request for: a letter ruling, technical advicememorandum, or Chief Counsel Advice (which
are subject to public inspection under § 6110 after their issuance); and
(3) responses to taxpayer or third party communications with respect to any investigation,
audit, litigation, or other enforcement action.
Sec. 2.04
2005–1 I.R.B.7January 3, 2005

Oral Advice.05
(1) No oral rulings and no written rulings in response to oral requests.
The Service does not orally issue letter rulings ordetermination letters, nor does it issue letter
rulings or determination letters in response to oral requests from taxpayers. Service employees
ordinarily will discuss with taxpayers or their representatives inquiries regarding whether the
Service will rule on particular issues and questions relating to procedural matters about sub-
mitting requests for letter rulings or determination letters for a particular case.
(2) Discussion possible on substantive issues.
At the discretion of the Service and as time permits, substantive issues also may be dis-
cussed. Such a discussion will not be binding on the Service in general or on the Office of
Chief Counsel in particular and cannot be relied upon as a basis for obtaining retroactive relief
under the provisions of § 7805(b).
Substantive tax issues involving the taxpayerthat are under examination, in Appeals, or in
litigation will not be discussed by Service employees not directly involved in the examination,
appeal, or litigation of the issues unless the discussion is coordinated with those Service em-
ployees who are directly involved in the examination, appeal, or litigation of the issues. The
taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative ordinarily will be asked whether the oral request for
advice or information relates to a matter pendingbefore another office of the Service or before
a federal court.
If a tax issue is not under examination, in appeals, or in litigation, the tax issue may be
discussed even though the issue is affected by a nontax issue pending in litigation.
A taxpayer may seek oral technical guidance from a taxpayer service representative in a field
office or Service Center when preparing a return or report. Oral guidance is advisory only, and
the Service is not bound to recognize it, for example, in the examination of the taxpayer’s
return.
The Service does not respond to letters seeking to confirm the substance of oral discussions
and the absence of a response to such a letter is not a confirmation.
SECTION3.ONWHATISSUES
MAY TAXPAYERS REQUEST
WRITTEN ADVICE UNDER
THIS PROCEDURE?
Taxpayers may request letter rulings, information letters, and closing agreements under this
revenue procedure on issues within the jurisdiction of the Associate offices.
Taxpayers also may request determination letters from the Director in the appropriate oper-
ating division on subjects that relate to the Code sections under the jurisdiction of the respective
Associate offices.Seesection 12.08 of this revenue procedure for information on where to send
the requests for determination letters.
Issues under the jurisdiction of
the Associate Chief Counsel
(Corporate)
.01Issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate) include
those that involve consolidated returns, corporate acquisitions, reorganizations, liquidations,
redemptions, spinoffs, transfers to controlled corporations, distributions to shareholders, cor-
porate bankruptcies, the effect of certain ownership changes on net operating loss carryovers
and other tax attributes, debt vs. equity determinations, allocation of income and deductions
among taxpayers, acquisitions made to evade or avoid income tax, and certain earnings and
profits questions.
Issues under the jurisdiction of
the Associate Chief Counsel
(Financial Institutions and
Products)
.02Issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and
Products) include those that involve income taxes and accounting method changes of banks,
savings and loan associations, real estate investment trusts (REITs), regulated investment com-
panies (RICs), real estate mortgage investmentconduits (REMICs), insurance companies and
products, and financial products.
Issues under the jurisdiction of
the Associate Chief Counsel
(Income Tax and Accounting)
.03Issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Account-
ing) include those that involve recognition and timing of income and deductions of individuals
and corporations, sales and exchanges, capital gains and losses, installment sales, equipment
Sec. 2.05
January 3, 200582005–1 I.R.B.

leasing, long-term contracts, inventories, the alternative minimum tax, net operating losses
generally, including accounting method changes for these issues, and accounting periods.
Issues under the jurisdiction of
the Associate Chief Counsel
(International)
.04Issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (International) include the
tax treatment of nonresident aliens and foreign corporations, withholding of tax on nonresident
aliens and foreign corporations, foreign tax credit, determination of sources of income, income
from sources without the United States, subpart Fquestions, domestic international sales cor-
porations (DISCs), foreign sales corporations (FSCs), exclusions under § 114 for extraterrito-
rial income (ETI) pursuant to § 941(a)(5)(A), international boycott determinations, treatment
of certain passive foreign investment companies, income affected by treaty, and other matters
relating to the activities of non-U.S. persons within the United States or U.S.-related persons
outside the United States, and accounting method changes.
For the procedures to obtain advance pricing agreements under § 482,seeRev. Proc.
2004–40, 2004–29 I.R.B. 50.
For competent authority procedures related to bilateral and multilateral advance pricing
agreements,seeRev. Proc. 2002–52, 2002–2 C.B. 242.
Issues under the jurisdiction of
the Associate Chief Counsel
(Passthroughs and Special
Industries)
.05Issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special
Industries) include those that involve incometaxes of S corporations (except accounting pe-
riods and methods) and certain noncorporate taxpayers (including partnerships, common trust
funds, and trusts), entity classification, estate, gift, generation-skipping transfer, and certain
excise taxes, amortization, depreciation, depletion, and other engineering issues, accounting
method changes for depreciation and amortization, cooperative housing corporations, farmers’
cooperatives (under § 521), thelow-income housing, disabled access, and qualified electric ve-
hicle credits, research and experimental expenditures, shipowners’ protection and indemnity
associations (under § 526), and certainhomeowners associations (under § 528).
Issues under the jurisdiction of
the Associate Chief Counsel
(Procedure and Administration)
.06Issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Admin-
istration) include those that involve federal taxprocedure and administration, disclosure and
privacy law, reporting and paying taxes, assessingand collecting taxes (including interest and
penalties), abating, crediting, or refunding overassessments or overpayments of tax, and filing
information returns.
Issues under the jurisdiction of
the Division Counsel/Associate
Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and
Government Entities)
.07Issues under the jurisdiction of the Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Ex-
empt and Government Entities) include those that involve income tax and other tax aspects of
executive compensation and employee benefit programs, including accounting method changes
for these issues (other than those within the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt
and Government Entities Division), section 457arrangements, employment taxes, taxes on
self-employment income, tax-exempt obligations, mortgage credit certificates, qualified zone
academy bonds (QZABS), and federal, state, local, and Indian tribal governments.
SECTION4.ONWHATISSUES
MUST WRITTEN ADVICE
BE REQUESTED UNDER
DIFFERENT PROCEDURES?
Alcohol, tobacco, and firearms
taxes
.01The procedures for obtaining letter rulings, etc., that apply to federal alcohol, tobacco,
and firearms taxes under subtitle E of the Code are under the jurisdiction of the Alcohol and
Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau of the Department of the Treasury.
Employee plans and exempt
organizations
.02The procedures for obtainingletter rulings, determination letters, etc., on employee
plans and exempt organizations are under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt
and Government Entities Division.SeeRev. Proc. 2005–4, this Bulletin.See alsoRev. Proc.
2005–6, this Bulletin, for the procedures for issuing determination letters on the qualified sta-
tus of pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus, annuity, and employee stock ownership plans under
§§ 401, 403(a), 409, and 4975(e)(7), and the status for exemption of any related trusts or cus-
todial accounts under § 501(a).
Sec. 4.02
2005–1 I.R.B.9January 3, 2005

For the user fee requirements applicable to requests for letter rulings, determination letters,
etc., under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Divi-
sion,seeRev. Proc. 2005–8, this Bulletin.
SECTION 5. UNDER WHAT
CIRCUMSTANCES DO THE
ASSOCIATE OFFICES ISSUE
LETTER RULINGS?
In income and gift tax matters.01In income and gift tax matters, an Associate office generally issues a letter r
uling on
a proposed transaction or on a completed transaction if the letter ruling request
is submitted
before the return is filed for the year inwhich the transaction is completed.
Special relief for late S
corporation and related elections
.02In lieu of requesting a letter ruling under this revenue procedure, a taxpayer may obtain
relief for certain late S corporation and related elections by followingthe procedures in Rev.
Proc. 2004–49, 2004–33 I.R.B. 210; Rev. Proc. 2004–48, 2004–32 I.R.B. 172; Rev. Proc.
2003–43, 2003–1 C.B. 998, or Rev. Proc. 97–48, 1997–2 C.B. 521. These procedures, which
are in lieu of the letter ruling process, do not require payment of any user fee.Seesection
4.04 of Rev. Proc. 2004–49, section 3.01 of Rev. Proc. 2004–48, section 3.01 of Rev. Proc.
2003–43, section 3 of Rev. Proc. 97–48, and section 15.03(3) of this revenue procedure.
A § 301.9100 request for extension
of time for making an election
or for other relief
.03An Associate office will consider a requestfor an extension of time for making an elec-
tion or other application for relief under § 301.9100–3 of the Regulations on Procedure and Ad-
ministration, even if submitted after the return covering the issue presented in the § 301.9100
request has been filed, an examination of the return has begun, or the issues in the return are
being considered by Appeals or a federal court.A § 301.9100 request is a letter ruling request.
Therefore, the § 301.9100 request should be submitted pursuant to this revenue procedure. An
election made pursuant to § 301.9100–2 for an automatic extension of time is not a letter rul-
ing request and does not require payment of any user fee.See§ 301.9100–2(d) and section
15.03(1) of this revenue procedure.
(1) Format of request.A § 301.9100 request (other than an election made pursuant to
§ 301.9100–2) must be in the general form of, and meet the general requirements for, a letter
ruling request. These requirements are given in section 7 of this revenue procedure. In addi-
tion, a § 301.9100 request must include the information required by § 301.9100–3(e).
(2) Period of limitations.The running of any applicable period of limitations is
not suspended for the period during which a § 301.9100 request has been filed.See
§ 301.9100–3(d)(2). If the period of limitation on assessment under § 6501(a) for the
taxable year in which an election should have been made or any taxable year that would
have been affected by the election had it been timely made will expire before receipt of a
§ 301.9100 letter ruling, the Associate office ordinarily will not issue a § 301.9100 ruling.
See§ 301.9100–3(c)(1)(ii). If, however, the taxpayer secures consent to extend the period of
limitations on assessment under § 6501(c)(4), the Associate office may issue the letter ruling.
Note that the filing of a claim for refund under § 6511 does not extend the period of limitation
on assessment. If § 301.9100 relief is granted, the Associate office may require the taxpayer
to consent to an extension of the periodoflimitationonassessment.See§ 301.9100–3(d)(2).
(3) Taxpayer must notify the Associate office if examination of its return begins while
the request is pending.If the Service starts an examination of the taxpayer’s return for the
taxableyearinwhichanelectionshouldhavebeen made or any taxable year that would have
been affected by the election had it been timely made while a § 301.9100 request is pending,
the taxpayer must notify the Associate office. This notification must include the name and
telephone number of the examining agent.See§ 301.9100–3(e)(4)(i) and section 7.04(1)(b) of
this revenue procedure.
(4) Associate office will notify examination agents, appeals officer, or government coun-
sel of a § 301.9100 request if the taxpayer’s return is being examined by a field office or is
being considered by Appeals or a federal court.If the taxpayer’s return for the taxable year
in which an election should have been made or any taxable year that would have been affected
Sec. 4.02
January 3, 2005102005–1 I.R.B.

by the election had it been timely made is beingexamined by a field office or considered by
Appeals or a federal court, the Associate office will notify the appropriate examining agent,
appeals officer, or government counsel that a§ 301.9100 request has been submitted to the As-
sociate office. The examining officer, appeals officer, or government counsel is not authorized
to deny consideration of a § 301.9100 request. The letter ruling will be mailed to the taxpayer
and a copy will be sent to the appropriate Service official in the operating division that has
examination jurisdiction of the taxpayer’s taxreturn, appeals officer, or government counsel.
(5) Relief for late initial classification election.In lieu of requesting a letter ruling under
§ 301.9100–1 through § 301.9100–3 and this revenue procedure, an entity newly formed under
local law may apply for late classification election relief under Rev. Proc. 2002–59, 2002–2
C.B. 615. Requests for such relief are not subject to user fees.Seesection 3 of Rev. Proc.
2002–59 and section 15.03(2) of this revenue procedure.
Determinations under § 999(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code
.04As provided in Rev. Proc. 77–9, 1977–1 C.B. 542, the Associate Chief Counsel (Inter-
national) issues determinations under § 999(d) that may deny certain benefits of the foreign tax
credit, deferral of earnings of foreign subsidiaries and domestic international sales corporations
(DISCs) to a person, if that person, is a member of a controlled group (within the meaning of
§ 993(a)(3)) that includes the person, or a foreign corporation of which a member of the con-
trolled group is a United States shareholder, agrees to participate in, or cooperate with, an
international boycott. The same principles shall apply with respect toexclusions under § 114
for exterritorial income (ETI) pursuant to § 941(a)(5)(A). Requests for determinations under
Rev. Proc. 77–9 are letter ruling requests and, therefore, should be submitted to the Associate
office pursuant to this revenue procedure.
In matters involving § 367.05Unlesstheissueiscoveredbysection6ofthis revenue procedure, the Associate Chief
Counsel (International) may issue a letter ruling under § 367 even if the taxpayer does not
request a letter ruling as to the characterization of the transaction under the reorganization
provisions of the Code. The Associate office will determine the § 367 consequences of a trans-
action based on the taxpayer’s characterization of the transaction but will indicate in the letter
ruling that it expresses no opinion as to the characterization of the transaction under the reor-
ganization. The Associate office may decline to issue a § 367 ruling in situations in which the
taxpayer inappropriately characterizes the transaction under the reorganization provisions.
In estate tax matters.06In general, the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries) issues
letter rulings on transactions affecting the estate tax on the prospective estate of a living person.
TheAssociateofficewillnotissueletterrulingsfor prospective estateson computations of tax,
actuarial factors, and factual matters. With respect to the transactions affecting the estate tax of
the decedent’s estate, generally, the Associate office issues letter rulings before the decedent’s
estate tax return is filed.
If the taxpayer is requesting a letter ruling regarding a decedent’s estate tax and the estate
tax return is due to be filed before the letter ruling is expected to be issued, the taxpayer should
obtain an extension of time for filing the return and should notify the Associate office branch
considering the letter ruling request that an extension has been obtained.
If the return is filed before the letter ruling is received from the Associate office, the taxpayer
must disclose on the return that a letter ruling has been requested, attach a copy of the pending
letter ruling request to the return, and notify theAssociate office that the return has been filed.
Seesection 7.04 of this revenue procedure. The Associate office will make every effort to issue
the letter ruling within 3 months of the date the return was filed.
If the taxpayer requests a letter ruling after the return is filed, but before the return is exam-
ined, the taxpayer must notify the field office having jurisdiction over the return, that a letter
ruling has been requested, attach a copy of thepending letter ruling request, and notify the
Associate office that a return has been filed.Seesection 7.04 of this revenue procedure. The
Associate office will make every effort to issue the letter ruling within 3 months of the date the
return has been filed.
Sec. 5.06
2005–1 I.R.B.11January 3, 2005

If the letter ruling cannot be issued within that 3-month period, the Associate office will
notify the field office having jurisdictionover the return, who may, by memorandum to the
Associate office, grant an additional period for the issuance of the letter ruling.
In matters involving additional
estate tax under § 2032A(c)
.07In matters involving additional estate tax under § 2032A(c), the Associate Chief Coun-
sel (Passthroughs and Special Industries) issues letter rulings onproposed transactions and on
completed transactions that occurred before the return is filed.
In matters involving qualified
domestic trusts under § 2056A
.08In matters involving qualified domestic trusts under § 2056A, the Associate Chief Coun-
sel (Passthroughs and Special Industries) issues letter rulings onproposed transactions and on
completed transactions that occurred before the return is filed.
In generation-skipping transfer
tax matters
.09In general, the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries) issues
letter rulings on proposed transactions that affect the generation-skipping transfer tax and on
completed transactions that occurred before the return is filed. In the case of a generation-
skipping trust or trust equivalent, letter rulingsare issued either before or after the trust or trust
equivalent has been established.
In employment and excise tax
matters
.10In employment and excise tax matters, the Associate offices issue letter rulings on pro-
posed transactions and on completed transactions either before or after the return is filed for
those transactions.
Requests regarding employment status (employer/employee relationship) from federal
agencies and instrumentalities should be submitted directly to the Associate Chief Counsel
(Tax Exempt and Government Entities). Requests regarding employment status from other
taxpayers must first be submitted to the appropriate Service office listed on the current Form
SS–8 (Rev. June 2003).Seesection 12.04 of this revenue procedure. Generally, the employer
is the taxpayer and requests the letter ruling. If the worker asks for the letter ruling, both the
worker and the employer are considered to be the taxpayer and both are entitled to the letter
ruling.
In administrative provisions
matters
.11The Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure andAdministration) issues letter rulings on
matters arising under the Code and related statutes and regulations that involve—
(1) the time, place, manner, and proceduresfor reporting and paying taxes; or
(2) the filing of information returns.
In Indian tribal government
matters
.12Pursuant to Rev. Proc. 84–37, 1984–1 C.B. 513, as modified by Rev. Proc. 86–17,
1986–1 C.B. 550, and Rev. Proc. 2005–1, this revenue procedure, the Office of Division Coun-
sel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities) issues determinations rec-
ognizing a tribal entity as an Indian tribal government within the meaning of § 7701(a)(40) or
as a political subdivision of an Indian tribal government under § 7871(d) if it determines, after
consultation with the Secretary of the Interior, that the entity satisfies the statutory definition of
an Indian tribal government or has been delegated governmental functions of an Indian tribal
government. Requests for determinations underRev. Proc. 84–37 are letter ruling requests,
and, therefore, should be submitted to the Officeof Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel
(Tax Exempt and Government Entities)pursuant to this revenue procedure.
(1) Definition of Indian tribal government.The term “Indian tribal government” is de-
fined under § 7701(a)(40) to mean the governing body of any tribe, band, community, village
or group of Indians, or (if applicable) Alaska Natives, that is determined by the Secretary of
the Treasury, after consultation with the Secretary of the Interior, to exercise governmental
functions. Section 7871(d) provides that, forpurposes of § 7871, a subdivision of an Indian
tribal government shall be treated as a political subdivision of a state if the Secretary of the
Treasury determines, after consultation with theSecretary of the Interior, that the subdivision
has been delegated the right to exercise one or more of the substantial governmental functions
of the Indian tribal government.
Sec. 5.06
January 3, 2005122005–1 I.R.B.

(2) Inclusion in list of tribal governments.Rev. Proc. 2002–64, 2002–2 C.B. 717, pro-
vides a list of Indian tribal governments that aretreated similarly to states for certain federal
tax purposes. Rev. Proc. 84–36, 1984–1 C.B. 510, as modified by Rev. Proc. 86–17, provides
a list of political subdivisions of Indian tribalgovernments that are treated as political subdi-
visions of states for certain federal tax purposes. Under Rev. Proc. 84–37, tribal governments
or subdivisions recognized under § 7701(a)(40) or § 7871(d) will be included in the list of rec-
ognized tribal government entities in revised versions of Rev. Proc. 2002–64 or Rev. Proc.
84–36.
On constructive sales price under
§ 4216(b) or § 4218(c)
.13The Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries) will issue letter rul-
ings in all cases on the determination of a constructive sales price under § 4216(b) or § 4218(c)
and in all other cases on prospective transactionsif the law or regulations require a determina-
tion of the effect of a proposed transaction for tax purposes.
Maybeissuedbeforetheissuance
of a regulation or other published
guidance
.14Unless the issue is covered by section 6 of this revenue procedure, Rev. Proc. 2005–3,
this Bulletin, or Rev. Proc. 2005–7, this Bulletin, a letter ruling may be issued before the
issuance of a temporary or final regulation or other published guidance that interprets the pro-
visions of any act.
In such situations, an Associate office may issue letter rulings under the following condi-
tions:
(1) Answer is clear or is reasonably certain.If the letter ruling request presents an issue
for which the answer seems clear by applying the statute to the facts or for which the answer
seems reasonably certain butnot entirely free from doubt.
(2) Answer is not reasonably certain.If the letter ruling request presents an issue for
which the answer does not seem reasonably certain, the Associate office may issue the letter
ruling, using its best efforts to arrive at a determination, if it is in the best interests of tax
administration.But seesection 6.09 of this revenue procedure.
SECTION 6. UNDER WHAT
CIRCUMSTANCES DOES
THE SERVICE NOT ISSUE
LETTER RULINGS OR
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
Ordinarily not if the request
involves an issue under
examination, or consideration, or
in litigation
.01The Service ordinarily does not issue a letter ruling or a determination letter if, at
the
time of the request the identical issue is involved in the taxpayer’s return for an earli
er period
and that issue—
(1) is being examined by a field office;
(2) is being considered by Appeals;
(3) is pending in litigation in a case involving the taxpayer or a related taxpayer;
(4) has been examined by a field office or considere
d by Appeals and the statutory period
of limitations on assessment or on filing a claim fo
r refund or credit of tax has not expired; or
(5) has been examined by a field office or considered by Appeals anda closing agreement
covering the issue or liability has not beenenteredintobyafieldofficeorbyAppeals.
If a return dealing with an issue for a particular year is filed while a request for a letter ruling
on that issue is pending, an Associate office will issue the letter ruling unless it is notified by the
taxpayer or otherwise learns that an examination of that issue or the identical issue on an earlier
year’s return has been started by a field office.Seesection 7.04 of this revenue procedure. In
income and gift tax matters, even if an examination has begun, an Associate office ordinarily
will issue the letter ruling if the field office agrees, by memorandum, to the issuance of the
letter ruling.
Sec. 6.01
2005–1 I.R.B.13January 3, 2005

Ordinarily not in certain areas
because of factual nature of
the problem
.02The Service ordinarily does not issue letter rulings or determination letters in certain
areas because of the factual nature of the problem involved or because of other reasons. Rev.
Proc. 2005–3, this Bulletin, and Rev. Proc. 2005–7, this Bulletin, provide a list of these
areas. This list is not all-inclusive because the Service may decline to issue a letter ruling or
a determination letter when appropriate in the interest of sound tax administration or on other
grounds whenever warranted by the facts or circumstances of a particular case.
Instead of issuing a letter ruling or determination letter, the Service may, when it is con-
sidered appropriate and in the best interests of the Service, issue an information letter calling
attention to well-established principles of tax law.
Ordinarilynotonpartofan
integrated transaction
.03An Associate office ordinarily will not issue a letter ruling on only part of an integrated
transaction. If a part of a transaction falls under a no-rule area, a letter ruling on other parts
of the transaction may be issued. Before preparing the letter ruling request, a taxpayer should
call a branch having jurisdiction for the matters on which the taxpayer is seeking a letter ruling
to discuss whether the Associate office will issue a letter ruling on part of the transaction.
Ordinarily not on which of two
entities is a common law employer
.04The Service does not ordinarily issue a letter ruling or a determination letter on which
of two entities, under common law rules applicable in determining the employer-employee
relationship, is the employer, when one entity is treating the worker as an employee.
Generally not to business
associations or groups
.05The Service does not issue letter rulings or determination letters to business, trade, or
industrial associations or to similar groups concerning the application of the tax laws to mem-
bers of the group. But groups and associationsmay submit suggestions of generic issues that
could be appropriately addressed in revenue rulings.SeeRev. Proc. 89–14, 1989–1 C.B. 814,
which states the objectives of, and standards for, the publication of revenue rulings and revenue
procedures in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
The Service may issue letter rulings or determination letters to groups or associations on
their own tax status or liability if the request meets the requirements of this revenue procedure.
Generally not where the request
does not address the tax status,
liability, or reporting obligations
of the requester
.06The Service generally does not issue letter rulings or determination letters to individuals
or businesses regarding the tax consequences to taxpayers who are not directly involved in
the request where the requested letter ruling or determination letter would not address the tax
status, liability, or reportingobligations of the requester. Forexample, the tax liability of each
shareholder is directly involved in a letter ruling on the reorganization of a corporation. A
customer or client is not, however, directly involved in a letter ruling.
Revenue Procedure 96–16, 1996–1 C.B. 630 sets forth rules for letter ruling requests in-
volving state and local government obligations.
Generally not to foreign
governments
.07The Service does not issue letter rulings or determination letters to foreign governments
or their political subdivisions about the U.S. tax effects of their laws. The Associate offices
also do not issue letter rulings on the effect of a tax treaty on the tax laws of a treaty country for
purposes of determining the tax of the treaty country.Seesection 13.02 of Rev. Proc. 2002–52,
2002–2 C.B. 242 at 252. Treaty partners can continue to address matters such as these under
the provisions of the applicable tax treaty. In addition, the Associate offices may issue letter
rulings to foreign governments or their politicalsubdivisions on their own tax status or liability
under U.S. law if the request meets the requirements of this revenue procedure.
Ordinarily not on federal tax
consequences of proposed
legislation
.08The Associate offices ordinarily do not issue letter rulings on a matter involving the
federal tax consequences of any proposed federal, state, local, municipal, or foreign legisla-
tion. The Office of Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government
Entities) may issue letter rulings regarding the effect of proposed state, local, or municipal leg-
islation upon an eligible deferred compensation plan under § 457(b) provided that the letter
ruling request relating to the plan complies with the other requirements of this revenue proce-
dure. The Associate offices also may provide general information in response to an inquiry.
Not before issuance of a regulation
or other published guidance
.09The Service will not issue a letter ruling or a determination letter if the request presents
an issue that cannot be readily resolved before a regulation or any other published guidance
Sec. 6.02
January 3, 2005142005–1 I.R.B.

is issued. When the Service has closed a regulation project or any other published guidance
project that might have answered the issue or decides not to open a regulation project or any
other published guidance project, the Associate offices may consider all letter ruling requests
unless the issue is covered by section 6 of this revenue procedure, Rev. Proc. 2005–3, this
Bulletin, or Rev. Proc. 2005–7, this Bulletin.
Not on frivolous issues.10The Service will not issue a letter ruling or a determination letter on frivolous issues. A
“frivolous issue” is one without basis in fact orlaw, or that espouses a position which has been
held by the courts to be frivolous or groundless. Examples of frivolous or groundless issues
include, but are not limited to:
(1) frivolous “constitutional” claims, such as claims that the requirement to file tax returns
and pay taxes constitutes an unreasonable search barred by the Fourth Amendment; violates
Fifth and Fourteenth Amendment protections ofdue process; violates Thirteenth Amendment
protections against involuntary servitude; or is unenforceable because the Sixteenth Amend-
ment does not authorize nonapportioned direct taxes or because it was never ratified;
(2) claims that income taxes are voluntary, that the term “income” is not defined in the Inter-
nal Revenue Code, or that preparation and filing of income tax returns violates the Paperwork
Reduction Act;
(3) claims that tax may be imposed only on coins minted under a gold or silver standard or
that receipt of Federal Reserve Notes does not cause an accretion to wealth;
(4) claims that a person is not taxable on income because he or she falls within a class
entitled to “reparation claims” or an extra-statutory class of individuals exempt from tax,e.g.,
“free-born” individuals;
(5) claims that a taxpayer can refuse to pay taxes on the basis of opposition to certain gov-
ernmental expenditures;
(6) claims that taxes apply only to federal employees; only to residents of Puerto Rico,
Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, the District of Columbia, or “federal enclaves”; or that sections
861 through 865 or any other provision of the Internal Revenue Code imposes taxes on U.S.
citizens and residents only on income derived from foreign based activities;
(7) claims that wages or personal service income are not “income,” are “nontaxable re-
ceipts,” or are a “nontaxable exchange for labor;”
(8) claims that income tax withholding by an employer on wages is optional; or
(9) other claims that the courts have characterized as frivolous or groundless.
No “comfort” letter rulings.11Except as otherwise provided in Rev. Proc. 2005–3, this Bulletin, (e.g., under section
3.01(31),wheretheAssociateofficealreadyisrulingonasignificantissueinthesametrans-
action), a letter ruling will not be issued with respect to an issue that is clearly and adequately
addressed by statute, regulations, decisions of acourt, revenue rulings, revenue procedures,
notices, or other authority published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. The Associate office
may in its discretion determine to issue a letter ruling on such an issue if the Associate office
is otherwise issuing a ruling to the taxpayer on another issue arising in the same transaction.
Not on alternative plans or
hypothetical situations
.12The Service will not issue a letter ruling or a determination letter on alternative plans of
proposed transactions or on hypothetical situations.
Not on property conversion after
return filed
.13An Associate office will not issue a letterruling on the replacement of involuntarily
converted property, whether ornot the property has been replaced, if the taxpayer has already
filed a return for the taxable year in which the property was converted. A Director may issue
a determination letter in this case.Seesection 12.01 of this revenue procedure.
Sec. 6.13
2005–1 I.R.B.15January 3, 2005

Circumstances under which
determination letters are not
issued by a Director
.14A Director will not issue a determination letter if—
(1) it appears that the taxpayer has directed a similar inquiry to an Associate office;
(2) the same issue, involving the same taxpayer or a related taxpayer, is pending in a case
in litigation or before Appeals;
(3) the request involves an industry-wide problem;
(4) the specific employment tax question at issue in the request has been, or is being, con-
sidered by the Central Office of the Social Security Administration or the Railroad Retirement
Board for the same taxpayer or a related taxpayer; or
(5) the request is for a determination of constructive sales price under § 4216(b) or § 4218(c),
which deal with special provisions applicable tothe manufacturers excise tax. The Associate
Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries) will issue letter rulings in this area.See
section 5.13 of this revenue procedure.
SECTION 7. WHAT ARE THE
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
FOR REQUESTING
LETTER RULINGS AND
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
This section explains the general instructions for requesting letter ru
lings and determination
letters.Seesection 9 of this revenue procedure for the specific and addi
tional procedures for
requesting a change in accounting method.
Requests for letter rulings, closing agreements, and determination letters require the pay-
ment of the applicable user fee listed in Appendix A of this revenue procedure. Certain changes
in accounting methods under the automatic change request procedures (seesection 9.01(1)
of this revenue procedure) and certain changes in accounting periodsmade under automatic
change request procedures do not require payment of a user fee (seeAppendix E of this rev-
enue procedure). For additional user fee requirements,seesection 15 of this revenue procedure.
Specific and additional instructions also apply to requests for letter rulings and determina-
tion letters on certain matters. Those matters are listed in Appendix E of this revenue procedure
followed by a reference (usually to another revenue procedure) where more information can
be obtained.
Certain information required in
all requests
.01
Facts(1) Complete statement of facts and other information.Each request for a letter ruling or
a determination letter must contain a complete statement of all facts relating to the transaction.
These facts include—
(a) names, addresses, telephone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers of all inter-
ested parties (the term “all interested parties”does not mean all shareholders of a widely held
corporation requesting a letter ruling relating to a reorganization or all employees where a large
number may be involved);
(b) the annual accounting period, and the overall method of accounting (cash or accrual)
for maintaining the accounting books and filing the federal income tax return, of all interested
parties;
(c) a description of the taxpayer’s business operations;
(d) a complete statement of the business reasons for the transaction; and
(e) a detailed description of the transaction.
Documents and foreign laws(2) Copies of all contracts, wills, deeds, agreements, instruments, other documents,
and foreign laws.
(a) Documents.True copies of all contracts, wills, deeds, agreements, instruments, trust
documents, proposed disclaimers, and other documents pertinent to the transaction must be
submitted with the request.
Sec. 6.14
January 3, 2005162005–1 I.R.B.

If the request concerns a corporate distribution, reorganization, or similar transaction, the
corporate balance sheet and profit and loss statement should also be submitted. If the request
relates to a prospective transaction, the most recent balance sheet and profit and loss statement
should be submitted.
If any document, including any balance sheet and profit and loss statement, is in a language
other than English, the taxpayer must also submit a certified English translation of the doc-
ument, along with a true copy of the document.For guidelines on the acceptability of such
documents,seeparagraph (c) of this section 7.01(2).
Each document, other than the request, should be labeled and attached to the request in
alphabetical sequence. Original documents, suchas contracts, wills, etc., should not be sub-
mitted because they become part of the Service’s file and will not be returned.
(b) Foreign laws.The taxpayer must submit with the request a copy of the relevant parts
of all foreign laws, including statutes, regulations, administrative pronouncements, and any
other relevant legal authority. The documents submitted must be in the official language of the
country involved and must be copied from an official publication of the foreign government or
another widely available, generally accepted publication. If English is not the official language
of the country involved, the taxpayer must also submit a copy of an English language version of
the relevant parts of all foreign laws. This translation must be: (i) from an official publication
of the foreign government or another widely available, generally accepted publication; or (ii) a
certified English translation submitted in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section 7.01(2).
The taxpayer must identify the title and date ofpublication, including updates, of any widely
available, generally accepted publication that thetaxpayer (or the taxpayer’s qualified transla-
tor) uses as a source for the relevant parts of the foreign law.
(c) Standards for acceptability of submissions of documents in a language other than
English and certified English translationsof laws in a language other than English.The
taxpayer must submit with the request an accurateand complete certified English translation
of the relevant parts of all contracts, wills, deeds, agreements, instruments, trust documents,
proposed disclaimers, or other documents, which are in a language other than English. If the
taxpayer chooses to submit certified English translations of foreign laws, those translations
must be based on an official publication of the foreign government or another widely avail-
able, generally accepted publication. In either case, the translation must be that of a qualified
translator and must be attested to by the translator. The attestation must contain: (i) a state-
ment that the translation submitted is a true and accurate translation of the foreign language
document or law; (ii) a statement as to the attestant’s qualifications as a translator and as to
that attestant’s qualificationsand knowledge regarding tax matters or foreign law if the law is
not a tax law; and (iii) the attestant’s name and address.
Analysis of material facts(3) Analysis of material facts.The request must be accompanied by an analysis of facts
and their bearing on the issue or issues. If documents attached to a request contain material
facts, they must be included in the taxpayer’s analysis of facts in the request rather than merely
incorporated by reference.
Sameissueinanearlierreturn(4)Statementregarding whether same issue is in an earlier return.The request must
state whether, to the best of the knowledge of both the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s represen-
tatives, any return of the taxpayer (or any return of a related taxpayer within the meaning of
§ 267 or of a member of an affiliated group of which the taxpayer is also a member within the
meaning of § 1504) that would be affected by the requested letter ruling or determination letter
is under examination, before Appeals, or before a federal court.
Same or similar issue previously
submitted or currently pending
(5) Statement regarding whether same or similar issue was previously ruled on or re-
quested, or is currently pending.The request must state whether, to the best of the knowledge
of both the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s representatives—
Sec. 7.01
2005–1 I.R.B.17January 3, 2005

(a) the Service previously ruled on the same or a similar issue for the taxpayer (or a related
taxpayer within the meaning of § 267 or a member of an affiliated group of which the taxpayer
is also a member within the meaning of § 1504 (related taxpayer)) or a predecessor;
(b) the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, a predecessor, or any representatives previously submit-
ted a request (including an application for change in accounting method) involving the same
or a similar issue to the Service but no letter ruling or determination letter was issued;
(c) the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or a predecessor previously submitted a request (includ-
ing an application for change in accounting method) involving the same or a similar issue that
is currently pending with the Service; or
(d) at the same time as this request, the taxpayer or a related taxpayer is presently
submitting
another request (including an application for change in accounting method) invol
ving the same
or a similar issue to the Service.
If the statement is affirmative for (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this section 7.01(5), the statement
must give the date the request was submitted, the date the request was withdrawn or ruled on,
if applicable, and other details of the Service’s consideration of the issue.
Interpretation of a substantive
provisionofanincomeorestate
tax treaty
(6) Statement regarding interpretation of asubstantive provision of an income or estate
tax treaty.If the request involves the interpretation of a substantive provision of an income or
estate tax treaty, the request must state whether—
(a) the tax authority of the treaty jurisdiction has issued a ruling on the same or similar issue
for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer (within the meaning of § 267 or a member of an affiliated
group of which the taxpayer is also a member within the meaning of § 1504 (related taxpayer)),
or any predecessor;
(b) the same or similar issue for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or any predecessor is being
examined, or has been settled, by the tax authorityof the treaty jurisdiction or is otherwise the
subject of a closing agreement in that jurisdiction; and
(c) the same or similar issue for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or any predecessor is being
considered by the competent authority of the treaty jurisdiction.
Letter from Bureau of Indian
AffairsrelatingtoIndiantribal
government
(7) Letter from Bureau of Indian Affairs relating to a letter ruling request for recog-
nition of Indian tribal government status or status as a political subdivision of an Indian
tribal government.To facilitate prompt action on a letter ruling request for recognition of
Indian tribal government status or status as a political subdivision of an Indian tribal govern-
ment, the taxpayer must submit with the letter ruling request a letter from the Department of
the Interior, Bureau of Indian Affairs (“BIA”), verifying that the tribe is recognized by BIA as
an Indian tribe and that the tribal government exercises governmental functions or that the po-
litical subdivision of the Indian tribal government has been delegated substantial governmental
functions. A letter ruling request that does not contain this letter from BIA cannot be resolved
until the Service obtains a letter from BIA regarding the tribe’s status.
The taxpayer should send a request to verify tribal status to the following address:
Branch of Tribal Government & Alaska
Division of Indian Affairs
Office of the Solicitor, Room 6456
U.S. Department of the Interior
1849 C Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20240
Statement of authorities
supporting taxpayer’s views
(8) Statement of supporting authorities.If the taxpayer advocates a particular conclusion,
an explanation of the grounds for that conclusion and the relevant authorities to support it must
be included. Even if not advocating a particulartax treatment of a proposed transaction, the
taxpayer must still furnish views on the tax results of the proposed transaction and a statement
of relevant authorities to support those views.
Sec. 7.01
January 3, 2005182005–1 I.R.B.

In all events, the request must include a statement of whether the law in connection with the
request is uncertain and whether the issue is adequately addressed by relevant authorities.
Statement of authorities contrary
to taxpayer’s views
(9) Statement of contrary authorities.The taxpayer is also encouraged to inform the Ser-
vice about, and discuss the implications of, any authority believed to be contrary to the position
advanced, such as legislation, tax treaties, court decisions, regulations, notices, revenue rulings,
revenue procedures, or announcements. If the taxpayer determines that there are no contrary
authorities, a statement in the request to this effect would be helpful. If the taxpayer does not
furnish either contrary authorities or a statement that none exists, the Service in complex cases
or those presenting difficult or novel issues may request submission of contrary authorities or
a statement that none exists. Failure to comply with this request may result in the Service’s
refusal to issue a letter ruling or determination letter.
Identifying and discussing contrary authorities will generally enable Service personnel to
understand the issue and relevant authorities more quickly. When Service personnel receive
the request, they will have before them the taxpayer’s thinking on the effect and applicability of
contrary authorities. This information should make research easier and lead to earlier action by
the Service. If the taxpayer does not disclose and distinguish significant contrary authorities,
the Service may need to request additional information, which will delay action on the request.
Statement identifying pending
legislation
(10) Statement identifying pending legislation.Atthetimeoffilingtherequest,thetax-
payer must identify any pending legislation that may affect the proposed transaction. In addi-
tion, if legislation is introduced after the requestis filed but before a letterrulingordetermi-
nation letter is issued, the taxpayer must notify the Service.
Deletion statement required
by§6110
(11) Statement identifying information to be deletedfrom copy of letter ruling or de-
termination letter for public inspection.The text of letter rulings and determination letters
is open to public inspection under § 6110. The Service makes deletions from the text before it
is made available for inspection. To help the Service make the deletions required by § 6110(c),
a request for a letter ruling or determination letter must be accompanied by a statement indi-
cating the deletions desired (“deletion statement”). If the deletion statement is not submitted
with the request, a Service representative will tell the taxpayer that the request will be closed
if the Service does not receive the deletion statement within 21 calendar days.Seesection 8.05
of this revenue procedure.
(a)Formatofdeletionstatement.A taxpayer who wants only names, addresses, and iden-
tifying numbers to be deleted should state this in the deletion statement. If the taxpayer wants
more information deleted, the deletion statement must be accompanied by a copy of the request
and supporting documents on which the taxpayer should bracket the material to be deleted. The
deletion statement must include the statutorybasis under § 6110(c) for each proposed deletion.
If the taxpayer decides to ask for additional deletions before the letter ruling or determina-
tion letter is issued, additional deletion statements may be submitted.
(b)Locationofdeletionstatement.The deletion statement must not appear in the request,
but instead must be made in a separate document and placed on top of the request for a letter
ruling or determination letter.
(c) Signature.The deletion statement must be signed and dated by the taxpayer or the
taxpayer’s authorized representative. A stampedsignature or faxed signature is not permitted.
(d) Additional information.The taxpayer should follow the same procedures of this sec-
tion 7.01(11) to propose deletions from any additional information submitted after the initial
request. An additional deletion statement is not required with each submission of additional
information if the taxpayer’s initial deletion statement requests that only names, addresses,
and identifying numbers are to be deleted and the taxpayer wants only the same information
deleted from the additional information.
(e) Taxpayer may protest deletions not made.After receiving from the Service the notice
under § 6110(f)(1) of intention to disclose the letter ruling or determination letter (including a
Sec. 7.01
2005–1 I.R.B.19January 3, 2005

copy of the version proposed to be open to public inspection and notation of third-party com-
munications under § 6110(d)), the taxpayer may protest the disclosure of certain information
in the letter ruling or determination letter. The taxpayer must send a written statement to the
Service office indicated on the notice of intention to disclose, within 20 calendar days of the
date the notice of intention to disclose is mailed to the taxpayer. The statement must identify
those deletions that the Service has not made and that the taxpayer believes should have been
made. The taxpayer must also submit a copy of the version of the letter ruling or determination
letter and bracket the deletions proposed that have not been made by the Service. Generally, the
Service will not consider deleting any material that the taxpayer did not propose to be deleted
before the letter ruling or determination letter was issued.
Within 20 calendar days after the Servicereceives the response to the notice under
§ 6110(f)(1), the Service will mail to the taxpayer its final administrative conclusion regarding
the deletions to be made. The taxpayer does not have the right to a conference to resolve
any disagreements concerningmaterial to be deleted from the text of the letter ruling or
determination letter. These matters may be taken up at any conference that is otherwise
scheduled regarding the request.
(f) Taxpayer may request delay of public inspection.After receiving the notic
e under
§ 6110(f)(1) of intention to disclose,but within 60 calendar days after the dat
e of notice, the
taxpayer may send a written request for delay of public inspection under either
§ 6110(g)(3)
or (4). The request for delay must be sentto the Service office indicated on the
notice of
intention to disclose. A request for delay under § 6110(g)(3) must contain th
edateonwhich
it is expected that the underlying transaction will be completed. The reque
st for delay under
§ 6110(g)(4) must contain a statement from which the Commissioner of Intern
al Revenue may
determine whether there are good reasons for the delay.
Signature on request(12) Signature by taxpayer or authorized representative.The request for a letter ruling
or determination letter must be signed and dated by the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized
representative. A stamped signature or faxed signature is not permitted.
Authorized representatives(13) (a) Authorized representatives.To sign the request or to appear before the Service
in connection with the request, the taxpayer’s authorized representative (for rules on who may
practice before the Service,seeTreasury Department Circular No. 230 (31 C.F.R. part 10, July
26, 2002) must be:
Attorney(1) An attorney who is a member in good standing of the bar of the highest court of any
state, possession, territory, commonwealth, or the District of Columbia and who is not cur-
rently under suspension or disbarment from practicebeforetheService.Heorshemustfilea
written declaration with the Service showing current qualification as an attorney and current
authorization to represent the taxpayer;
Certified public accountant(2) A certified public accountant who is duly qualified to practice in any state, possession,
territory, commonwealth, or the District of Columbia and who is not currently under suspen-
sion or disbarment from practice before the Service. He or she must file awritten declaration
with the Service showing current qualification as a certified public accountant and current au-
thorization to represent the taxpayer;
Enrolled agent(3) An enrolled agent who is a person, other than an attorney or certified public accountant,
who is currently enrolled to practice before theService and who is not currently under suspen-
sion or disbarment from practice before the Service. He or she must file awritten declaration
with the Service showing current enrollment and authorization to represent the taxpayer. Ei-
ther the enrollment number or the expiration date of the enrollment card must be included in
the declaration;
Enrolled actuary(4) An enrolled actuary who is a person, otherthan an attorney or certified public accountant,
who is currently enrolled as an actuary by the Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries
pursuant to 29 U.S.C. § 1242 and who is not currently under suspension or disbarment from
practice before the Service. He or she must file a written declaration with the Service showing
current qualification as an enrolled actuary and current authorization to represent the taxpayer.
Sec. 7.01
January 3, 2005202005–1 I.R.B.

Practice before the Service as an enrolled actuary is limited to representation with respect to
issues involving §§ 401, 403(a), 404, 412, 413, 414, 419, 419A, 420, 4971, 4972, 4976, 4980,
6057, 6058, 6059, 6652(e), 6652(f), 6692, and 7805(b); former § 405; and 29 U.S.C. § 1083;
or
A person with a “Letter of
Authorization”
(5) Any other person, including a foreign representative, who has received a “Letter of
Authorization” from the Director of the Office of Professional Responsibility under section
10.7(d) of Treasury Department Circular No.230. A person may make a written request for a
“Letter of Authorization” to: Office of Professional Responsibility, SE:OPR, Internal Revenue
Service, 1111 Constitution Ave., N.W., Washington, DC 20224. Section 10.7(d) of Circular
No. 230 authorizes the Commissioner to allow an individual who is not otherwise eligible to
practice before the Service to representanother person in a particular matter.
Representative authorized based
on relationship to taxpayer
(b)A regular full-time employeerepresenting his or her employer; a general partner rep-
resenting his or her partnership; abona fideofficer representing his or her corporation, asso-
ciation, or organized group; a regular full-time employee representing a trust, receivership,
guardianship, or estate; or an individual representing his or herimmediate family may sign the
request or appear before the Service in connection with the request.
Return preparer(c)A return preparer who is not described in 13(a) and 13(b) of this section may not sign
the request, or appear before the Service, or represent a taxpayer in connection with a letter
ruling or a determination letter.Seesection 10.7(c) of Treasury Department Circular No. 230.
Foreign representative(d)A foreign representative, other than a person referred to in 13(a) and 13(b) of this section,
is not authorized to practice before the Service and, therefore, must withdraw from represent-
ing a taxpayer in a request for a letter ruling or adetermination letter. In this situation, the
nonresident alien or foreign entity must submit the request for a letter ruling or a determination
letter on the individual’s or the entity’s own behalf or through a person referred to in (13)(a)
and (b) of this section;see alsoRev. Proc. 81–38, 1981–2 C.B. 592.
Power of attorney and declaration
of representative
(14) Power of attorney and declaration of representative.It is preferred that Form 2848,
Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, be used to provide the representative’s
authority(PartIofForm2848,Power of Attorney) and the representative’s qualification (Part
II of Form 2848,Declaration of Representative). The name of the person signing Part I of
Form 2848 should also be typed or printed on this form. A stamped signature is not permitted.
An original, a copy, or a facsimile transmission (fax) of the power of attorney is acceptable
so long as its authenticity is not reasonably disputed. For additional information regarding the
power of attorney form,seesection 7.02(2) of this revenue procedure.
The taxpayer’s authorized representative, whether or not enrolled, must comply with Trea-
sury Department Circular No. 230, which provides the rules for practice before the Service.
In situations where the Service believes that thetaxpayer’s representative is not in compliance
with Circular 230, the Service will bring the matter to the attention of the Office of Professional
Responsibility.
Penalties of perjury statement(15) Penalties of perjury statement.
(a) Format of penalties of perjury statement.A request for a letter ruling or determina-
tion letter and any change in the request submitted at a later time must be accompanied by the
following declaration:“Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined [Insert,
as appropriate: this request or this modification to the request], including accompanying
documents, and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, [Insert, as appropriate: the re-
quest or the modification] contains all the relevant facts relating to the request, and such
facts are true, correct, and complete.”
Seesection 8.05(4) of this revenue procedure forthe penalties of perjury statement applica-
ble for submissions of additional information.
(b) Signature by taxpayer.The declaration must be signed and dated by the taxpayer, not
the taxpayer’s representative. A stamped signature or faxed signature is not permitted.
Sec. 7.01
2005–1 I.R.B.21January 3, 2005

The person who signs for a corporate taxpayer must be an officer of the corporate taxpayer
who has personal knowledge of the facts and whose duties are not limited to obtaining a letter
ruling or determination letter from the Service. If the corporate taxpayer is a member of an
affiliated group filing consolidated returns, a penalties of perjury statement must also be signed
and submitted by an officer of the common parent of the group.
The person signing for a trust, a state law partnership, or a limited liability company must
be, respectively, a trustee, general partner, or member-manager who has personal knowledge
of the facts.
Number of copies of request to be
submitted
(16) Number of copies of request to be submitted.Generally, a taxpayer needs to submit
the original and one copy of the request for a letter ruling or determination letter. If more
than one issue is presented in the letter ruling request, the taxpayer is encouraged to submit
additional copies of the request.
Further, the original and two copies of the request for a letter ruling or determin
ation letter
are required if—
(a) the taxpayer is requesting separate letter rulings or determination letters on different
issues as explained later under section 7.02(1) of this revenue procedure; or
(b) the taxpayer is requesting deletions other than names, addresses, and identifying num-
bers, as explained in section 7.01(11)(a) of this revenue procedure (one copy is the request
for the letter ruling or determination letter andthe second copy is the deleted version of such
request); or
(c) a closing agreement (as defined in section 2.02 of this revenue procedure) is being re-
questedontheissuepresented.
Sample format for a letter ruling
request
(17) Sample format for a letter ruling request.To assist a taxpayer or the taxpayer’s
representative in preparing a letter ruling request, a sample format for a letter ruling request is
provided in Appendix B of this revenue procedure. This format is not required to be used by
the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative.
Checklist(18) Checklist for letter ruling requests.AnAssociateofficewillbeabletorespondmore
quickly to a taxpayer’s letter ruling request if the request is carefully prepared and complete.
The checklist in Appendix C of this revenue procedure is designed to assist taxpayers in prepar-
ing a request by reminding them of the essential information and documents to be furnished
with the request. The checklist in Appendix C must be completed to the extent required by the
instructions in the checklist, signed and dated by the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative,
and placed on top of the letter ruling request.If the checklist in Appendix C is not received,
a branch representative will ask the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative to submit the
checklist; this may delay action on the letter ruling request.
For letter ruling requests on certain matters,specific checklists supplement the checklist in
Appendix C. These checklists are listed in section 1 of Appendix E of this revenue procedure
and must also be completed and placed on top of the letter ruling request along with the check-
list in Appendix C.
Copies of the checklist in Appendix C can be obtained by calling (202) 622–7560 (not a toll-
free call) or a copy can be obtained from this revenue procedure in Internal Revenue Bulletin
2005–1 on the IRS web site atwww.irs.govby accessing the Newsroom link, and then the IRS
Guidance link, to obtain Internal Revenue Bulletin 2005–1. A photocopy of this checklist may
be used.
Additional procedural
informationrequiredwithrequest
.02
Multiple issues(1) To request separate letter rulings for multiple issues in a single situation.If more
than one issue is presented in a request for a letter ruling, the Associate office generally will
issue a single letter ruling covering all the issues. If the taxpayer requests separate letter rulings
Sec. 7.01
January 3, 2005222005–1 I.R.B.

on any of the issues (because, for example, one letter ruling is needed sooner than another),
the Associate office usually will comply with the request unless it is not feasible or not in the
best interests of the Associate office to do so.A taxpayer who wants separate letter rulings on
multiple issues should make this clear in the request and submit the original and two copies of
the request.
In issuing each letter ruling, the Associate office will state that it has issued separate letter
rulings or that requests for other letter rulings are pending.
Power of attorney used to indicate
recipient of a copy or copies of a
letter ruling or a determination
letter
(2) Power of attorney used to indicate recipient or recipients of a copy or copies of a
letter ruling or a determination letter.Once the Service signs the letter ruling or determina-
tion letter, it will send the original to the taxpayer. The Service will not send the original letter
ruling or determination letter to the taxpayer’s representative. The Service may send copies of
the letter ruling or determination to the taxpayer’s representative, but in no case to more than
two representatives.
Unless otherwise indicated by the taxpayer on the Form 2848, the Service will send a copy
of the letter ruling or determination letter to thefirst representative listed on the Form 2848. If
the taxpayer appoints more than one representative on the 2848 and checks the Box (a) on Line
7, an additional copy will be send to the second representative listed on the Form 2848. The
Service will not send a copy of the letter ruling or determination letter to any representative if
the taxpayer checks the Box (b) on Line 7 on the Form 2848 indicating that notices or written
communications from the Service should not be sent to the taxpayer’s representative.
It is preferred that the taxpayers use the Form 2848,Power of Attorney and Declaration of
Representative, to appoint representatives. If a taxpayer does not use Form 2848 to appoint
a representative, a copy of the letter ruling or determination letter will be mailed to the first
representative listed on the power of attorney, unless the taxpayer indicates that an additional
copy of the letter ruling or determination letter should be mailed to a second representative,
or that no copies of the letter ruling or determination letter should be mailed to the taxpayer’s
representative.
“Two-Part” letter ruling requests(3) To request a particular conclusion on a proposed transaction.A taxpayer who is
requesting a particular conclusion on a proposed transaction may make the request for a letter
ruling in two parts. This type of request is referred to as a “two-part” letter ruling request.
The first part must include the complete statement of facts and related documents described in
section 7.01 of this revenue procedure. The second part must include a summary statement of
the facts the taxpayer believes to be controlling in reaching the conclusion requested.
If the Associate office accepts the taxpayer’s statement of controlling facts, it will base its
letter ruling on these facts. Ordinarily, this statement will be incorporated into the letter ruling.
The Associate office reserves the right to rule on the basis of a more complete statement of the
facts and to seek more information in developing the facts and restating them.
A taxpayer who chooses this two-part procedure has all the rights and responsibilities pro-
vided in this revenue procedure.
Taxpayers may not use the two-part procedure if it is inconsistent with other procedures,
such as those dealing with requests for permission to changeaccounting methods or periods,
applications for recognition of exempt status under § 521, or rulings on employment tax status.
After the Associate office has resolved the issues presented by a letter ruling request, the
Associate office representative may request that the taxpayer submit a proposed draft of the
letter ruling to expedite the issuance of the ruling.Seesection 8.07 of this revenue procedure.
Expedited handling(4) To request expedited handling.The Service ordinarily processes requests for letter
rulings and determination letters in order of the date received. Expedited handling means that
a request is processed ahead of the regular order.Expedited handling is granted only in rare and
unusual cases, both out of fairness to other taxpayers and because the Service seeks to process
Sec. 7.02
2005–1 I.R.B.23January 3, 2005

all requests as expeditiously as possible and togive appropriate deference to normal business
exigencies in all cases not involving expedited handling.
A taxpayer who has a compelling need to have a request processed ahead of the regular order
may request expedited handling. This requestmust explain in detail the need for expedited
handling. The request must be made in writing,preferably in a separate letter with, or soon
after filing, the request for the letter ruling ordetermination letter. If the request is not made
in a separate letter, then the letter in which the letter ruling or determination letter request is
made should say, at the top of the first page:“Expedited Handling Is Requested. See page
of this letter.”
A request for expedited handling will not be forwarded to a branch for action until t
he check
for the user fee is received.
Whether a request for expedited handling will begranted is within the Service’s discretion.
The Service may grant the request when a factor outside a taxpayer’s control creates a real
business need to obtain a letter ruling or determination letter before a certain time in order to
avoid serious business consequences. Examples include situations in which a court or gov-
ernmental agency has imposed a specific deadline for the completion of a transaction, or a
transaction must be completedexpeditiously to avoid an imminent business emergency (such
as the hostile takeover of a corporate taxpayer), provided that the taxpayer can demonstrate
that the deadline or business emergency, and the need for expedited handling, resulted from
circumstances that could not reasonably have been anticipated or controlled by the taxpayer.
To qualify for expedited handling in such situations, the taxpayer must also demonstrate that
the taxpayer submitted the request as promptly as possible after becoming aware of the dead-
line or emergency. The extent to which the letter ruling or determination letter complies with
all of the applicable requirements of this revenue procedure, and fully and clearly presents the
issues, is a factor in determining whether expedited treatment will be granted. When the Ser-
vice agrees to process a request out of order, itcannot give assurance that any letter ruling or
determination letter will be processed by the time requested.
The scheduling of a closing date for a transaction or a meeting of the board of directors or
shareholders of a corporation, without regard for the time it may take to obtain a letter ruling
or determination letter, will not be considered a sufficient reason to process a request ahead
of its regular order. Also, the possible effect of fluctuation in the market price of stocks on a
transaction will not be considered a sufficient reason to process a request out of order.
Because most requests for letter rulings and determination letters cannot be processed ahead
of the regular order, the Service urges all taxpayers to submit their requests well in advance of
the contemplated transaction. In addition, to facilitate prompt action on letter ruling requests,
taxpayers are encouraged to ensure that their initial submissions comply with all of the require-
ments of this revenue procedure (including the requirements of other applicable guidelines set
forth in Appendix E of this revenue procedure), to prepare “two-part” requests described in
section 7.02(3) of this revenue procedure when possible, and to provide any additional infor-
mation requested by the Service promptly.
Facsimile transmission (fax) to
taxpayer or taxpayer’s authorized
representative of any document
related to the letter ruling request
(5) Taxpayer requests to receive any document related to the letter ruling request by
facsimile transmission (fax).If the taxpayer requests, the Associate office may fax a copy of
any document related to the letter ruling request to the taxpayer or thetaxpayer’s authorized
representative (for example, a request for additional information or the letter ruling).
A request to fax a copy of any document related to the letter ruling request to the taxpayer or
the taxpayer’s authorized representative must be made in writing, either as part of the original
letter ruling request or prior to the mailing, or with respect to the letter ruling prior to the
signing, of the document. The request must contain the fax number of the taxpayer or the
taxpayer’s authorized representative to whom the document is to be faxed.
A document other than the letter ruling will befaxed by a branch representative. The letter
ruling may be faxed by either a branch representative or the Disclosure and Litigation Support
Sec. 7.02
January 3, 2005242005–1 I.R.B.

Branch of the Legal Processing Division (CC:PA:LPD:DLS). For purposes of § 301.6110–2(h),
a letter ruling is not issued until the ruling is mailed.
Requesting a conference(6) To request a conference.A taxpayer who wants to have a conference on the issues
involved should indicate this in writing when, or soon after, filing the request.See alsosections
10.01, 10.02, and 11.11 (2) of this revenue procedure.
Address to send the request.03
Original letter ruling requests must be sent tothe appropriate Associate office. The package
should be marked: RULING REQUEST SUBMISSION.
(1) Requests for letter rulings should be sent to the following address:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU
P.O. Box 7604
BenFranklinStation
Washington, D.C. 20044
If a private delivery service is used, the address is:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU, Room 5336
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20224
(2) Requests for letter rulings may also be hand delivered between the hours of 8:00 a.m.
and4:00p.m.tothecourier’sdeskattheloadingdock(behindthe12
th
Street security station)
of 1111 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC. A receipt will be given at the courier’s
desk. The package should be addressed to:
Courier’s Desk
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU, Room 5336
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20224
(3) Requests for letter rulings must not be submitted by fax.
Pending letter ruling requests.04
(1) Circumstances under which the taxpayer must notify the Associate office.The tax-
payer must notify the Associate office if, after the letter ruling request is filed but before a letter
ruling is issued, the taxpayer knows that—
(a)anexaminationoftheissueortheidentical issue on an earlier year’s return has been
started by a field office;
(b) in the case of a § 301.9100 request, an examination of the return for the taxable
year in which an election should have been made or any taxable year that would have been
affected by the election had it been timely made, has been started by a field office.See
§ 301.9100–3(e)(4)(i) and section 5.03(3) of this revenue procedure;
(c) legislation that may affect the transaction has been introduced.Seesection 7.01(10) of
this revenue procedure; or
(d) another letter ruling request (including an application for change in accounting method)
has been submitted by the taxpayer (or a related party within the meaning of § 267 or a member
of an affiliated group of which the taxpayer is also a member within the meaning of § 1504)
involving the same or similar issue that is currently pending with the Service.
Sec. 7.04
2005–1 I.R.B.25January 3, 2005

(2)TaxpayermustnotifytheAssociateofficeifareturnisfiledandmustattachthe
request to the return.If the taxpayer files a return before a letter ruling is received from the
Associate office concerning an issue in the return, the taxpayer must notify the Associate office
that the return has been filed. The taxpayer must also attach a copy of the letter ruling request
to the return to alert the field office and thereby avoid premature field action on the issue.
If, under the limited circumstances permitted in section 5 of this revenue procedure, the
taxpayer requests a letter ruling after the return is filed, but before the return is examined, the
taxpayer must notify the Associate office that the return has been filed. The taxpayer must also
notify the field office having jurisdiction over the return and attach a copy of the letter ruling
request to the notification to alert the field office and thereby avoid premature field action on
the issue.
Thissection7.04alsoappliestopendingrequests for a closing agreement on a transaction
for which a letter ruling is not requested or issued.
For purposes of this section 7.04, the term “return” includes the original retur
n, amended
return, and claim for refund.
When to attach letter ruling to
return
.05A taxpayer who receives a letter ruling before filing a return about any transaction that
is relevant to the return being filed must attach a copy of the letter ruling to the return when it
is filed.
For purposes of this section 7.05, the term “return” includes the original return, amended
return, and claim for refund.
How to check on status of request.06The taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized representative may obtain information regard-
ing the status of a request by calling the person whose name and telephone number are shown
on the acknowledgment of receipt of the requestor the appropriate branch representative who
contacts the taxpayer as explained in section 8.02 of this revenue procedure.
Request may be withdrawn or
Associateofficemaydeclineto
issueletterruling
.07
(1) In general.A taxpayer may withdraw a request for a letter ruling or determinati
on letter
at any time before the letter ruling or determinationletterissignedbytheServic
e. Correspon-
dence and exhibits related to a request that is withdrawn or related to a letter ruli
ng request for
which an Associate office declines to issue a letter ruling will not be returned t
o the taxpayer.
Seesection 7.01(2) of this revenue procedure. In appropriate cases, an Associa
te office may
publish its conclusions in a revenue ruling or revenue procedure.
(2) Notification of appropriate Service official.
(a) Letter ruling requests.If a taxpayer withdraws a letter ruling request or if the Associate
office declines to issue a letter ruling, the Associate office generally will notify, by memoran-
dum, the appropriate Service official in the operating division that has examination jurisdiction
of the taxpayer’s tax return and may give its views on the issues in the request to the Service
official to consider in any later examination of the return. This section 7.07(2)(a) generally
does not apply if the taxpayer withdraws the letter ruling request and submits a written state-
ment that the transaction has been, or is being, abandoned and if the Associate office has not
already formed an adverse opinion.See, in appropriate cases, section 7.07(1) above.
(b) Notification of Service officialmay constitute Chief Counsel Advice.If the memo-
randum to the Service official referred to in paragraph (a) of this section 7.07(2) provides more
than the fact that the request was withdrawn and the Associate office was tentatively adverse,
or that the Associate office declines to issue a letter ruling, the memorandum may constitute
Chief Counsel Advice, as defined in § 6110(i)(1), subject to disclosure under § 6110.
(3) Refund of user fee.Ordinarily, the user fee will not be returned for a letter ruling request
that is withdrawn. If the Associate office declines to issue a letter ruling on all of the issues in
the request, the user fee will be returned. If theAssociate office issues a letter ruling on some,
Sec. 7.04
January 3, 2005262005–1 I.R.B.

but not all, of the issues, the user fee will not be returned.Seesection 15.10 of this revenue
procedure for additional information regarding the refunds of user fees.
SECTION 8. HOW DO THE
ASSOCIATE OFFICES
HANDLE LETTER RULING
REQUESTS?
The Associate offices will issue letter rulings on the matters and under the circumstances
explained in sections 3 and 5 of this revenue procedure and in the manner explained in this
section and section 11 of this revenue procedure.Seesection 9 of this revenue procedure for
procedures for change in accounting method requests.
Docket, Records, and User Fee
Branch receives, initially controls
and refers the request to the
appropriate Associate office
.01All requests for letter rulings will be received and initially controlled by the Docket,
Records, and User Fee Branch of the Legal Processing Division of the Associate Chief Counsel
(Procedure and Administration) (CC:PA:LPD:DRU). That office will process the incoming
documents and the user fee, and will forward the file to the appropriate Associate office for
assignment to a branch that has jurisdiction over the specific issue involved in the request.
Branch representative of the
Associate office contacts taxpayer
within 21 days
.02Within 21 calendar days after a letter ruling request has been received in the branch of the
Associate office that has jurisdiction over the issue, a representative of the branch will discuss
the procedural issues in the letter ruling request with the taxpayer or, if the request includes
a properly executed power of attorney, with theauthorized representative unless the power
of attorney provides otherwise. If the case is complex or a number of issues are involved,
it may not be possible for the branch representative to discuss the substantive issues during
this initial contact. When possible, for each issue within the branch’s jurisdiction, the branch
representative will tell the taxpayer—
(1) whether the branch representative will recommend that the Associate office rule as the
taxpayer requested, rule adversely on the matter, or not rule;
(2) whether the taxpayer should submit additional information to enable the Associate office
to rule on the matter;
(3) whether the letter ruling complies w
ith all of the provisions of this revenue procedure,
and if not, which requirements have not
been met; or
(4) whether, because of the nature of the transaction or the issue presented, a tentative con-
clusion on the issue cannot be reached.
If the letter ruling request involves matters within the jurisdiction of more than one branch
or Associate office, a representative of the branch that received the original request will tell the
taxpayer within the initial 21 days—
(1) that the matters within the jurisdiction of another branch or Associate office have been
referred to that branch or Associate office for consideration, and the date the referral was made,
and
(2) that a representative of that branch or Associate office will contact the taxpayer within
21 calendar days after receiving the referral to discuss informally the procedural and, to the
extent possible, the substantive issues in the request.
This section 8.02 applies to all matters except for cases involving a request for change in ac-
counting method or accounting period and cases within the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief
Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products) concerning insurance issues requiring actuarial
computations.
Determines if transaction can
be modified to obtain favorable
letter ruling
.03If less than a fully favorable letter ruling isindicated, the branch representative will
tell the taxpayer whether minor changes in the transaction or adherence to certain published
positions would bring about a favorable ruling. The branch representative may also tell the
taxpayer the facts that must be furnished in a document to comply with Service requirements.
The branch representative will not suggest precise changes that would materially alter the form
of the proposed transaction or materially alter a taxpayer’s proposed accounting period.
If, at the end of this discussion, the branch representative determines that a meeting in the
Associate office would be more helpful to develop or exchange information, a meeting will be
Sec. 8.03
2005–1 I.R.B.27January 3, 2005

offered and an early meeting date arranged. When offered, this meeting is in addition to the
taxpayer’s conference of right that is described in section 10.02 of this revenue procedure.
Is not bound by informal opinion
expressed
.04The Service will not be bound by the informal opinion expressed by the branch repre-
sentative or any other Service representative, and such an opinion cannot be relied upon as a
basis for obtaining retroactive relief under the provisions of § 7805(b).
Additional information.05
Must be submitted within 21
calendar days
(1) Additional information must be submitted within 21 days.If the request lacks es-
sential information, which may include additional information needed to satisfy the procedural
requirements of this revenue procedure as well as substantive changes to transactions or doc-
uments needed from the taxpayer, the branch representative will tell the taxpayer during the
initial contact, or subsequent contacts, that the request will be closed if the Associate office
does not receive the information within 21 calendar days from the date of the request for addi-
tional information, unless an extension of time is granted. To facilitate prompt action on letter
ruling requests, taxpayers are encouraged to request that the Associate office request additional
information by fax.Seesection 7.02(5) of this revenue procedure.
Material facts furnished to the Associate office by telephone or fax, or orally at a confer-
ence, must be promptly confirmedbylettertotheAssociateoffice. This confirmation and any
additional information requested by the Associate office that is not part of the information re-
quested during the initial contact must be furnished within 21 calendar days from the date the
Associate office makes the request.
Extension of reply period if
justified and approved
(2) Extension of reply period.An extension of the 21-day period for providing additional
information will be granted only if justified in writing by the taxpayer and approved by the
branch reviewer. A request for extension should be submitted before the end of the 21-day
period. If unusual circumstances close to the end of the 21-day period make a written request
impractical, the taxpayer should notify the Associate office within the 21-day period that there
is a problem and that the written request for extension will be coming soon. The taxpayer will
be told promptly, and later in writing, of the approval or denial of the requested extension. If
the extension request is denied, there is no right of appeal.
Letter ruling request closed if
the taxpayer does not submit
additional information
(3) Letter ruling request closed if the taxpayer does not submit additional informa-
tion.If the taxpayer does not submit the information requested during the initial contact, or
subsequent contacts, within the time provided, the letter ruling request will be closed and the
taxpayer will be notified in writing.If the information is received after the request is closed,
the request will be reopened and treated as a new request as of the date the information
is received. The taxpayer must pay another user fee before the case can be reopened.
Penalties of perjury statement for
additional information
(4) Penalties of perjury statement.Additional information submitted to the Service must
be accompanied by the following declaration:“Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I
have examined this information, including accompanying documents, and, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, the information contains all the relevant facts relating to the
request for the information, and such facts are true, correct, and complete.”This declara-
tion must be signed in accordance with the requirements in section 7.01(15)(b) of this revenue
procedure.
Faxing request and additional
information
(5) Faxing request and additional information.To facilitate prompt action on letter ruling
requests, taxpayers are encouraged to request that the Associate office request additional infor-
mation by fax.Seesection 7.02(5) of this revenue procedure. Taxpayers also are encouraged
to submit additional information by fax as soon as the information is available. The Associate
office representative who requests additional information can provide a telephone number to
which the information can be faxed. A copy of this information and a signed perjury statement
must be mailed or delivered to the Associate office.
Address to send additional
information
(6) Address to send additional information
(a) If a private delivery service is not used, the additional information should be sent to:
Sec. 8.03
January 3, 2005282005–1 I.R.B.

Internal Revenue Service
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Attn: [Name, office symbols, and
room number of the Associate office
representative who requested
the information]
P.O. Box 7604
BenFranklinStation
Washington, D.C. 20044
For cases involving a request for change in accounting method or period under the jurisdic-
tion of the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting), or a § 301.9100 request for
an extension of time on a request for change inaccounting method or period, the additional
information should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Attn: [Name, office symbols, and
room number of the Associate office
representative who requested
the information]
P.O. Box 14095
BenFranklinStation
Washington, D.C. 20044
(b) If a private delivery service is used, the additional information for all cases should be
sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Attn: [Name, office symbols, and
room number of the Associate office
representative who requested
the information]
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20224
Identifying information included
in additional information
(7) Identifying information.For all cases, the additional information should include the
name, office symbols, and room number of the Associate office representative who requested
the information, and the taxpayer’s name and the case control number, which the Associate
office representative can provide.
Number of copiesof additional
information to be submitted
(8)Numberofcopies.Generally, a taxpayer needs only to submit one copy of the additional
information, although in appropriate cases, the Associate office may request additional copies
of the information.
Near the completion of the ruling
process, advises the taxpayer of
conclusions and, if the Associate
office will rule adversely, offer
the taxpayer the opportunity to
withdraw the letter ruling request
.06Generally, after the conference of right as discussed in section 10 of this revenue proce-
dure is held but before the letter ruling is issued, the branch representative will orally inform
the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative of the Associate office’s conclusions. If the Asso-
ciate office is going to rule adversely, the taxpayer will be offered the opportunity to withdraw
the letter ruling request. Unless an extension is granted, if the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s repre-
sentative does not notify the branch representative of a decision to withdraw the ruling request
within 10 days of the notification, the adverse letter ruling will be issued. The user fee will
not be refunded for a letter ruling request that is withdrawn.Seesection 15.10(1)(a) of this
revenue procedure.
Sec. 8.06
2005–1 I.R.B.29January 3, 2005

Mayrequestdraftofproposed
letter ruling near the completion
of the ruling process
.07To accelerate the issuance of letter rulings, in appropriate cases near the completion
of the ruling process, the Associate office representative may request that the taxpayer or the
taxpayer’s representative submit a proposed draft of the letter ruling on the basis of discussions
of the issues. The taxpayer is not required to prepare a draft letter ruling to receive a letter
ruling.
The format of the submission should be discussed with the Associate office representative
who requests the draft letter ruling. The representative usually can provide a sample format of
a letter ruling and will discuss the facts, analysis, and letter ruling language to be included.
Taxpayer may also submit draft
on a computer disk
In addition to a typed draft, taxpayers are encouraged to submit this draft on a computer disk
in Microsoft Word to the Associate office. The typed draft will become part of the permanent
files of the Associate office, and the computerdisk will not be returned. The proposed letter
ruling (both typed draft and computer disk) should be sent to the same address as any additional
information and contain in the transmittal the information that should be included with any
additional information (for example, a penalties of perjury statement is required).Seesection
8.05(4) of this revenue procedure.
Issues separate letter rulings for
substantially identical letter
rulings and generally issues a
single letter ruling for related
§301.9100 letter
.08
(1) Substantially identical letter rulings.For letter ruling requests qualifying for the user
fee provided in paragraph (A)(5)(a) of Appendix A of this revenue procedure for substantially
identical letter rulings, a separate letter ruling generally will be issued for each entity with a
common member or sponsor, or for each member of a common entity.
(2) Related § 301.9100 letter rulings.For a § 301.9100 letter ruling request from a con-
solidated group or all affected separate trades or businesses of a single entity for an extension
of time to file Form 3115 for an identical change in accounting method qualifying for the user
fee provided in paragraph (A)(5)(c) of Appendix A of this revenue procedure, the Associate
office generally will issue a single letter on behalf of all members of the consolidated group
that are the subject of the request.
Sends a copy of the letter ruling to
appropriate Service official
.09The Associate office will send a copy of the letter ruling, whether favorable or adverse,
to the appropriate Service official in the operating division that has examination jurisdiction of
the taxpayer’s tax return.
SECTION 9. WHAT ARE THE
SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL
PROCEDURES FOR A
REQUEST FOR A CHANGE
IN ACCOUNTING METHOD
FROM THE ASSOCIATE
OFFICES?
This section provides the specific and additional procedures applicable to a request for a
change in accounting method.
A request for a change in accounting method is a specialized type of request for a letter
ruling.Seesection 2.01 of this revenue procedure.
Automatic and advance consent
change in accounting method
requests
.01
Automatic change in accounting
method
(1) Procedures for requesting an automaticchange in accounting method request pro-
cedures.Certain changes in accounting methods may be made under automatic change request
procedures. A change in accounting method provided in an automatic change request proce-
dure must be made using that automatic change request procedure if the taxpayer requesting
the change is within the scope of the automatic change request procedure and the change is
an automatic change for the requested year of the change. The Commissioner’s consent to
an otherwise qualifying automatic change inaccounting method is granted only if the taxpayer
timely complies with the applicable automatic change request procedures.But seesection 9.19
of this revenue procedure concerning review by an Associate office and a field office.
Seesection 9.22 of this revenue procedure for a list of automatic change request procedures.
See alsosection 9.23 of this revenue procedure for a list of sections, in addition to this section
Sec. 8.07
January 3, 2005302005–1 I.R.B.

9, and Appendices of this revenue procedure that apply to a request for an accounting method
change. No user fee is required for a change made under an automatic change request proce-
dure.
Advance consent change in
accounting method
(2) Advance consent letter ruling requests.If a change in accounting method may not
be made under an automatic change request procedure, the taxpayer may request an advance
consent letter ruling by filing a current Form 3115,Application for Change in Accounting
Method, under Rev. Proc. 97–27, 1997–1 C.B. 680, as modified and amplified by Rev. Proc.
2002–19, 2002–1 C.B. 696, and amplified and clarified by Rev. Proc. 2002–54, 2002–2 C.B.
432 (or successors); and this revenue procedure (seesection 9.23 for a list of the sections and
Appendices of this revenue procedure in addition to this section 9 that apply to a request for
an accounting method change). A Form 3115 filed under Rev. Proc. 97–27 and this revenue
procedure is hereinafter referred to as an “advance consent Form 3115.” A taxpayer filing an
advance consent Form 3115 must submit the required user fee with the completed Form 3115.
Seesection 15 and Appendix A of this revenue procedure for information about user fees.
Ordinarily only one change in
accounting method on a Form
3115 and a separate Form 3115
for each taxpayer and for each
separate trade or business
.02
Ordinarily, a taxpayer may request onlyone change in accounting method on a Form 3115.
If the taxpayer wants to request a change in accounting method for more than one unrelated item
or submethod of accounting, the taxpayer must submit a separate Form 3115 for each unrelated
item or submethod, except in certain situationsin which the Service specifically permits certain
unrelated changes to be included on a single Form 3115 (for example,seesection5.05inthe
Appendix of Rev. Proc. 2002–9, 2002–1 C.B. 327, or its successor).
Further, a separate Form 3115 must be submitted for each taxpayer and each separate trade
or business of a taxpayer requesting a changein accounting method, except as specifically
permitted or required in guidance published by the Service.See, for example, section 15.07(3)
of this revenue procedure.
Information required with a
Form 3115
.03
Facts and other information(1) Facts and other information requested on Form 3115 and in applicable revenue
procedures.In general, a taxpayer requesting a change in accounting method must file a Form
3115, unless the procedures applicable to the specific typeof change in accounting method do
not require a Form 3115 to be submitted.
To be eligible for approval of the requestedaccounting method change, the taxpayer must
provide all information requested on the Form 3115 and in its instructions and in either Rev.
Proc. 97–27, 1997–1 C.B. 680, as modified and amplified by Rev. Proc. 2002–19, 2002–1
C.B. 696, and amplified and clarified by Rev. Proc. 2002–54, 2002–2 C.B. 432 (or successors)
or the applicable automatic change request procedure. In addition, the taxpayer must provide
all information requested in the applicable sections of this revenue procedure, including a de-
tailed and complete description of the item being changed, the taxpayer’s present and proposed
method for the item being changed, information regarding whether the taxpayer is under exam-
ination, or before Appeals or a federal court, and a summary of the computation of the § 481(a)
adjustment and an explanation of the methodology used to determine the adjustment.
For an advance consent Form 3115, the taxpayer must also include a full explanation of
the legal basis and relevant authorities supporting the proposed method, a detailed and com-
plete description of the facts and explanation ofhow the law applies to the taxpayer’s situation,
whether the law in connection with the request is uncertain or inadequately addresses the is-
sue, statement of the applicant’s reasons for the proposed change, and copies of all documents
related to the proposed change.
The applicant must provide the requested information to be eligible for approval of the
requested accounting method change. The taxpayer may be required to provide information
Sec. 9.03
2005–1 I.R.B.31January 3, 2005

specific to the requested accounting method change, such as an attached statement. The tax-
payer must provide all information relevant tothe requested accounting method change, even
if not specifically requested by the Form 3115.
See alsosections 7.01(1) and 7.01(8) of this revenue procedure.
Statement of authorities contrary
to taxpayer’s views
(2) Statement of contrary authorities.For an advance consent Form 3115, the taxpayer is
encouraged to inform the Associate office about,and discuss the implications of, any authority
believed to be contrary to the proposed change inaccounting method, such aslegislation, court
decisions, regulations, notices, revenue rulings, revenue procedures, or announcements.
If the taxpayer does not furnish either contrary authorities or a statement that none exists,
the Associate office may request submission of contrary authorities or a statement that none
exists. Failure to comply with this request may result in the Associate office’s refusal to issue
a change in accounting method letter ruling.
Documents(3) Copies of all contracts, agreements, and other documents.True copies of all
contracts, agreements, and other documents pertinent to the requested change in accounting
method must be submitted with an advance consent Form 3115. Original documents should
not be submitted because they become part of the Associate office’s file and will not be
returned.
Analysis of material facts(4) Analysis of material facts.When submitting any document with a Form 3115 or in a
supplemental letter, the taxpayer must explain and provide an analysis of all material facts in
the document (rather than merely incorporating the document by reference). The analysis of
the facts must include their bearing on the requested change in accounting method, specifying
the provisions that apply.
Same issue in an earlier return(5) Information regarding whether same issue is in an earlier return.AForm3115
must state whether, to the best of the knowledge of both the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s repre-
sentatives, any return of the taxpayer (or any return of a current or former consolidated group
in which the taxpayer is or was a member) in which the taxpayer used the accounting method
being changed is under examination, before Appeals, or before a federal court.SeeRev. Proc.
97–27 and Rev. Proc. 2002–9, both as modified and amplified by Rev. Proc. 2002–19.
Issue previously submitted or
currently pending
(6) Statement regarding prior requests for a change in accounting method and other
pending requests.
(a) Other requests for a change in accounting method within the past five years.A
Form 3115 must state, to the best of the knowledge of both the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s
representatives, whether the taxpayer (or a related taxpayer within the meaning of § 267 or a
member of a current or former affiliated group of which the taxpayer is or was a member within
the meaning of § 1504) or a predecessor filed within the past five years (including the year of
the requested change), or is currently filing,any request for a change in accounting method.
If the statement is affirmative, for each separate trade or business, give a description of
each request and the year of change and whetherconsent was obtained. If any application
was withdrawn, not perfected, or denied, or if a Consent Agreement was sent to the taxpayer
but was not signed and returned to the Associate office, or if the change was not made in the
requested year of change, give an explanation.
(b) Any other pending request(s).A Form 3115 must state, to the best of the knowledge
of both the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s representatives, whether the taxpayer (or a related tax-
payer within the meaning of § 267 or a member of a current or former affiliated group of which
the taxpayer is or was a member within the meaning of § 1504) or a predecessor currently have
pending (including any concurrently filed request) any request for a private letter ruling, a
change in accounting method, or a technical advice.
Sec. 9.03
January 3, 2005322005–1 I.R.B.

If the statement is affirmative, for each request, give the name(s) of the taxpayer, identifi-
cation number(s), the type of request (private letter ruling, request for change in accounting
method, or request for technical advice), and the specific issues in the request.
Statement identifying pending
legislation
(7) Statement identifying pending legislation.At the time the taxpayer files an advance
consent Form 3115, the taxpayer must identify any pending legislation that may affect the
proposed change in accounting method. In addition, if legislation is introduced after the request
is filed but before a change in accounting method letter ruling is issued, the taxpayer must so
notify the Associate office.
Authorized representatives(8) Authorized representatives.To appear before the Service in connection with a request
for a change in accounting method, the taxpayer’s authorized representative must be an attor-
ney, a certified public accountant, an enrolled agent, an enrolled actuary, a person with a “Letter
of Authorization,” an employee, general partner,bona fideofficer, administrator, trustee, etc.,
as described in section 7.01(13) of this revenue procedure.
Power of attorney and declaration
of representative
(9) Power of attorney and declaration of representative.Any authorized representative,
whether or not enrolled to practice, must comply with Treasury Department Circular No. 230,
which provides the rules for practice before theService, and the conference and practice re-
quirements of the Statement of Procedural Rules, which provide the rules for representing a
taxpayer before the Service.Seesection 7.01(14) of this revenue procedure. It is preferred
that Form 2848,Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative,beusedtoprovidethe
representative’s authority.
Penalties of perjury statement(10) Penalties of perjury statement
(a) Format of penalties of perjury statement.A Form 3115, and any change to a Form
3115 submitted at a later time, must be accompanied by the following declaration:“Under
penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this application, including accompa-
nying schedules and statements, and to the best of my knowledge and belief, the applica-
tion contains all the relevant facts relating to the application, and it is true, correct, and
complete.”
Seesection 9.08(3) of this revenue procedure for the penalties of perjury statement required
for submissions of additional information.
(b) Signature by taxpayer.A Form 3115 must be signed by, or on behalf of, the taxpayer
requesting the change by an individual with authority to bind the taxpayer in such matters. For
example, an officer must sign on behalf of a corporation, a general partner on behalf of a state
law partnership, a member-manager on behalf ofa limited liability company, a trustee on be-
half of a trust, or an individual taxpayer on behalf of a sole proprietorship. If the taxpayer is a
member of a consolidated group, a Form 3115 should be submitted on behalf of the taxpayer
by the common parent and must be signed by a duly authorized officer of the common parent.
Refer to the signature requirements set forth in the instructions for the current Form 3115 re-
garding those who are to sign.See alsosection 8.08 of Rev. Proc. 97–27 and section 6.02(5)
of Rev. Proc. 2002–9. A stamped signature or faxed signature is not permitted.
(c) Signature by preparer.Declaration of preparer (other than the taxpayer) is based on
all information of which the preparer has any knowledge.
Additional procedural
information required in certain
circumstances
.04
Recipients of original and copy
of correspondence
(1) Recipients of original and copy of change in accounting method correspondence.
The Service will send the signed original of the change in accounting method letter ruling and
other related correspondence to the taxpayer, and copies to the taxpayer’s representative, if
instructed on Form 2848.Seesection 7.02(2) of this revenue procedure for how to designate
alternative routing of the copies of the letter ruling and other correspondence.
Sec. 9.04
2005–1 I.R.B.33January 3, 2005

Expedited handling(2) To request expedited handling.The Associate offices ordinarily process advance con-
sent Forms 3115 in order of the date received.A taxpayer who has a compelling need to have
an advance consent Form 3115 processed on an expedited basis, may request expedited han-
dling.Seesection 7.02(4) of this revenue procedure for procedures.
Facsimile transmission (fax) of
any document to the taxpayer
or taxpayer’s authorized
representative
(3) To receive the change in accounting method letter ruling or any other correspon-
dence related to a Form 3115 by facsimile transmission (fax).If the taxpayer wants a copy
of the change in accounting method letter ruling or any other correspondence related to a Form
3115, such as a request for additional information, faxed to the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s au-
thorized representative, the taxpayer must submit a written request to fax the letter ruling or
related correspondence, preferably as part of the Form 3115. The request may be submitted at
a later date, but must be received prior to the mailing of correspondenceother than the letter
ruling and prior to the signing of the change in accounting method letter ruling.
The request to have correspondence relating to the Form 3115 faxed to the taxpayer must
contain the fax number of the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized representative to whom
the correspondence is to be faxed.
A document other than the change in accounting method letter ruling will be faxed by a
branch representative. The change in accounting method letter ruling may be faxed by either
a branch representative or the Disclosure and Litigation Support Branch of the Legal Pro-
cessing Division of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration)
(CC:PA:LPD:DLS).
For purposes of § 301.6110–2(h), a change in accounting method letter ruling is not issued
until the change in accounting method letter ruling is mailed.
Requesting a conference(4) To request a conference.The taxpayer must complete the appropriate line on the Form
3115 to request a conference of right, or request a conference in a later written communica-
tion, if an adverse response is contemplated by the Associate office.Seesection 8.10 of Rev.
Proc. 97–27, section 10.03 of Rev. Proc. 2002–9, and sections 10.01, 10.02 of this revenue
procedure.
Associateofficeaddressfor
Forms 3115
.05 Associate office address to send Forms 3115.Submit the original Form 3115, in the
case of an advance consent Form 3115, or the national office copy of the Form 3115, in the
case of an automatic change request, as follows:
(a) Associate office mailing address if private delivery service is not used.If a private
delivery service is not used, a taxpayer, other than an exempt organization, must send the orig-
inal completed Form 3115 and the required user fee (in the case of an advance consent Form
3115) or the national office copy of the completed Form 3115 (in the case of an automatic
change request) to:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: [insert either “CC:PA:LPD:DRU”
for an advance consent Form 3115 or
“CC:PA:LPD:DRU–Automatic Rulings Branch” for
an automatic change request]
P.O. Box 7604
Benjamin Franklin Station
Washington, D.C. 20044
An exempt organization must send the originalcompleted Form 3115 and the required user
fee (in the case of an advance consent Form 3115) or the national office copy of the completed
Form 3115 (in the case of an automatic change Form 3115) to:
Sec. 9.04
January 3, 2005342005–1 I.R.B.

Internal Revenue Service
Tax Exempt & Government Entities
Attn: TEGE:EO
P.O. Box 27720
McPherson Station
Washington, D.C. 20038
See Rev. Proc. 2005–8, this Bulletin, for the applicable user fee for exempt organization
Forms 3115.
(b) Mailing address if private delivery service is used.If a private delivery service is
used, a taxpayer, other than an exempt organization, must send the original completed Form
3115 and the required user fee (in the case of an advance consent Form 3115) or the national
office copy of the completed Form 3115 (in the case of an automatic change request) to:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: [insert either “CC:PA:LPD:DRU”
for an advance consent Form 3115
or “CC:PA:LPD:DRU–Automatic Rulings Branch” for
an automatic change request]
Room 5336
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20224
If a private delivery service is used, an exempt organization must send the original com-
pleted Form 3115 and the required user fee (in the case of an advance consent Form 3115)
or the national office copy of the completed Form 3115 (in the case of an automatic change
request) to:
Internal Revenue Service
Tax Exempt & Government Entities
Attn: TEGE:EO
1750 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20038
See Rev. Proc. 2005–8, this Bulletin, for the applicable user fee for exempt organization
Forms 3115.
(c) Address if hand-delivered to the IRS Courier’s desk.For taxpayers other than an
exempt organization, the original completed Form 3115 and the required user fee (in the case
of an advance consent Form 3115) or the national office copy of the completed Form 3115
(in the case of an automatic change request), may be hand delivered between the hours of
8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to the courier’s desk at the loading dock (located behind the 12
th
Street security station) of 1111 Constitution Ave., N.W., Washington, DC. A receipt will be
given at the courier’s desk. The package should be addressed to:
Courier’s Desk
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU, Room 5336
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20224
A Form 3115 must not be
submitted by fax
.06A completed Form 3115 must not be submitted by fax.
Sec. 9.06
2005–1 I.R.B.35January 3, 2005

Controls Form 3115 and refers it
totheappropriateAssociateoffice
.07An advance consent Form 3115 is received and controlled by the Docket, Records, and
User Fee Branch, Legal Processing Division of the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and
Administration)(CC:PA:LPD:DRU)iftherequired user fee is submitted with the Form 3115.
Once controlled, the Form 3115 is forwarded to the appropriate Associateofficeforassignment
and processing.
Additional information.08
Incomplete Form 3115(1) Incomplete Form 3115
(a) Advance consent Form 3115 – 21 day rule.In general, for an advance consent Form
3115, additional information requested by the Associate office and additional information fur-
nished to the Associate office by telephone or fax must be furnished in writing within 21 calen-
dar days from the date of the information request. The Associate office may impose a shorter
reply period for a request for additional information made after an initial request.Seesection
10.06 of this revenue procedure for the 21-day rule for submitting information after any con-
ference.
(b) Automatic change request – 30 day rule.In general, for an automatic change in ac-
counting method request, additional informationrequested by the Associate office, and addi-
tional information furnished to the Associate office by telephone or fax, must be furnished in
writing within 30 calendar days from the date of the information request. The Associate of-
fice may impose a shorter reply period for a request for additional information made after an
initial request.Seesection 10.06 of this revenue procedure for the 21-day rule for submitting
information after any conference with the Associate office.
Extension of reply period(2) Request for extension of reply period.
(a) Advance consent Form 3
115.For an advance consent Form 3115, an additional period,
not to exceed 15 days, to fu
rnish information may be granted to a taxpayer. Any request for an
extension of time must be
made in writing and submitted before the end of the original 21-day
period. If unusual circu
mstances close to the end of the 21-day period make a written request
impractical, the taxpay
er should notify the Associate office within the 21-day period that there
is a problem and that the w
ritten request for extension will be coming soon. An extension
of the 21-day period will
be granted only if approved by a branch reviewer. An extension
of the 21-day period ordi
narily will not be granted to furnish information requested on Form
3115. The taxpayer will
be told promptly, and later in writing, of the approval or denial of the
requested extension. I
f the extension request is denied, there is no right of appeal.
(b) Automatic change request.For an automatic change in accounting method request, an
additional period, not to exceed 30 days, to furnish information may be granted to a taxpayer.
Any request for an extension of time must be made in writing and submitted before the end of
the original 30-day period. If unusual circumstances close to the end of the 30-day period make
a written request impractical, the taxpayer should notify the Associate office within the 30-day
period that there is a problem and that the written request for extension will be coming soon.
An extension of the 30-day period will be granted only if approved by a branch reviewer. An
extension of the 30-day period ordinarily willnot be granted to furnish information requested
on Form 3115. The taxpayer will be told promptly, and later in writing, of the approval or
denial of the requested extension. If the extension request is denied, there is no right of appeal.
Penalties of perjury statement for
additional information
(3) Penalties of perjury statement.Additional information submitted to the Associate
office must be accompanied by the following declaration:“Under penalties of perjury, I
declare that I have examined this information, including accompanying documents, and,
to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information contains all the relevant facts
relating to the request for the information, and such facts are true, correct, and complete.”
This declaration must be signed in accordance with the requirements in section 9.03(10)(b) of
this revenue procedure.
Identifying information included
in additional information
(4) Identifying information.The additional information should also include the name,
office symbols, and room number of the Associate office representative who requested the
Sec. 9.07
January 3, 2005362005–1 I.R.B.

information, and the taxpayer’s name and the case control number, which the Associate office
representative can provide.
Faxing information request and
additional information
(5) Faxing information request and additional information.To facilitate prompt action
on a change in accounting method ruling request, taxpayers are encouraged to request that the
Associate office request additional information by fax.Seesection 9.04(3) of this revenue
procedure.
Taxpayers also are encouraged to submit additional information by fax as soon as the infor-
mation is available. The Associate office representative who requests additional information
can provide a telephone number to which the information can be faxed. A copy of the re-
quested information and an original signed penalties of perjury statement also must be mailed
or delivered to the Associate office.
Address to send additional
information
(6) Address to send additional information.
(a) Address if private delivery service not used.For a reque
st for change in accounting
method under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counse
l (Income Tax and Accounting),
if a private delivery service is not used, the additional inf
ormation should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Attn: [Name, office symbols, and
room number of the Associate office
representative who requested
the information]
P.O. Box 14095
BenFranklinStation
Washington, D.C. 20044
For a request for change in accounting method for an exempt organization, if a private de-
livery service is not used, the additional information should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
Tax Exempt & Government Entities
P.O. Box 27720
McPherson Station
Washington, D.C. 20038
For any other request for change in accounting method, if a private delivery service is not
used, the additional information should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Attn: [Name, office symbols, and
room number of the Associate office
representative who requested
the information]
P.O. Box 7604
BenFranklinStation
Washington, D.C. 20044
(b) Address if private delivery service is used.
For a request for a change in accounting method for other than an exempt organization, if a
private delivery service is used, the additional information should be sent to:
Sec. 9.08
2005–1 I.R.B.37January 3, 2005

Internal Revenue Service
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Attn: [Name, office symbols, and
room number of the Associate office
representative who requested
the information]
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20224
For a request for change in accounting method for an exempt organization, if a private de-
livery service is used the additional information should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
Tax Exempt & Government Entities
1750 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20038
Failure to timely submit
additional information
(7) If taxpayer does not timely submit additional information.
(a) Advance consent Form 3115.In the case of an advance consent Form 3115, if the re-
quired information is not furnished to the Associate office within the reply period, the Form
3115 will not be processed and the case will be closed. The taxpayer or authorized representa-
tive will be so notified in writing.
(b) Automatic change request.In the case of an automaticchange in accounting method
request, if the required information is not furnished to the Associate office within the reply
period, the request does not qualify for the automatic consent procedure. In such a case, the
Associate office will notify the taxpayer that consent to make the change in accounting method
is not granted.
(c) Submitting the additional information at a later date.If the taxpayer wants to submit
the additional information at a later date, the taxpayer must submit it with a new completed
Form 3115 (and user fee, if applicable) for a year of change for which such new Form 3115 is
timely filed under the applicable change in accounting method procedure.
Circumstances in which the
taxpayer must notify the Associate
office
.09
For an advance consent Form 3115, the taxpayer must promptly notify the Associate office
if, after the Form 3115 is filed but before a change in accounting method letter ruling is issued,
the taxpayer knows that —
(1) an examination of the present or proposedaccounting method has been started by a field
office;
(2) legislation that may affect the change in accounting method has been introduced,see
section 9.03(7) of this revenue procedure; or
(3) another letter ruling request (including another Form 3115) has been submitted by the
taxpayer (or a related party within the meaning of § 267 or a member of an affiliated group of
which the taxpayer is a member within the meaning of §1504).
Determines if proposed
accounting method can be
modified to obtain favorable
letter ruling
.10If a less than fully favorable change in accounting method letter ruling is indicated, the
branch representative will tell the taxpayer whether minor changes in the proposed accounting
method would bring about a favorable ruling. The branch representative will not suggest pre-
cise changes that materially alter a taxpayer’s proposed accounting.
Sec. 9.08
January 3, 2005382005–1 I.R.B.

Near the completion of processing
the Form 3115, advises the
taxpayer if the Associate office
will rule adversely and offers
the taxpayer the opportunity to
withdraw Form 3115
.11Generally, after the conference of right is held (or offered, in the event no conference
is held) and before issuing any change in accounting method letter ruling that is adverse to
the requested change in accounting method, the taxpayer will be offered the opportunity to
withdraw the Form 3115.Seesection 9.12 of this revenue procedure. Unless an extension is
granted, if the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative does not notify the branch represen-
tative of a decision to withdraw the Form 3115 within 10 days of the notification, the adverse
change in accounting method letter ruling will be issued. Ordinarily, the user fee (in the case
of an advance consent Form 3115) will not be refunded for a Form 3115 that is withdrawn.
Advance consent Form 3115 may
be withdrawn or Associate office
may decline to issue a change in
accounting method letter ruling
.12
(1) In general.A taxpayer may withdraw an advance consent Form 3115 at any time before
the change in accounting method letter ruling is signed by the Associate office. The Form 3115,
correspondence, and any documents relating to the Form 3115 that is withdrawn or for which
the Associate office declines to issue a letter ruling will not be returned to the taxpayer.See
section 9.03(3) of this revenue procedure. In appropriate cases, the Service may publish its
conclusions in a revenue ruling or revenue procedure.
(2) Notification of appropriate Service official.If a taxpayer withdraws or the Associate
office declines to grant (for any reason) a request to change from or to an improper accounting
method, the Associate office will notify, by memorandum, the appropriate Service official in
the operating division that has examination jurisdiction of the taxpayer’s tax return and the
Change in Method of Accounting Technical Advisor, and may give its views on the issues in
the request to the Service official to consider in any later examination of the return.
If the memorandum to the Service official provides more than the fact that the request was
withdrawn and the Associate office was tentatively adverse, or that the Associate office de-
clines to grant a change in accounting method, the memorandum may constitute Chief Counsel
Advice, as defined in § 6110(i)(1), subject to disclosure under § 6110.
(3) Refund of user fee.Ordinarily, the user fee will not be returned for an advance consent
Form 3115 that is withdrawn.Seesection 15.10 of this revenue procedure for information
regarding refunds of user fees.
How to check status of a pending
Form 3115
.13The taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized representative may obtain information re-
garding the status of an advance consent Form 3115 by calling the person whose name and
telephone number are shown on the acknowledgement of receipt of the Form 3115.
Is not bound by informal opinion
expressed
.14The Service will not be bound by any informal opinion expressed by the branch repre-
sentative or any other Service representative, and such an opinion cannot be relied upon as a
basis for obtaining retroactive relief under the provisions of § 7805(b).
Single letter ruling issued to a
consolidated group or single entity
for qualifying identical change in
accounting method
.15For an advance consent Form 3115 qualifying for the user fee provided in paragraph
(A)(5)(b) of Appendix A of this revenue procedure for identical accounting method changes,
the Associate office generally will issue a singleletter ruling on behalf of all affected members
of the consolidated group or all affected separate trades or businesses of a single entity.
Letter ruling ordinarily not
issuedforoneoftwoormore
interrelated items or submethods
.16If two or more items or submethods of accounting are interrelated, the Associate office
ordinarily will not issue a letter ruling on achange in accounting method involving only one
of the items or submethods.
Consent Agreement.17Ordinarily, for an advance consent Form 3115, the Commissioner’s permission to
change a taxpayer’s accounting method is set forth in a letter ruling (original and a Consent
Agreement copy). If the taxpayer agrees to the terms and conditions contained in the change
in accounting method letter ruling, the taxpayer must sign and date the Consent Agreement
copy of the letter ruling in the appropriate space. The Consent Agreement copy must not be
signed by the taxpayer’s representative. The signed copy of the letter ruling will constitute an
agreement (Consent Agreement) within the meaning of § 1.481–4(b) of the regulations. The
signed Consent Agreement copy of the letter ruling must be returned to the Associate office
within 45 days. In addition, a photocopy of the signed Consent Agreement copy of the letter
Sec. 9.17
2005–1 I.R.B.39January 3, 2005

ruling must be attached to the taxpayer’s income tax return for the year of change.Seesection
8.11 of Rev. Proc. 97–27. If the taxpayer has filed its income tax return for the year of change
before the ruling has been received and the Consent Agreement has been signed and returned,
the photocopy of the signed Consent Agreement copy of the letter ruling should be attached
to the amended return for the year of change thatthe taxpayer files to implement the change
in accounting method.
A copy of the change in
accounting methodletter ruling is
sent to appropriate Service official
.18The Associate office will send a copy of eachchange in accounting method letter ruling,
whether favorable or adverse, to the appropriateService official in the operating division that
has examination jurisdictionof the taxpayer’s tax return.
Consent to change an accounting
method may be relied on subject
to limitations
.19A taxpayer may rely on a change in accounting method letter ruling received from the
Associate office, subject to certain conditions and limitations.Seesections 9, 10, and 11 of
Rev. Proc. 97–27, as modified and amplified by Rev. Proc. 2002–19.
A qualifying taxpayer complying timely with an automatic change request procedure may
rely on the consent of the Commissioner as provided in the automatic change request procedure
to change the taxpayer’s accounting method, subject to certain conditions and limitations.See,
in general, sections 6.01, 7 and 8 of Rev. Proc. 2002–9, as modified and amplified by Rev.
Proc. 2002–19. An Associate office may review a Form 3115 filed under an automatic change
request procedure and will notify the taxpayer ifadditional information is needed or if consent
is not granted to the taxpayer for the requested change.Seesection 10 of Rev. Proc. 2002–9.
Further, the field office that has jurisdiction over the taxpayer’s return may review the Form
3115.Seesection 9 of Rev. Proc. 2002–9.
Change in accounting method
letter ruling will not apply to
another taxpayer
.20A taxpayer may not rely on a change in accounting method letter ruling issued to another
taxpayer.See§ 6110(k)(3).
Associate office discretion to
permit requested change in
accounting method
.21The Associate office reserves the right to decline to process any advance consent Form
3115 in situations in which it would not be in the best interest of sound tax administration to
permit the requested change. In this regard,the Associate office will consider whether the
change in method of accounting would clearly and directly frustrate compliance efforts of the
Service in administering the income tax laws.Seesection 8.01 of Rev. Proc. 97–27.
List of automatic change in
accounting method request
procedures
.22For procedures regarding requests for an automatic change in accounting method, refer
to the following published automatic changerequest procedures. The Commissioner’s con-
sent to an otherwise qualifying automatic change in accounting method is granted only if the
taxpayer complies timely with the applicable automatic change request procedure.
The automatic change request procedures for obtaining a change in accounting method in-
clude:
(1)Rev. Proc. 2002–9, 2002–1 C.B. 327, as modified and clarified by Announcement
2002–17, 2002–1 C.B. 561, as modified and amplified by Rev. Proc. 2002–19, 2002–1 C.B.
696, as amplified, clarified and modified by Rev. Proc. 2002–54, 2002–2 C.B. 432, and as
modified by Rev. Proc. 2003–45, 2003–2 C.B. 11, which, for most (but not all) types of
changes provided therein, requires a completed Form 3115. Rev. Proc. 2002–9 applies to the
accounting method changes described in the Appendix of Rev. Proc. 2002–9 involving §§ 56,
61, 77, 162, 166, 167, 168, 171, 174, 197, 263, 263A, 267, 404, 446, 448, 451, 454, 455, 458,
460, 461, 471, 472, 475, 585, 832, 846, 861, 985, 1272, 1273, 1278, 1281, 1286, and former
§ 168.
(2)The following automatic change request procedures modify and amplify Rev. Proc.
2002–9 in that they add the following changesto the list of accounting method changes listed
in the Appendix of this revenue procedure:
Rev. Rul. 2004–62, 2004–25 I.R.B. 1072 (section 162 — post-establishment fertilization
of established timber stands);
Sec. 9.17
January 3, 2005402005–1 I.R.B.

Rev. Proc. 2002–27, 2002–1 C.B. 802 (section 168 — depreciation of original and re-
placement tires of certain vehicles);
Rev. Proc. 2003–50, 2003–2 C.B. 119 (sections 168(k) and 1400L(b) — additional relief
for eligible property placed in service during the taxable year that included September 11,
2001);
Rev. Rul. 2003–54, 2003–1 C.B. 982 (section 168 — depreciation of gas pump canopies);
Rev. Rul. 2003–81, 2003–2 C.B. 126 (section 168 — depreciation of utility assets);
Rev. Proc. 2003–63, 2003–2 C.B. 304 (section 168 — depreciation of cable TV fiber
optics);
Regs. § 1.168(i)–1(l)
(2)(ii) (change in general assetaccount treatment due to a change in
the use of MACRS prope
rty);
Regs. § 1.168(i)–4(g)(2) (change in method of accounting for depreciation due to a change
in the use of MACRS property);
Regs. § 1.168(i)–6T(k)(2) (for a like-kind exchange or involuntary conversion of MACRS
property for which the time of disposition,the time of replacement, or both, occurred on
or before February 27, 2004, change in method of accounting for relinquished MACRS
property and replacement MACRS property);
Rev. Proc. 2002–65, 2002–2 C.B. 700 (section 263 — change to the track maintenance
allowance method for the first or second taxable year ending on or after December 31,
2001);
Rev. Proc. 2004–23, 2004–16 I.R.B. 785 (section 263 — amounts paid or incurred to
acquire or create intangibles or to facilitate an acquisition of a trade or business, change
in the capital structure of a business entity, and certain other transactions, for a taxpayer’s
first taxable year ending on or after December 31, 2003);
Rev. Proc. 2005–9, 2005–2 I.R.B. 303 (section 263 — amounts paid or incurred to acquire
or create intangibles or to facilitate an acquisition of a trade or business, change in the
capital structure of a business entity, and certain other transactions, for a taxpayer’s second
taxable year ending on or after December 31, 2003);
Rev. Rul. 2002–9, 2002–1 C.B. 614 (section 263A — impact fees incurred in connection
with construction of a new residential rental building);
Rev. Rul. 2004–18, 2004–8 I.R.B. 509 (section 263A — environmental remediation costs);
Rev. Proc. 2004–11, 2004–3 I.R.B. 311, (or its successor) (sections 167, 168, 197, 1400I,
and 1400L — revised sections 2.01 and 2.02 and 2B of the Appendix and added section
2.05 to the Appendix of Rev. Proc 2002–9);
Regs. § 1.280F–6(f)(2)(iv) (exclusion of certain qualified nonpersonal use vehicles from
limits on depreciation applicable to passenger automobiles);
Rev. Rul. 2002–46, 2002–2 C.B. 117, as modified by Rev. Rul. 2002–73, 2002–2 C.B.
805 (section 404 — grace period contributions);
Rev. Proc. 2002–28, 2002–1 C.B. 815 (section 446 — certain small businesses who seek
to change to the cash method and/or to a method of accounting for inventoriable items as
materials and supplies that are not incidental);
Rev. Proc. 2004–30, 2004–21 I.R.B. 950 (section 446 — inducement fees received in con-
nection with becoming holders of noneconomic residual interests in Real Estate Mortgage
Investment Conduits);
Sec. 9.22
2005–1 I.R.B.41January 3, 2005

Rev. Proc. 2004–32, 2004–22 I.R.B. 988 (section 446 — credit card annual fees);
Rev. Proc. 2004–36, 2004–24, I.R.B. 1063 (section 446— safe harbor method of account-
ing for film producers’ treatment ofcertain creative property costs);
Rev. Proc. 2002–36, 2002–1 C.B. 993 (section 451 — certain taxpayers who purchase
vehicles subject to leases who seek to change to the capital cost reduction (CCR) method);
Rev. Rul. 2003–3, 2003–1 C.B. 252 (section 451 — accrual method taxpayer with state or
local income or franchise tax refund);
Rev. Proc. 2004–34, 2004–22 I.R.B. 991 (section 451 — certain advance payments);
Rev. Proc. 2002–17, 2002–1 C.B. 676 (section 471 — certain automobile dealers seeking
to change to the replacement cost method for vehicle parts inventory);
Rev. Proc. 2003–20, 2003–1 C.B. 445 (section 471 — valuation of remanufactured motor
vehicle core parts);
Rev. Proc. 2002–46, 2002–2 C.B. 105 (section 832 — certain insurance companies seeking
to change to safe harbor method for premium acquisition expenses);
Rev. Proc. 2004–41, 2004–30 I.R.B. 90 (section 832 — insurance companies’ incentive
payments to health care providers);
Rev. Proc. 2002–74, 2002–2 C.B. 980 (section 846 — insurance companies other than life
insurance companies computing discounted unpaid losses); and
Rev. Proc. 2004–33, 2004–22 I.R.B. 989 (section 1272 — credit card late fees).
(3)The following automatic change request procedures, which require a completed Form
3115, provide both the type ofaccounting method change that may be made automatically and
the procedures under which such change must be made:
Regs. § 1.166–2(d)(3) (bank conformity for bad debts);
Regs. § 1.448–1 (to an overall accrual method for the taxpayer’s first taxable y
ear it is
subject to Code section 448);
Regs. § 1.448–2T and Notice 88–51 (nonaccrual experience method);
Regs. § 1.458–1 and –2 (exclusion for certain returned magazines, paperbacks, or records);
Rev. Proc. 97–43, 1997–2 C.B. 494 (section 475 — electing out of certain exemptions
from securities dealer status); and
Rev. Proc. 91–51, 1991–2 C.B. 779 (section 1286 — certain taxpayers under examination
that sell mortgages and retain rights to service the mortgages).
(4)The following automatic change request procedures, which do not require a completed
Form 3115, provide the type of accounting method change that may be made automatically
and also provide the procedures under which such change must be made:
Notice 96–30, 1996–1 C.B 378 (section 446 — change to comply with Statement of Finan-
cial Accounting Standards No. 116);
Rev. Proc. 92–29, 1992–1 C.B. 748 (section 461 — change in real estate developer’s
method for including costs of common improvements in the basis of property sold);
Rev. Proc. 98–58, 1998–2 C.B. 710 (certain taxpayers seeking to change to the install-
ment method of accounting under § 453 for alternative minimum tax purposes for certain
deferred payment sales contracts relating to property used or produced in the trade or busi-
ness of farming);
Sec. 9.22
January 3, 2005422005–1 I.R.B.

Regs. § 1.472–2 (taxpayers changing to the last-in, first-out (LIFO) inventory method);
Code § 585(c) and Regs. §§ 1.585–6 and 1.585–7 (large bank changing from the reserve
method of section 585); and
Rev. Proc. 92–67, 1992–2 C.B. 429 (election under § 1278(b) to include market discount
in income currently or election under § 1276(b) to use constant interest rate to determine
accrued market discount).
(5)SeeAppendix E for the list of revenue procedures for automatic changes in accounting
period.
Other sections of this revenue
procedure that are applicable to a
Form 3115
.23In addition to this section 9, the following sections of this revenue procedure are appli-
cable to Forms 3115:
1 (purpose of Rev. Proc. 2005–1);
2.01 (definition of “letter ruling”);
2.02 (definition of “closing agreement”);
2.05 (oral guidance);
3.01 (issues under the jurisdiction of theAssociate Chief Counsel (Corporate));
3.02 (issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions
and Products));
3.03 (issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Ac-
counting));
3.04 (issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel(International));
3.05 (issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Spe-
cial Industries));
3.07 (issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Gov-
ernmental Entities));
6.02 (letter rulings ordinarily not issued incertain areas because of the factual nature of the
problem);
6.05 (letter rulings generally not issued to business associations or groups);
6.06 (letter ru
lings generally not issued where the request does not address the tax status,
liability, or r
eporting obligations of the requester);
6.08 (letter rulings ordinarily not issued on federal tax consequences of proposed legisla-
tion);
6.10 (letter rulings not issued on frivolous issues);
6.12 (letter rulings not issued on alternative plans or hypothetical situation);
7.01(1) (statement of facts and other information);
7.01(8) (statement of supporting authorities);
7.01(13) (authorized representatives);
7.01(14) (power of attorney and declaration of representative);
7.02(2) (power of attorney used to indicate recipient of a copy or copies of a letter ruling
or a determination letter);
Sec. 9.23
2005–1 I.R.B.43January 3, 2005

7.02(4) (expedited handling);
7.04(2) (notify Associate office if a return, amended return, or claim for refund is filed
while request is pending and attach request to the return);
7.05 (attach letter ruling to the return, amended return or claim for refund);
10 (scheduling conferences);
15 (user fees);
16 (significant changes to Rev. Proc. 2004–1);
17 (effect of Rev. Proc. 2005–1 on other documents);
18 (effective date of this revenue procedure);
Appendix A (schedule of user fees); and
Appendix E (revenue procedures and notices regarding letter ruling requests relating to
specific Code sections and subject matters).
SECTION 10. HOW ARE
CONFERENCES FOR LETTER
RULINGS SCHEDULED?
Schedules a conference if
requested by taxpayer
.01A taxpayer may request a conference regarding a letter ruling request. Normally, a
conference is scheduled only when the Associate office considers it to be helpful in deciding
the case or when an adverse decision is indicated. If conferences are being arranged for more
than one request for a letter ruling involving the same taxpayer, they will be scheduled so as to
cause the least inconvenience to the taxpayer. Asstated in sections 7.02(6) and 9.04(4) of this
revenue procedure, a taxpayer who wants to have a conference on the issue or issues involved
should indicate this in writing when, or soon after, filing the request.
If a conference has been requested, the taxpayeror the taxpayer’s representative will be
notified by telephone, if possible, of the time and place of the conference, which must then be
held within 21 calendar days after this contact. Instructions for requesting an extension of the
21-day period and notifying the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative of the Associate of-
fice’s approval or denial of the request for extension are the same as those explained in section
8.05(2) (section 9.08(2)(a) for a change in accounting method request) of this revenue proce-
dure regarding providing additional information.
Permits taxpayer one conference
of right
.02A taxpayer is entitled, as a matter of right, to only one conference in the Associate
office, except as explained under section 10.05of this revenue procedure. This conference is
normally held at the branch level and is attended by a person who has the authority to sign the
letter ruling in his or her own name or for the branch chief.
When more than one branch has taken an adverse position on an issue in a letter ruling
request or when the position ultimately adopted by one branch will affect that adopted by an-
other, a representative from each branch withthe authority to sign in his or her own name or
for the branch chief will attend the conference.If more than one subject is to be discussed at
the conference, the discussion will constitute a conference on each subject.
To have a thorough and informed discussionof the issues, the conference usually will be
held after the branch has had an opportunity to study the case. At the request of the taxpayer,
the conference of right may be held earlier.
No taxpayer has a right to appeal the action of abranch to an Associate Chief Counsel or to
any other official of the Service.But seesection 10.05 of this revenue procedure for situations
in which the Associate office may offer additional conferences.
Sec. 9.23
January 3, 2005442005–1 I.R.B.

In employment tax matters, only the party entitled to the letter ruling is entitled to a confer-
ence.Seesection 5.10 of this revenue procedure.
Disallows verbatim recording of
conferences
.03Because conference procedures are informal, no tape, stenographic, or other verbatim
recording of a conference may be made by any party.
Makes tentative recommendations
on substantive issues
.04The senior Associate office representative present at the conference ensures that the tax-
payer has the opportunity to present views on all the issues in question. An Associate office
representative explains the Associate office’s tentative decision on the substantive issues and
the reasons for that decision. If the taxpayer asks the Associate office to limit the retroactive
effect of any letter ruling or limit the revocation or modification of a prior letter ruling, an
Associate office representative will discuss the recommendation concerning this issue and the
reasons for the recommendation. The Associate office representatives will not make a com-
mitment regarding the conclusion that the Associate office will finally adopt.
May offer additional conferences.05The Associate office will offer the taxpayeran additional conference if, after the con-
ference of right, an adverse holding is proposed, but on a new issue, or on the same issue but
on different grounds from those discussed at the first conference. There is no right to another
conference when a proposed holding is reversedat a higher level with a result less favorable
to the taxpayer, if the grounds or arguments on which the reversal is based were discussed at
the conference of right.
The limit on the number of conferences to which a taxpayer is entitled does not prevent the
Associate office from offering additional conferences, including conferences with an official
higher than the branch level, if the Associate office decides they are needed. These confer-
ences are not offered as a matter of course simply because the branch has reached an adverse
decision. In general, conferences with higher level officials are offered only if the Associate
office determines that the case presents significant issues of tax policy or tax administration
and that the consideration of these issues would be enhanced by additional conferences with
the taxpayer.
Requires written confirmation
of information presented at
conference
.06The taxpayer should furnish to the Associate office any additional data, reasoning, prece-
dents, etc., that were proposed by the taxpayer and discussed at the conference but not previ-
ously or adequately presented in writing. The taxpayer must furnish the additional information
within 21 calendar days from the date of the conference. If the additional information is not re-
ceived within that time, a letter ruling will be issued on the basis of the information on hand or,
if appropriate, no ruling will be issued.Seesection 8.05 of this revenue procedure for instruc-
tions on submission of additional information for a letter ruling request other than a change
in accounting method request.Seesection 9.08 of this revenue procedure for instructions on
submitting additional information for a change in accounting method request.
May schedule a pre-submission
conference
.07Sometimes it will be advantageous to both the Associate office and the taxpayer to hold
a conference before the taxpayer submits the letter ruling request to discuss substantive or pro-
cedural issues relating to a proposed transaction.These conferences are held only if the identity
of the taxpayer is provided to the Associate office, only if the taxpayer actually intends to make
a request, only if the request involves a matter on which a letter ruling is ordinarily issued, and
only at the discretion of the Associate office and as time permits. For example, a pre-sub-
mission conference will not be held on an incometaxissueif,atthetimethepre-submission
conference is requested, the identical issue is involved in the taxpayer’s return for an earlier
period and that issue is being examined by a field office.Seesection 6.01(1) of this revenue
procedure. A letter ruling request submitted following a pre-submission conference will not
necessarily be assigned to the branch that held the pre-submission conference. Also, when
a letter ruling request is not submitted following a pre-submission conference, the Associate
office may notify, by memorandum, the appropriate Service official inthe operating division
that has examination jurisdiction of the taxpayer’s tax return and may give its views on the
issues raised during the pre-submission conference. This memorandummay constitute Chief
Counsel Advice, as defined in § 6110(i), subject to disclosure under § 6110.
Sec. 10.07
2005–1 I.R.B.45January 3, 2005

(1) Taxpayer may request a pre-submissionconference in writing or by telephone.A
taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative may request a pre-submission conference in writing
or by telephone. If the taxpayer’s representative is requesting the pre-submission conference,
a power of attorney is required. It is preferred that Form 2848,Power of Attorney and Dec-
laration of Representative, be used to provide the representative’s authority. If multiple tax-
payers and/or their authorized representatives will attend or participate in the pre-submission
conference, cross powers of attorney (or tax information authorizations) are required. If the
taxpayer’s representative is requesting the pre-submission conference by telephone, the Asso-
ciate office’s representative (see list of phone numbers below) will provide the fax number to
send the power of attorney prior to scheduling the pre-submission conference.
The request should identify the taxpayer and include a brief explanation of the primary
issue so that an assignment to the appropriatebranch can be made. If submitted in writing, the
request should also identify the Associate office expected to have jurisdiction over the request
for a letter ruling. A written request for a pre-submission conference should be sent to the
appropriate address listed in section 7.03 of this revenue procedure.
To request a pre-submission conference by telephone, call:
(a) (202) 622–7700 (not a toll-free call) for matters under the jurisdiction of the Office of
Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate);
(b) (202) 622–3900 (not a toll-free call) for matters under the jurisdiction of the Office of
Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products);
(c) (202) 622–4800 (not a toll-free call) for matters under the jurisdiction of the Office of
Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting);
(d) (202) 622–3800 (not a toll-free call)
for matters under the jurisdiction of the Office of
Associate Chief Counsel (International
);
(e) (202) 622–3000 (not a toll-free call) for matters under the jurisdiction of the Office of
Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries);
(f) (202) 622–3400 (not a toll-free call) for matters under the jurisdiction of the Office of
Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration); or
(g) (202) 622–6000 (not a toll-free call) for matters under the jurisdiction of the Office of
Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities).
(2) Pre-submission conferences held in person or by telephone.Depending on the cir-
cumstances, pre-submission conferences may be held in person at the Associate office or may
be conducted by telephone.
(3) Certain information required to be submitted to the Associate office prior to the
pre-submission conference.Generally, the taxpayer will be asked to provide, at least three
business days before the scheduled pre-submission conference, a statement of whether the is-
sueisanissueonwhichaletterrulingisordinarily issued, a draft of the letter ruling request
or other detailed written statement of the proposed transaction, issue, and legal analysis. If
the taxpayer’s authorized representative will attend or participate in the pre-submission con-
ference, a power of attorney is required.
(4) Discussion of substantive issues is not binding on the Service.Any discussion of
substantive issues at a pre-submission conferenceis advisory only, is not binding on the Service
in general or on the Office of Chief Counsel in particular, and cannot be relied upon as a basis
for obtaining retroactive relief under the provisions of § 7805(b).
May schedule a conference to be
held by telephone
.08Depending on the circumstances, conferences, including conferences of right and pre-
submission conferences, may be held by telephone. This may occur, for example, when a
taxpayer wants a conference of right but believes that the issue involved does not warrant in-
curring the expense of traveling to Washington, DC, or if it is believed that scheduling an in
Sec. 10.07
January 3, 2005462005–1 I.R.B.

person conference of right will substantially delay the ruling process.If a taxpayer makes such
a request, the branch reviewer will decide if itis appropriate in the particular case to hold a
conference by telephone. If the request is approved, the taxpayer will be advised when to call
the Associate office representatives (not a toll-free call).
SECTION 11. WHAT EFFECT
WILL A LETTER RULING
HAVE?
May be relied on subject to
limitations
.01A taxpayer ordinarily may rely on a letter ruling received from the Associate office
subject to the conditions and limitations described in this section.
Will not apply to another taxpayer.02A taxpayer may not rely on a letter ruling issued to another taxpayer.See§ 6110(k)(3).
Will be used by a field office in
examining the taxpayer’s return
.03When determining a taxpayer’s liability, the field office must ascertain whether—
(1) the conclusions stated in the letter ruling are properly reflected in the return;
(2) the representations upon which the letter ruling was based reflecte
d an accurate state-
ment of the controlling facts;
(3) the transaction was carried out substantially as proposed; and
(4) there has been any change in the law that applies to the period during which the trans-
action or continuing series of transactions were consummated.
If, when determining the liability, the field office finds that a letter ruling should be revoked
or modified, the findings and recommendations of the field office will be forwarded through the
appropriate Director to the Associate office forconsideration before further action is taken by
the field office. Such a referral to the Associate office will be treated as a request for technical
expedited advice (TEAM) and the provisions of Rev. Proc. 2005–2, this Bulletin, relating to
requests for technical expedited advice will be followed, except that no consensus among field
office, taxpayer and Associate office will be required to make the request subject to TEAM
procedures. Otherwise, the letter ruling is to be applied by the field office in the determination
of the taxpayer’s liability. Appropriate coordination with the Associate office must be under-
taken if any field office having jurisdictionover a return or other matter proposes to reach a
conclusion contrary to a letter ruling previously issued to the taxpayer.
May be revoked or modified if
found to be in error or there has
been a change in law
.04Unless it was part of a closing agreement as described in section 2.02 of this revenue
procedure, a letter ruling found to be in error or not in accord with the current views of the
Service may be revoked or modified. If a letter ruling is revoked or modified, the revocation
or modification applies to all years open under theperiod of limitations unless the Service uses
its discretionary authority under § 7805(b) to limit the retroactive effect of the revocation or
modification.
A letter ruling may be revoked or modified by —
(1) a letter giving notice of revocation or modification to the taxpayer to whom the letter
ruling was issued;
(2) the enactment of legislation or ratification of a tax treaty;
(3) a decision of the United States Supreme Court;
(4) the issuance of temporary or final regulations; or
(5) the issuance of a revenue ruling, revenue procedure, notice, or other statement published
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
Consistent with these provisions, if a letter ruling relates to a continuing action or a series
of actions, it ordinarily will be applied untilany one of the events described above occurs or
until it is specifically withdrawn.
Sec. 11.04
2005–1 I.R.B.47January 3, 2005

Publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking will not affect the application of any letter
ruling issued under this revenue procedure.
Where a letter ruling is revoked or modified by a letter to the taxpayer, the letter will state
whether the revocation or modification is retroactive. Where a letter ruling is revoked or mod-
ified by the issuance of final or temporary regulations or by the publication of a revenue ruling,
revenue procedure, notice or other statement in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, the document
may contain a statement as to its retroactive effect on letter rulings.
Letter ruling revoked or modified
based on material change in facts
applied retroactively
.05An Associate office will revoke or modify a letter ruling and apply the revocation
retroactively to the taxpayer for whom the letter ruling was issued or to a taxpayer whose tax
liability was directly involved in the letter ruling if—
(1) there has been a misstatement or omission of controlling facts; or
(2) the facts at the time of the transaction are materially different from the controlling facts
on which the letter ruling was based; or
(3) if the transaction involves a continuing action or series of actions, the controlling facts
change during the course of the transaction.
Not otherwise generally revoked
or modified retroactively
.06Where the revocation or modification of
a letter ruling is for reasons other than a change
in facts as described in section 11.05 of thi
s revenue procedure, it will generally not be applied
retroactively to the taxpayer for whom the
letter ruling was issued or to a taxpayer whose tax
liability was directly involved in the le
tter ruling provided that—
(1) there has been no change in the applicable law;
(2) the letter ruling was originally issued for a proposed transaction; and
(3) the taxpayer directly involved in the letter ruling acted in good faith in relying on the let-
ter ruling, and revoking or modifying the letter ruling retroactively would be to the taxpayer’s
detriment. For example, the tax liability ofeach shareholder is directly involved in a letter
ruling on the reorganization of a corporation.The shareholders’ reliance on the letter ruling
may, depending on all facts and circumstances, be in good faith. The tax liability of a member
of an industry, however, is not directly involved in a letter ruling issued to another member of
the same industry and, therefore, a nonretroactive revocation or modification of a letter ruling
to one member of an industry will not extend to other members of the industry who have not
received letter rulings. By the same reasoning, a tax practitioner may not extend to one client
the non-retroactive application of a revocation or modification of a letter ruling previously is-
sued to another client.
If a letter ruling is revoked or modified by a letter with retroactive effect, the letter will,
except in fraud cases, state the grounds on which the letter ruling is being revoked or modified
and explain the reasons why it is being revoked or modified retroactively.
Retroactive effect of revocation
or modification applied to a
particular transaction
.07A letter ruling issued on a particular transaction represents a holding of the Service on
that transaction only. It will not apply to a similar transaction in the same year or any other year.
And, except in unusual circumstances, the applicationofthatletterrulingtothetransactionwill
not be affected by the later issuance of regulations (either temporary or final) if conditions (1)
through (3) in section 11.06 of this revenue procedure are met.
If a letter ruling on a transaction is later found to be in error or no longer in accord with the
position of the Service, it will not protect a similar transaction of the taxpayer in the same year
or later year.
Retroactive effect of revocation
or modification applied to a
continuing action or series
of actions
.08If a letter ruling is issued covering a continuing action or series of actions and the letter
ruling is later found to be in error or no longer in accord with the position of the Service, the
appropriate Associate Chief Counsel or Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel ordinarily
will limit the retroactive effect of the revocation or modification to a date that is not earlier
than that on which the letter ruling is revoked or modified. For example, the retroactive effect
Sec. 11.04
January 3, 2005482005–1 I.R.B.

of the revocation or modification of a letter ruling covering a continuing action or series of
actions ordinarily would be limited in the following situations when the letter ruling is in error
or no longer in accord with the position of the Service:
(1) A taxpayer received a letter ruling that certain payments are excludable from gross in-
come for federal income tax purposes. The taxpayer ordinarily would be protected only for the
payment received after the letter ruling was issued and before the revocation or modification
of the letter ruling.
(2) A taxpayer rendered a service or provideda facility that is subject to the excise tax on
services or facilities and, in relying on a letter ruling received, did not pass the tax on to the
user of the service or the facility.
(3) An employer incurred liability under theFederal Insurance Contributions Act but, in
relying on a letter ruling received, neither collected the employee tax nor paid the employee and
employer taxes under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act. The retroactive effect would
be limited for both the employer and employee tax. The limitation would be conditioned on
the employer furnishing wage data, as may be required by § 31.6011(a)–1 of the Employment
Tax Regulations.
Generally not retroactively
revoked or modified if related to
sale or lease subject to excise tax
.09A letter ruling holding that the sale or lease of a particular article is subject to the manu-
facturer’s excise tax or the retailer’s excise tax may not retroactively revoke or modify an ear-
lier letter ruling holding that the sale or lease of such an article was not taxable if the taxpayer
to whom the letter ruling was issued, in relying on the earlier letter ruling, gave up possession
or ownership of the article without passing the tax on to the customer. (Section 1108(b), Rev-
enue Act of 1926.)
May be retroactively revoked
or modified when transaction is
entered into before the issuance
of the letter ruling
.10A taxpayer is not protected against retroactive revocation or modification of a letter
ruling involving a transaction completed beforethe issuance of the letter ruling or involving a
continuing action or series of actions occurring before the issuance of the letter ruling because
the taxpayer did not enter into the transaction relying on a letter ruling.
Taxpayer may request that
retroactivity be limited
.11Under § 7805(b), the Service may prescribe any extent to which a revocation or modi-
fication of a letter ruling will be applied without retroactive effect.
A taxpayer to whom a letter ruling has been issued may request that the appropriate Asso-
ciate Chief Counsel limit the retroactive effectof any revocation or modification of the letter
ruling.
Format of request(1) Request for relief under § 7805(b) must be made in required format.
A request to limit the retroactive effect of the revocation or modification of a letter ruling
must be in the general form of, and meet the general requirements for, a letter ruling request.
These requirements are given in section 7 of thisrevenue procedure. Specifically, the request
must also—
(a) state that it is being made under § 7805(b);
(b) state the relief sought;
(c) explain the reasons and arguments in support of the relief requested (including a discus-
sion of section 11.05 of this revenue procedure and the three items listed in section 11.06 of this
revenue procedure and any other factors as they relate to the taxpayer’s particular situation);
and
(d) include any documents bearing on the request.
A request that the Service limit the retroactive effect of a revocation or modification of a
letter ruling may be made in the form of a separate request for a letter ruling when, for example,
a revenue ruling has the effect of modifying or revoking a letter ruling previously issued to the
Sec. 11.11
2005–1 I.R.B.49January 3, 2005

taxpayer or when the Service notifies the taxpayer of a change in position that will have the
effect of revoking or modifying the letter ruling.
When notice is given by the field office duringan examination of the taxpayer’s return or
by Appeals, during consideration of the taxpayer’s return before Appeals, a request to limit
retroactive effect must be made in the form of arequest for technical advice as explained in
section 16.03 of Rev. Proc. 2005–2, this Bulletin.
When germane to a pending letter ruling request, a request to limit the retroactive effect of
a revocation or modification of a letter ruling may be made as part of the request for the letter
ruling, either initially or at any time before the letter ruling is issued. When a letter ruling
that concerns a continuing transaction is revoked or modified by, for example, a subsequent
revenue ruling, a request to limit retroactive effect must be made before the examination of the
return that contains the transaction that is the subject of the letter ruling request.
Request for conference(2) Taxpayer may request a conference on application of § 7805(b).
A taxpayer who requests the application of § 7805(b) in a separate letter ruling request
has the right to a conference in the Associate office as explained in sections 10.02, 10.04, and
10.05 of this revenue procedure. If the request is made initially as part of a pending letter ruling
request or is made before the conference of right is held on the substantive issues, the § 7805(b)
issue will be discussed at the taxpayer’s one conference of right as explained in section 10.02
of this revenue procedure. If the request for the application of § 7805(b) relief is made as part
of a pending letter ruling request after a conference has been held on the substantive issue and
the Associate office determines that there is justification for having delayed the request, the
taxpayer is entitled to one conference of right concerning the application of § 7805(b), with
the conference limited to discussion of this issue only.
SECTION 12. UNDER
WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES
DO DIRECTORS ISSUE
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
Directors issue determination letters only ifthe question presented is specifically answered
by a statute, tax treaty, or regulations, a conclusion stated in a revenue ruling, or an opinion or
court decision that representsthe position of the Service.
Under no circumstances will a Director issue a determination letter unless it is clearly shown
that the request concerns a return that has been filed or is required to be filed and over which
the Director has, or will have, examination jurisdiction.
A determination letter does not include assistance provided by the U.S. competent authority
pursuant to the mutual agreement procedure in tax treaties as set forth in Rev. Proc. 2002–52,
2002–2 C.B. 242.
In income and gift tax matters.01In income and gift tax matters, Directors issue determination letters in response to tax-
payers’ written requests on completed transactions that affect returns over which they have
examination jurisdiction. A determination letter usually is not issued for a question concern-
ing a return to be filed by the taxpayer if the same question is involved in a return already filed.
Normally, Directors do not issue determination letters on the tax consequences of proposed
transactions. A Director may issue a determination letter on the replacement, even though not
yet made, of involuntarily converted property under § 1033, if the taxpayer has filed an income
tax return for the year in which the property was involuntarily converted.
In estate tax matters.02In estate tax matters
, Directors issue determination letters in response to written re-
quests affecting the est
ate tax returns over which they haveexamination jurisdiction. They do
not issue determination
letters on matters concerning the application of the estate tax to the
prospective estate of a l
iving person.
In generation-skipping transfer
tax matters
.03In generation-skipping transfer tax matters, Directors issue determination letters in re-
sponse to written requests affecting the generation-skipping transfer tax returns over which they
have examination jurisdiction. They do not issue determination letters on matters concerning
the application of the generation-skipping transfer tax before the distribution or termination
takes place.
Sec. 11.11
January 3, 2005502005–1 I.R.B.

In employment and excise tax
matters
.04In employment and excise tax matters, Directors issue determination letters in response
to taxpayer’s written requests on completed transactions over which they have examination
jurisdiction.See alsosection 5.10 of this revenue procedure.
Requests concerning income,
estate, or gift tax returns
.05A request received by a Director on a question concerning an income, estate, or gift
tax return already filed generally will be considered in connection with the examination of the
return. If a response is made to the request before the return is examined, it will be considered
a tentative finding inany later examination of that return.
Attach a copy of determination
letter to taxpayer’s return
.06A taxpayer who, before filing a return, receives a determination letter about any trans-
action that has been consummated and that is relevant to the return being filed should attach a
copy of the determination letter to the return when it is filed.
Review of determination letters.07Determination letters issued under sections 12.01 through 12.04 of this reve
nue proce-
dure are not reviewed by the Associate offices before they are issued. If a taxpay
er believes
that a determination letter of this type is in error, the taxpayer may ask the Dire
ctor to recon-
sider the matter or to request technical advice from an Associate office as exp
lained in Rev.
Proc. 2005–2, this Bulletin.
Addresses to send determination
letter requests
.08(a) For taxpayers under the jurisdiction of LMSB, send a request for a determination
letter to the following address:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: Manager, Office of Pre-Filing and
Technical Services
Large and Mid-Size Business Division
SE:LM:PFT:PFTS
Mint Building, 3rd Floor
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20224
(b) SB/SE and W&I taxpayers should send requests for determination letters to the appro-
priate SB/SE office listed in Appendix D.
(c) For a determination letter under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and
Government Entities Division,seeRev. Proc. 2005–4, this Bulletin.
(d) For fees required with determination letter requests,seesection15andAppen
dix A of
this revenue procedure.
SECTION 13. WHAT EFFECT
WILL A DETERMINATION
LETTER HAVE?
Has same effect as a letter ruling.01A determination letter issued by a Director has the same effect as a letter ruling issued
to a taxpayer under section 11 of this revenue procedure.
If a field office proposes to reach a conclusion contrary to that expressed in a determination
letter, that office need not refer the matter to theAssociateofficeasisrequiredforaletter
ruling found to be in error. The field office must, however, refer the matter to the Associate
office through the appropriate Director, if it desires to have the revocation or modification of
the determination letter limited under § 7805(b).
Taxpayer may request that
retroactive effect of revocation or
modification be limited
.02Under § 7805(b), the Service may prescribe the extent to which a revocation or mod-
ification of a determination letter will be applied without retroactive effect. A Director does
not have authority under § 7805(b) to limit therevocation or modification of the determina-
tion letter. Therefore, if the field office proposes to revoke or modify a determination letter,
the taxpayer may request limitation of the retroactive effect of the revocation or modification
by asking the Director that issued the determination letter to seek technical advice from the
Associate office.Seesection 16.03 of Rev. Proc. 2005–2, this Bulletin.
Sec. 13.02
2005–1 I.R.B.51January 3, 2005

Format of request(1) Request for relief under § 7805(b) must be made in required format.
A taxpayer’s request to limit the retroactive effect of the revocation or modification of the
determination letter must be in the form of, and meet the general requirements for, a technical
advice request.Seesection 16.03 Rev. Proc. 2005–2, this Bulletin. The request must also—
(a) state that it is being made under § 7805(b);
(b) state the relief sought;
(c) explain the reasons and arguments in support of the relief sought (including a discussion
of section 11.05 of this revenue procedure andthe three items listed in section 11.06 of this
revenue procedure and any other factors as they relate to the taxpayer’s particular situation);
and
(d) include any documents bearing on the request.
Request for conference(2) Taxpayer may request a conference on application of § 7805(b).
When technical advice is requested regardingthe application of § 7805(b), the taxpayer has
the right to a conference with the Associate office to the same extent as does any taxpayer
who is the subject of a technical advice request.Seesection 16.04 of Rev. Proc. 2005–2, this
Bulletin.
SECTION 14. UNDER WHAT
CIRCUMSTANCES ARE
MATTERS REFERRED
BETWEEN A DIRECTOR AND
AN ASSOCIATE OFFICE?
Requests for determination letters.01Requests for determination letters received by a Director with respect to which it may not
issue a determination letter, under the provisions of this revenue procedure, will be forwarded
to an Associate office for reply. The field office will notify the taxpayer that the matter has
been referred.
Directors will also refer to an Associate office any request for a determination letter that in
their judgment should have the attention of the Associate office.
No-rule areas.02If the request involves an issue on which the Service will not issue a letter ruling or
determination letter, the request will not beforwarded to an Associate office. The Director
will notify the taxpayer that the Service will not issue a letter ruling or a determination letter
on the issue.Seesection 6 of this revenue procedure for a description of no-rule areas.
Requests for letter rulings.03Requests for a letter ruling received by an Associate office that,under section 6 of this
revenue procedure, may not be acted upon by the Associate office will be forwarded to the
field office that has examination jurisdiction over the taxpayer’s return. The taxpayer will be
notified of this action. If the request is on an issue or in an area of the type discussed in section 6
of this revenue procedure and the Service decides not to issue a letter ruling or a determination
letter, the Associate office will notify the taxpayer and will then forward the request to the
appropriate field office for association with the related return.
Letter ruling request mistakenly
sent to a Director
.04A request for a letter ruling mistakenly sent to a Director will be returned by the Director
to the taxpayer so that the taxpayer can send it to an Associate office.
Sec. 13.02
January 3, 2005522005–1 I.R.B.

SECTION 15. WHAT ARE THE
USER FEE REQUIREMENTS
FOR REQUESTS FOR
LETTER RULINGS AND
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
Legislation authorizing user fees.01Section 7528 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that the Secretary of the Trea-
sury or delegate (the “Secretary”) shall establish a program requiring the payment of user fees
for requests to the Service for letter rulings, opinion letters, determination letters, and similar
requests. The fees apply to requests made through September 30, 2014. The fees charged un-
der the program are to: (1) vary according to categories or subcategories established by the
Secretary; (2) be determined after taking intoaccount the average time for, and difficulty of,
complying with requests in each category and subcategory; and (3) be payable in advance. The
Secretary is to provide for exemptions and reduced fees under the program as the Secretary de-
termines to be appropriate, but the averagefee applicable to each category must not be less
than the amount specified in § 7528.
Requests to which a user fee
applies
.02In general, user fees apply to all requests for—
(1) letter rulings (including advance consent Forms 3115), determination letters, and ad-
vance pricing agreements;
(2) closing agreements described in paragraph (A)(3)(d) of Appendix A of this
revenue
procedure;
(3) renewal of advance pricing agreements; and
(4) reconsideration of letter rulings or determination letters.
Requests to which a user fee applies must beaccompanied by the appropriate fee as deter-
mined from the fee schedule provided in Appendix A of this revenue procedure. The fee may
be refunded as provided in section 15.10 of this revenue procedure.
Requests to which a user fee does
not apply
.03User fees do not apply to—
(1) elections made pursuant to § 301.9100–2, pertaining to automatic extensions of time
(seesection 5.03 of this revenue procedure);
(2) late initial classification elections made pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2002–59 (seesection
5.03(5) of this revenue procedure)
(3) late S corporation and related elections made pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2004–49, Rev.
Proc. 2004–48, Rev. Proc. 2003–43 or Rev. Proc. 97–48 (seesection 5.02 of this revenue
procedure);
(4) requests for information letters; or
(5) requests for a change in accounting period or accounting method permitted to be made
by a published automatic change revenue procedure (seesection 9.01(1) of this revenue pro-
cedure).
Exemptions from the user fee
requirements
.04The user fee requirements do not apply to—
(1) departments, agencies, or instrumentalities of the United States if they certify that they
are seeking a letter ruling or determination letter on behalf of a program or activity funded by
federal appropriations. The fact that a user fee is not charged does not have any bearing on
whether an applicant is treated as an agency or instrumentality of the United States for purposes
of any provision of the Code; or
(2) requests as to whether a worker is an employee for federal employment taxes and income
tax withholding purposes (Subtitle C ofthe Code) submitted on Form SS–8,Determination of
Sec. 15.04
2005–1 I.R.B.53January 3, 2005

Worker Status for Purposes of Federal Employment Taxes and Income Tax Withholding,orits
equivalent.
Fee schedule.05The schedule of user fees is provided in Appendix A of this revenue procedure. For the
user fee requirements applicable to—
(1) requests for advance pricing agreementsor renewals of advance pricing agreements,see
section 4.12 of Rev. Proc. 2004–40, 2004–29 I.R.B. 50; or 5.14 of Rev. Proc. 96–53, 1996–2
C.B. at 379; or
(2) requests for letter rulings, determination letters, etc., under the jurisdic
tion of the Com-
missioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division,seeRev. Proc. 2005–8, th
is Bul-
letin.
Applicable user fee for a request
involving multiple offices, fee
categories, issues, transactions,
or entities
.06
(1) Requests involving several offices.If a request dealing with only one transaction in-
volves more than one of the offices within the Service (for example, one issue is under the
jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries) and another
issue is under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Di-
vision), only one fee applies, namely the highest fee that otherwise would apply to each of the
offices involved.SeeRev. Proc. 2005–8, this Bulletin for the user fees applicable to issues
under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division.
(2) Requests involving several fee categories.If a request dealing with only one trans-
action involves more than one fee category, only one fee applies, namely the highest fee that
otherwise would apply to each of the categories involved.
(3) Requests involving several issues.If a request dealing with only one transaction in-
volves several issues, a request for a change in accounting method dealing with only one item
or submethod of accounting involves several issues, or a request for a change in accounting
period dealing with only one item involves several issues, the request is treated as one re-
quest. Therefore, only one fee applies, namelythe fee that applies to the particular category
or subcategory involved. The addition of a new issue relating to the same transaction, item, or
submethod will not result in anadditional fee, unless the issue places the transaction, item, or
submethod in a higher fee category.
(4) Requests involving several unrelated transactions.If a request involves s
everal unre-
lated transactions, a request for a change in accounting method involves severa
l unrelated items
or submethods of accounting, or a requestfor a change in accounting period invol
ves several
unrelated items, each transaction or item is treated as a separate request. As a r
esult, a separate
fee will apply for each unrelated transaction, item, or submethod. An additiona
l fee will apply
if the request is changed by the addition of an unrelated transaction, item, or
submethod not
contained in the initial request. An example of a request involving unrelated
transactions is a
request involving relief under § 301.9100–3 and the underlying issue.
(5) Requests involving several entities.Each entity involved in a transaction (for example,
a reorganization) that desires a separate letter ruling in its own name must pay a separate fee
regardless of whether the transaction or transactions may be viewed as related.But seesection
15.07 of this revenue procedure.
Applicable user fee for requests
for substantiallyidentical letter
rulings or identical accounting
method changes
.07
(1) In general.The user fees provided in paragraph (A)(5) of Appendix A of this revenue
procedure apply to the situations described in sections 15.07(2) and 15.07(3) of this revenue
procedure. To assist in the processing of these user fee requests, all letter ruling requests sub-
mitted under this section 15.07 should—
(a) Except for advance consent Forms 3115, type or print at the top of the letter ruling re-
quest: “REQUEST FOR USER FEE UNDER SECTION 15.07 OF REV. PROC. 2005–1”;
Sec. 15.04
January 3, 2005542005–1 I.R.B.

(b) List on the first page of the submission all taxpayers and entities, or separate trades or
businesses, requesting a letter ruling (including the taxpayer identification number, and the
amount of user fee submitted, for each taxpayer, entity, or separate trade or business); and
(c) Submit one check to cover all user fees.
If the Service determines that the letter ruling requests do not qualify for the user fee pro-
vided in paragraph (A)(5) of Appendix A of this revenue procedure, the Service will request
the proper fee.Seesection 15.09 of this revenue procedure.
(2) Substantially identical letter rulings.The user fee provided in paragraph (A)(5)(a) of
Appendix A of this revenue procedure applies to ataxpayer that requests substantially iden-
tical letter rulings (includingaccounting period, accounting method, and earnings and profits
requests other than those submitted on Forms 1128, 2553, 3115, and 5452) for either multiple
entities with a common member or sponsor, or multiple members of a common entity. To qual-
ify for this user fee, all information and underlying documents must be substantially identical
and all letter ruling requests must be submitted at the same time. In addition, the letter ruling
requests must—
(a) State that the letter ruling requests, and all information and underlying documents, are
substantially identical; and
(b) Specifically identify the extent to which theletter ruling requests, information, and un-
derlying documents are not identical.
(3) Identical accounting method changes and related § 301.9100 letter rulings.The user
fees provided in paragraphs (A)(5)(b) and (c) of Appendix A of this revenue procedure apply
to a parent corporation that requests either the identical accounting method change on a single
Form 3115 on behalf of more than one member of a consolidated group or an extension of time
to file Form 3115 under § 301.9100–3 for the identical accounting method change on behalf of
more than one member of a consolidated group. To qualify for this user fee, the taxpayers in the
consolidated group must be members of the same affiliated group under § 1504(a) that join in
the filing of a consolidated tax return. In addition, the user fee provided in paragraph (A)(5)(b)
and (c) of Appendix A applies to a single entity that requests an identical accounting method
change on a single Form 3115, or an extension of time to file Form 3115 under § 301.9100–3
for the identical accounting method change, for multiple trades or businesses of that single
entity.
To qualify as an identical accounting method change, the multiple members of a consoli-
dated group or the multiple separate trades or businesses of a single entity must be requesting
to change from an identical present method ofaccounting to an identical proposed method of
accounting. All aspects of the requested accounting method change, including the present and
proposed methods, the underlying facts and the authority for the request, must be identical,
except for the § 481(a) adjustment for the year of change. If the Associate office determines
that the requested accounting method changes are not identical, additional user fees will be
required before any letter ruling is issued.
The parent corporation or single entity must, for each member of a consolidated group or
separate trade or business for which the accounting method change is being requested, attach
to the Form 3115 a schedule providing the name, employer identification number (only in the
case of a consolidated group), and § 481(a) adjustment for the year of change.
In the case of a § 301.9100 request for an extension of time to file a Form 3115 requesting
an identical accounting method change for multiple members of the consolidated group or
multiple separate trades or businesses of a single entity, a parent corporation or single entity
must submit the information required in the preceding paragraph in addition to the information
required by section 9.03 of this revenue procedure.
Method of payment.08Each request to the Service for a letter ruling, determination letter, advance pricing
agreement, closing agreement described in paragraph (A)(3)(d) of Appendix A of this revenue
Sec. 15.08
2005–1 I.R.B.55January 3, 2005

procedure, or reconsideration of a letter ruling or determination letter must be accompanied
by a check or money order in U.S. dollars, payable to the Internal Revenue Service, in the
appropriate amount. (The user fee check or money order should not be attached to the Form
2553,Election by a Small Business Corporation, when it is filed at the Service Center. If on
the Form 2553 an electing S corporation requests a ruling to use a fiscal year under section
6.03 of Rev. Proc. 2002–39, 2002–1 C.B. 1046, the Service Center will forward the request
to the Associate office. When the Associate office receives the Form 2553 from the Service
Center, it will notify the taxpayer that the fee is due.) Taxpayers should not send cash.
Effect of nonpayment or payment
of incorrect amount
.09If a request is not accompanied by a properly completed check or money order or is
accompanied by a check or money order for less than the correct amount, the respective office
within the Service that is responsible for issuing the letter ruling, determination letter, advance
pricing agreement, closing agreement, or reconsideration of a letter ruling or determination
letter generally will exercise discretion in deciding whether to return immediately the request.
If a request is not immediately returned, thetaxpayer will be contacted and given a reasonable
amount of time to submit the proper fee. If the proper fee is not received within a reasonable
amount of time, the entire request will then be returned. The Service will usually defer sub-
stantive consideration of arequest until proper payment has been received. The return of a
request to the taxpayer may adversely affect substantive rights if the request is not perfected
and resubmitted to the Service within 30 days of the date of the cover letter returning the re-
quest.
If a request is accompanied by a check or money order for more than the correct amount, the
request will be accepted and the amount of the excess payment will be returned to the taxpayer.
Refunds of user fee.10In general, the user fee will not be refundedunless the Service declines to rule on all
issues for which a ruling is requested.
(1) The following situations are examples of situations in which the user fee will not be
refunded:
(a) The request for a letter ruling, determination letter, etc., is withdrawn at any time sub-
sequent to its receipt by the Service, unless the only reason for withdrawal is that the Service
has advised the taxpayer that a higher user fee than was sent with the request is applicable and
the taxpayer is unwilling to pay the higher fee.
(b) The request is procedurally deficient,although accompanied by the proper fee or an
overpayment, and is not timely perfected. When there is a failure to perfect timely the request,
the case will be considered closed and the failure to perfect will be treated as a withdrawal for
purposes of this revenue procedure.Seesection 8.05(3) of this revenue procedure.
(c) The Associate office notifies the taxpayer that the Associate office will not issue the
letter ruling and has closed the case as a result of the taxpayer’s failure to submit timely the
additional information requested by the Associate office. The failure to submit the additional
information will be treated as a withdrawal for purposes of this revenue procedure.Seesection
8.05(3) of this revenue procedure (section 9.08(7) for a request for a change in accounting
method).
(d) A letter ruling, determination letter, etc., is revoked in whole or in part at the initiative
of the Service. The fee paid at the time the original letter ruling, determination letter, etc., was
requested will not be refunded.
(e) The request contains several issues, andthe Service rules on some, but not all, of the
issues. The highest fee applicable to the issueson which the Service rules will not be refunded.
(f) The taxpayer asserts that a letter ruling the taxpayer received covering a single issue is
erroneous or not responsive (other than an issue on which the Associate office has declined to
rule) and requests reconsideration. The Associate office, upon reconsideration, does not agree
that the letter ruling is erroneous or is not responsive. The fee accompanying the request for
reconsideration will not be refunded.
Sec. 15.08
January 3, 2005562005–1 I.R.B.

(g) The situation is the same as described in paragraph (f) of this section 15.10(1) except that
the letter ruling covered several unrelated transactions. The Associate office, upon reconsider-
ation, does not agree with the taxpayer that the letter ruling is erroneous or is not responsive for
all of the transactions, but does agree that it is erroneous as to one transaction. The fee accom-
panying the request for reconsideration will not be refunded except to the extent applicable to
the transaction for which the Associate office agrees the letter ruling was in error.
(h) The request is for a supplemental letter ruling, determination letter, etc., concerning a
change in facts (whether significant or not) relating to the transaction on which the Service
ruled.
(i) The request is for reconsideration of an adverse or partially adverse letter ruling or a final
adverse determination letter, and the taxpayersubmits arguments and authorities not submitted
before the original letter ruling or determination letter was issued.
(2) The following situations are examples of situations in which the user fee will be
refunded:
(a) In a situation to which section 15.10(1)(i) of this revenue procedure does not apply, the
taxpayer asserts that a letter ruling the taxpayer received covering a single issue is erroneous
or is not responsive (other than an issue on which the Associate office declined to rule) and
requests reconsideration. The Associate officeagrees, upon reconsideration, that the letter
ruling is erroneous or is not responsive. The fee accompanying the taxpayer’s request for
reconsideration will be refunded.
(b) In a situation to which section 15.10(1)(i) of this revenue procedure does not apply, the
taxpayer requests a supplemental letter ruling, determination letter, etc., to correct a mistake
that the Service agrees it made in the original letter ruling, determination letter, etc., such as a
mistake in the statement of facts or in the citation of a Code section. Once the Service agrees
that it made a mistake, the fee accompanying the request for the supplemental letter ruling,
determination letter, etc., will be refunded.
(c) The taxpayer requests and is granted relief under § 7805(b) in connection with the re-
vocation in whole or in part, of a previously issued letter ruling, determination letter, etc. The
fee accompanying the request for relief will be refunded.
(d) In a situation to which section 15.10(1)(e) of this revenue procedure applies, the tax-
payer requests reconsideration of the Service’s decision not to rule on an issue. Once the
Service agrees to rule on the issue, the fee accompanying the request for reconsideration will
be refunded.
(e) The letter ruling is not issued and taking into account all the facts and circumstances, in-
cluding the Service’s resources devoted to the request, the responsible Associate Chief Counsel
in his or her sole discretion decides a refund is appropriate.
Request for reconsideration
of user fee
.11A taxpayer that believes the user fee charged by the Service for its request for a letter
ruling, determination letter, advance pricing agreement, or closing agreement is either inappli-
cable or incorrect and wishes to receive a refund of all or part of the amount paid (seesection
15.10 of this revenue procedure) may request reconsideration and, if desired, the opportunity
foranoraldiscussionbysendingalettertothe Service at the appropriate address given in
section 7.03 in this revenue procedure. Both the incoming envelope and the letter requesting
such reconsideration should be prominently marked “USER FEE RECONSIDERATION RE-
QUEST.” No user fee is required for these requests. The request should be marked for the
attention of:
Sec. 15.11
2005–1 I.R.B.57January 3, 2005

If the matter involves primarily:Mark for the attention of:
Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate)
letter ruling requests
Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate)
Associate Chi
ef Counsel (Financial
Institutions
and Products) letter ruling
requests
Associate Chi
ef Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products)
Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax
and Accounting) letter ruling requests
Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting)
Associate Chief Counsel (International)
letter ruling and advance pricing agree-
ment requests
Associate Chief Counsel (International)
Associate C
hief Counsel (Passthroughs
and Specia
l Industries) letter ruling re-
quests
Associate C
hief Counsel (Passthroughsand Special Industries)
Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and
Administration) letter ruling requests
Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration)
Division Counsel/Associate Chief
Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government
Entities) letter ruling requests
Assistant Chief Counsel ( )
(Complete by using whichever of the following designations applies:
(Employee Benefits) or (Employment Tax/Exempt Organizations/Gov-
ernment Entities))
Determin
ation letter requests submit-
ted pursu
ant to this revenue procedure
by taxpa
yers under the jurisdiction of
LMSB
Manager,
Office of Pre-Filingand Technical Services
Determination letter requests submit-
ted pursuant to this revenue procedure
by taxpayers under the jurisdiction of
SB/SE, W&I
The appropriate SB/SE official listed in Appendix D
Determination letter requests submit-
ted pursuant to this revenue procedure
by taxpayers under the jurisdiction of
TE/GE
Director, Employee Plans Examinations
Director, Exempt Organizations Examinations
Director, Federal, State & Local Governments
Director, Tax Exempt Bonds
Director, Indian Tribal Governments
(Add name of field office handling the request)
Sec. 15.11
January 3, 2005582005–1 I.R.B.

SECTION 16. WHAT
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
HAVE BEEN MADE TO REV.
PROC. 2004–1?
.01Section1wasrevisedtoprovideadefinitionof “Service” and to clarify definitions of
“Director” and “field office.”
.02Section 5.11 was revised to clarify that the Associate office (Procedure and Administra-
tion) will not issue letter rulings relating to: assessment and collection of taxes and abatement,
credit or refund of an overassessment or overpayment of tax.
.03Section 6.06 was added to clarify that the Service will not issue letter rulings or de-
termination letters that do not address the tax status, liability, or reporting obligations of the
requester.
.04Sections 7.02(2) and 9.04(1) were revised to reflect the changes made to the Form 2848,
Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, revised March 2004. Taxpayers are no
longer permitted to designate a representative to receive the original letter rulings.
.05Sections 7.04 and 7.05 were revised to clarify that a “return” for purposes of those sec-
tions includes the original return, amended return, and claim for refund.
.06Section 11 was revised to clarify how the Service will provide notice on the retroactive
revocation or modification of a letter ruling.
.07Appendix A was revised to reflect the new user fees and to clarify the definition of
“gross income” of state, local, andIndian tribal government entities.
.08Appendix D was revised to reflect the reorganization of the SB/SE Division.
SECTION 17. WHAT IS THE
EFFECT OF THIS REVENUE
PROCEDURE ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS?
Rev. Proc. 2004–1, 2004–1 C.B. 1, is superseded.
SECTION 18. WHAT IS THE
EFFECTIVEDATEOFTHIS
REVENUE PROCEDURE?
This revenue procedure is effective January 3,2005, except that any increase in the user fee
in Appendix A of this revenue procedure is effective only for requests postmarked or, if not
mailed, received on or after March 1, 2005.
SECTION 19. PAPERWORK
REDUCTION ACT
The collections of information contained in this revenue procedure have been reviewed and
approved by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with the Paperwork Reduc-
tion Act (44 U.S.C. § 3507) under control number 1545–1522.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collec-
tion of information unless the collection of information displays a valid control number.
The collections of information in this revenue procedure are in sections 5.06, 7.01
, 7.02,
7.03, 7.04, 7.05, 7.07, 8.02. 8.05, 8.07, 10.01, 10.06, 10.07, 11.11 , 12.06, 13.02
, 15.02, 15.07,
15.08, 15.09, 15.11, paragraph (B)(1) of Appendix A, Appendix C, and Appendix E (su
b-
ject matter—rate orders; regulatory agency; normalization). This information i
s required to
evaluate and process the request for a letter ruling or determination letter. In ad
dition, this in-
formationwillbeusedtohelptheServicedelete certain information from the text
of the letter
ruling or determination letter before it is made available for public inspectio
n, as required by
§ 6110. The collections of information are required to obtain a letter ruling or d
etermination
letter. The likely respondents are business or other for-profit institutions.
The estimated total annual reporting and/or recordkeeping burden is 305,140 hours.
The estimated annual burden per respondent/recordkeeper varies from 1 to 200 hours, de-
pending on individual circumstances, with an estimated average burden of 80.3 hours. The
estimated number of respondentsand/or recordkeepers is 3,800.
The estimated annual frequency of responses is on occasion.
Sec. 19
2005–1 I.R.B.59January 3, 2005

Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their
contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally,
tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by § 6103.
DRAFTING INFORMATIONThe principal author of this revenue procedure is Tatiana Belenkaya of the Office of As-
sociate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration). For further information regarding this
revenue procedure for matters under the jurisdiction of—
(1) the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), contact Richard Todd at (202) 622–7700 (not
a toll-free call),
(2) the Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products), contact Arturo
Estrada at (202) 622–3900 (not a toll-free call),
(3) the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting), contact Brenda Wilson at
(202) 622–4800 (not a toll-free call),
(4) the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), contact
Kathleen Reed at (202) 622–3110 (not a toll-free call),
(5) the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), contact George Bowden
or Henry Schneiderman at (202) 622–3400 (not a toll-free call),
(6) the Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities),
contact Calder Robertson at (202) 622–6000 (not a toll-free call), or
(7) the Associate Chief Counsel (International), contact Gerard Traficanti at (202) 622–3619
(not a toll-free call).
For further information regarding user fees, contact the Docket, Records, and User Fee
Branch at (202) 622–7560 (not a toll-free call).
Sec. 19
January 3, 2005602005–1 I.R.B.

INDEX
References are to sections in Rev. Proc. 2005–1
Additional Information
—perjurystatementrequired .................................................................................... 8.05(4)
—proposeddeletionsunder§6110.............................................................................. 7.01(11)
—informationrequestedduringinitialandsubsequentcontacts.........................................................8.05
failuretosubmit......................................................................................... 8.05(3)
subsequentinformationafterconference......................................................................10.06
—wheretosend ............................................................................................... 8.05(6)
Changes in Accounting Method or Period
— applicable sections of Rev. Proc. 2005–1 for accounting method changes.................................................9
— applicable sections of Rev. Proc. 2005–1 for accounting period...............................................AppendixE
—automaticchangerevenueprocedures.................................................................9.01,AppendixE
— identical accounting method changes............................................................9.15,15.07,AppendixA
—userfees................................................................................................AppendixA
Checklist Required............................................................................... 7.01(18),AppendixC
Conferences
—offered .......................................................................................................10.02
afterconferenceofright ....................................................................................10.05
applicationof§6110..................................................................................7.01(11)(e)
—requestingaconference....................................................................................... 7.02(6)
—scheduling..............................................................................................10.01,10.02
applicationof§7805(b) .........................................................................11.11(2),13.02(2)
pre-submissionconferences.................................................................................10.07
telephoneconferences......................................................................................10.08
Definitions
—Associateoffice ..............................................................................................1.01(2)
—closingagreement ..............................................................................................2.02
—determinationletter.............................................................................................2.03
—director..................................................................................................... 1.01(3)
—fieldoffice.................................................................................................. 1.01(4)
—informationletter...............................................................................................2.04
—letterruling ....................................................................................................2.01
—Service..................................................................................................... 1.01(1)
—taxpayer.................................................................................................... 1.01(5)
Determinations Under § 999(d)...................................................................................5.04
Discussions Not Binding on Service
—atpre-submissionconference.................................................................................10.07(4)
—informalopinionexpressed ......................................................................................8.04
—oraladvicetotaxpayers....................................................................................... 2.05(2)
Employee Plans and Exempt Organizations
—jurisdictionofCommissioner,TaxExemptandGovernmentEntitiesDivision ..........................................4.02
—userfees.......................................................................................................4.02
Estate Tax Matters
—issuanceofdeterminationletters...........................................................................12.02,12.05
—issuanceofletterrulings.........................................................................................5.06
under§2032A(c)...........................................................................................5.07
Expedited Handling of Letter Ruling and Determination Letter Requests......................................... 7.02(4)
2005–1 I.R.B.61January 3, 2005

INDEX
References are to sections in Rev. Proc. 2005–1
Extension of Time
—toscheduleconference .........................................................................................10.01
—tosubmitadditionalinformation............................................................................... 8.05(2)
Fax Transmission
— to receive letter ruling........................................................................................ 7.02(5)
— to receive request for additional information.................................................................... 7.02(5)
—tosubmitadditionalinformation............................................................................... 8.05(5)
—letterrulingrequestsmustnotbesubmittedbyfax............................................................... 7.03(3)
Hand Delivery of Letter Ruling Requests........................................................................ 7.03(2)
No-Rule Areas.......................................................................................................6
Oral Advice to Taxpayers.........................................................................................2.05
Penalties of Perjury Statement
—formforletterrulingrequest ...............................................................................7.01(15)(a)
—formforsubmissionofadditionalinformation................................................................... 8.05(4)
—requiredwithdraftletterruling...................................................................................8.07
—signaturerequirements ....................................................................................7.01(15)(b)
Pending Letter Ruling Requests
—whentoattachacopytoreturn................................................................................ 7.04(2)
estatetaxmatters ...........................................................................................5.06
—whentonotifyAssociateoffice...................................................................................7.04
estatetaxmatters ...........................................................................................5.06
Power of Attorney
—Form2848...................................................................................... 7.01(14)and7.02(2)
originalsenttothetaxpayer............................................................................... 7.02(2)
copysenttoarepresentative............................................................................... 7.02(2)
copiessenttomultiplerepresentatives...................................................................... 7.02(2)
nocopysenttorepresentatives ............................................................................ 7.02(2)
—signaturerequirements ......................................................................................7.01(14)
Public Disclosure of Information Letters...........................................................................2.04
Public Inspection Under § 6110................................................................................ 7.01(11)
—signaturerequirements ....................................................................................7.01(11)(c)
Representatives
—compliancewithTreasuryDepartmentCircularNo.230.........................................................7.01(13)
—powerofattorneyrequired...................................................................................7.01(14)
—requirements...............................................................................................7.01(13)
authorizedrepresentatives..............................................................................7.01(13)(a)
authorizedbasedonrelationship........................................................................7.01(13)(b)
returnpreparer........................................................................................7.01(13)(c)
foreignrepresentative .................................................................................7.01(13)(d)
Retroactive Revocation or Modification
—ofdeterminationletter.............................................................................................13
requesttolimitretroactiveeffect.............................................................................13.02
—ofletterruling...........................................................................................11.05-11.10
requesttolimitretroactiveeffect.............................................................................11.11
Revenue Rulings
—effectonaletterruling .........................................................................................11.04
January 3, 2005622005–1 I.R.B.

INDEX
References are to sections in Rev. Proc. 2005–1
—requesttolimitretroactiveeffect.................................................................................11.11
Sample of a Letter Ruling Request................................................................. 7.01(17),AppendixB
Section 301.9100 Relief............................................................................................5.03
Section 367 Rulings...............................................................................................5.05
Status of Letter Ruling and Determination Letter Requests..........................................................7.06
Substantially Identical Letter Rulings..............................................................15.07(2),AppendixA
Tax Exempt and Government Entities
—jurisdictionofCommissioner,TaxExemptandGovernmentEntitiesDivision..........................................4.02
—userfees.......................................................................................................4.02
User Fees
—scheduleofuserfees.....................................................................................AppendixA
—userfeerequirements..............................................................................................15
toreopencase........................................................................................... 8.05(3)
Where to Send
—determinationletterrequest .....................................................................................12.08
—letterrulingrequest .............................................................................................7.03
additionalinformation.................................................................................... 8.05(6)
handdelivery............................................................................................ 7.03(2)
Withdrawal of Letter Ruling and Determination Letter Requests....................................................7.07
2005–1 I.R.B.63January 3, 2005

APPENDIX A
SCHEDULE OF USER FEES
NOTE: Checks or money orders must be in U.S. dollars.
(A)FEE SCHEDULE
CATEGORY
USER FEE FOR
REQUESTS
POSTMARKED
BEFORE 3–1–2005
USER FEE FOR
REQUESTS
POSTMARKED ON
OR AFTER 3–1–2005
(1) User fee for a request for a determination letter from a Director.
The user fee for each determination letter request governed by Rev. Proc.
2005–1 (this revenue procedure).$275$275
(2) User fee for a request for an advance pricing agreement or a
renewal of an advance pricing agreement.
Seesection 4.12 of Rev.
Proc. 2004–40, 2004–29
I.R.B. 50
(3) User fee for a request for a letter ruling or closing agreement.
Except for the user fees for advancepricing agreements and renewals,
the reduced fees provided in paragraph (A)(4) of this appendix, the user
fees provided in paragraph (A)(5) of this appendix, and the exemptions
provided in section 15.04 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1, this revenue procedure, the
user fee for each request for a letter ruling or closing agreement under the
jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), the Associate Chief
Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products), the Associate Chief Counsel
(Income Tax and Accounting), the Associate Chief Counsel (International),
the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), the
Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), or the Division
Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities) is
as follows:
(a) Accounting periods
(i) Form 1128 (except as provided in paragraph (A)(4)(a)
or (b) of this appendix)$1,000$1,500
(ii) Requests made on Part II of Form 2553 to use a fiscal
year based on a business purpose (except as provided in
paragraph (A)(4)(a) or (b) of this appendix)$1,000$1,500
(iii) Letter ruling requests for extensions of time to file
Form 1128, Form 8716, or Part II of Form 2553
under § 301.9100–3 (except as provided in paragraph
(A)(4)(a) or (b) of this appendix)$1,200$1,500
(b) Changes in Accounting Methods
(i) Form 3115 (except as provided in paragraph (A)(4)(a)
or (b), or (5)(b) of this appendix)$1,500$1,500
(ii) Letter ruling requests for extensions of time to file
Form 3115 under § 301.9100–3 (except as provided in
paragraph (A)(4)(a) or (b), or (5)(c) of this appendix)$1,200$1,500
January 3, 2005642005–1 I.R.B.

CATEGORY
USER FEE FOR
REQUESTS
POSTMARKED
BEFORE 3–1–2005
USER FEE FOR
REQUESTS
POSTMARKED ON
OR AFTER 3–1–2005
NOTE: No user fee is required if the change in accounting
period or accounting method is permitted to be made pursuant
to a published automatic change request procedure.Seesection
9.22 and Appendix E of Rev. Proc. 2005–1, this revenue
procedure, for the list of automatic change request procedures
published and/or in effect as of December 31, 2004.
(c) All other letter ruling requests (which includes accounting
period and accounting method requests other than those
properly submitted on Form 1128, Part II of Form 2553, or
Form 3115) (except as provided in paragraph (A)(4)(a) or (b),
or (5)(a) of this appendix)$6,000$7,000
(d) Requests for closing agreements on a proposed transaction or
on a completed transaction before a return for the transaction
has been filed in which a letter ruling on that transaction is not
requested or issued (except as provided in paragraph (A)(4)(a)
or (b) of this appendix)$6,000$7,000
NOTE: A taxpayer that receives relief under § 301.9100–3 (for
example, an extension of time to file Form 3115) will be charged
a separate user fee for the letter ruling request on the underlying
issue (for example, the accounting period or accounting method
application).
(4) Reduced user fee for a request for a letter ruling or closing
agreement.A reduced user fee is provided in the following situations if
the person provides the certification described in paragraph (B)(1) of this
appendix:
(a) Request involves a personal tax issue from a person with gross
income (as determined under paragraphs (B)(2) and (4) of this
appendix) of less than $ 250,000$500$625
(b) Request involves a business-related tax issue (for example,
including home-office expenses, residential rental property
issues) from a person with gross income (as determined under
paragraphs (B)(3) and (4) of this appendix) of less than $ 1
million$500$625
(5) User fee for substantially identical letter ruling requests or identical
accounting method changes.If the requirements of section 15.07 of Rev.
Proc. 2005–1, this revenue procedure, are satisfied, the user fee for the
following situations is as follows:
(a) Substantially identical letter rulings requested
Situations in which a taxpayer requests substantially identical
letter rulings for multiple entities with a common member or
sponsor, or for multiple members of a common entity, or for
two or more identical trusts or for multiple beneficiaries of a
trust or a trust divided into identical subtrusts or for husband
and wife making split gifts, for each additional letter ruling
request after the $ 7,000 fee or reduced fee, as applicable, has
been paid for the first letter ruling request$200$300
2005–1 I.R.B.65January 3, 2005

CATEGORY
USER FEE FOR
REQUESTS
POSTMARKED
BEFORE 3–1–2005
USER FEE FOR
REQUESTS
POSTMARKED ON
OR AFTER 3–1–2005
NOTE: Each entity or member that is entitled to the user fee
under paragraph (A)(5)(a) of this appendix, that receives relief
under § 301.9100–3 (for example, an extension of time to file
an election) will be charged a separate user fee for the letter
ruling request on the underlying issue.
(b) Identical accounting methodchange requested on a single
Form 3115
Situations in which a parent corporation requests the identical
accounting method change on a single Form 3115 on behalf of
more than one member of a consolidated group, or in which a
single entity requests the identical accounting method change
on a single Form 3115 for more than one separate trade or
business (see§ 1.446–1(d) for what constitutes a separate
trade or business), for each additional member of the group
or separate trade or business of the single entity seeking the
identical accounting method change on the same Form 3115
after the $ 1,500 fee or $ 625 reduced fee, as applicable, has
been paid for the first member of the group or separate trade
or business$45$50
(c) Extension of time requested to file Form 3115 for an identical
accounting method change
Situations in which a parent corporation requests an extension
of time under § 301.9100–3 to file a Form 3115 for the
identical accounting method change on behalf of more than
one member of a consolidated group, or in which a single
entity requests an extension of time under § 301.9100–3 to file
a Form 3115 for the identicalaccounting method change for
more than one separate trade or business (see§ 1.446–1(d)
for what constitutes a separate trade or business), for each
additional member of the group or separate trade or business
of the single entity seeking the identical accounting method
change on the same Form 3115 after the $ 1,500 fee or $ 625
reduced fee as applicable, has been paid for the first member
of the group or separate trade or business$50$50
NOTE: When an extension of time to file Form 3115 is
granted under § 301.9100–3 to a parent corporation and each
member of a consolidated group or separate trade or business,
a separate user fee will be charged for the accounting method
change application.
(B)PROCEDURAL MATTERS
(1) Required certification.A person seeking a reduced user fee under paragraph (A)(4) of this appendix must provide the
following certification in orderto obtain the reduced user fee:
(a) If a person is seeking a reduced user fee under paragraph (A)(4)(a) of this appendix, the person must certify in the request
that his, her, or its gross income, as defined under paragraphs (B)(2) and (4) of this appendix, is less than $ 250,000 for the last full
(12 months) taxable year ending before the date the request is filed.
January 3, 2005662005–1 I.R.B.

(b) If a person is seeking a reduced user fee under paragraph (A)(4)(b) of this appendix, the person must certify in the request
that his, her, or its gross income, as definedunder paragraphs (B)(3) and (4) of this appendix, is less than $1 million for the last full
(12 months) taxable year ending before the date the request is filed.
(2) Gross income for a request involving a personal tax issue.For purposes of the reduced user fee provided in paragraph
(A)(4)(a) of this appendix of—
(a) U.S. citizens and resident alien individuals, domestic trusts,and domestic estates, “gross income” is equal to “total
income” as reported on their last federal income tax return (as amended) filed for a full (12 months) taxable year ending before the
date the request is filed, plus any interest income not subject to tax under § 103 (interest on state and local bonds) for that period.
“Total income” is a line item on federal tax returns. For example, if the 2003 Form 1040,U.S. Individual Income Tax Return,isthe
most recent 12-month taxable year return filed by a U.S. citizen, “total income”on the Form 1040 is the amount entered on line 22.
In the case of a request for a letter ruling or closing agreement from a domestic estate or trust that, at the time the request is filed,
has not filed a federal income tax return for a full taxable year, thereduced user fee in paragraph (A)(4)(a) of this appendix will apply
if the decedent’s or (in the case of an individualgrantor) the grantor’s total income as reported on the last federal income tax return
filed for a full taxable year ending beforethe date of death or the date of the transfer,taking into account any additions required to
be made to total income described in this paragraph (B)(2)(a), is less than $ 250,000. In this case, the executor or administrator of
the decedent’s estate or the grantor must provide the certification required under paragraph (B)(1) of this appendix.
(b) Nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts, and foreign estates,“gross income” is equal to “total effectively connected
income” as reported on their last federal income tax return (as amended) filed for a full (12 months) taxable year ending before the
date the request is filed, plus any income for the period from United States or foreign sources that is not taxable by the United States,
whether by reason of § 103, an income tax treaty, § 871(h) (regarding portfolio interest), or otherwise, plus the total amount of any
fixed or determinable annual or periodical income from United States sources, the United States tax liability for which is satisfied
by withholding at the source. “Total effectively connected income” is a line item on federal tax returns. For example, if the 2003
Form 1040NR,U.S. Nonresident Alien Income Tax Return, is the most recent 12-month taxableyear return filed by a nonresident
alien individual, “total effectively connected income” on the Form 1040NR is the amount entered on line 23.
In the case of a request for a letter ruling or closing agreement from a foreign estate or trust that, at the time the request is filed,
has not filed a federal income tax return for a full taxable year, the reduced user fee in paragraph (A)(4)(a) of this appendix will
apply if the decedent’s or (in the case of an individual grantor) the grantor’s total income or total effectively connected income,
as relevant, as reported on the last federal income tax return filed for a full taxable year ending before the date of death or the
date of the transfer, taking into account anyadditions required to be made to total income or total effectively connected income
described respectively in paragraph (B)(2)(a) of this appendix or in this paragraph (B)(2)(b), is less than $ 250,000. In this case,
the executor or administrator of the decedent’s estate or the grantor must provide the certification required under paragraph (B)(1)
of this appendix.
(3) Gross income for a request involving a business-related tax issue.For purposes of the reduced user fee provided in
paragraph (A)(4)(b) of this appendix of—
(a) U.S. citizens and resident alien individuals, domestic trusts, and domestic estates, “gross income” is equal to gross
income as defined under paragraph (B)(2)(a) of this appendix, plus “cost of goods sold” as reported on the same federal income tax
return.
(b) Nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts, and foreign estates, “gross income” is equal to gross income as defined
under paragraph (B)(2)(b) of this appendix, plus “cost of goods sold” as reported on the same federal income tax return.
(c) Domestic partnerships and corporations,“gross income” is equal to “total income” as reported on their last federal income
tax return (as amended) filed for a full (12 months) taxable year ending before the date the request is filed, plus “cost of goods sold”
as reported on the same federal income tax return, plus any interest income not subject to tax under § 103 (interest on state and
local bonds) for that period. If a domestic partnership or corporation is not subject to tax, “total income” and “cost of goods sold”
are the amounts that the domestic partnership or corporation would have reported on the federal income tax return if the domestic
partnership or corporation were subject to tax.
2005–1 I.R.B.67January 3, 2005

“Cost of goods sold” and “total income” are line items on federal tax returns. For example, if the 2003 Form 1065,U.S. Part-
nership Return of Income, is the most recent 12-month taxableyear return filed by a domestic partnership, “cost of goods sold” and
“total income” on the Form 1065 are the amounts entered on lines 2 and 8, respectively, and if the 2003 Form 1120,U.S. Corpora-
tion Income Tax Return, is the most recent 12-month taxable year return filed by a domestic corporation, “cost of goods sold” and
“total income” on the Form 1120 are the amounts entered on lines 2 and 11, respectively.
If, at the time the request is filed, a domestic partnership or corporation subject to tax has not filed a federal income tax return for
a full taxable year, the reduced user fee in paragraph (A)(4)(b) of this appendix will apply if, in the aggregate, the partners’ or the
shareholders’ gross income (as defined in paragraph (B)(3)(a), (b), (c), or (d) of this appendix, as applicable) is less than $1 million
for the last full (12 months) taxable year ending before the date the request is filed. In this case, the partners or the shareholders
must provide the certification required under paragraph (B)(1) of this appendix.
(d) Organizations exempt from income tax under “Subchapter F-Exempt Organizations” of the Code, “gross income” is
equal to the amount of gross receipts for the last full (12 months) taxable year ending before the date the request for a letter ruling
or closing agreement is filed.
(e) Gross income of state, local, and Indian tribal government entities,“gross income” is equal to the annual operating
revenue of the government requesting the ruling for its last fiscal year ending before the date of the ruling request. The annual
operating revenue is to be determined at the government level and not at the level of the government entity or agency making the
request.
(4) Special rules for determining gross income.For purposes of paragraphs (B)(2) and (3) of this appendix, the following
rules apply for determining gross income.
(a) Gross income of individuals, trusts, and estates.
(1) In the case of a request from a married individual, the gross incomes (as defined in paragraph (B)(2) or (3) of this appendix,
as applicable) of the applicant and the applicant’s spouse must be combined. This rule does not apply to an individual who: (1) is
legally separated from his or her spouse and (2) the spouse doesnot file a joint income tax return with his or her spouse; and
(2) If there are two or more applicants filing the request, the gross incomes (as defined in paragraph (B)(2) or (3) of this appendix,
as applicable) of the applicants must be combined.
(b) Gross income of domestic partnerships and corporations.
(1) In the case of a request from a domestic corporation, the gross income(as defined in paragraph (B)(3) of this appendix) of
(i) all members of the applicant’s controlled group (as defined in § 1563(a)), and (ii) any related taxpayer that is involved in the
transaction on which the letter ruling or closingagreement is requested, must be combined; and
(2) In the case of a request from a domestic partnership, the gross income (as defined in paragraph (B)(3) of this appendix) of
(i) the partnership, and (ii) any partner who owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the capital interest or profits interest
in the partnership, must be combined.
(c) Gross income of exempt organizations.If there are two or more organizations exempt from income tax under Subchapter
F filing the request, the gross receipts (as defined in paragraph (B)(3)(d) of this appendix) of the applicants must be combined.
January 3, 2005682005–1 I.R.B.

APPENDIX B
SAMPLE FORMAT FOR A LETTER RULING REQUEST
INSTRUCTIONS
To assist you in preparing a letter ruling request, the Service is providing this sample format. You are not required to use this
sample format. If your request is not identical or similar to the sample format, the different format will not defer consideration of
your request.
(Insert the date of request)
Internal Revenue Service
Insert either: Associate Chief Counsel (Insert one of the following: Corporate, Financial Institutions and Products, Income
Tax and Accounting, International, Passthroughs and Special Industries,orProcedure and Administration)orDivision
Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities)
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU
P.O. Box 7604
Ben Franklin Station
Washington, D.C. 20044
Dear Sir or Madam:
(Insert t
he name of the taxpayer) requests a ruling on the proper treatment of (insert the subject matter of the letter ruling
request)
under section (insert the number) of the Internal Revenue Code.
[If the taxpayer is requesting expedited handling, a statementto that effect must be attached to, or contained in, the letter
ruling request. The statement must explain the need for expedited handling.Seesection 7.02(4) of Rev. Proc. 2005–1, 2005–1
I.R.B. 1. Hereafter, all references are to Rev. Proc. 2005–1 unless otherwise noted.]
A. STATEMENT OF FACTS
1. Taxp
ayer Information
[Provide the statements required by sections 7.01(1)(a) and (b).]
2. Description of Taxpayer’s Business Operations
[Prov
ide the statement required by section 7.01(1)(c).]
3. Facts Relating to Transaction
[The ruling request must contain acomplete statement of the facts relating to the transaction that is the subject of the letter ruling
request. This statement must include a detailed descriptionof the transaction, including material facts in any accompanying
documents, and the business reasons for the transaction.Seesections 7.01(1)(d), 7.01(1)(e), and 7.01(2).]
B. RU
LING REQUESTED
[The ruling request should contain a concise statement of the ruling requested by the taxpayer. It is preferred that the language of
the requested ruling be exactly the same as that the taxpayer wishes to receive.]
C. STATEMENT OF LAW
[T
he ruling request must contain a statement of the law in support of the taxpayer’s views or conclusion and identify any pending
le
gislation that may affect the proposed transaction. The taxpayer also is encouraged to identify and discuss any authorities
be
lieved to be contrary to the position advanced in the ruling request.Seesections 7.01(6), 7.01(8), 7.01(9), and 7.01(10).]
2005–1 I.R.B.69January 3, 2005

D. ANALYSIS
[The ruling request must contain a discussion of the facts and an analysis of the law. The taxpayeralso is encouraged to identify
and discuss any authorities believed to be contrary to the position advanced in the ruling request.Seesections 7.01(3), 7.01(6),
7.01(8), 7.01(9), and 7.01(10).]
E. CONCLUSION
[The ruling request should contain a statement of thetaxpayer’s conclusion on the ruling requested.]
F. PROCEDURAL MATTERS
1. Revenue Procedure 2005–1 Statements
a. [Provide the statement required by section 7.01(4) regarding whether the same issue in the letter ruling request is in an
earlier return of the taxpayer or in a return for any year of a related taxpayer.]
b. [Provide the statement required by section 7.01(5)(a) regarding whether the Service previously ruled on the same or
similar issue for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or a predecessor.]
c. [Provide the statement required by section 7.01(5)(b) regarding whether the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, a predecessor,
or any representatives previously submitted a request (including an application forchange in accounting method)
involving the same or similar issue but withdrew the request before a letter ruling or determination letter was issued.]
d. [Provide the statement required by section 7.01(5)(c) regarding whether the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or a predecessor
previously submitted a request (including an application for change in accounting method) involving the same or a
similar issue that is currently pending with the Service.]
e. [Provide the statement required by section 7.01(5)(d) regarding whether, at the same time as this request, the taxpayer or
a related taxpayer is presently submitting another request (including an application for change in accounting method)
involving the same or similar issue to the Service.]
f. [If the letter ruling request involves the interpretation of a substantive provision of an income or estate tax treaty,
provide the statement requiredbysection7.01(6)regardingwhetherthetax authority of the treaty jurisdiction has
issued a ruling on the same or similar issue for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or a predecessor; whether the same
or similar issue is being examined, or has been settled, by the tax authority of the treaty jurisdiction or is otherwise
the subject of a closing agreement in that jurisdiction;and whether the same or similar issue is being considered
by the competent authority of the treaty jurisdiction.]
g. [Provide the statement required by section 7.01(8) regarding whether the law in connection with the letter ruling request
is uncertain and whether the issue is adequately addressed by relevant authorities.]
h. [If the taxpayer determines that there are no contrary authorities, a statement to that effect would be helpful.See
section 7.01(9).]
i. [If the taxpayer wants to have a conference on the issues involved in the letter ruling request, the ruling request should
contain a statement to that effect.Seesection 7.02(6).]
j. [If the taxpayer is requesting a copy of any document related to the letter ruling request to be sent by facsimile (fax)
transmission, the ruling request should contain a statement to that effect.Seesection 7.02(5).]
k. [If the taxpayer is requesting separate letter rulings on multiple issues, the letter ruling request should contain a statement
to that effect.Seesection 7.02(1).]
l. [If the taxpayer is seeking to obtain the user fee providedinparagraph(A)(5)(a)ofAppendix A for substantially
identical letter rulings, the letter ruling request must contain the statements required by section 15.07.]
January 3, 2005702005–1 I.R.B.

2. Administrative
a. [The ruling request should state: “The deletion statementand checklist required by Rev. Proc. 2005–1 are enclosed.”
Seesections 7.01(11) and 7.01(18).]
b.
[The ruling request should state: “The required user fee of $ (Insert the amount of the fee) is enclosed.” Please note that
the check or money order must be in U.S. dollars and made payable to the Internal Revenue Service.Seesection 15
and Appendix A.]
c. [If the taxpayer’s authorized representative is to sign the letter ruling request or is to appear before the Service in
connection with the request, the ruling request should state: “A Power of Attorney is enclosed.”Seesections 7.01(13),
7.01(14), and 7.02(2).]
Sincerely yours,
(Insert the name of the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s
authorized representative)
By:
SignatureDate
Typed or printed name of
person signing request
DECLARATION:[Seesection 7.01(15).]
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this request, including accompanying documents, and, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, the request contains all the relevant facts relating to the request, and such facts are true, correct,
and complete.
(Insert the name of the taxpayer)
By:
SignatureTitleDate
Typed or printed name of
person signing declaration
[If the taxpayer is a corporation that is a member of an affiliated group filing consolidated returns, the above declaration must also
be signed and dated by an officer of the common parent of the group.Seesection 7.01(15).]
2005–1 I.R.B.71January 3, 2005

APPENDIX C
CHECKLIST
IS YOUR LETTER RULING REQUEST COMPLETE?
INSTRUCTIONS
The Service will be able to respond more quickly to your letter ruling request if it is carefully prepared and complete. To ensure
that your request is in order, use this checklist. Complete the four items of information requested before the checklist. Answer
each question by circling “Yes,” “No,” or “N/A.” When a question contains a place for a page number, insert the page number
(or numbers) of the request that gives the information called for by a yes answer to a question.Sign and date the checklist
(as taxpayer or authorizedrepresentative) and place it on top of your request.
If you are an authorized representative submitting a requestfor a taxpayer, you must include a completed checklist with the
request, or the request will either be returned to you or substantive consideration of it will be deferred until a completed checklist
is submitted.If you are a taxpayer preparing your own request without professional assistance, an incomplete checklist will
not either cause the return of your request or defer substantive consideration of your request.You should still complete as
much of the checklist as possibleand submit it with your request.
TAXPAYER’S NAME
TAXPAYER’S I.D. NO.
ATTORNEY/P.O.A.
PRIMARY C
ODE SECTION
CIRCLE ONEITEM
Yes No1. Does your request involve an issue under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), the
Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products), the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax
and Accounting), the Associate Chief Counsel (International), the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs
and Special Industries), theAssociate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), or the Division Coun-
sel/Associate Chief Counsel (TaxExempt and Government Entities)?Seesection 3 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1,
2005–1 I.R.B. 1. For issues under the jurisdiction of other offices,seesection 4 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1.
(Hereafter, all references are to Rev. Proc. 2005–1 unless otherwise noted.)
Yes No2. Hav
e you read Rev. Proc. 2005–3, 2005–1 I.R.B. 118 and Rev. Proc. 2005–7, 2005–1 I.R.B. 240, to
see i
f part or all of the request involves a matter on whichletter rulings are not issued or are ordinarily not
issu
ed?
Yes No N/A3. If your request involves a matter on which letter rulings are not ordinarily issued, have you given com-
pelling reasons to justify the issuance of a letter ruling? Before preparing your request, you may want to
call the branch in the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(Financial Institutions and Products), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting),
the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs
and Special Industries), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), or the Of-
fice of Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities) responsible for
substantive interpretations of the principal Internal Revenue Code section on which you are seeking a letter
ruling to discuss the likelihood of an exception. For matters under the jurisdiction of—
January 3, 2005722005–1 I.R.B.

(a) the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Financial
Institutions and Products), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting), the Office
of Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), or the Office of Division Counsel/As-
sociate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities), the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel
(Procedure and Administration), the appropriate branch to call may be obtained by calling (202) 622–7560
(not a toll-free call);
(b) the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (International), the appropriate branch to call may be ob-
tained by calling (202) 622–3800 (not a toll-free call).
Yes No N/A
Page
4. If the request deals with a completed transaction, have you filed the return for the year in which the
transaction was completed?Seesection 5.01.
Yes No5. Are you requesting the letter ruling on a hypothetical situation or question?Seesection 6.12.
Yes No6. Are you requesting the letter ruling on alternative plans of a proposed transaction?Seesection 6.12.
Yes No7. Are you requesting the letter ruling for only part of an integrated transaction?Seesection 6.03.
Yes No8. Are you requesting the letter ruling for a business, trade, industrial association, or similar group concern-
ing the application of tax law to its members?Seesection 6.05.
Yes No9. Are you requesting the letter ruling fora foreign government or its political subdivision?Seesection
6.07.
Yes No
Page
10. Have you included a complete statement ofall the facts relevant to the transaction?Seesection 7.01(1).
Yes No N/A11. Have you submitted with the request true copies of all wills, deeds, and other documents relevant to the
transaction, and labeled and attached them in alphabetical sequence?Seesection 7.01(2).
Yes No N/A12. Have you submitted with the request a copy of all applicable foreign laws, and certified English trans-
lations of documents that are in a language other thanEnglish or of foreign laws in cases where English is
not the official language of the foreign country involved?Seesection 7.01(2).
Yes No
Pages
13. Have you included an analysis of facts and their bearing on the issues? Have you included, rather than
merely incorporated by reference, all material facts from the documents in the request?Seesection 7.01(3).
Yes No
Page
14. Have you included the required statement regarding whether the same issue in the letter ruling request
is in an earlier return of the taxpayer or in a return for any year of a related taxpayer?Seesection 7.01(4).
Yes No
Page
15. Have you included the required statement regarding whether the Service previously ruled on the same
or similar issue for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or a predecessor?Seesection 7.01(5)(a).
Yes No
Page
16. Have you included the required statement regarding whether the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, a predeces-
sor, or any representatives previously submitted a request (including an application for change in accounting
method) involving the same or similar issue but withdrew the request before the letter ruling or determina-
tion letter was issued?Seesection 7.01(5)(b).
2005–1 I.R.B.73January 3, 2005

Yes No
Page
17. Have you included the required statement regarding whether the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or a prede-
cessor previously submitted a request (including an application for change in accounting method) involving
the same or similar issue that is currently pending with the Service?Seesection 7.01(5)(c).
Yes No
Page
18. Have you included the required statement regarding whether, at the same time as this request, the tax-
payer or a related taxpayer is presently submitting another request (including an application for change in
accounting method) involving the same or similar issue to the Service?Seesection 7.01(5)(d).
Yes No N/A
Page
19. If your request involves the interpretation of a substantive provision of an income or estate tax treaty,
have you included the required statement regarding whether the tax authority of the treaty jurisdiction has
issued a ruling on the same or similar issue for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or a predecessor; whether
the same or similar issue is being examined, or has been settled, by the tax authority of the treaty jurisdiction
or is otherwise the subject of a closing agreement in that jurisdiction; and whether the same or similar issue
is being considered by the competent authority of the treaty jurisdiction?Seesection 7.01(6).
Yes No N/A
Page
20. If your request is for recognition of Indian tribal government status or status as a political subdivision of
an Indian tribal government, does your request contain a letter from the Bureau of Indian Affairs regarding
the tribe’s status?Seesection 7.01(7), which states that taxpayers are encouraged to submit this letter with
the request and provides the address for the Bureau of Indian Affairs.
Yes No
Pages
21. Have you included the required statement of relevant authorities in support of your views?Seesection
7.01(8).
Yes No
Page
22. Have you included the required statement regarding whether the law in connection with the request is
uncertain and whether the issue is adequately addressed by relevant authorities?Seesection 7.01(8).
Yes No
Pages
23. Does your request discuss the implications of any legislation, tax treaties, court decisions, regulations,
notices, revenue rulings, or revenue procedures that youdeterminedtobecontraryto the position advanced?
Seesection 7.01(9), which states that taxpayers are encouraged to inform the Service of such authorities.
Yes No N/A
Page
24. If you determined that there are no contrary authorities, have you included a statement to this effect in
your request?Seesection 7.01(9).
Yes No N/A
Page
25. Have you included in your request a statement identifying any pending legislation that may affect the
proposed transaction?Seesection 7.01(10).
Yes No26. Is the request accompanied by the deletion statement required by § 6110?Seesection 7.01(11).
Yes No
Page
27. Have you (or your authorized representative) signed and dated the request?Seesection 7.01(12).
Yes No N/A28. If the request is signed by your representative or if your representative will appear before the Service in
connection with the request, is the request accompanied by a properly prepared and signed power of attorney
with the signatory’s name typed or printed?Seesection 7.01(14).
Yes No
Page
29. Have you included, signed, and dated the penalties of perjury statement in the format required by section
7.01(15)?
January 3, 2005742005–1 I.R.B.

Yes No N/A30. Are you submitting your request in duplicate if necessary?Seesection 7.01(16).
Yes No N/A
Pages
31. If you are requesting separate letter rulings on different issues involving one factual situation, have you
included a statement to that effect in each request?Seesection 7.02(1).
Yes No N/A32. If you want copies of the letter ruling sent to a representative, does the power of attorney contain a
statement to that effect?Seesection 7.02(2).
Yes No N/A33. If you do not want a copy of the letter ruling to be sent to any representative, does the power of attorney
contain a statement to that effect?Seesection 7.02(2).
Yes No N/A34. If you are making a two-part letter ruling request, have you included a summary statement of the facts
you believe to be controlling?Seesection 7.02(3).
Yes No N/A
Page
35. If you want your letter ruling request to be processed ahead of the regular order or by a specific date,
have you requested expedited handling in the manner required by section 7.02(4)and stated a compelling
need for such action in the request?
Yes No N/A
Page
36. If you are requesting a copy of any document relatedto the letter ruling request to be sent by facsimile
(fax) transmission, have you included a statement to that effect?Seesection 7.02(5).
Yes No N/A
Page
37. If you want to have a conference on the issues involved in the request, have you included a request for
conference in the letter ruling request?Seesection 7.02(6).
Yes No N/A38. Have you included the correct user fee with the request and is your check or money order in U.S. dollars
and payable to the Internal Revenue Service?Seesection 15 and Appendix A to determine the correct
amount.
Yes No N/A
Page
39. If your request involves a personal tax issue and you qualify for the reduced user fee when gross income
is less than $250,000, have you included the required certification?Seeparagraphs (A)(4)(a) and (B)(1) of
Appendix A.
Yes No N/A
Page
40. If your request involves a business-related tax issue and you qualify for the reduced user fee when gross
income is less than $1 million, have you included the required certification?Seeparagraphs (A)(4)(b) and
(B)(1) of Appendix A.
Yes No N/A
Page
41. If you qualify for the user fee for substantially identical letter rulings, have you included the required
information?Seesection 15.07(2) and paragraph (A)(5)(a) of Appendix A.
Yes No N/A
Page
42. If you qualify for the user fee for a § 301.9100 request to extend the time for filing an identical ac-
counting method change on a single Form 3115, have you included the required information?Seesection
15.07(3) and paragraph (A)(5)(c) of Appendix A.
Yes No N/A43. If your request is covered by any of the checklists, guideline revenue procedures, notices, safe harbor
revenue procedures, or other specialrequirements listed in Appendix E, have you complied with all of the
requirements of the applicable revenue procedure or notice?
2005–1 I.R.B.75January 3, 2005

Rev. Proc.List other applicable revenue procedures or notices, including checklists, used or relied upon in the prepa-
ration of this letter ruling request (Cumulative Bulletin or Internal Revenue Bulletin citation not required).
Yes No N/A
Page
44. If you are requesting relief under § 7805(b) (regarding retroactive effect), have you complied with all
of the requirements in section 11.11?
Yes No45. Have you addressed your request to the attention of the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), the As-
sociate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products), the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and
Accounting), the Associate Chief Counsel (International), the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and
Special Industries), the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), or the Division Coun-
sel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities), as appropriate? The mailing address
is:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU
P.O. Box 7604
BenFranklinStation
Washington, D.C. 20044
Ifaprivatedeliveryserviceisused,theaddressis:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU, Room 5336
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20224
The package should be marked: RULING REQUEST SUBMISSION. Improperly addressed
requests may be delayed (sometimes for over aweek) in reaching CC:PA:LPD:DRU for initial
processing.
SignatureTitle or AuthorityDate
Typed or printed name of
person signing checklist
January 3, 2005762005–1 I.R.B.

APPENDIX D
LIST OF SMALL BUSINESS/SELF-EMPLOYED
OPERATING DIVISION (SB/SE) OFFICES FOR REQUESTING DETERMINATION LETTERS
Requests for determination letters under Rev. Proc. 2005–1, this revenue procedure, from SB/SE and W&I taxpayers, should
be sent to the appropriate SB/SE office listed below based upon the type of tax involved. Both the request and the envelope
in which it is sent should be marked “DETERMINATION LETTER REQUEST.”
INCOME TAX
Requests for determination letters regarding income tax (including requests from international taxpayers) should be sent to:
Office of the Director, Technical Services
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: SE:S:E:TS
Mail Stop 5000
24000 Avila Road
Laguna Niguel, CA 92677
ESTATE AND GIFT TAXES
Requests for determination letters regarding estate and gift tax should be sent to:
Chief, Estate & Gift Tax Operations
Internal Revenue Service
SE:S:SP:E&G
1222 Spruce Street
M/S 1022STL
St. Louis, MO 63103-2839
EMPLOYMENT TAXES
Requests for determination letters regarding employment tax (except for requests for determination of worker status, which should
be sent to the appropriate office listed in the instructions to Form SS–8) should be sent to:
Chief, Employment Tax Operations
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: SE:S:SP:ETO
5000 Ellin Road
M/S C6-452
Lanham, MD 20706
2005–1 I.R.B.77January 3, 2005

EXCISE TAXES
Requests for determination letters regarding excise taxes should be sent to:
Chief, Excise Tax Operations
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: SE:S:SP:EX
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W.
Room 2016
Washington, DC 20224
January 3, 2005782005–1 I.R.B.

APPENDIX E
CHECKLISTS, GUIDELINE REVENUE PROCEDURES,
NOTICES, SAFE HARBOR
REVENUE PROCEDURES, AND AUTOMATIC CHANGE REVENUE PROCEDURES
Specific revenue procedures and notices supplement the general instructions for requests
explained in section 7 of this revenue procedure and apply to requests for letter rulings or
determination letters regarding the Code sections and matters listed in this section.
Checklists, guideline revenue
procedures, and notices
.01For requests relating to the following Codesections and subject matters, refer to the
following checklists, guideline revenue procedures, and notices.
CODE OR
REGULATION
SECTION
REVENUE PROCEDURE AND NOTICE
103, 141–150, 7478,
and 7871
Issuance of state or
local obligations
Rev. Proc. 96–16, 1996–1 C.B. 630 (for a reviewable ruling under § 7478 and a nonreview-
able ruling); Rev. Proc. 88–31, 1988–1 C.B. 832 (for approval of areas of chronic economic
distress); and Rev. Proc. 82–26, 1982–1 C.B. 476 (for “on behalf of” and similar issuers).
For approval of areas of chronic economic distress, Rev. Proc. 88–31 explains how this re-
quest for approval must be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Housing/Federal Housing
Commissioner of the Department of Housing and Urban Development.
1.166–2(d)(3)
Uniform express
determination letter
for making election
Rev. Proc. 92–84, 1992–2 C.B. 489.
Subchapter
C—Corporate
Distributions and
Adjustments
Rev. Proc. 77–37, 1977–2 C.B. 568, as modified by Rev. Proc. 89–30, 1989–1 C.B. 895, and
as amplified by Rev. Proc. 77–41, 1977–2 C.B. 574, Rev. Proc. 83–81, 1983–2 C.B. 598 (see
alsoRev. Proc. 2005–3, this Bulletin), Rev. Proc. 84–42, 1984–1 C.B. 521 (superseded as to
no-rule areas by Rev. Proc. 2005–3, this Bulletin), Rev. Proc. 86–42, 1986–2 C.B. 722, and
Rev. Proc. 89–50, 1989–2 C.B. 631.But seesection 3.01 of Rev. Proc. 2005–3, this Bul-
letin, (corporate distributions, transfers, and reorganizations under §§ 332, 351, 368(a)(1)(A),
368(a)(1)(B), 368(a)(1)(C), 368(a)(1)(E), 368(a)(1)(F), and 1036), which describes certain
corporate transactions where the Service will notissue letter rulings or determination letters.
301
Nonapplicability on
sales of stock of
employer to defined
contribution plan
Rev. Proc. 87–22, 1987–1 C.B. 718.
302, 311
Checklist questionnaire
Rev. Proc. 86–18, 1986–1 C.B. 551; and Rev. Proc. 77–41, 1977–2 C.B. 574.
302(b)(4)
Checklist questionnaire
Rev. Proc. 81–42, 1981–2 C.B. 611.
311
Checklist questionnaire
Rev. Proc. 86–16, 1986–1 C.B. 546.
332
Checklist questionnaire
Rev. Proc. 90–52, 1990–2 C.B. 626.But seesection 3.01 of Rev. Proc. 2005–3, this Bulletin,
which describes certain corporate transactions where the Service will not issue letter rulings
or determination letters.
338
Extension of time to
make elections
Rev. Proc. 2003–33, 2003–1 C.B. 803, provides guidance as to how an automatic extension
of time under § 301.9100–3 of the Regulations on Procedure and Administration may be ob-
tained to file elections under § 338. This revenue procedure also informs taxpayers who do
not qualify for the automatic extension, of the information necessary to obtain a letter ruling.
2005–1 I.R.B.79January 3, 2005

351
Checklist questionnaire
Rev. Proc. 83–59, 1983–2 C.B. 575.But seesection 3.01 of Rev. Proc. 2005–3, this Bulletin,
which describes certain transfers to controlled corporations where the Service will not issue
letter rulings or determination letters.
355
Checklist questionnaire
Rev. Proc. 96–30, 1996–1 C.B. 696, as modified and amplified by Rev. Proc. 2003–48,
2003–2 C.B. 86.
368(a)(1)(E)
Checklist questionnaire
Rev. Proc. 81–60, 1981–2 C.B. 680.But seesection 3.01 of Rev. Proc. 2005–3, this Bulletin,
which describes circumstances under which the Service will not issue letter rulings or deter-
mination letters as to whether a transaction constitutes a corporate recapitalization within the
meaning of § 368(a)(1)(E) (or a transaction that also qualifies under § 1036).
461(h)
Alternative method
for the inclusion of
common improvement
costs in basis
Rev. Proc. 92–29, 1992–1 C.B. 748.
482
Advance pricing
agreements
Rev. Proc. 96–53, 1996–2 C.B. 375, as modified by Notice 98–65, 1998–2 C.B. 803, and
amplified by Rev. Proc. 2002–52, 2002–2 C.B. 242.
521
Appeal procedure
with regard to adverse
determination letters
and revocation or
modification of
exemption letter rulings
and determination
letters
Rev. Proc. 90–27, 1990–1 C.B. 514.
1.817–5(a)(2)
Issuer of a variable
contract requesting
relief
Rev. Proc. 92–25, 1992–1 C.B. 741.
877, 2107, and
2501(a)(3)
Individuals who lose
U.S. citizenship or
cease to be taxed
as long-term U.S.
residents with a
principal purpose to
avoid U.S. taxes
Notice 97–19, 1997–1 C.B. 394, as modified by Notice 98–34, 1998–2 C.B. 29.
1362(b)(5) and 1362(f)
Relief for late S
corporation and related
elections under certain
circumstances
Rev. Proc. 2004–49, 2004–33 I.R.B. 210; Rev. Proc. 2003–43, 2003–1 C.B. 998; Rev. Proc.
97–48, 1997–2 C.B. 521.
1362(b)(5) and
301.7701–3
Automatic extensions
of time for late S
corporation election
and late corporate entity
classification
Rev. Proc. 2004–48, 2004–32 I.R.B. 172.
January 3, 2005802005–1 I.R.B.

1.1502–13(e)(3)
Consent to treat
intercompany
transactions on a
separate entity basis
and revocation of this
consent
Rev. Proc. 97–49, 1997–2 C.B. 523.
1.1502–76(a)(1)
Consent to file a
consolidated return
where member(s) of
the affiliated group use
a 52–53 week taxable
year
Rev. Proc. 89–56, 1989–2 C.B. 643.
1504(a)(3)(A) and (B)
Waiver of application
of § 1504(a)(3)(A) for
certain corporations
Rev. Proc. 2002–32, 2002–1 C.B. 959.
1552
Consent to elect or
change method of
allocating affiliated
group’s consolidated
federal income tax
liability
Rev. Proc. 90–39, 1990–2 C.B. 365, as clarified by Rev. Proc. 90–39A, 1990–2 C.B. 367.
4980B
Failure to satisfy
continuation coverage
requirements of group
health plans
Rev. Proc. 87–28, 1987–1 C.B. 770 (treating references to former § 162(k) as if they were
references to § 4980B).
7701
Relief for a late initial
classification election
for a newly formed
entity
Rev. Proc. 2002–59, 2002–2 C.B. 615.
7701(a)(40) and
7871(d)
Indian tribal
governments and
subdivision of Indian
tribal governments
Rev. Proc. 84–37, 1984–1 C.B. 513, as modified by Rev. Proc. 86–17, 1986–1 C.B. 550,
and Rev. Proc. 2005–1, this revenue procedure, (provides guidelines for obtaining letter
rulings recognizing Indian tribal government ortribal government subdivision status; also
provides for inclusion in list of recognized tribal governments in revised versions of Rev.
Proc. 2002–64, 2002–2 C.B. 717, or in list of recognized subdivisions of Indian tribal
governments in revised versions of Rev. Proc. 84–36, 1984–1 C.B. 510, as modified and
made permanent by Rev. Proc. 86–17).
301.7701–2(a)
Classification of
undivided fractional
interests in rental real
estate
Rev. Proc. 2002–22, 2002–1 C.B. 733 (specifies the conditions under which the Service will
consider a letter ruling requestthat an undivided fractional interest in rental real property
(other than a mineral property as defined in § 614) is not an interest in a business entity).
301.7701–3 Automatic
extensions of time for
late S corporation
election and late
corporate entity
classification
Rev. Proc. 2004–48, 2004–32 I.R.B. 172.
2005–1 I.R.B.81January 3, 2005

301.9100–3
Extension of time
to make entity
classification election
Rev. Proc. 2002–59, 2002–2 C.B. 615.
7702
Closing agreement for
failed life insurance
contracts
Notice 99–48, 1999–2 C.B. 429; Rev. Rul. 91–17, 1991–1 C.B. 190.
7702A
Relief for inadvertent
non-egregious failure to
comply with modified
endowment contract
rules
Rev. Proc. 2001–42, 2001–2 C.B. 212.
7704(g)
Revocation of election
Notice 98–3, 1998–1 C.B. 333.
SUBJECT MATTERSREVENUE PROCEDURE
Accounting periods;
changes in period
Rev. Proc. 2002–39, 2002–1 C.B. 1046, as clarified and modified by Notice 2002–72, 2002–2
C.B. 843, and as modified by Rev. Proc. 2003–34, 2003–1 C.B. 856; and Rev. Proc. 2005–1,
this revenue procedure, for which sections 1, 2.01, 2.02, 2.05, 3.03, 5.02, 6.03, 6.05, 6.07,
6.11, 7.01(1), 7.01(2), 7.01(3), 7.01(4), 7.01(5), 7.01(6), 7.01(8), 7.01(9), 7.01(10), 7.01(13),
7.01(14), 7.01(15), 7.02(2), 7.02(4), 7.02(5), 7.02(6), 7.03, 7.04, 7.05, 7.07, 8.01, 8.03, 8.04,
8.05, 8.06, 10, 11, 15, 17, 18, Appendix A, and Appendix E are applicable.
Classification of
liquidating trusts
Rev. Proc. 82–58, 1982–2 C.B. 847, as modified and amplified by Rev. Proc. 94–45, 1994–2
C.B. 684, and as amplified by Rev. Proc. 91–15,1991–1 C.B. 484 (checklist questionnaire),
as modified and amplified by Rev. Proc. 94–45.
Earnings and profits
determinations
Rev. Proc. 75–17, 1975–1 C.B. 677; Rev. Proc. 2005–1, this revenue procedure, sections
2.05, 3.03, 7, 8, and 10.05; and Rev. Proc. 2005–3, this Bulletin, section 3.01.
Estate, gift, and
generation-skipping
transfer tax issues
Rev. Proc. 91–14, 1991–1 C.B. 482 (checklist questionnaire).
Deferred intercompany
transactions; election
not to defer gain or loss
Rev. Proc. 97–49, 1997–2 C.B. 523.
Leveraged leasingRev. Proc. 2001–28, 2001–1 C.B. 1156, and Rev. Proc. 2001–29, 2001–1 C.B. 1160.
January 3, 2005822005–1 I.R.B.

A letter ruling request that involves a question of whether a rate order that is proposed or
issued by a regulatory agency will meet the normalization requirements of § 168(f)(2) (pre-
Tax Reform Act of 1986, § 168(e)(3)) and former §§ 46(f) and 167(l) ordinarily will not be
considered unless the taxpayer states in the letter ruling request whether—
(1) the regulatory authority responsible for establishing or approving the taxpayer’s rates
has reviewed the request and believes that the request is adequate and complete; and
(2) the taxpayer will permit the regulatory authority to participate in any Associate office
conference concerning the request.
Rate orders; regulatory
agency; normalization
If the taxpayer or the regulatory authority informs a consumer advocate of the request for a
letter ruling and the advocate wishes to communicate with the Service regarding the request,
any such communication should be sent to: Internal Revenue Service, Associate Chief Coun-
sel (Procedure & Administration), Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU, P. O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin
Station, Washington, DC 20044 (or, if a private delivery service is used: Internal Revenue
Service, Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure & Administration), Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU,
Room 5336, 1111 Constitution Ave., N.W., Washington, DC 20224). These communications
will be treated as third party contacts for purposes of § 6110.
Unfunded deferred
compensation
Rev. Proc. 71–19, 1971–1 C.B. 698, as amplified by Rev. Proc. 92–65, 1992–2 C.B. 428.
SeeRev. Proc. 92–64, 1992–2 C.B. 422, as modified by Notice 2000–56, 2000–2 C.B. 393,
for the model trust for use in Rabbi Trust Arrangements.
Safe harbor revenue procedures.02For requests relating to the following Codesections and subject matters, refer to the
following safe harbor revenue procedures.
CODE OR
REGULATION
SECTION
REVENUE PROCEDURE
103 and 141–150
Issuance of state or
local obligations
Rev. Proc. 93–17, 1993–1 C.B. 507 (change of use of proceeds); Rev. Proc. 97–13, 1997–1
C.B. 632, as modified by Rev. Proc. 2001–39, 2001–2 C.B. 38 (management contracts); and
Rev. Proc. 97–14, 1997–1 C.B. 634 (research agreements).
168
Depreciation of original
and replacement tires
for certain vehicles
Rev. Proc. 2002–27, 2002–1 C.B. 802.
168
Depreciation of fiber
optic node and trunk
line of a cable television
distribution system
Rev. Proc. 2003–63, 2003–2 C.B. 304.
280B
Certain structural
modifications to a
building not treated as a
demolition
Rev. Proc. 95–27, 1995–1 C.B. 704.
584(a)
Qualification of a
proposed common trust
fund plan
Rev. Proc. 92–51, 1992–1 C.B. 988.
642(c)(5)
Qualification of trusts
as pooled income funds
Rev. Proc. 88–53, 1988–2 C.B. 712.
2005–1 I.R.B.83January 3, 2005

664(d)(1)
Qualification of trusts
as charitable remainder
annuity trusts
Rev. Proc. 2003–53, 2003–2 C.B. 230; Rev. Proc. 2003–54, 2003–2 C.B. 236; Rev. Proc.
2003–55, 2003–2 C.B. 242; Rev. Proc. 2003–56, 2003–2 C.B. 249; Rev. Proc. 2003–57,
2003–2 C.B. 257; Rev. Proc. 2003–58, 2003–2 C.B. 262; Rev. Proc. 2003–59, 2003–2 C.B.
268; Rev. Proc. 2003–60, 2003–2 C.B. 274.
664(d)(2)
Qualification of trusts
as charitable remainder
unitrusts
Rev. Proc. 89–20, 1989–1 C.B. 841, as amplified by Rev. Proc. 90–30, 1990–1 C.B. 534.
664(d)(2) and (3)
Qualification of trusts
as charitable remainder
unitrusts
Rev. Proc. 90–31, 1990–1 C.B. 539.
856(c)
Certain loans treated as
real estate assets
Rev. Proc. 2003–65, 2003–2 C.B. 336.
860H
Transfers of ownership
interests in Financial
Asset Securitization
Investment Trusts
Rev. Proc. 2001–12, 2001–1 C.B. 335.
1031(a)
Qualification as a
qualified exchange
accommodation
arrangement
Rev. Proc. 2000–37, 2000–2 C.B. 308.
1286
Determination
of reasonable
compensation under
mortgage servicing
contracts
Rev. Proc. 91–50, 1991–2 C.B. 778.
1362(f)
Automatic inadvertent
termination relief to
certain corporations
Rev. Proc. 2003–43, 2003–1 C.B. 998.
2056A
Qualified Domestic
Trust
Rev. Proc. 96–54, 1996–2 C.B. 386.
2702(a)(3)(A) and
25.2702–5(c)
Qualified Personal
Residence Trust
Rev. Proc. 2003–42, 2003–1 C.B. 993.
1.7704–2(d)
New business activity
of existing partnership
is closely related to
pre-existing business
Rev. Proc. 92–101, 1992–2 C.B. 579.
SUBJECT MATTERSREVENUE PROCEDURE
Certain rent-to-own
contracts treated as
leases
Rev. Proc. 95–38, 1995–2 C.B. 397.
January 3, 2005842005–1 I.R.B.

Automatic change in accounting
period revenue procedures
.03For requests for an automatic change in accounting period, refer to the following auto-
matic change revenue procedures published and/or in effect as of December 31, 2004:
Rev. Proc. 2002–37, 2002–1 C.B. 1030, as clarified and modified by Notice 2002–72,
2002–2 C.B. 843, and as modified by Rev. Proc. 2003–34, 2003–1 C.B. 856 (certain corpora-
tions); Rev. Proc. 2002–38, 2002–2 C.B. 1037, as clarified and modified by Notice 2002–72,
2002–2 C.B. 843 (certain partnerships, S corporations, electing S corporations, or personal ser-
vice corporations); and Rev. Proc. 2003–62, 2003–2 C.B. 299 (individual seeking a calendar
year).
The Commissioner’s consent to an otherwise qualifying automatic change in accounting
period is granted only if the taxpayer timely complies with the applicable automatic change
revenue procedure.
2005–1 I.R.B.85January 3, 2005

26 CFR 601.105: Examination of returns and claims for refund, credit or abatement; determination of correct tax liability.
Rev. Proc. 2005–2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1. WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE?
.............................................. 88
.01OperatingdivisionsoftheInternalRevenueService .............................................................. 88
.02WhenaTAMoraTEAMshouldberequested ................................................................... 88
.03Taxpayerparticipationnotrequired............................................................................. 89
.04Delegationofauthority ....................................................................................... 89
.05Updatedannually ............................................................................................ 89
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS......................................................................................... 89
SECTION 3. WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TECHNICAL ADVICE AND TECHNICAL
EXPEDITED ADVICE?
................................................................................. 90
SECTION 4. ON WHAT ISSUES MAY TAMs OR TEAMs BE REQUESTED UNDER THIS PROCEDURE?..................... 91
SECTION 5. ON WHAT ISSUES MUST TAMs OR TEAMs BE REQUESTED UNDER DIFFERENT
PROCEDURES?
........................................................................................ 91
.01 Alcohol, tobacco, and firearms taxes........................................................................... 91
.02Taxexemptandgovernmententities............................................................................ 91
.03Farmers’cooperatives ........................................................................................ 91
SECTION 6. WHEN SHOULD A TAM OR A TEAM NOT BE REQUESTED?.............................................. 91
.01§301.9100requests........................................................................................... 91
.02Frivolousissues.............................................................................................. 91
.03 A director may not request a TAM or a TEAM if Appeals is currently considering the identical issue
forthesametaxpayer ......................................................................................... 92
.04 A field office may not request a TAM or a TEAM for any issue that is being litigated in a docketed
case......................................................................................................... 92
.05Alternateformsoflegaladvice................................................................................. 92
SECTION 7. WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REQUESTING THE ADVICE?................................................ 92
.01FieldofficedetermineswhethertorequestaTAMoraTEAM ..................................................... 92
.02 Taxpayer may ask that an issue be referred for a TAM or a TEAM; Territory manager or appeals area
directordetermineswhetheraTAMoraTEAMwillbesought .................................................... 93
.03Territorymanager’sorappealsareadirector’sdecisionmaybereviewedbutnotappealed ............................ 93
.04Specialreviewproceduresapplicabletofrivolousissues .......................................................... 94
SECTION 8. HOW ARE PRE-SUBMISSION CONFERENCES SCHEDULED?............................................. 94
.01Pre-submissionconferencesarerequiredforallrequestsforadvice................................................. 94
.02Purposeofapre-submissionconference ........................................................................ 94
.03Requestforapre-submissionconferencemustbesubmittedinwritingbythefieldoffice ............................. 95
.04Associateofficeattorneywillcontactthefieldofficetoarrangethepre-submissionconference......................... 95
.05Pre-submissionconferencesforTAMsandTEAMsgenerallyconductedbytelephone ................................ 96
.06 Certain information required to be submitted to the Associate office prior to the pre-submission
conference................................................................................................... 96
.07Manneroftransmittingpre-submissionmaterials................................................................. 96
.08Pre-submissionconferencemaynotbetaped .................................................................... 96
.09DiscussionofsubstantiveissuesisnotbindingontheService ..................................................... 96
SECTION 9. WHAT MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE REQUEST FOR A TAM OR A TEAM?................................. 96
.01 Statement of issues, facts, law, and arguments; submission of relevant foreign laws and documents
in a language other than English; and statement regarding interpretation of an income or estate tax
treaty........................................................................................................ 96
.02Statementrecommendinginformationtobedeletedfrompublicinspection.......................................... 99
.03 Transmittal Form 4463,Request for Technical Advice or Technical Expedited Advice............................... 100
January 3, 2005862005–1 I.R.B.

.04Numberofcopiesofrequesttobesubmitted ................................................................... 100
.05Powerofattorney ........................................................................................... 100
SECTION 10. HOW ARE REQUESTS FOR TAMs AND TEAMs HANDLED?.............................................. 101
.01Determineswhetherrequesthasbeenproperlymade ............................................................ 101
.02Fieldandfieldcounselnotified ............................................................................... 101
.03Considerswhethertheissue(s)isappropriateforaTEAM ....................................................... 101
.04Considerswhetherpublishedgeneralguidanceisappropriate ..................................................... 101
.05Taxpayernotified ........................................................................................... 101
.06Conferenceoffered .......................................................................................... 102
.07IftheTAMortheTEAMrequestdoesnotincludeasubmissionfromthetaxpayer .................................. 102
.08Iftheinterpretationofaforeignlaworforeigndocumentisamaterialfact ......................................... 102
.09Ifthetaxpayerhasnotsubmittedtherequireddeletionstatement .................................................. 102
.10 Section 6104 of the Internal Revenue Code (Applications for exemption and letter rulings issued to
certainexemptorganizationsopentopublicinspection) .......................................................... 103
.11Civilfraudorcriminalinvestigationcases...................................................................... 103
.12ObtainingstatusofaTAMoraTEAMrequest ................................................................. 103
.13Servicenotbarredfromissuing30-dayletterwhileaTAMoraTEAMrequestispending ........................... 103
SECTION 11. HOW ARE CONFERENCES FOR TAMs AND TEAMs SCHEDULED?....................................... 103
.01Ifrequested,offeredtothetaxpayerwhenanadverseTAMorTEAMproposed .................................... 103
.02Timeline ................................................................................................... 104
.03Extensions ................................................................................................. 104
.04Denialofextensioncannotbeappealed ........................................................................ 104
.05Entitledtooneconferenceofright ............................................................................ 104
.06Conferencemaynotbetaped ................................................................................. 105
.07Ifrequestedandapproved,conferencewillbedelayedtoaddressarequestforreliefunder§7805(b) .................. 105
.08Servicemakesonlytentativerecommendations ................................................................. 105
.09Whenadditionalconferencesmaybeoffered ................................................................... 105
.10Additionalinformationsubmittedaftertheconference ........................................................... 105
.11Normallyconductedbytelephone ............................................................................. 106
SECTION 12. HOW DOES THE ASSOCIATE OFFICE PREPARE THE TAM OR THE TEAM?............................. 106
.01Contactsthefieldofficetodiscussissues ...................................................................... 106
.02 Informs the field office if any matters in the request have been referred to another branch of the
AssociateofficeoranotherAssociateoffice .................................................................... 106
.03Informsthefieldofficeifadditionalinformationisneeded ....................................................... 107
.04Informsthefieldofficeoftentativeconclusion.................................................................. 107
.05 If a tentative conclusion has not been reached, gives date estimated for tentative conclusion.......................... 107
.06Advisesthefieldofficeiftentativeconclusionischanged ........................................................ 107
.07Generallydoesnotdiscusstentativeconclusionwiththetaxpayer ................................................. 107
.08Advisesthefieldofficeoffinalconclusions .................................................................... 107
.09Ifneeded,requestsadditionalinformation ...................................................................... 107
.10 Requests taxpayer to send additional information to the Associate office and a copy to the director or
appealsareadirector......................................................................................... 108
.11Informsthetaxpayerwhenrequesteddeletionswillnotbemade .................................................. 108
.12Preparesreplyintwoparts ................................................................................... 108
.13Routesreplytoappropriateoffice ............................................................................. 109
.14Sendscopyofreplytoappropriatedivisioncounselandfieldcounsel ............................................. 109
SECTION 13. HOW ARE REQUESTS FOR TAMs AND TEAMs WITHDRAWN?........................................... 109
.01Taxpayernotified ........................................................................................... 109
.02Associateofficemayprovideviews ........................................................................... 110
SECTION 14. HOW DOES A FIELD OFFICE USE THE TAM OR THE TEAM?........................................... 110
.01Generallyappliesadviceinprocessingthetaxpayer’scase ....................................................... 110
.02Reconsideration............................................................................................. 110
.03Discussionwiththetaxpayer ................................................................................. 111
.04Providescopytothetaxpayer................................................................................. 111
2005–1 I.R.B.87January 3, 2005

.05Taxpayermayprotestdeletionsnotmade ...................................................................... 112
.06Whennocopyisgiventothetaxpayer......................................................................... 112
SECTION 15. WHAT IS THE EFFECT OF A TAM OR A TEAM?........................................................ 112
.01AppliesonlytothetaxpayerforwhomtheTAMortheTEAMwasrequested ...................................... 112
.02Usuallyappliesretroactively ................................................................................. 112
.03GenerallyappliedretroactivelytomodifyorrevokeapriorTAMorTEAM ........................................ 112
.04Appliestocontinuingactionorseriesofactionsuntilspecificallywithdrawn,modified,orrevoked ................... 112
.05Appliestocontinuingactionorseriesofactionsuntilmaterialfactschange ........................................ 112
.06Doesnotapplyretroactivelyundercertainconditions............................................................ 112
SECTION 16. HOW MAY RETROACTIVE EFFECT BE LIMITED?..................................................... 113
.01Taxpayermayrequestthatretroactivitybelimited............................................................... 113
.02Formofrequesttolimitretroactivity—continuingtransactionbeforeexaminationofreturn ......................... 113
.03Formofrequesttolimitretroactivity—inallothercases ........................................................ 114
.04Taxpayer’srighttoaconference .............................................................................. 114
.05Reconsiderationof§7805(b)relief............................................................................ 114
SECTION 17. WHAT SIGNIFICANT CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO REV. PROC. 2004–2?............................. 114
SECTION 18. WHAT IS THE EFFECT OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE ON OTHER DOCUMENTS?..................... 115
SECTION 19. WHAT IS THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE?.................................... 115
DRAFTING INFORMATION....................................................................................... 115
INDEX........................................................................................................... 116
SECTION 1. WHAT IS THE
PURPOSE OF THIS REVENUE
PROCEDURE?
This revenue procedure explains when and how the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate),
the Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products), the Associate Chief Coun-
sel (Income Tax and Accounting), the Associate Chief Counsel (International), the Associate
Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure
and Administration), and the Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Gov-
ernment Entities) issue technical advice memoranda (TAMs) and technical expedited advice
memoranda (TEAMs) to a director or an appeals area director. It also explains the rights a
taxpayer has when a field office requests a TAM or a TEAM.
Operating divisions of the
Internal Revenue Service
.01The Internal Revenue Service includes four operating divisions that are responsible for
meeting the needs of taxpayers:
(1) Large and Mid-Size Business Division (LMSB), which generally serves corporations,
including S corporations, and partnerships with assets in excess of $10 million;
(2) Small Business/Self-Employed Division (SB/SE), which
generally serves corporations,
including S corporations, and partnerships with assets les
s than or equal to $10 million; estates
and trusts; individuals filing an individual federal incom
e tax return with an accompanying
Schedule C (Profit or Loss From Business (Sole Proprietorsh
ip)), Schedule E (Supplemental
Income and Loss), or Schedule F (Profit or Loss From Farming)
, or Form 2106 (Employee
Business Expenses) or Form 2106-EZ (Unreimbursed Employee
Business Expenses); and in-
dividuals with international tax returns;
(3) Wage and Investment Division (W&I), which generally serves individuals with wage
and investment income only and with no international tax returns; and individuals filing an
individual federal income tax return without an accompanying Schedule C, E, or F, or Form
2106 or Form 2106-EZ; and
(4) Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division (TE/GE), which generally serves three
distinct taxpayer segments: employee plans, exempt organizations, and government entities.
When a TAM or a TEAM should
be requested
.02A TAM or a TEAM should be requested when there is a lack of uniformity regarding the
disposition of an issue or when an issue is unusualor complex enough to warrant consideration
Sec. 1
January 3, 2005882005–1 I.R.B.

by an Associate office. This revenue procedure applies only to a case under the jurisdiction
of a director or an appeals area director. ATAM or a TEAM may also be requested on issues
considered in a prior appeals disposition, not based on mutual concessions for the same tax
period of the same taxpayer, if the field office that had the case concurs with the request. Once
an issue is identified, all requests for a TAM or a TEAM should be made at the earliest possible
stage in any proceeding. The fact that the issue is raised late in the examination or appeals
process should not influence the field office’s decision to request a TAM or a TEAM.
Taxpayer participation not
required
.03Although taxpayer participation during all stages of the process is preferred, it is not re-
quired in order to request technical advice. In the event that multiple taxpayers will be affected
by the advice (e.g., subject matter of the request involves a transaction between multiple tax-
payers), the Associate office can issue a single TAM or TEAM, but only if each taxpayer agrees
to participate in the process. In the event that a taxpayer chooses not to participate in a request
for a TEAM, the request will usually be treated as a request for a TAM. In general, all parties
must agree that the TEAM procedures are appropriate, with the following two exceptions:
(1) Any request in which the Associate office considers whether a letter ruling should be
revoked or modified because the field office has determined that there are material differences
from the controlling facts on which the original ruling was based will be treated and processed
as a request for a TEAM without the need for consensus among the field office, taxpayer,
and Associate office.Seesection 11.03 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1. The taxpayer’s views will be
considered if submitted.
(2) Any request for a TEAM that involves, as described in § 6110(g)(5)(A), a matter that
is the subject of, or is otherwise closely related to, a criminal or civil fraud investigation, or a
jeopardy or termination assessment may be treated and processed as a TEAM without telling
the taxpayer about the referral of issues, providing copies of the arguments submitted, or re-
questing the participation of the taxpayer.
Delegation of authority.04The provisions of this revenue procedure are applicable in situations in which the author-
ity normally exercised by the director or the appeals area director has been properly delegated
to another official.
Updated annually.05This revenue procedure is updated annually as the second revenue procedure of the year,
but may be modified or amplified during the year.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONSFor purposes of this revenue procedure—
(1) any reference to “director” refers to the Director, Field Operations, LMSB for the tax-
payer’s industry; the Territory Manager, Field Compliance, SB/SE; or the Director, Compli-
ance, W&I, as appropriate, or, when appropriate, the Director, International, LMSB; the Di-
rector, Employee Plans Examinations; the Director, Exempt Organizations Examinations; the
Director, Federal, State & Local Governments; the Director, Tax Exempt Bonds; or the Direc-
tor, Indian Tribal Governments;
(2) any reference to “appeals area director” refers to an Appeals Area Director;
(3) any reference to “territory manager” refers to a territory manager, LMSB; a territory
manager, examination, SB/SE;or the Director, Compliance, W&I, as appropriate, and, in-
cludes, when appropriate, the Employee Plans Examinations Area manager; the Exempt Or-
ganizations Examinations Area manager; the Employee Plans Determinations manager; the
Exempt Organizations Determinations manager; the group manager, Federal, State & Local
Governments; the manager, field operations, Tax Exempt Bonds; or the group manager, In-
dian Tribal Governments; the territory manager, Estate and Gift Tax Examination, SB/SE; the
territory manager, Excise Tax Examination, SB/SE; the territory manager, Employment Tax
Examination, SB/SE; or the territory manager, International Examination, SB/SE;
(4) any reference to “appeals officer” includes, when appropriate, an appeals team case
leader;
Sec. 2
2005–1 I.R.B.89January 3, 2005

(5) the term “taxpayer” includes any person subject to any provision of the Internal Revenue
Code (including an issuer of § 103 obligations) and, when appropriate, their representatives;
(6) the term “Associate office” refers to the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate),
the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products), the Office of As-
sociate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(International), the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries),
the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), or the Office of Divi-
sion Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities), as appropriate;
(7) the term “field office” refers toexamination or appeals personnel;
(8) the term “Division Counsel Headquarters” refers to any attorney with the Headquarters
of LMSB, SB/SE, W&I, or TE/GE; and
(9) the term “field counsel” refers to any attorney with LMSB, SB/SE, or TE/GE who is not
a member of Division Counsel Headquarters.
SECTION 3. WHAT IS THE
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
TECHNICAL ADVICE AND
TECHNICAL EXPEDITED
ADVICE?
“Technical advice” means advice in the form of a memorandum (hereinafter referred to as
a TAM) furnished by an Associate office upon the request of a director or an appeals area di-
rector, submitted in accordance with the provisions of this revenue procedure, in response to
any technical or procedural question that develops during any proceeding on the interpretation
and proper application of tax law, tax treaties,regulations, revenue rulings, notices, or other
precedents published by the Associate office to a specific set of facts. Such proceedings in-
clude: (1) the examination of a taxpayer’s return; (2) the consideration of a taxpayer’s claim
for credit or refund; (3) any matter under examinationorinappealspertainingtotax-exempt
bonds, tax credit bonds, or mortgage credit certificates; and (4) any other matter involving a
specific taxpayer under the jurisdiction of theterritory manager or the appeals area director.
They also include processing and consideringnondocketed cases in a field office but do not
include docketed cases in which the issue involves the taxpayer (or a related taxpayer within
the meaning of § 267 or a member of an affiliated group of which the taxpayer is also a member
within the meaning of § 1504) for any taxable year.
“Technical expedited advice” means technical advice issued in an expedited manner (here-
inafter referred to as a TEAM). Subject to agreement among the taxpayer, field office, field
counsel, and the Associate office, any issue eligible for a TAM can be submitted for TEAM
treatment. A TEAM has several characteristicsthat are different from a TAM, including the
following: taxpayer participation in the mandatory pre-submission conference (section 8.01),
(except for the two situations in section 1.03 where taxpayer concurrence is not required for
TEAM procedures); in the event of a tentatively adverse conclusion to the taxpayer or the
field, a conference of right will be offered to the taxpayer and the field (section 11.02); and
once the conference of right is held, no further conferences will be offered (section 11.05). The
procedures associated with the issuance of aTEAM help expedite certain aspects of the TAM
process and eliminate some of the requirements that may delay or frustrate the TAM process.
TAMs and TEAMs help Service personnel closecases and also help establish and maintain
consistent technical positions throughout the Service. TAMs and TEAMs are issued only on
closed transactions and do not address hypothetical situations. A director or an appeals area
director may raise an issue in any tax period, even though a TAM or a TEAM may have been
requested and furnished for the same or similar issue for another tax period.
Neither TAMs nor TEAMs include oral or written legal advice furnished to the field office,
other than advice furnished pursuant to this revenue procedure. In accordance with section
7.02 of this revenue procedure, a taxpayer’s request for referral of an issue to the Associate
office for a TAM or a TEAM will not be denied merely because the Associate office has already
provided legal advice, other than advice furnished pursuant to this revenue procedure, to the
field office on the matter.
Sec. 2
January 3, 2005902005–1 I.R.B.

SECTION4.ONWHATISSUES
MAY TAMs OR TEAMs BE
REQUESTED UNDER THIS
PROCEDURE?
This revenue procedure applies to requests for TAMs or TEAMs on any issue under the
jurisdiction of the Associate offices.Seesection 3 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1, this Bulletin, for a
description of the principal subject matters of each office.
SECTION5.ONWHATISSUES
MUST TAMs OR TEAMs
BE REQUESTED UNDER
DIFFERENT PROCEDURES?
Alcohol, tobacco, and firearms
taxes
.01The procedures for obtaining a TAM or a TEAM specifically applicable to federal alco-
hol, tobacco, and firearms taxesunder subtitle E of the Code are currently under the jurisdiction
of the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau of the Treasury Department.
Tax exempt and government
entities
.02The procedures for obtaining a TAM or aTEAM specifically on issues under the j
uris-
diction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division, are f
ound in Rev.
Proc. 2005–5, this Bulletin. The procedures under Rev. Proc. 2005–2 (this rev
enue proce-
dure) must be followed to obtain a TAM or a TEAM on issues pertaining to tax-exem
pt bonds,
Indian tribal governments, federal, state, or local governments, mortgage c
redit certificates,
and deferred compensation plans under § 457.
Farmers’ cooperatives.03Even though the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries) has ju-
risdiction for issuing TAMs and TEAMs under § 521, the procedures under Rev. Proc. 2005–5,
this Bulletin, and Rev. Proc. 90–27, 1990–1 C.B. 514, must be followed.
SECTION6.WHENSHOULD
A TAM OR A TEAM NOT BE
REQUESTED?
§ 301.9100 requests.01A request for an extension of time for making an election or other application for relief
under § 301.9100–3 of the Procedure and Administration Regulations is not submitted as a
request for a TAM or a TEAM; instead, the request is submitted as a letter ruling request even
if the request is submitted after the examination of the taxpayer’s return has begun or after the
issues in the return are being considered in Appeals or a federal court. Therefore, a § 301.9100
request should be submitted pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2005–1 (including the payment of the
applicable user fee listed in Appendix A of Rev. Proc. 2005–1).
Frivolous issues.02For purposes of this revenue procedure, a “frivolous issue” is one without basis in fact
or law, or that espouses a position that has been held by the courts to be frivolous or groundless.
Examples of frivolous or groundless issues include, but are not limited to:
(1) frivolous “constitutional” claims, such as claims that the requirement t
o file tax returns
and pay taxes constitutes an unreasonable search barred by the Fourth Amend
ment; violates
Fifth and Fourteenth Amendment protections of due process; violates Thirt
eenth Amendment
protections against involuntary servitude; or is unenforceable because t
he Sixteenth Amend-
ment does not authorize nonapportioned direct taxes or was never ratified;
(2) claims that income taxes are voluntary, that the term “income” is not defined in the
Internal Revenue Code, or that the preparation and filing of income tax returns violates the
Paperwork Reduction Act;
(3) claims that tax may be imposed only on coins minted under a gold or silver standard or
that receipt of Federal Reserve Notes does not cause an accretion to wealth;
(4) claims that a person is not taxable on income because he or she falls within a class
entitled to “reparation claims” or an extra-statutory class of individuals exempt from tax (for
example, “free-born” individuals);
(5) claims that a taxpayer can refuse to pay taxes on the basis of opposition to certain gov-
ernmental expenditures;
Sec. 6.02
2005–1 I.R.B.91January 3, 2005

(6) claims that taxes apply only to federal employees; only to residents of Puerto Rico,
Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, the District of Columbia, or “federal enclaves”; or that §§ 861
through 865 or any other provision of the Internal Revenue Code imposes taxes on U.S. citizens
and residents only on income derived from foreign-based activities;
(7) claims that wages or personal service income are not “income,” are “nontaxable re-
ceipts,” or “are a nontaxable exchange for labor”;
(8) claims that income tax withholding by an employer on wages is optional; or
(9) other claims the courts have characterized as frivolous or groundless.
A director may not request a
TAM or a TEAM if Appeals is
currently considering the identical
issueforthesametaxpayer
.03A case remains under the jurisdiction of thedirector even though Appeals has the iden-
tical issue under consideration in the case of another taxpayer (not related within the meaning
of § 267 or a member of an affiliated group of which the taxpayer is not also a member within
the meaning of § 1504) in a different transaction. With respect to the same taxpayer or the
same transaction, when the issue is under the jurisdiction of Appeals and the applicability of
more than one kind of federal tax is dependent upon the resolution of that issue, a director may
not request a TAM or a TEAM on the applicability of any of the taxes involved.
A field office may not request a TAM or a TEAM on an issue if the same issue of the same
taxpayer (or of a related taxpayer within the meaning of § 267 or a member of an affiliated
group of which the taxpayer is also a member within the meaning of § 1504) is in a docketed
case for any taxable year. If a case is docketed for an estate tax issue of a taxpayer while a
request for a TAM or a TEAM on the same issue of the same taxpayer is pending, the Associate
office may issue the TAM or the TEAM only if the appropriate appeals officer and field counsel
agree, by memorandum, to the issuance of the TAM or the TEAM.
A field office may not request
a TAM or a TEAM for any
issue that is being litigated in a
docketed case
.04A field office may not request a TAM or a TEAM on any issue if the same issue is
involved in a docketed case for any taxpayer for any taxable year.
Alternate forms of legal advice.05The assigned Associate office attorney and reviewer should consider whether a TAM
or a TEAM is the best format for the legal advice. In some cases, drafting a lengthy written
analysis may delay delivery of the conclusion.In addition, in some cases, published general
guidance may be appropriate.Seesection 10.04 of this revenue procedure.
SECTION 7. WHO IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR
REQUESTING THE ADVICE?
Field office determines whether to
request a TAM or a TEAM
.01The field office determines whether to request a TAM or a TEAM on an issue. Requests
generally originate with the examining agent or appeals officer assigned to the case, are submit-
ted through the supervisory chain, and must be approved in writing by the director or equivalent
official in the respective operating divisions or by the appeals area director (or by someone with
the delegated authority to approve on their behalf) before submission to the Associate office.
Exam or appeals personnel, however, should also request advice from field counsel on issues
involved in cases under their jurisdiction prior to requesting a TAM or a TEAM. If, during the
discussion of an issue with an examining agent or appeals officer, field counsel believes that
an issue warrants consideration as a TAM or aTEAM, field counsel may make a written or
oral request to the examining agent or appeals officer that the issue be referred to the Associate
office for a TAM or a TEAM. If, after considering a request that an issue be submitted for a
TAM or a TEAM, the examining agent or appeals officer disagrees with the request, the field
counsel may request reconsideration of the denial through the appropriate supervisory chain.
Prior to making a final determination regarding whether to request a TAM or a TEAM,
and prior to the pre-submission conference, the field office must coordinate with, and request
advice from, field counsel.
Sec. 6.02
January 3, 2005922005–1 I.R.B.

Before submission of a TAM or a TEAM request to the Associate office, and before the
pre-submission conference, the field office should submit the TAM or the TEAM request to an
Associate Area Counsel for the Associate Area Counsel to provide his or her views in order to
help determine whether to submit the TAM or the TEAM to the Associate office.
As discussed in section 1.03 of this revenue procedure, if a director or appeals area director
requests a TAM, taxpayer cooperation is not required. Accordingly, the taxpayer cannot appeal
the decision to seek a TAM. In contrast, as discussed in section 8.02 of this revenue procedure,
if a director or appeals area director requestsa TEAM, the field office, the taxpayer, and the
Associate office must all agree that the TEAM procedures are appropriate, except for the two
situations discussed above in section 1.03 of this revenue procedure.Thus, in general, if a
taxpayer does not want an issue to be referred to the Associate office for a TEAM, the request
for advice will be treated as a request for a TAM for which taxpayer agreement is not required.
Taxpayer may ask that an issue be
referred for a TAM or a TEAM;
Territory manager or appeals
area director determines whether
a TAM or a TEAM will be sought
.02While a case is under the jurisdiction of a director or appeals area director, a taxpayer
may request that an issue be referred to the AssociateofficeforaTAMoraTEAM.Therequest
may be oral or written and should be directedto the examining agent or appeals officer.
If the examining agent or appeals officer concludes that a taxpayer’s request for referral of
an issue to the Associate office for a TAM or aTEAM does not warrant referral, the examining
agent or appeals officer will notify the taxpayer. A taxpayer’s request for such a referral will
not be denied merely because the Associate office provided legal advice, other than advice
furnished pursuant to this revenue procedure, to the field office on the matter. The taxpayer
may appeal the decision of the examining agent or appeals officer not to request a TAM or a
TEAM. To do so, the taxpayer must submit to that officer, within ten calendar days after being
notified of the decision, a written statement ofthe facts, law, and arguments on the issue and
the reasons why the taxpayer believes the matter should be referred to the Associate office for
a TAM or a TEAM. A taxpayer who needs more than ten calendar days must justify in writing
the request for an extension of time. The extension is subject to the approval of the territory
manager or the appeals area director.
The examining agent or appeals officer submits the taxpayer’s statement through appro-
priate channels to the territory manager or theappeals area director along with the examining
agent’s or appeals officer’s statement of why the issue should not be referred to the Associate
office. The territory manager or the appeals area director determines on the basis of the state-
ments whether a TAM or a TEAM will be requested.
If the territory manager or the appeals area director determines that a TAM or a TEAM is
not warranted and proposes to deny the request, the taxpayer is told in writing about the de-
termination. In the letter to the taxpayer, the territory manager or the appeals area director
states the reasons for the proposed denial (except in unusual situations when doing so would
be prejudicial to the best interests of the Government). The taxpayer has ten calendar days
after receiving the letter to notify the territory manager or the appeals area director of agree-
ment or disagreement with the proposed denial. If the taxpayer does not respond within ten
calendar days after receiving the letter, the lack of response will be deemed as agreement with
the proposed denial.
Territory manager’s or appeals
area director’s decision may be
reviewed but not appealed
.03The taxpayer may not appeal the decision of the territory manager or the appeals area
director not to request a TAM or a TEAM. If the taxpayer does not agree with the proposed
denial, all data on the issue for which a TAM or a TEAM has been sought, including the tax-
payer’s written request and statements, will besubmitted for review to the Industry Director,
LMSB; the Examination Area Director, SB/SE; the Director, Compliance, W&I; the Direc-
tor, International, LMSB; the Director, Federal, State & Local Governments; the Director, Tax
Exempt Bonds; the Director, Indian Tribal Governments; or the Appeals Director, Technical
Services, as appropriate.
Review of the proposed denial will be based solely on the written record; no conference will
be held with the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative. The party responsible for review
may consult with the Associate office, if necessary, and will notify the field office within 45
Sec. 7.03
2005–1 I.R.B.93January 3, 2005

calendar days of receiving all the data regarding the request for a TAM or a TEAM whether
the proposed denial is approved or disapproved. The field office will then notify the taxpayer.
While the matter is being reviewed, the field office will suspend action on the issue (except
when the delay would prejudice the Government’s interests).
Special review procedures
applicable to frivolous issues
.04If the request for a TAM or a TEAM concerns a “frivolous issue,” as described in section
6.02 of this revenue procedure, a TAM or a TEAM will not be given, and the examining agent
or appeals officer will deny the taxpayer’s request for referral. The taxpayer may appeal the
decision of the examining agent or appeals officer. If the territory manager or the appeals area
director determines that no TAM or TEAM will be sought, an expedited review procedure will
be followed.
This expedited review procedure will consist of the following:
(1) the territory manager or the appeals area director will inform the appropriate official (the
Industry Director, LMSB; the Examination Area Director, SB/SE; the Director, Compliance,
W&I; the Director, International, LMSB; the Director, Federal, State, and Local Governments;
the Director, Tax Exempt Bonds; the Director, Indian Tribal Governments; the Appeals Direc-
tor, Technical Services; the Chief, Employment Tax Examination, SB/SE; the Chief, Estate
and Gift Tax Examination, SB/SE; the Chief, Excise Tax Examination, SB/SE; or the Chief,
International Examination, SB/SE) of the request for review and the basis for the denial, but
will not forward the taxpayer’s written request and statements, unless requested to do so by
the official;
(2) the field office will not suspend action on the issue;
(3) within 15 calendar days, the official will notify the territory manager or appeals area
director whether the proposed denial is approved or disapproved. The official may also deter-
mine that the expedited process is not warranted and request all of the information supplied by
the taxpayer and allow suspension of action on the item while the denial is reviewed; and
(4) the field office will notify the taxpayer in writing of the result of the review of the denial.
SECTION 8. HOW ARE
PRE-SUBMISSION
CONFERENCES SCHEDULED?
Pre-submissionconferences are
required for all requests for advice
.01In an effort to promote expeditious processing of a request for a TAM or a TEAM, the
Associate office must confer with the field office and field counsel (and in some cases the tax-
payer) prior to the time a request for a TAM or a TEAM is submitted to the Associate office.
In all cases, a pre-submissionconference is mandatory. If a request for a TAM or a TEAM is
submitted without first holding a pre-submissionconference, the request for advice will be re-
turned to the requesting party. A request for a pre-submission conference should be made only
after the field office determines that it likely will request a TAM or a TEAM. Before requesting
a pre-submission conference, the field office must contact the taxpayer and afford the taxpayer
an opportunity to participate in the process by permitting the taxpayer to prepare a statement
in accordance with section 8.04 of this revenue procedure. Although taxpayer participation in
the conference is not required for a TAM, it is required for a TEAM (except for the two situ-
ations described in section 1.03 of this revenueprocedure where taxpayer agreement is not a
prerequisite for a TEAM). If the request for a TAM or a TEAM will include issues requiring
the involvement of more than one Associate office, representatives from each Associate office
involved must participate in the pre-submission conference.
Purpose of a pre-submission
conference
.02A pre-submission conference is intended tofacilitate agreement between the parties
as to the appropriate scope of the request for a TAM or a TEAM, the factual information and
documents to be included in the request, any collateral issues that either should or should not be
included in the request, and any other substantive or procedural considerations that will allow
the Associate office to provide the parties with a TAM or a TEAM as expeditiously as possible.
Sec. 7.03
January 3, 2005942005–1 I.R.B.

A pre-submission conference is not intended to create an alternative procedure for determining
the merits of the substantive positions advocated by the field office or by the taxpayer.
During the pre-submission conference, the parties should determine whether the issue(s) is
appropriate for a TEAM. The parties should discuss the framing of the issue(s), what back-
ground information and documents are required and when the request for TAM or TEAM will
be submitted to the Associate office. Where more than one Associate office will be involved in
responding to a proposed TEAM, each must agree that the request is suitable for TEAM pro-
cedures and that the necessary coordinationcan be provided within the TEAM time frames.
If the parties do not agree that the TEAM procedures are appropriate, then the request will
be processed subject to the procedures in this revenue procedure for a TAM, except that tax-
payer agreement is not required for the two situations described in section1.03ofthisrevenue
procedure.
Request for a pre-submission
conference must be submitted in
writing by the field office
.03A request for a pre-submission conferenceforaTAMoraTEAMmustbesubmittedin
writing by the field office. The request shouldidentify the Associate office expected to have
jurisdiction over the request for a TAM or aTEAM. The request should include a brief ex-
planation of the primary issue so that an assignment to the appropriate branch of an Associate
office can be made. The field office is required to coordinate with fieldcounsel regarding all
pre-submission conferences, regardless of whether a TAM or a TEAM is being requested. If the
request is submitted by Appeals, field counsel assignments will be subject to theex parterules
set forth in section 1001(a)(4) of the InternalRevenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act
of 1998, Pub. L. No. 105–206, and Rev. Proc. 2000–43, 2000–2 C.B. 404. If the request in-
volves a designated issue, an issue under the office of the Director, ATAT Examination, SB/SE,
an issue under the office of the Director, OTSA, LMSB, or an industry issue under the Office
of Pre-Filing and Technical Guidance, LMSB, thefield office and field counsel are strongly
encouraged to coordinate withthe technical advisor and field counsel contact. If the request is
from Appeals and involves a coordinated issue or emerging issue under the Appeals Industry
Specialization Program (ISP) or Appeals Coordinated Issue (ACI) Program, the Appeals offi-
cer must coordinate with the Appeals ISP/ACI Coordinator.
The field office requests pre-submission conferences for both TAMs and TEAMs by sending
the request by fax to the Technical Services Support Branch at202–622–4817; the director or
appeals area director must also confirm the request in writing to the Technical Services Support
Branch. Email or fax may be used to confirm therequest. The Associate office will confirm
receipt of the fax within one working day after receiving the fax.
Certain information required to
be submitted to the Associate
office prior to the pre-submission
conference
.04Prior to the scheduled pre-submission conference, the field office and the taxpayer must
share and exchange statements of the pertinentfacts (including any facts in dispute); state-
ments of the issues that the parties would like to discuss; and any legal analysis, authorities,
or background documents that the parties believe would facilitate the Associate office’s un-
derstanding of the issues to be discussed at theconference. After drafting the statements of
the issues and facts, and prior to the scheduled pre-submission conference, the field office and
the taxpayer must submit to the Associate office the statement of the pertinent facts and the
statement of the issues that the parties would like to discuss.The legal analysis provided for
the pre-submission conference need not be as fully developed as the analysis that ultimately
will accompany the request for a TAM or a TEAM, but it should allow the Associate office to
become reasonably informed regarding the subject matter prior to the conference. The field
office or the taxpayer should ensure that the Associate office receives a copy of any required
power of attorney, preferably on Form 2848,Power of Attorney and Declaration of Represen-
tative (Rev. March 2004).
If the pre-submission conference pertainsto a request for a TAM, the assigned branch of
the Associate office must receive the pre-submission materials at least ten working days prior
to the conference.
If the pre-submission conference pertainsto a request for a TEAM, the assigned branch
of the Associate office must receive the pre-submission materials at least five calendar days
Sec. 8.04
2005–1 I.R.B.95January 3, 2005

before the conference. Failure to timely submit pre-submission materials will result in the case
being processed as a TAM rather than a TEAM.
Manner of transmitting
pre-submission materials
.05Regardless of whether the pre-submission conference pertains to a request for a TAM
or a TEAM, in order to obtain the protection of taxpayer information offered by the Chief
Counsel Intranet “firewall,” the pre-submission materials must be electronically transmitted
by field counsel to TSS4510. Thus, the field office must work with field counsel to submit
the required materials via email to TSS4510. TSS4510 will make sure the pre-submission
materials get delivered to the Associate office assigned to the request for a pre-submission
conference. Copies of the taxpayer statement ofdeletions, penalties of perjury statement and
Form 2848,Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative(Rev. March 2004), if not
electronically available, should be transmitted by fax to the Associate office attorney assigned
to the case.
The field office should send the original of the materials sent by fax, and any supporting
materials that cannot reasonably by transmitted electronically, to the Associate office attorney
assigned to the case by express mail or privatedelivery service in order to avoid any delays in
regular mail.
Associateofficeattorneywill
contact the field office and
field counsel to arrange the
pre-submission conference
.06If a TEAM is requested, the branch of the Associate office assigned responsibility for
conducting the pre-submission conference willcontact the field office and field counsel within
two working days of receiving the request to schedule the conference. The conference will
be held within 15 calendar days of the assigned branch’s call to the field. Because taxpayer
participation in the pre-submission conferenceis required, the field office is responsible for
coordinating with the taxpayer as well as any other Service personnel whose participation in
the conference the field office believes would be appropriate.
If a TAM is requested, or if it is unclear whether the request is for a TAM or a TEAM, the
branch of the Associate office assigned responsibility for conducting the pre-submission con-
ference will contact the field office and field counsel within five working days after it receives
the request to arrange a mutually convenient time for the parties to participate in the confer-
ence. The conference generally should be held within 30 calendar days after the field office is
contacted.
Pre-submission conferences for
TAMs and TEAMs generally
conducted by telephone
.07Generally, pre-submission conferences for TAMs and TEAMs will be held by telephone,
unless the parties specifically request a meeting in person. In no event will a request for an
in-person pre-submission conference on a TEAM be allowed to delay the conference beyond
the15-dayperiodsetforthaboveinsection 8.06 of this revenue procedure.
Pre-submission conference may
not be taped
.08Because pre-submission conference procedures are informal, no tape, stenographic, or
other verbatim recording of a conference may be made by any party.
Discussion of substantive issues is
not binding on the Service
.09Any discussion of substantive issues at a pre-submission conference is advisory only, is
not binding on the Service in general or on the Office of Chief Counsel in particular, and cannot
be relied upon as a basis for obtaining retroactive relief under the provisions of § 7805(b).
SECTION 9. WHAT MUST BE
INCLUDED IN THE REQUEST
FORATAMORATEAM?
Statement of issues, facts, law,
and arguments; submission
of relevant foreign laws and
documents in a language other
than English; and statement
regarding interpretation of an
income or estate tax treaty
.01Whether initiated by the taxpayer or by afield office, a request for a TAM or a TEAM
must include the facts and the issues for which advice is requested; a written statement clearly
stating the applicable law and the arguments in support of both the Service’s and the taxpayer’s
positions on the issue or issues; the information required in sections 9.01(4) and 9.01(5) of this
revenue procedure, if applicable; and the written statement required in section 9.01(6) of this
revenue procedure, if applicable.
Prior to submitting the TAM or the TEAM, the party initiating the request, whether the field
or the taxpayer, must prepare astatement of facts. The field and the taxpayer should have
Sec. 8.04
January 3, 2005962005–1 I.R.B.

discussed the pertinent facts andissues, prior to preparing this factual statement, during the
pre-submission conference.
If the field initiates the request, the examining agent or appeals officer will prepare the fac-
tual statement with the assistance of field counsel. The taxpayer will have ten calendar days to
respond to the field’s statement by providing to that officer a written statement specifying any
disagreement on the facts and issues. A taxpayer who needs more than ten calendar days must
justify in writing the request for an extension of time, subject to the approval of the territory
manager or the appeals area director. If the taxpayer initiates the TAM or the TEAM request,
the taxpayer prepares the factual statement and provides it to the appropriate field office. The
Service will notify the taxpayer in writing of any areas of disagreement. The taxpayer has ten
calendar days after receiving the written notice to reply. A taxpayer who needs more than ten
calendar days must justify in writing the request for an extension of time, subject to the ap-
proval of the territory manager or the appeals area director.
If the taxpayer and the field continue to disagree over the factual statement, the parties will
have ten calendar days to attempt to resolve thedisagreements. This 10-day period begins ei-
ther when the field receives the taxpayer’s writtennotification of disagreement with the field’s
factual statement (in the case of a field-initiated TAM or TEAM), or when the field receives the
taxpayer’s written reply to the field’s written notification of disagreement with the taxpayer’s
factual statement (in the case of a taxpayer-initiated TAM or TEAM). Within five calendar days
of the expiration of the 10-day period or the day that factual agreement is reached, whichever
is earlier, the TAM or the TEAM request will be forwarded to the Associate office. If there
is no agreement on the facts, the taxpayer must submit a statement of facts to the field office,
and both sets of facts will be forwarded to the Associate office. The Associate office will, as
discussed below in section 12.12 of this revenue procedure, issue a TAM or a TEAM on each
set of facts. The field, with the assistance of field counsel, will prepare a memorandum for
the Associate office highlighting the material factual differences, and provide a copy to the
taxpayer. This memorandum will be forwarded with the initial request for a TAM or a TEAM.
If there is no agreement on the facts, the taxpayer’s set of facts must be accompanied by
the following declaration:“Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this
information, including accompanying documents, and, to the best of my knowledge and
belief, the information contains all the relevant facts relating to the request for technical
advice (or technical expeditedadvice), and such facts are true, correct, and complete.”
This declaration must be signed in accordancewith the requirements in section 7.01(15)(b)
of Rev. Proc. 2005–1. The taxpayer must submit this declaration to the field office so that
the field office can include the declaration when submitting the TAM or the TEAM request to
TSS4510.
To facilitate prompt action on TAM and TEAM requests, the taxpayer is encouraged to
request that, if the Service requests additional information from the taxpayer, the Service do
so by telephone or fax.
(1) If taxpayer initiates the request for a TAM or a TEAM, taxpayer must submit writ-
ten statement, copy of relevant foreign laws, and certified English translations of docu-
ments in a language other than English.If the taxpayer initiates the request for a TAM or
a TEAM, the taxpayer must submit to the examining agent or appeals officer, at the time the
taxpayer initiates the request:
(a) a written statement—
(i) stating the facts and the issues;
(ii) explaining the taxpayer’s position;
(iii) discussing any relevant statutory provisions, tax treaties, court decisions, regula-
tions, revenue rulings, revenue procedures, notices, or any other authority supporting the tax-
payer’s position; and
(iv) stating the reasons for requesting technical advice or technical expedited advice;
Sec. 9.01
2005–1 I.R.B.97January 3, 2005

(b) the information required in sections 9.01(4) and 9.01(5) of this revenue procedure with
respect to the submission of a copy of relevant foreign laws and certified English translations
of documents in a language other than English, if applicable; and
(c) the written statement required in section 9.01(6) of this revenue procedure with respect
to the interpretation of a substantive provisionof an income or estate tax treaty, if applicable.
If the examining agent or appeals officer determines that a TAM or a TEAM will be
requested, the taxpayer’s statement, including the information required in sectio
ns 9.01(4),
9.01(5), and 9.01(6) of this revenue procedure, will be forwarded to the Associate
office with
the request for a TAM or a TEAM. As described in section 8.01 of this revenue procedur
e, the
field office must first schedule a pre-submission conference prior to submitting
the request
for a TAM or a TEAM. When forwarding the taxpayer’s statement to the Associate offic
e, the
examining agent or appeals officer must also provide a copy to field counsel.
(2) If the Service initiates the request for a TAM or a TEAM, taxpayer is encouraged to
submit written statement, copy of relevant foreign laws, and certified English translations
of documents in a language other than English.IftherequestforaTAMoraTEAMisini-
tiated by a field office, the taxpayer is encouraged to submit a written statement explaining the
taxpayer’s position and discussing relevant statutory provisions, court decisions, regulations,
revenue rulings, revenue procedures, notices orany other authority supporting the taxpayer’s
position. If the taxpayer chooses to submit this statement and information, the taxpayer must
submit this statement and information to the field office within 21 calendar days after the tax-
payer receives a copy of the TAM or the TEAM request.
As set forth in section 10.07 of this revenue procedure, the taxpayer will be given an op-
portunity to submit a statement and information if a request for a TAM is submitted without
taxpayer participation.
If the request for a TAM is prepared without the taxpayer’s cooperation, the Associate office
will nonetheless process the request, as neither factual agreement nor taxpayer participation are
required. A request for a TEAM that falls intoone of the two exceptions discussed in section
1.03 of this revenue procedure will be processed without a statement and information from the
taxpayer. Any request for a TEAM that is not governed by those two exceptions will be treated
as a request for a TAM and the taxpayer will be given an opportunity to submit a statement and
information in accordance with section 10.07 of this revenue procedure.
(3) Statement of authorities contrary to taxpayer’s position.Whether the request for a
TAM or a TEAM is initiated by the taxpayer or by afield office, the taxpayer is also encour-
aged to comment on any legislation(or pending legislation), taxtreaties, regulations, revenue
rulings, revenue procedures, or court decisions contrary to the taxpayer’s position. If the tax-
payer determines that there are no contrary authorities, the taxpayer should include with the
TAM or the TEAM submission a statement to this effect.
(4) Relevant parts of all foreign laws.Whether initiated by the taxpayer or by a field
office, a request for a TAM or a TEAM, and otherstatements forwarded to the Associate of-
fice with the request, must include a copy of the relevant parts of all foreign laws, including
statutes, regulations, administrative pronouncements, and any other relevant legal authority.
The documents submitted must be in the official language of the country involved and must
be copied from an official publication of the foreign government or another widely available,
generally accepted publication. If English is not the official language of the country involved,
the submission must also include a copy of an English language version of the relevant parts of
all foreign laws. The translation must be: (a) from an official publication of the foreign gov-
ernment or another widely available, generallyaccepted publication; or (b) a certified English
translation submitted in accordance with section 9.01(5) of this revenue procedure.
The taxpayer or the field office must identify the title and date of publication, including up-
dates, of any widely available, generally accepted publication that it (or its qualified translator)
uses as a source for the relevant parts of the foreign law.
Sec. 9.01
January 3, 2005982005–1 I.R.B.

The taxpayer and the field office are encouraged to inform the Associate office of the im-
plications of any authority believed to interpret the foreign law, such as pending legislation,
treaties, court decisions, notices, or administrative decisions. But under section 10.08 of this
revenue procedure, the Associate office may refuse to provide a TAM or a TEAM if the inter-
pretation of a foreign law or foreign document is a material fact.
(5) Standards for acceptability of submissions of documents in a langu
age other than
English and certified English translations of laws in a language other
than English.
Whether initiated by the taxpayer or by a field office, a request for a TA
M or a TEAM, and
other statements forwarded to the Associate office with the request
, must include an accurate
and complete certified English translation of the relevant parts of
all contracts, wills, deeds,
agreements, instruments, trust documents, proposed disclaimers,
or other documents in a
language other than English. If the taxpayer or the field office choo
ses to submit certified
English translations of foreign laws, those translations must be ba
sed on an official publication
of the foreign government or another widely available, generally a
ccepted publication. In
either case, the translation must be that of a qualified translator
and must be attested to by the
translator. The attestation must contain: (a) a statement that th
e translation submitted is a true
and accurate translation of the foreign language document or law
; (b) a statement as to the
attestant’s qualifications as a translator and as to that attest
ant’s qualifications and knowledge
regarding tax matters or any foreign law translated if the law is n
ot a tax law; and (c) the
attestant’s name and address.
(6) Statement regarding interpretation of asubstantive provision of an income or estate
tax treaty.Whether initiated by the taxpayer or by a field office, a request for a TAM or a
TEAM involving the interpretation of a substantive provision of an income or estate tax treaty
must include a written statement regarding whether:
(a) the tax authority of the treaty jurisdiction has issued a ruling on the same or similar issue
for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer (within the meaning of § 267 or a member of an affiliated
group of which the taxpayer is also a member within the meaning of § 1504 (related taxpayer)),
or any predecessor;
(b) the same or similar issue for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or any predecessor is being
examined, or has been settled, by the tax authorityof the treaty jurisdiction or is otherwise the
subject of a closing agreement in that jurisdiction; and
(c) the same or similar issue for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or any predecessor is being
considered by the competent authority of the treaty jurisdiction.
Statement recommendin
g
information to be delet
ed from
public inspection
.02The text of TAMs and T
EAMs are open to public inspection under § 6110(a). The Ser-
vice deletes certain in
formation from the text before it is made available for inspection. To
help the Service make th
e deletions required by § 6110(c), the taxpayer must provide a state-
ment indicating the de
letions desired (“deletion statement”). If the taxpayer does not submit
the deletion statemen
t, the director or the appeals area director will advise the taxpayer that
the statement is requi
red. In the case of a taxpayer-initiated TAM or TEAM, if the director or
the appeals area direc
tor does not receive the deletion statement within ten calendar days after
asking the taxpayer f
or it, the director or the appeals area director may decline to submit the
request for a TAM or a T
EAM.
A taxpayer who wants only names, addresses, and identifying numbers deleted should state
this in the deletion statement. If the taxpayer wants more information deleted, the deletion
statement must be accompanied by a copy of the TAM or the TEAM request and supporting
documents on which the taxpayer should bracket the material to be deleted. The deletion state-
ment must indicate the statutory basis under § 6110(c) for each proposed deletion.
The taxpayer may submit additional deletion statements before the TAM or the TEAM is
issued.
The deletion statement must not appear in the request for a TAM or a TEAM but, instead,
must be made in a separate document.
Sec. 9.02
2005–1 I.R.B.99January 3, 2005

The deletion statement must be signed and dated by the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s autho-
rized representative. A stamped signature or faxed signature is not permitted.
The taxpayer should follow the same procedures to propose deletions from any additional
information submitted after the initial request for a TAM or a TEAM. An additional deletion
statement is not required with each submission ofadditional information if the taxpayer’s ini-
tial deletion statement requests that only names, addresses, and identifying numbers are to be
deleted and the taxpayer wants only the same information deleted from the additional infor-
mation.
Transmittal Form 4463,Request
for Technical Advice or Technical
Expedited Advice
.03The field counsel, with whom the TAM or the TEAM request was coordinated as de-
scribed in section 8.03 of this revenue procedure, must use Form 4463,Request for Technical
Advice or Technical Expedited Advice, for submitting a request for a TAM or a TEAM through
TSS4510 to the Associate office. While the field office is responsible for preparing Form 4463,
field counsel must submit the Form 4463 for a TAM or a TEAM request to the TSS4510 email
address. To the extent feasible, the accompanying documents should also be submitted to the
TSS4510 email address (followed by hard copy upon the request of the assigned branch of the
Associate office).
Field counsel should send additional or supporting documents that are not available in elec-
tronic form by fax to TSS4510 at 202–622–4817 or by express mail or private delivery service
to the following address to avoid any delays in regular mail:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:TSS, Room 5329
1111 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20224
Whenever possible, all documents shouldcontain the case number and name of the As-
sociate office attorney assigned to the pre-submission conference for the TAM or the TEAM
request. Documents that are being sent in hardcopy should be sent on or before the day that
the request for a TAM or a TEAM is submitted via email, so as not to delay the process. It is
anticipated that most, if not all, such documents will be identified during the pre-submission
conference.
The field office must indicate on, or attach to, the Form 4463 the proper mailing address of
the director or appeals area director to whom the Associate office is required to mail a copy of
its reply to the TAM or the TEAM request under section 12.13 of this revenue procedure. In
addition, the field office must indicate the name of each Associate office attorney involved in
the pre-submission conference.
The field and the taxpayer are encouraged to provide electronic versions of a proposed TAM
or a TEAM containing the taxpayer’s deletionsand legends for the Associate office’s use.
Number of copies of request to be
submitted
.04The field office must submit three copies of any hard copies of the request for a TAM
or a TEAM to the address in section 9.03 of this revenue procedure with two copies being
designated for the Associate office.
The field office must send one copy of the request for a TAM or a TEAM to the division
counsel of the operating division that has jurisdiction of the taxpayer’s tax return.
If the request is from an Ap
peals office, the field office must send one copy of the request
foraTAMoraTEAMtotheApp
eals Director, Technical Services.
Power of attorney.05Any authorized representative, as described in section 7.01(13) of Rev. Proc. 2005–1,
whether or not enrolled to practice, must comply with Treasury Department Circular No. 230
(31 C.F.R. part 10 (2002)) and with the conference and practice requirements of the Statement
of Procedural Rules (26 C.F.R. §§ 601.501–601.509 (2002)). It is preferred that Form 2848,
Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative (Rev. March 2004), be used with regard
to a request for a TAM or a TEAM under this revenue procedure. An original, a copy, or a fax
Sec. 9.02
January 3, 20051002005–1 I.R.B.

transmission of the power of attorney is acceptable so long as its authenticity is not reasonably
disputed.
SECTION 10. HOW ARE
REQUESTS FOR TAMs AND
TEAMs HANDLED?
Determines whether request has
been properly made
.01A request for a TAM or a TEAM generally is given priority and processed expeditiously.
As soon as the request for a TAM or a TEAM is assigned, the Associate office attorney analyzes
the file to see whether it meets all requirements of sections 7, 8, and 9 of this revenue procedure.
In addition, the Associate office attorney must analyze the issue(s) in the TAM or the TEAM
request to be sure the request does not conflict with section 6 of this revenue procedure.
If the request does not comply with the requirements of section 9.02 of this revenue proce-
dure relating to the deletion statement, the Service will follow the procedure in the last para-
graph of section 10.09 of this revenue procedure.
Field and field counsel notified.02Within five calendar days after the assignedbranch in the Associate office receives the
TAM or the TEAM request, the assigned Associateoffice attorney will contact the field and the
field counsel to confirm the receipt of the requestfor advice. Within this five-day period, the
assigned Associate office attorney will also contact the examining agent or appeals officer, field
counsel, and the taxpayer (if the taxpayer is participating in the TAM or the TEAM request),
to discuss an estimated time table setting forth how and when a TAM or a TEAM will be
considered. The assigned Associate office attorney will prepare a work plan that sets forth this
timetable and share the work plan with all parties, and all parties (except the taxpayer) must
agree to the work plan within five business daysafter the assigned branch receives the TAM or
the TEAM request. The assigned Associate office attorney will notify the examining agent or
appeals officer and the field counsel of any deficiencies in the request for a TAM or a TEAM
and will work with the examining agent, appeals officer, and the field counsel to resolve those
deficiencies expeditiously.
Considers whether the issue(s) is
appropriate for a TEAM
.03The assigned Associate office attorney andreviewer should also evaluate the issue(s)
presented in any TEAM request to confirm that the issue(s) is appropriate for the TEAM pro-
cedures. If the attorney and reviewer have reservations about whether the TEAM procedures
should apply, the attorney and reviewer should discuss those reservations with both the field
and the taxpayer and, if necessary, the Associate Chief Counsel. If they agree that the TEAM
procedures should not apply because the issue istoo complex or cannot, for practical reasons,
be resolved within 60 calendar days, the Associate Chief Counsel should prepare a memoran-
dum to the Chief Counsel stating that the case has been excluded from the TEAM procedures
and will be treated as a TAM. A memorandum to the Chief Counsel is not required if the parties
agree during the pre-submission conference that the TEAM procedures are not appropriate or
if the parties have not timely submitted all materials necessary to process a TEAM request.
Considers whether published
general guidance is appropriate
.04If the assigned reviewer in the Associate office thinks that general guidance should be
published regarding the issue presented, the reviewer will immediately notify the Associate
Chief Counsel. The reviewer should make this determination and recommendation as soon as
possible, which may occur during the pre-submission conference. As criteria for this deter-
mination, the reviewer should consider whether the issue has a broad application to similarly
situated taxpayers or an industry, or resolution of the issue is important to a clear understanding
of the tax laws. If the Associate Chief Counsel, in consultation with Division Counsel Head-
quarters and Treasury, agrees that general guidance is desirable, an expedited guidance project
will be initiated. The Associate Chief Counsel, in consultation with Division Counsel and the
Operating Division, also will coordinate the appropriate resolution of the TAM or the TEAM
request with the general guidance project. In general, except where policy issues and concerns
regarding proper administration of the tax laws require otherwise, the TAM or the TEAM will
be issued in advance of the published guidance.
Taxpayer notified.05Regardless of whether the taxpayer or the Service initiated the request for a TAM or a
TEAM, the examining agent or appeals officer inthe field office will: (1) notify the taxpayer
Sec. 10.05
2005–1 I.R.B.101January 3, 2005

that a TAM or a TEAM request is being submitted; and (2) at or before the time the request
is submitted to the Associate office, give to the taxpayer a copy of the request, including the
statement of the pertinent facts, and the arguments being submitted to the Associate office. As
discussed in section 10.07 of this revenue procedure, the taxpayer will be given an opportunity
to submit a statement and information after the request for a TAM is forwarded to the Associate
office.
This section 10.05 does not apply to a TAM or a TEAM described in section 10.11 of this
revenue procedure (civil fraud orcriminal investigation cases).
Conference offered.06When notifying the taxpayer that a TAM or a TEAM is being requested, the examinin
g
agent or appeals officer will also tell the taxpayer about the right to a conferenc
e with the
Associate office if an adverse decisionis indicated, and will ask the taxpayer wh
ether such a
conference is desired.
If the TAM or the TEAM request
does not include a submission
from the taxpayer
.07If the request for a TAM is prepared without participation on the part of the taxpayer, the
Associate office will nonetheless process the request, as neither factual agreement nor partici-
pation by the taxpayer are required (except in the case of a TAM involving multiple taxpayers
as discussed in section 1.03 of this revenue procedure). If a request for a TAM is forwarded
to the Associate office without the taxpayer’s statement and information, the field office must
inform the taxpayer of the date on which the request for a TAM was forwarded to the Asso-
ciate office. If the taxpayer chooses to submit a statement and information, the taxpayer must
submit the statement and information to the Associate office within 21 calendar days after the
request for a TAM has been forwarded. The taxpayer must also send a copy of the statement
and information to the director or the appeals area director. The procedures for requesting an
extension of the 21-day period and receiving approval of such extension are the same as those
in section 12.09 of this revenue procedure for responding to a request for additional informa-
tion. If the Associate office does not receive the taxpayer’s statement and information within
the 21-day period, plus any extensions grantedby the Associate office, the Associate office, at
its discretion, may base its advice onthe facts provided by the field office.
Because taxpayer agreement and cooperation is required for most TEAMs, a TEAM request
should not generally be submitted without the taxpayer’s statement and information. A TEAM
request that requires, but does not include, the taxpayer’s statement and information, generally
will be processed as a TAM; however, a TEAM request may be submitted to and processed by
the Associate office without the taxpayer’s statement and information under the two exceptions
set forth above in section 1.03 of this revenue procedure.
If the interpretation of a foreign
law or foreign document is a
material fact
.08If the interpretation of a foreign law or foreign document is a material fact, the Associate
office, at its discretion, may refuse to issue a TAM or a TEAM. This section applies whether
or not the field office and the taxpayer dispute the interpretation of a foreign law or foreign
document. The interpretation of a foreign law or foreign document means making a judgment
about the import or effect of the foreign law ordocument that goes beyond its plain meaning.
If the taxpayer has not submitted
the required deletion statement
.09When the field office initiates the requestforaTAMoraTEAM,thetaxpayerhasten
calendar days after receiving the statement of facts and issues to be submitted to the Associate
office to provide the deletion statement required under § 6110(c).Seesection 9.02 of this
revenue procedure for directives on making deletions.
Once a deletion statement is submitted, the taxpayer may submit additional deletion state-
ments before the TAM or the TEAM is issued. The taxpayer should follow the same procedures
to propose deletions from any additional information submitted after the initial request for a
TAM or a TEAM. An additional deletion statement is not required with each submission of
additional information if the taxpayer’s initial deletion statement requests that only names,
addresses, and identifying numbers are to be deleted and the taxpayer wants only the same
information deleted from the additional information.
If the taxpayer does not submit a deletion statement when a TAM or a TEAM is requested,
the Associate office will make those deletions that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue de-
termines are required by § 6110(c).
Sec. 10.05
January 3, 20051022005–1 I.R.B.

Section 6104 of the Internal
Revenue Code (Applications for
exemption and letter rulings
issued to certain exempt
organizations open to public
inspection)
.10The public inspection provisions of § 6110, including taxpayer notification and deletion
processes, do not apply to any document to which § 6104 applies.
Civil fraud or criminal
investigation cases
.11The provisions of this section (about referring issues upon the tax
payer’s request, telling
the taxpayer about the referral of issues, giving the taxpayer a copy of
the arguments submit-
ted, submitting proposed deletions, and granting conferences in th
e Associate office) do not
apply to a TAM or a TEAM described in § 6110(g)(5)(A) that involves any
matter which is the
subject of a civil fraud or criminal investigation or is otherwise cl
osely related to a civil fraud
or criminal investigation, or a jeopardy or termination assessmen
t.
In these cases, a copy of the TAM or the TEAM is given to the taxpayer after all proceedings
in the investigations or assessments are complete, but before the Commissioner mails the notice
of intention to disclose the TAM or the TEAM under § 6110(f)(1). The taxpayer may then
provide the statement of proposed deletions to the Associate office.
Obtaining status of a TAM or a
TEAM request
.12The taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorizedrepresentative may obtain information on
the status of the request for a TAM or a TEAM by contacting the field office that requested
the advice.Seesection 12.07 of this revenue procedure concerning discussing the tentative
conclusion with the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative.Seesection 14.03 of this revenue
procedure regarding discussions of the contents of the TAM or the TEAM with the taxpayer
or the taxpayer’s representative.
TheAssociateofficeattorneyorreviewerassignedtotheTAMortheTEAMrequestwill
give status updates by telephone once a month to the examining agent or appeals officer, and
field counsel. If at the beginning of the month, the Associate office attorney or reviewer expects
that the TAM request will be pending more than 120 days during that month, he or she must
email the examining agent or appeals officer within the first five calendar days of the month
with a status update and estimated completion date. A copy of the email should be sent to
TSS4510. In addition, a director or an appeals area director may get current information on the
status of the request for a TAM or a TEAM by calling the Associate office attorney or reviewer
assigned to the request for a TAM or a TEAM.
Seesection 12.08 of this revenue procedure about discussing the final conclusions with the
field office and field counsel. Further, the director or the appeals area director will be notified
by telephone at the time the TAM or the TEAM is mailed.
The Associate office wi
ll attempt to issue all TEAMs to the field within 60 calendar days
of receipt, provided t
hat the field and the taxpayer submit all required information in a timely
manner. The Associate
office will provide the field with the TEAM at the earliest possible date
(whether the proposed
TEAM is favorable or adverse, in whole or in part, to the taxpayer). The
Associate office wil
l not advise the taxpayer of a proposed or final conclusion until the Asso-
ciate office has cons
idered a request for reconsiderationunder section 14.02 of this revenue
procedure or, if no re
consideration is requested, after the expiration of the 30-day period to
request reconsidera
tion, whichever occurs later.
Service not barred from issuing
30-day letter while a TAM or a
TEAM request is pending
.13The Service is not barred from sending the taxpayer a letter (Letter 950 (DO), also known
as a 30-day letter) notifying the taxpayer of the right to appeal the proposed changes within 30
days, while a TAM or a TEAM request is pending.
SECTION 11. HOW ARE
CONFERENCES FOR TAMs
AND TEAMs SCHEDULED?
If requested, offered to the
taxpayer when an adverse TAM
or TEAM proposed
.01If, after the TAM or the TEAM request isanalyzed, it appears that a TAM or a TEAM
adverse to the taxpayer will be given and if a conference has been requested, the taxpayer will
be informed, by telephone if possible, of the time and place of the conference. As discussed
Sec. 11.01
2005–1 I.R.B.103January 3, 2005

below in section 11.11 of this revenue procedure, the conference will normally be conducted
by telephone.
Timeline.02The conference for a TAM must be held within 21 calendar days after the taxpayer is
informed that an adverse TAM is proposed. Within 20 calendar days of receipt of the TEAM
request, the assigned branch in the Associate office will analyze the facts and offer the taxpayer
and the field a conference of right, which will be scheduled for a date within ten calendar days
of the date of the offer for the conference.
If conferences are being arranged for morethan one request for a TAM or a TEAM for the
same taxpayer, they will be scheduled to causethe least inconvenience to the taxpayer. The
Associate office will notify the examining agent or appeals officer and field counsel of the
scheduled conference and will offer the examining agent or appeals officer and field counsel
the opportunity to participate in the conference.The director, territory manager, or appeals
area director with supervisory authority over the assigned examining agent or appeals officer
may designate other Service representatives toparticipate in the conference in lieu of, or in
addition to, the examining agent or appeals officer.
Extensions.03In the case of a TAM, only an Associate Chief Counsel may approve an extension of the
21-day period for holding a conference. The taxpayer (or an authorized representative) must
direct a written request for the extension, withan appropriate justification, to the Associate
Chief Counsel of the office to which the case is assigned. The taxpayer (or an authorized rep-
resentative) must notify the examining agent or appeals officer of the request for an extension.
The examining agent or appeals officer must then notify field counsel of the request for an
extension. Except in rare and unusual circumstances, the Associate office will not agree to an
extension of more than ten working days beyond the end of the 21-day period.
For a TAM, the taxpayer’s request for extension must be submitted before the end of the
21-day period, and should be submitted sufficiently before the end of this period to allow the
Associate Chief Counsel to consider, and either approve or deny, the request before the end of
the 21-day period. If unusual circumstances near the end of the 21-day period make a timely
written request impractical, the taxpayer (or an authorized representative) should orally inform
the assigned Associate office attorney or reviewer before the end of the period about the prob-
lem and promptly submit the written request for extension. The Associate Chief Counsel or
a delegate will promptly tell the taxpayer by telephone (with written confirmation) of the ap-
proval or denial of a requested extension.
No extension of the ten-day period for TEAMs will be allowed.
Denial of extension cannot
be appealed
.04There is no right to appeal the denial of a request for extension. If the taxpayer does
not notify the Associate office of problems with meeting the 21-day period within the 21-day
period or promptly confirm any oral request in writing, the case will be processed on the basis
of the existing record.
Entitled to one conference of right.05A taxpayer is entitled by right to only one conference with the Associate office, except
as provided in section 11.09 of this revenue procedure. The conference is normally held at the
branch level and a person who has authority to sign the transmittal memorandum (discussed
in section 12.12 of this revenue procedure) inhis or her own name or on behalf of the branch
chief will participate.
When more than one branch of an Associate office has taken an adverse position on an
issue in the request or when the position ultimately adopted by one branch will affect another
branch’s determination, a representative from each branch with authority to sign in his or her
own name or for the branch chief will participate in the conference. If more than one subject
is discussed at the conference, the discussion will constitute the taxpayer’s conference of right
for each subject.
To have a thorough and informed discussionof the issues, the conference usually will be
held after the branch has had an opportunity tostudy the case. The taxpayer may request that
Sec. 11.01
January 3, 20051042005–1 I.R.B.

the conference of right be held earlier in the consideration of the case than the Service would
ordinarily designate.
The taxpayer has no right to appeal the action of a branch to an Associate Chief Counsel,
or to any other Service official.
Conference may not be taped.06Because conference procedures are informal, no tape, stenographic, or other verbatim
recording of a conference may be made by any party.
If requested and approved,
conference will be delayed to
address a request for relief
under § 7805(b)
.07In the event of a tentatively adverse determination, the taxpayer may request, in writing,
a delay of the conference so that the taxpayer canprepare and submit a brief requesting relief
under § 7805(b) (regarding limitation of retroactive effect, discussed in section 15 of this rev-
enue procedure). The Associate Chief Counsel of the office to which the case is assigned will
determine whether to grant or deny the request for delaying the conference. If such request
is granted, the Service will schedule a conference on the tentatively adverse decision and the
§ 7805(b) relief request within ten calendar days of receiving the taxpayer’s § 7805(b) request.
There is no right to appeal the denial of a request to delay the conference.Seesection 16.04
of this revenue procedure for the conference procedures if the § 7805(b) request is made after
the conference on the substantive issues has been held.
Service makes only tentative
recommendations
.08The senior Service representative at the conference ensures that the taxpayer has a full
opportunity to present views on all the issues inquestion. The Service representatives explain
the tentative decision on the substantive issues.
If the taxpayer requests relief under § 7805(b), the Service representatives will discuss the
tentative recommendation concerning the request for relief and the reason for the tentative
recommendation.
No commitment will be made as to the conclusion that the Service will finally adopt regard-
ing any issue, including the outcome of the § 7805(b) request for relief.
When additionalconferences may
be offered
.09In the case of a TAM, the Service will offer the taxpayer an additional conference if,
after the conference of right, an adverse holding is proposed on a new issue or on the same
issue but on grounds different from those discussed at the first conference. In the case of a
TEAM, once the conference of right is held, no further conferences will be offered unless the
case is first excluded from the TEAM proceduresand treated as a TAM, as set forth in section
10.03.
When a proposed holding is reversed at a higher level with a result less favorable to the
taxpayer, the taxpayer has no right to another conference if the grounds or arguments on which
the reversal is based were discussed at the conference of right.
The limitation on the number of conferences towhich a taxpayer is entitled does not prevent
the Associate office from inviting a taxpayer to participate in additional conferences, including
conferences with an official higher than the branch level, if Associate office personnel think
they are necessary. Such conferences are not offered routinely following an adverse decision.
In general, conferences with higher level officials are offered only if the Service determines that
the case presents significant issues of tax policy or tax administration and that the consideration
of these issues would be enhanced by additional conferences with the taxpayer.
Exam or appeals personne
l and field counsel will be offered the opportunity to participate
in any additional taxpay
er conference, including a conference with an officialhigher than the
branch level. As provide
d in section 11.02 of this revenue procedure, other Service represen-
tatives are also permitt
ed to participate in the conference.
Additional information submitted
after the conference
.10After the conference of right, the taxpayer must furnish to the Associate office any ad-
ditional data, lines of reasoning, precedents, etc., that the taxpayer proposed and discussed at
the conference, but did not previously or adequately present in writing. This additional infor-
mation must be submitted to the appropriate Associate office branch by letter with a “penalties
of perjury” statement in the form described in section 9.01 of this revenue procedure. In the
Sec. 11.10
2005–1 I.R.B.105January 3, 2005

case of a TAM, the additional information must be submitted within 21 calendar days after the
conference. The Associate office will notify the field both when a taxpayer has requested an
extension of the 21-day period and when the Associate office grants or denies the request. In
the case of a TEAM, the additional information must be submitted within 15 calendar days
after the conference.
For TAMs and TEAMs, the taxpayer must also send a copy of the additional information
to the director or the appeals area director for comment. The director or appeals area director
must provide a copy to the field counsel assigned to the TAM or the TEAM. Any comments by
the director or the appeals area director must befurnished promptly to the appropriate branch
in the Associate office. If the director or the appeals area director does not have any comments,
he or she must notify the Associate office attorney promptly.
If the additional information has a significant impact on the facts in the request for a TAM
or a TEAM, the Associate office will ask the director or the appeals area director for comment
on the facts contained in the additional information submitted. The director or the appeals area
director will respond within the agreed period of time.
In the case of a TAM, if the additional information is not received from the taxpayer within
21 calendar days plus any extensions granted by an Associate Chief Counsel, the TAM will be
issued on the basis of the existing record. In the case of a TEAM, if the additional information
is not received within 15 calendar days, the TEAM will be issued on the basis of the existing
record.
An extension of the 21-day period for TAMs may be granted only if the taxpayer justifies it
in writing and the Associate Chief Counsel of the office to which the case is assigned approves
the extension. Such extension will not be routinely granted. The procedures for requesting
an extension of the 21-day period and notifyingthe taxpayer of the Service’s decision are the
same as those in section 11.03 of this revenue procedure. There is no extension of the 15-day
period for TEAMs.
Normally conducted by telephone.11The conference will be conducted by telephone, unless the taxpayer or the field requests
that the conference be held in-person. The taxpayer will be advised when to call the Service
representatives (not a toll-free call). In no event will the conference be delayed to provide an
in-person conference ratherthan a telephone conference.
In accordance with section 11.02 of this revenueprocedure, the examining agent or appeals
officer, field counsel, and any other authorized service representative will be offered the op-
portunity to participate in any TAM or TEAM conference.
SECTION 12. HOW DOES THE
ASSOCIATE OFFICE PREPARE
THETAMORTHETEAM?
Contacts the field office to discuss
issues
.01Upon receipt of a request for a TAM or a TEAM, an attorney of the assigned branch of
theAssociateofficeshouldcontactthefieldoffice and any assigned field attorney by telephone
to acknowledge receipt of the TAM or the TEAM and to establish a point of contact. Then,
within 21 calendar days for a TAM or within five calendar days for a TEAM, the assigned As-
sociate office attorney should contact the field office to discuss the procedural and substantive
issues in the request that come within the branch’s jurisdiction. The timeline for contacting the
field office to discuss issues should be included in the work plan, as described in section 10.02
of this revenue procedure.
Informs the field office if any
matters in the request have been
referred to another branch of
the Associate office or another
Associate office
.02If the TAM request concerns matters within the jurisdiction of more than one branch or
office, a representative of the branch that received the original TAM request informs the field
office within 21 calendar days of receiving the request that:
(1) matters within the jurisdiction of anotherbranch or office have been referred to the other
branch or office for consideration; and
Sec. 11.10
January 3, 20051062005–1 I.R.B.

(2) a representative of the other branch or office will contact the field office about the TAM
request within 21 calendar days after receivingit in accordance with section 12.01 of this rev-
enue procedure.
If a request for a TEAM involves more than one Associate office, all invol
ved Associate of-
fices should have had the opportunity to participate in the pre-submiss
ion conference. Within
five calendar days of receipt, the Associate office attorney with prim
ary responsibility over
the TEAM will confirm that all involved Associate offices have receive
d copies of the TEAM
request and will advise the field office as to who is assigned to the TEAM
in each Associate of-
fice. If, after receiving the TEAM request, the Associate office wit
h jurisdiction over a TEAM
determines that coordination withanother Associate office is requ
ired, the assigned Associate
office attorney will also notify the field office of the new coordina
tion within five calendar
days of the receipt of the TEAM.
Informs the field office if
additional information is needed
.03The Associate office attorney will inform the field office and field counsel that a TAM
or a TEAM request is being returned if substantialadditional information is required to resolve
an issue. Cases should also be returned if major procedural problems cannot be resolved by
telephone. The field office should promptly notify the taxpayer of the decision to return the
case and the reason(s) for such decision.
If only minor procedural deficiencies exist, the Associate office attorney will request the
additional information in the most expeditious manner without returning the case.
Informs the field office of tentative
conclusion
.04If all necessary information has been provided,the Associate office attorney informs the
field office within 21 calendar days after receiving the information requested for a TAM and
within five calendar days for a TEAM of the tentative conclusion and the estimated date that
theTAMortheTEAMwillbemailed.
If a tentative conclusion has not
been reached, gives date estimated
for tentative conclusion
.05If a tentative conclusion has not been reached because of the complexity of the issue,
the Associate office attorney informs the field office and field counsel of the estimated date the
tentative conclusion will be made.
Advises the field office
if tentative
conclusion is changed
.06Because the Associat
e office attorney’s tentative conclusion may change during the
preparation and review o
f the TAM or the TEAM, the tentative conclusion should not be con-
sidered final. If the te
ntative conclusion is changed, the Associate office attorney will inform
the field office.
Generally does not discuss
tentative conclusion with the
taxpayer
.07Neither the Associate office nor the field office should discuss with the taxpayer or the
taxpayer’s representative the tentative conclusion and the rationale for that conclusion during
the initial consideration of the request for a TAM or a TEAM. To afford taxpayers an appropri-
ate opportunity to prepare and present their position, however, the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s
representative should be told the tentative conclusion when scheduling the adverse conference,
at the adverse conference, or in any discussion between the scheduling and commencement of
the adverse conference.Seesection 14.03 of this revenue procedure regarding discussions of
the contents of the issued TAM or TEAM with the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative.
Advises the field office of final
conclusions
.08In all cases, the Associate office attorney will inform the field office of the Associate
office’s final conclusions. The field office will be offered the opportunity to discuss the issues
and the Associate office’s final conclusions before the TAM or the TEAM is issued.
If needed, requests additional
information
.09If, following the initial contact referenced in section 12.01 of this revenue procedure, it is
determined, after discussion with the branch chief or other reviewer, that additional information
is needed, an Associate office attorney will obtain the additional information from the taxpayer
or from the director or the appeals area director in the most expeditious manner possible. In
the case of a TAM, any additional information requested from the taxpayer by the Associate
office must be submitted by letter with a penalties of perjury statement that conforms with
the penalties of perjury statement set forth insection 9.01 of this revenue procedure within 21
calendar days after the request for information is made. In the case of a TEAM, any additional
information requested from the taxpayer by theAssociate office must be submitted by letter
with the penalties of perjury statement that conforms with the penalties of perjury statement
Sec. 12.09
2005–1 I.R.B.107January 3, 2005

set forth in section 9.01 of this revenue procedure within five calendar days after the request
for information is made.
(1) Request to receive a request for additional information by fax or email.To facilitate
prompt action on TAM and TEAM requests, the taxpayer is encouraged to request that the
Service request any additional information from the taxpayer by fax or email.
A request to fax a copy of the request for additional information to the taxpayer or the
taxpayer’s authorized representative must be made in writing, either as part of the original TAM
or TEAM request or prior to the mailing of the request for additional information. The request
to fax must contain the fax number of the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized representative
to whom the document is to be faxed.
(2) 21-day period for TAMS and 5-day periodfor TEAMs will be extended if justified
and approved.A written request for an extension oftime to submit additional information
must be received by the Associate office within the 21-day period for TAMs (5-day period for
TEAMs), giving compelling facts and circumstances to justify the proposed extension. Only
the Associate Chief Counsel of the office to which the case is assigned may determine whether
to grant or deny the request for an extension. Except in rare and unusual circumstances, the
Associate office will not agree to an extension of more than ten working days beyond the end
ofthe21-dayperiodinthecaseofaTAMora5-dayperiodinthecaseofaTEAM.Thereis
no right to appeal the denial of a request for an extension.
(3) If the taxpayer does not submit additional information.If the Associate office does
not receive the additional information within the 21-day period for TAMs or within the 5-day
period for TEAMs, plus any extensions granted by the Associate Chief Counsel, the Associate
office will issue the TAM or the TEAM based on the existing record.
Requests taxpayer to send
additional information to the
Associate office and a copy to the
director or appeals area director
.10Whether or not requested by the Service, any additional information submitted by the
taxpayer should be sent to the attention of the assigned Associate office attorney. Generally,
the taxpayer needs only to submit the original of the additional information to the Associate
office. In appropriate cases, however, the Associate office may request additional copies of the
information.
The taxpayer must also send a copy of the additional information to the director or the ap-
peals area director for comment. Any comments by the director or the appeals area director
must be furnished within an agreed period of time to the appropriate branch in the Associate
office. If the director or the appeals area director does not have any comments, he or she must
notify the Associate office attorney promptly. When the director or the appeals area director
receives a copy of the additional information from the taxpayer, the director or the appeals area
director must provide field counsel with a copy.
Informs the taxpayer when
requested deletions will not be
made
.11Generally, before replying to the request for a TAM or a TEAM, the Associate office
informs the taxpayer orally or in writing of the material likely to appear in the TAM or the
TEAM that the taxpayer proposed be deleted but that the Service has determined should not
be deleted.
If so informed, the taxpayer may submit within ten calendar days any further information
or arguments supporting the taxpayer’s proposed deletions.
The Service attempts, if possible, to resolve all disagreements about proposed deletions be-
fore the Associate office replies to the request for a TAM or a TEAM. The taxpayer does not
have the right to a conference to resolve any disagreements about material to be deleted from
the text of the TAM or the TEAM. These mattersmay be considered at any conference other-
wise scheduled for the request.Seesection 14.05 of this revenue procedure for the procedures
to protest the disclosure of information in the TAM or the TEAM.
Prepares reply in two parts.12The Service prepares replies to TAM or TEAM requests in two parts. Each part identifies
the taxpayer by name, address, identification number, and year or years involved.
Sec. 12.09
January 3, 20051082005–1 I.R.B.

The first part of the reply is a transmittal memorandum (Form M–6000). In unusual cases, it
is a way of giving the field office strategic advice that need not be discussed with the taxpayer.
If the transmittal memorandum provides more than the fact that the TAM or the TEAM is
attached or the case is returned for further development, the transmittal memorandum may
constitute Chief Counsel Advice, as defined in § 6110(i)(1), subject to public inspection under
§ 6110.
The second part is the TAM or the TEAM, which contains:
(1) a statement of the issues;
(2) the conclusions of the Associate office;
(3) a statement of the facts pertinent to the issues;
(4) a statement of the pertinent law, tax treaties, regulations, revenue rulings, and other
precedents published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, and court decisions; and
(5) a discussion of the rationale supporting the conclusions reached by the Associate office.
The conclusions give direct answers, whenever possible, to the specific issues raised by
the field office. The Associate office is notbound by the precise statement of the issues as
submitted by the taxpayer or by the field office and may reframe the issues to be answered in a
TAM or a TEAM. The discussion of the issues in a TAM or a TEAM will be in sufficient detail
so that the field or appeals officials will understand the reasoning underlying the conclusion.
If two sets of facts are provided to the Associate office (i.e., the parties were unable to reach
agreement on the facts), the following procedure will be used: If the Associate office would
rule the same way on either set of facts, a TAM or a TEAM may be issued, which will note that
the factual disagreement is immaterial. If the Associate office would rule differently based on
which specific set of facts is considered, then a single TAM or a single TEAM may be issued
describing the resolution of the issue based on each set of facts.
As discussed in section 14.01 of this revenue procedure, if a TAM or a TEAM provides
alternate responses based on separate sets of facts, the field is required to process the case
consistently with the legal analysis in the TAM or the TEAM as applied to the facts as they are
ultimately determined by the field office.
Accompanying the TAM or the TEAM is a notice under § 6110(f)(1) of intention to disclose
a TAM or a TEAM (including a copy of the version proposed to be open to public inspection
and notations of third party communications under § 6110(d)).
Routes reply to appropriate office.13When field personnel requests a TAM or a TEAM under the signatur
e authority of a
director, replies to the request are addressed to the field pers
onnel who requested the TAM or
the TEAM. A copy of the reply to a request from LMSB should be maile
d simultaneously to
the director. Replies to requests from appeals should be routed
to the appropriate field office
through the Appeals Director, Technical Services, C:AP.
Sends copy of reply to appropriate
division counsel and field counsel
.14The Associate office will send a copy of the reply to the request for a TAM or a TEAM
to the division counsel of the operating divisionthat has jurisdiction over the taxpayer’s tax
return that is the subject of the TAM or the TEAM and to any field counsel involved in assisting
the examining agent or appeals officer insubmitting the TAM or the TEAM request.
SECTION 13. HOW ARE
REQUESTS FOR TAMs AND
TEAMs WITHDRAWN?
Taxpayer notified.01Once a request for a TAM or a TEAM has been sent to the Associate office, only a
director or an appeals area director may withdraw the request. He or she may ask to withdraw
a request at any time before the responding transmittal memorandum for the TAM or the TEAM
is signed.
Sec. 13.01
2005–1 I.R.B.109January 3, 2005

The director or the appeals area director as appropriate, must notify the taxpayer in writing
of an intent to withdraw the request for a TAM or a TEAM except:
(1) when the period of limitations on assessment is about to expire and the taxpayer has
declined to sign a consent to extend the period; or
(2) when the notification would be prejudicial to the best interests of the Government.
If the taxpayer does not agree that the request for a TAM or a TEAM should be withdrawn,
the procedures in section 7.03 of this revenue procedure must be followed.
Associateofficemayprovideviews .02When a request for a TAM or a TEAM is withdrawn, the Associate office may send its
views to the director or the appeals area director and field counselwhen acknowledging the
withdrawal request. These memoranda may constitute Chief Counsel Advice, as defined in
§ 6110(i), subject to public inspection under §6110. In an appeals case, acknowledgment of
the withdrawal request should be sent to the appropriate Appeals office, through the Appeals
Director, Technical Services, C:AP. In appropriate cases, the subject matter may be published
as a revenue ruling or as a revenue procedure.
SECTION 14. HOW DOES A
FIELD OFFICE USE THE TAM
OR THE TEAM?
Generally applies advice in
processing the taxpayer’s case
.01The director or the appeals area director mustprocess the taxpayer’s case on the basis
of the conclusions in the TAM or the TEAM unless:
(1) the director or the appeals area director decides that the conclusions reached by the As-
sociate office in a TAM or a TEAM should be reconsidered and requests reconsideration. The
reconsideration process may include a conference held by the field participants who requested
a TAM or a TEAM and the Associate office participants who drafted the memorandum; or
(2) in the case of a TAM or a TEAM unfavorableto the taxpayer, the appeals area director
decides to settle the issue under existing authority; or
(3) in the case of a TAM or a TEAM unfavorable to a Coordinated Industry Case taxpayer
on a coordinated issue within the Office of Pre-Filing and Technical Guidance, LMSB, on
which Appeals has approved settlement guidelines, the team manager decides to settle the issue
under the settlement authority delegated in Delegation Order No. 4–25 (or its successor); or
(4) if a TAM or a TEAM provides alternate responses based on separate sets of facts, the
field is required to process the case consistently with the legal analysis in the TAM or the
TEAM as applied to the facts as they are ultimately determined by the field office.
Except as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section 14.01, the director or
appeals area director must treat conclusions in a TAM or a TEAM involving a § 103 obligation
and the issuer of this obligation as applying to the issuer and any holder of the obligation, unless
the holder also initiates a request for a TAM or a TEAM on the same issue addressed in the
TAM or the TEAM involving the issuer, and the Associate office issues a TAM or a TEAM
involving that issue and that holder.
Reconsideration.02The director or appeals area director has 30 calendar days after receipt of a TAM or a
TEAM to either formally request reconsideration or give the adopted TAM or TEAM to the
taxpayer. If no request for reconsideration is made during the 30-day period after the receipt
of a TAM or a TEAM, the TAM or the TEAM is deemed adopted.
Before formally requesting reconsideration,the director or appeals area director must con-
sult with field counsel. Requests for TAM or TEAM reconsideration must describe with speci-
ficity the errors in the TAM or the TEAM analysis and conclusions. Requests for reconsider-
ation should not reargue points raised in the initial request, but should instead focus on points
that the TAM or the TEAM overlooked or misconstrued in the field’s arguments in support
of their request. The Associate office will consider the field’s request for reconsideration of
Sec. 13.01
January 3, 20051102005–1 I.R.B.

a TEAM and rule on that request within 30 calendar days of receipt. The Associate office
may request further submissions from the field or the taxpayer, but the parties should make no
additional submissions in the absence of such a request. In the event that a request for recon-
sideration fails to follow the procedures set forth in this section of this revenue procedure, or
the request fails to raise issues or arguments different from those asserted in the initial TAM or
TEAM request, the Associate office may return the request for reconsideration to the request-
ing party without ruling on therequest for reconsideration.
If the field does not request reconsideration of a TAM or a TEAM, the TAM or the TEAM,
once adopted, will take effect when the field provides a copy of the adopted TAM or TEAM
to the taxpayer, as described in section 14.04 of this revenue procedure.
If reconsideration is requested for a TAM or a TEAM, the TAM or the TEAM will be deemed
adopted five calendar days afterthe reconsideration is ruled on.After the reconsideration is
ruled on and the TAM or the TEAM is adopted, the TAM or the TEAM will take effect when
the field provides a copy of the adopted TAM or the TEAM to the taxpayer, described in sec-
tion 14.04 of this revenue procedure.
Discussion with the taxpayer.03The Associate office will not discuss the contents of the TAM or the TEAM with
the
taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative until the field office gives a copy o
f the TAM or the
TEAM to the taxpayer.Seesection 12.07 of this revenue procedure concerning th
e time for
discussing the tentative conclusion with the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s repr
esentative.
If reconsideration is requested for a TAM or aTEAM, the Service is not required to inform
the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative that a request for reconsideration is being consid-
ered.
Provides copy to the taxpayer.04Upon adopting the TAM or the TEAM, the director or the appeals area director gives
the taxpayer:
(1) a copy of the TAM or the TEAM; and
(2) the notice under § 6110(f)(1) of intention to disclose the TAM or the TEAM (including
a copy of the version proposed to be open to public inspection and notations of third party
communications under § 6110(d)).
If a formal request for reconsideration is made and ruled upon, the director or th
e appeals
area director will provide the taxpayer with the reconsidered TAM or TEAM only. T
he TAM or
the TEAM drafted prior to the ruling on the request for reconsideration must not b
eforwarded
to the taxpayer. Additionally, if a formal request for reconsideration is made a
nd ruled upon,
only the reconsidered TAM or TEAM will be open to public inspection and notations
of third
party communications under § 6110(d).
In the event that a TAM or a TEAM request pertains to more than one taxpayer (see section
1.03 of this revenue procedure), the directoror the appeals area director will provide each
pertinent taxpayer with a copy of the TAM orthe TEAM, in accordance with this section of
the revenue procedure.
The requirement to give a taxpayer a copy of the TAM or the TEAM does not apply to a
TAM or a TEAM involving civil fraud or a criminal investigation, or a jeopardy or termination
assessment, as described in section 10.11 of this revenue procedure.
The director or appeals officer must notify the Associate office when it gives the TAM or
the TEAM to the taxpayer. This requirement does not apply to a TAM or a TEAM involving
civil fraud or a criminal investigation, or a jeopardy or termination assessment, as described in
section 10.11 of this revenue procedure.
In the event of a TAM or a TEAM adverse to the taxpayer, in whole or in part, the taxpayer
may request § 7805(b) relief. Such a request will be treated as a separate request for a TAM
or a TEAM.
Sec. 14.04
2005–1 I.R.B.111January 3, 2005

Taxpayer may protest deletions
not made
.05After receiving the notice under § 6110(f)(1) of intention to disclose the TAM or the
TEAM, the taxpayer may protest the disclosure ofcertain information in it. The taxpayer must
submit a written statement within 20 calendar days identifying those deletions not made by the
Service that the taxpayer believes should have been made. The taxpayer must also submit a
copy of the version of the TAM or the TEAM proposed to be open to public inspection with
brackets around the deletions proposed by the taxpayer that have not been made by the Asso-
ciate office.
Generally, the Associate office considers only the deletion of material that the taxpayer has
proposed be deleted or other deletions as required under § 6110(c) before the Associate office
reply is sent to the director or the appeals area director. Within 20 calendar days after it receives
the taxpayer’s response to the notice under § 6110(f)(1), the Associate office must mail to the
taxpayer its final administrative conclusion about the deletions to be made.
When no copy is given to the
taxpayer
.06IftheAssociateofficetellsthedirectororthe appeals area director that a copy of the
TAM or the TEAM should not be given to the taxpayer and the taxpayer requests a copy, the
director or the appeals area director will tell the taxpayer that no copy will be given.
SECTION 15. WHAT IS THE
EFFECT OF A TAM OR A
TEAM?
Applies only to the taxpayer for
whom the TAM or the TEAM was
requested
.01A taxpayer may not rely on a TAM or a TEAM issued by the Service for another tax-
payer.See§ 6110(k)(3).
Usually applies retroactively.02Except in rare or unusual circumstances, a holding in a TAM or a TEAM that is favorable
to the taxpayer is applied retroactively.
Moreover, because a TAM or a TEAM, as described in section 3 of this revenue procedure,
is issued only on a closed transaction, a holdingthat is adverse to the taxpayer is also applied
retroactively, unless the Associate Chief Counsel with jurisdiction over the TAM or the TEAM,
as appropriate, exercises the discretionary authority under § 7805(b) to limit the retroactive
effect of the holding.
Generally applied retroactively to
modify or revoke a prior TAM
or TEAM
.03A holding that modifies or revokes a holding in a prior TAM or TEAM is generally
applied retroactively, unless the Associate Chief Counsel with jurisdiction over the TAM or
the TEAM, as appropriate, exercises the discretionary authority under § 7805(b) to limit the
retroactive effect of the holding.Seesections 15.05 and 15.06 of this revenue procedure, how-
ever, for situations when the retroactive effect of the holding will not be limited.
Applies to continuing action or
series of actions until specifically
withdrawn, modified, or revoked
.04If a TAM or a TEAM relates to a continuing action or a series of actions, ordinarily it
is applied until specifically withdrawn or until the conclusion is modified or revoked by the
enactment of legislation, the ratification of a tax treaty, a decision of the United States Supreme
Court, or the issuance of regulations (temporary or final), a revenue ruling, or other statement
published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. Publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking
does not affect the application of a TAM or a TEAM.
Applies to continuing action or
series of actions until material
facts change
.05If the new holding in a TAM or a TEAM is less favorable to the taxpayer than the holding
in an earlier TAM or TEAM, it generally is not applied to the period when the taxpayer relied on
the prior holding in situations involving a continuing action or a series of actions. A taxpayer
is not protected, however, against retroactive modification or revocation of a TAM or a TEAM
involving a continuing action or a series of actions for any actions occurring after the material
facts on which the earlier TAM or TEAM was based have changed.
Does not apply retroactively
under certain conditions
.06In the case of a TAM or a TEAM revoking or modifying a letter ruling, TAM or TEAM,
the TAM or the TEAM will be applied retroactively to the taxpayer for whom the letter ruling
was issued or to a taxpayer whose tax liability was directly involved in a letter ruling, TAM,
or TEAM if:
Sec. 14.05
January 3, 20051122005–1 I.R.B.

(1) there has been a misstatement or omission of controlling facts; or
(2) the facts at the time of the transaction are materially different from the controlling facts
on which the letter ruling, TAM or TEAM was based.
Generally, in all other circumstances, a TAM or a TEAM revoking or modifying a letter
ruling or another TAM or a TEAM will not be applied retroactively to the taxpayer for whom
the letter ruling, TAM, or TEAM was issued or toa taxpayer whose tax liability was directly
involved in the letter ruling, TAM, or TEAM, provided that:
(1) there has been no change in the applicable law;
(2) in the case of a letter ruling, it was originally issued for a prop
osed transaction; and
(3) the taxpayer directly involved in the letter ruling, TAM, or TEAM acted in good faith in
relying on the letter ruling, TAM, or TEAM and revoking or modifying it retroactively would
be to the taxpayer’s detriment. For example, the tax liability of each shareholder in a cor-
poration is directly involved in a letter ruling on the reorganization of the corporation. The
shareholders’ reliance on the letter ruling may, depending on all facts and circumstances, be in
good faith. The tax liability of a member of an industry, however, is not directly involved in
a letter ruling, TAM, or TEAM issued to another member of the same industry and, therefore,
a nonretroactive revocation or modification of a letter ruling, TAM, or TEAM to one member
of an industry will not extend to other membersof the industry who have not received letter
rulings. By the same reasoning, a tax practitioner may not extend to one client the non-retroac-
tive application of a revocation or modification of a letter ruling, TAM, or TEAM previously
issued to another client.
When a letter ruling to a taxpayer or a TAM or a TEAM involving a taxpayer is modified
or revoked with retroactive effect, the notice tothe taxpayer, except in fraud cases, sets forth
the grounds on which the modification or revocation is being made and the reason why the
modification or revocation is being applied retroactively.
SECTION 16. HOW MAY
RETROACTIVE EFFECT BE
LIMITED?
Taxpayer may request that
retroactivity be limited
.01Under § 7805(b), an Associate Chief Counsel, as the Commissioner’s delegate, may
prescribe the extent, if any, to which a TAM or a TEAM will be applied without retroactive
effect.
A taxpayer for whom a TAM or a TEAM was is
sued or for whom a TAM or a TEAM request
is pending may request that the approp
riate Associate Chief Counsel limit the retroactive effect
of any holding in the TAM or the TEAM or
of any subsequent modification or revocation of
the TAM or the TEAM.
When germane to a pending TAM or TEAM request, a taxpayer should request to limit the
retroactive effect of the holding of the TAM or the TEAM early during the consideration of
the advice request by the Associate office. This § 7805(b) request should be made initially as
part of that pending TAM or TEAM request. The Associate office will consider a § 7805(b)
request to limit the retroactive effect of the holding if the request is made at a later time and
the Service determines that there is justification for having delayed the request.
Form of request to limit
retroactivity — continuing
transaction before examination of
return
.02When a TAM or a TEAM that concerns a continuing transaction is modified or revoked
by, for example, issuance of a subsequent revenue ruling or temporary or final regulations, a
request to limit the retroactive effect of the modification or revocation of the TAM or the TEAM
must be made in the form of a request for a letter ruling if the request is submitted before an
examination of the return pertaining to the transaction that is the subject of the request for the
letter ruling. The requirements for a letter ruling request are given in Rev. Proc. 2005–1 (this
Bulletin).
Sec. 16.02
2005–1 I.R.B.113January 3, 2005

Form of request to limit
retroactivity — in all other cases
.03In all other cases during the course of an examination of a taxpayer’s return by the
director or during consideration of the taxpayer’s return by the appeals area director (including
when the taxpayer is informed that the director or the appeals area director will recommend
that a TAM, TEAM, letter ruling, or determination letter previously issued to, or with regard
to, the taxpayer be modified or revoked), a taxpayer’s request to limit retroactivity must be
made in the form of a request for a TAM or a TEAM.
The request must meet the general requirements of a TAM or a TEAM request, which are
giveninsections7and9ofthisrevenueprocedure. The request must also:
(1) state that it is being made under § 7805(b);
(2) state the relief sought;
(3) explain the reasons and arguments in support of the relief sought (including a discussion
of the five items listed in section 15.06 of this revenue procedure and any other factors as they
relate to the taxpayer’s particular situation); and
(4) include any documents bearing on the request.
The taxpayer’s request, including the statement that the request is being made under
§ 7805(b), must be submitted to the director or the appeals area director who must then
forward the request to the Associate office for consideration.
Taxpayer’s right to a conference.04When a request for a TAM or a TEAM concerns only the application of § 7805(b),
the taxpayer has the right to a conference withthe Associate office in accordance with the
provisions of section 11 of this revenue procedure. In accordance with section 11.02 of this
revenue procedure, the examining agent or appeals officer, field counsel, and other Service
representatives will be offered the opportunity toparticipate in the conference on the § 7805(b)
issue.
If the request for application of § 7805(b) is included in the request for a TAM or a TEAM
on the substantive issues or is made before the conference of right on the substantive issues,
the § 7805(b) issues will be discussed at the taxpayer’s one conference of right.
If the request for the application of § 7805(b) is made as part of a pending TAM or TEAM
request after a conference has been held on the substantive issues and the Service determines
that there is justification for having delayed the request, then the taxpayer will have the right
to one conference of right concerning the application of § 7805(b), with the conference limited
to discussion of this issue only.
Reconsideration of § 7805(b) relief.05When a TAM or a TEAM grants a taxpayer relief under § 7805(b), the director or ap-
peals area director may not request reconsideration of the §7805(b) issue unless the director or
appeals area director determines there has been a misstatement or omission of controlling facts
by the taxpayer in its request for § 7805(b) relief.
SECTION 17. WHAT
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
HAVE BEEN MADE TO
REV. PROC. 2004–2?
In the event that multiple taxpayers will be affected by the adv
ice (e.g., subject matter of
the request involves a transaction between multiple taxpayer
s), the Associate office can issue
a single TAM or TEAM, but only ifeach taxpayer agrees to partici
pate in the process. (section
1.03)
A director may not request a TAM or a TEAM for any issue that is being litigated in a
docketed case. (section 6.04)
The field office and the taxpayer are required to coordinate and share their statement of
facts and issues prior to submitting materials to the Associate office for the pre-submission
conference. (section 8.04)
Replies to requests for a TAM or a TEAM are addressed to the field personnel who requested
it, and copies of replies are now addressed to director or the appeals area director. (section
12.13)
Sec. 16.03
January 3, 20051142005–1 I.R.B.

The Associate office has discretion to not ruleon a request for reconsideration if the request
for reconsideration does not follow the procedures in this revenue procedure or fails to raise
issues or arguments different from those assertedin the initial TAM or TEAM request. (section
14.02)
In addition, editorial changes have been made in updating Rev. Proc. 2004–2.
SECTION 18. WHAT IS THE
EFFECT OF THIS REVENUE
PROCEDURE ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS?
Rev. Proc. 2004–2, 2004–1 I.R.B. 83, is superseded.
SECTION 19. WHAT IS THE
EFFECTIVEDATEOFTHIS
REVENUE PROCEDURE?
This revenue procedure is effective January 3, 2005.
DRAFTING INFORMATIONThe principal author of this revenue procedure is Dillon J. Taylor of the Office of Associate
Chief Counsel (Procedure & Administration). For further information regarding this revenue
procedure for matters under the jurisdiction of:
(1) the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), contact Richard Todd at (202) 622–7700 (not
a toll-free call);
(2) the Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products), contact
Arturo Estrada at (202) 622–3900 (not a toll-free call);
(3) the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting), contact Arlene Blume at
(202) 622–4800 (not a toll-free call);
(4) the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), contact
Kathleen Reed at (202) 622–3110 (not a toll-free call);
(5) the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), contact George Bowden
or Henry Schneiderman at (202) 622–3400 (not a toll-free call);
(6) the Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities),
contact Calder Robertson at (202) 622–6000 (not a toll-free call);
(7) the Associate Chief Counsel (International), contact Gerard Traficanti at (202) 622–3619
(not a toll-free call);
(8) the Commissioner (Large and Mid-Size Business Division), contact Shirley S. Lee at
(202) 283–8417 (not a toll-free call);
(9) the Commissioner (Small Business/Self-Employed Division), contact
Ronald E. Hartman at (856) 321–2398 (not a toll-free call);
(10) the Commissioner (Wage and Investment Division), contact Geoffrey Gerbore at (631)
447–4428 (not a toll-free call); or
(11) the Chief Appeals, contact Sandy Cohen at (202) 435–5617 (not a toll-free call).
2005–1 I.R.B.115January 3, 2005

INDEX
References are to sections in Rev. Proc. 2005–2
Additional Information
—forpre-submissionconference....................................................................................8.05
—afterconferenceofright..................................................................................11.10,12.09
—proposeddeletionsunder§6110.................................................................................12.11
—Servicewillrequestadditionalinformationfromthetaxpayerbyfaxoremail......................................12.09(1)
Appeal of decision to seek or not seek TAM or TEAM..................................................................7
Civil fraud or criminal investigation cases...................................................................10.11,14.04
Conferences
—offered .................................................................................................10.06,11.01
afterconferenceofright ....................................................................................11.09
—scheduling....................................................................................................11.02
requesttolimitretroactivity.................................................................................11.07
telephoneconferences......................................................................................11.11
Definitions
—appealsofficer.....................................................................................................2
—appealsareadirector ...............................................................................................2
—Associateoffice ...................................................................................................2
—director...........................................................................................................2
—DivisionCounselHeadquarters......................................................................................2
—fieldoffice........................................................................................................2
—fieldcounsel ......................................................................................................2
—frivolousissue..................................................................................................6.02
—taxpayer..........................................................................................................2
—technicaladvice ...................................................................................................3
—technicalexpeditedadvice..........................................................................................3
—territorymanager..................................................................................................2
Discussions with Taxpayers
—contentsofTAMorTEAM .....................................................................................14.03
—reconsideration................................................................................................14.03
—substantiveissuesatpre-submissionconference....................................................................8.09
—tentativeconclusioninTAMorTEAM...........................................................................12.07
Employee Plans and Exempt Organizations
—applicationof§6104...........................................................................................10.10
—jurisdictionofCommissioner,TaxExemptandGovernmentEntitiesDivision..........................................5.02
Extension of Time
—toappealdecisionnottorequestaTAMoraTEAM ................................................................7.02
—todisagreewithstatementoffactsintechnicaladvicerequest........................................................9.01
—toscheduleconference .........................................................................................11.03
—tosubmitadditionalinformationafterconference...............................................................12.09(2)
— to submit taxpayer’s initial statement of facts and arguments after advice
requestforwardedtoAssociateoffice.............................................................................10.07
Foreign laws and documents
—certifiedEnglishtranslations.....................................................................................9.01
—effectifinterpretationisamaterialfact...........................................................................10.08
—whenrequired..................................................................................................9.01
Issues Eligible for TAMs
or TEAMs.....................................
.............................................4
Issues Not Eligible for TAMs or TEAMs........................................................................... 5,6
January 3, 20051162005–1 I.R.B.

INDEX
References are to sections in Rev. Proc. 2005–2
Penalties of Perjury Statement
—form ..........................................................................................................9.01
—requiredwhennofactualagreement...............................................................................9.01
—requiredwithadditionalinformation .......................................................................11.10,12.09
—signaturerequirements ..........................................................................................9.01
Power of Attorney................................................................................................8.04
Pre-submission Conferences..........................................................................................8
Public Inspection Under § 6110
—deletionstatementrequired.......................................................................................9.02
exceptionwhen§6104applies ..............................................................................10.10
failuretosubmit...........................................................................................10.09
—noticeofintentiontodisclose ...................................................................................14.04
protestingdeletionsnotmade................................................................................14.05
Published Guidance.............................................................................................10.04
Reconsideration...........................................................................................14.02,16.05
Responsibility for Requesting Advice.................................................................................7
Retroactive Effect
—ingeneral.....................................................................................................15.02
exceptionforrevocation/modificationofletterruling,TAM,orTEAM...........................................15.06
—requesttolimitretroactivity.....................................................................................16.01
formatofrequest.....................................................................................16.02,16.03
schedulingconference......................................................................................16.04
Section 301.9100 Relief............................................................................................6.01
Status of TAM or TEAM.........................................................................................10.12
Taxpayer Participation............................................................................................1.03
What to Include in the Request for Advice
—Statementofissues,facts,law,andarguments......................................................................9.01
—Statementrecommendinginformationtobedeletedfrompublicinspection ............................................9.02
—TransmittalForm4463..........................................................................................9.03
—Numberofcopies...............................................................................................9.04
—Powerofattorney...............................................................................................9.05
Where to Send
—informationrequiredpriortopre-submissionconference.............................................................8.05
—requestforaTAMoraTEAM ...................................................................................9.03
Withdrawal of TAM and TEAM Requests............................................................................13
2005–1 I.R.B.117January 3, 2005

26 CFR 601.201: Rulings and determination letters.
Rev. Proc. 2005–3
SECTION 1. PURPOSE AND
NATURE OF CHANGES
.01 The purpose of this revenue pro-
cedure is to update Rev. Proc. 2004–3,
2004–1 C.B. 114, by providing a revised
list of those areas of the Internal Revenue
Code under the jurisdiction of the Asso-
ciate Chief Counsel (Corporate), the Asso-
ciate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions
and Products), the Associate Chief Coun-
sel (Income Tax and Accounting), the As-
sociate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and
Special Industries), the Associate Chief
Counsel (Procedure and Administration),
and the Division Counsel/Associate Chief
Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government
Entities) relating to issues on which the
Internal Revenue Service will not issue
letter rulings or determination letters. For
a list of areas under the jurisdiction of
the Associate Chief Counsel (Interna-
tional) relating to international issues on
which the Service will not issue letter
rulings or determination letters, see Rev.
Proc. 2005–7, this Bulletin. For a list of
areas under the jurisdiction of the Com-
missioner, Tax Exempt and Government
Entities Division, relating to issues, plans
or plan amendments on which the Service
will not issue letter rulings or determi-
nation letters, see, respectively, section 8
of Rev. Proc. 2005–4 (this Bulletin) and
section 3.02 of Rev. Proc. 2005–6 (this
Bulletin).
.02 Changes.
(1) New section 3.01(2) (Section
61—Gross Income Defined) has been
added.
(2) Section 3.01(14) (Section 121—Ex-
clusion of Gain from Sale of Principal Res-
idence) has been modified by deleting ref-
erence to former § 1034.
(3) Section 3.01(46) dealing with for-
mer § 1034 has been deleted.
(4) New section 5.02 (Section
409A—Inclusion in Gross Income of
Deferred Compensation Under Nonqual-
ified Deferred Compensation Plans) has
been added.
(5) New sections 5.07, 5.08, and 5.09
(Sections 2036; 2038; and 2041—Trans-
fers with Retained Life Estate, Revocable
Transfers, and Powers of Appointment)
have been added.
(6) New section 5.10 (Section
6050P—Returns RelatingtotheCancella-
tion of Indebtedness by Certain Entities)
has been added.
(7) Section 6.01 has been clarified to re-
flect that the extension provided by Rev.
Proc. 2003–33, 2003–1 C.B. 803, is not
limited to 12 months and that its applica-
bility is limited to certain taxpayers.
(8)Section6.02(Section
442.—Change of Annual Account-
ing Period) has been revised and updated
to include current automatic approval
procedures.
(9) Section 6.03 has been revised to
provide a cross-reference to Rev. Proc.
2005–1 for determining the no-rule for au-
tomatic consent procedures as to changes
in methods of accounting.
SECTION2. BACKGROUNDAND
SCOPE OF APPLICATION
.01 Background.
Whenever appropriatein the interest of
sound tax administration, it is the policy of
the Service to answer inquiries of individu-
als and organizations regarding their status
for tax purposes and the tax effects of their
acts or transactions, prior to the filing of
returns or reports that are required by the
revenue laws.
There are, however, certain areas in
which, because of the inherently factual
nature of the problems involved, or for
other reasons, the Service will not issue
rulings or determination letters. These
areas are set forth in four sections of this
revenue procedure. Section 3 reflects
those areas in which rulings and deter-
minations will not be issued. Section 4
setsforththoseareasinwhichtheywill
not ordinarily be issued. “Not ordinar-
ily” means that unique and compelling
reasons must be demonstrated to justify
the issuance of a ruling or determination
letter. Those sections reflect a number of
specific questions and problems as well
as general areas. Section 5 lists specific
areas for which the Service is temporar-
ily not issuing rulings and determinations
because those matters are under study. Fi-
nally, section 6 of this revenue procedure
lists specific areas where the Service will
not ordinarily issue rulings because the
Service has provided automatic approval
procedures for these matters.
See Rev. Proc. 2005–1 (this Bulletin),
particularly section 6 captioned “Under
What Circumstances Does The Service
Not Issue Letter Rulings Or Determina-
tion Letters,” for general instructions and
other situations in which the Service will
not or ordinarily will not issue letter rul-
ings or determination letters.
With respect to the items listed, rev-
enue rulings or revenue procedures may be
published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
from time to time to provide general guide-
lines regarding the position of the Service.
Additions or deletions to this revenue
procedure as well as restatements of items
listed will be made by modification of
this revenue procedure. Changes will be
published as they occur throughout the
year and will be incorporated annually in
a new revenue procedure published as the
third revenue procedure of the year. These
lists should not be considered all-inclu-
sive. Decisions not to rule on individual
cases (as contrasted with those that present
significant pattern issues) are not reported
in this revenue procedure and will not be
added to subsequent revisions.
.02 Scope of Application.
This revenue procedure does not pre-
clude the submission of requests for tech-
nical advice to the National Office from
other offices of the Service.
.03 No-Rule Issues Part of Larger
Transactions.
If it is impossible for the Service to de-
termine the tax consequences of a larger
transaction without knowing the resolu-
tion of an issue on which the Service will
not issue rulings and determinations under
this revenue procedure involving a part of
the transaction or a related transaction, the
taxpayer must state in the request to the
best of the taxpayer’s knowledge and be-
lief the tax consequences of the no-rule is-
sue. The Service’s ruling or determination
letter will state that the Service did not con-
sider, and no opinion is expressed upon,
that issue. In appropriate cases the Service
may decline to issue rulings or determina-
tions on such larger transactions due to the
relevance of the no-rule issue, despite the
taxpayer’s representation.
Sec. 1
January 3, 20051182005–1 I.R.B.

SECTION 3. AREAS IN WHICH
RULINGS OR DETERMINATION
LETTERS WILL NOT BE ISSUED
.01 Specific questions and problems.
(1) Section 61.—Gross Income De-
fined.—Whether amounts voluntarily de-
ferred by a taxpayer under a deferred-com-
pensationplanmaintainedbyanorgan-
ization described in§ 501 (other than a
plan maintained by an eligible employer
pursuant to the provisions of § 457) are
currently includible in the taxpayer’s gross
income.
(2) Section 61.—Gross Income De-
fined.—Whether a split-dollar life insur-
ance arrangement is “materially modified”
within the meaning of § 1.61–22(j)(2) of
the Income Tax Regulations. (Also §§ 83,
301, 1401, 2501, 3121, 3231, 3306, 3401,
and 7872.)
(3) Section 79.—Group-Term Life
Insurance Purchased for Employ-
ees.—Whether a group insurance plan
for 10 or more employees qualifies as
group-term insurance, if the amount of
insurance is not computed under a for-
mula that would meet the requirements of
§ 1.79–1(c)(2)(ii) of the regulations if the
group consisted of fewer than 10 employ-
ees.
(4) Section 83.—Property Transferred
in Connection with Performance of Ser-
vices.—Whether a restriction constitutes
a substantial risk of forfeiture, if the em-
ployee is a controlling shareholder. Also,
whether a transfer has occurred, if the
amount paid for the property involves a
nonrecourse obligation.
(5) Section 83.—Property Transferred
in Connection with Performance of Ser-
vices.—Which corporation is entitled to
the deduction under § 83(h) in cases where
a corporation undergoes a corporate divi-
sion if the facts are not similar to those de-
scribed in Rev. Rul. 2002–1, 2002–1 C.B.
268.
(6) Section 101.—Certain Death Ben-
efits.—Whether there has been a transfer
for value for purposes of § 101(a) in situ-
ations involving a grantor and a trust when
(i) substantially all of the trust corpus con-
sists or will consist of insurance policies
on the life of the grantor or the grantor’s
spouse, (ii) the trustee or any other per-
son has a power to apply the trust’s in-
come or corpus to the payment of premi-
ums on policies of insurance on the life of
the grantor or the grantor’s spouse, (iii) the
trustee or any other person has a power to
use the trust’s assets to make loans to the
grantor’s estate or to purchase assets from
the grantor’s estate, and (iv) there is a right
or power in any person that would cause
the grantor to be treated as the owner of all
or a portion of the trust under §§ 673 to
677.
(7) Sections 101, 761, and 7701.—Def-
initions.—Whether, in connection with the
transfer of a life insurance policy to an un-
incorporated organization, (i) the organi-
zation will be treated as a partnership un-
der §§ 761 and 7701, or (ii) the transfer of
the life insurance policy to the organization
will be exempt from the transfer for value
rules of § 101, when substantially all of the
organization’s assets consists or will con-
sist of life insurance policies on the lives
of the members.
(8) Section 105(h).—Amount Paid to
Highly Compensated Individuals Under
Discriminatory Self-Insured Medical Ex-
pense Reimbursement Plan.—Whether,
following a determination that a self-in-
sured medical expense reimbursement
plan is discriminatory, that plan had previ-
ously made reasonable efforts to comply
with tax anti-discrimination rules.
(9) Section 107.—Rental Value of Par-
sonages.—Whether amounts distributed to
a retired minister from a pension or an-
nuity plan should be excludible from the
minister’s gross income as a parsonage al-
lowance under § 107.
(10) Section 115.—Income of States,
Municipalities, etc.—The results of trans-
actions pursuant to a plan or arrangement
created by state statute a primary objec-
tive of which is to enable participants to
pay for the costs of a post-secondary edu-
cation for themselvesor a designated ben-
eficiary, including: (i) whether the plan or
arrangement, itself, is an entity separate
from a state and, if so, how the plan or
arrangement is treated for federal tax pur-
poses; and (ii) whether any contract under
the plan or arrangement is a debt instru-
ment and, if so, how interest or original is-
sue discount attributable to the contract is
treated for federal tax purposes. (Also §§
61, 163, 1275, 2501, and 7701.)
(11) Section 115.—Income of States,
Municipalities, etc.—Whether the income
of membership organizations established
by states exclusively to reimburse mem-
bers for losses arising from workmen’s
compensation claims is excluded from
gross income under § 115.
(12) Section 117.—Qualified Schol-
arships.—Whether an employer-related
scholarship or fellowship grant is excludi-
ble from the employee’s gross income, if
there is no intermediary private founda-
tion distributing the grants, as there was in
Rev. Proc. 76–47, 1976–2 C.B. 670.
(13) Section 119.—Meals or Lodging
Furnished for the Convenience of the Em-
ployer.—Whether the value of meals or
lodging is excludible from gross income
by an employee who is a controlling share-
holder of the employer.
(14) Section 121.—Exclusion of
Gain from Sale of Principal Resi-
dence.—Whether property qualifies as
the taxpayer’s principal residence.
(15)Section125.—Cafeteria
Plans.—Whether amounts used to
provide group-term life insurance un-
der § 79, accident and health benefits
under §§ 105 and 106, and dependent
care assistance programs under § 129
are includible in the gross income of
participants and considered “wages” for
purposes of §§ 3401, 3121, and 3306
when the benefits are offered through a
cafeteria plan.
(16) Section 162.—Trade or Business
Expenses.—Whether compensation is rea-
sonable in amount.
(17) Section 163.—Interest.—The in-
come tax consequences of transactions
involving “shared appreciation mortgage”
(SAM) loans in which a taxpayer, borrow-
ing money to purchase real property, pays
a fixed rate of interest on the mortgage
loan below the prevailing market rate and
will also pay the lender a percentage of the
appreciation in value of the real property
upon termination of the mortgage. This
applies to all SAM arrangements where
the loan proceeds are used for commercial
or business activities, or where used to
finance a personal residence, if the facts
are not similar to those described in Rev.
Rul. 83–51, 1983–1 C.B. 48. (Also §§ 61,
451, 461, 856, 1001, and 7701.)
Sec. 3.01(17)
2005–1 I.R.B.119January 3, 2005

(18) Section 170.—Charitable, Etc.,
Contributions and Gifts.—Whether a
taxpayer who advances funds to a char-
itable organization and receives therefor
a promissory note may deduct as contri-
butions, in one taxable year or in each of
several years, amounts forgiven by the
taxpayer in each of several years by en-
dorsement on the note.
(19) Section 213.—Medical, Dental,
Etc., Expenses.—Whether a capital ex-
penditure for an item that is ordinarily
used for personal, living, or family pur-
poses, such as a swimming pool, has as
its primary purpose the medical care of
the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s spouse or
dependent, or is related directly to such
medical care.
(20)Section264(b).—Certain
Amounts Paid in Connection with Insur-
ance Contracts.—Whether “substantially
all” the premiums of a contract of insur-
ance are paid within a period of 4 years
from the date on which the contract is
purchased. Also, whether an amount de-
posited is in payment of a “substantial
number” of future premiums on such a
contract.
(21) Section 264(c)(1).—Certain
Amounts Paid in Connection with In-
surance Contracts.—Whether § 264(c)(1)
applies.
(22) Section 269.—Acquisitions Made
to Evade or Avoid Income Tax.—Whether
an acquisition is within the meaning of
§ 269.
(23) Section 274.—Disallowance
of Certain Entertainment, Etc., Ex-
penses.—Whether a taxpayer who is trav-
eling away from home on business may,
in lieu of substantiating the actual cost of
meals, deduct a fixed per-day amount for
meal expenses that differs from the amount
authorized by the revenue procedure pro-
viding optional rules for substantiating the
amount of travel expenses for the period
in which the expense was paid or incurred.
(24) Section 302.—Distributions in
Redemption of Stock.—Whether § 302(b)
applies when the consideration given in
redemption by a corporation consists en-
tirely or partly of its notes payable, and the
shareholder’s stock is held in escrow or as
security for payment of the notes with the
possibility that the stock may or will be
returned to the shareholder in the future,
upon the happening of specific defaults by
the corporation.
(25) Section 302.—Distributions in Re-
demption of Stock.—Whether § 302(b) ap-
plies when the consideration given in re-
demptionbyacorporationinexchangefor
a shareholder’s stock consists entirely or
partly of the corporation’s promise to pay
an amount based on, or contingent on, fu-
ture earnings of the corporation, when the
promise to pay is contingent on working
capital being maintained at a certain level,
or any other similar contingency.
(26) Section 302.—Distributions in Re-
demption of Stock.—Whether § 302(b) ap-
plies to a redemption of stock, if after
the redemption the distributing corpora-
tion uses property that is owned by the
shareholder from whom the stock is re-
deemed and the payments by the corpora-
tion for the use of the property are depen-
dent upon the corporation’s future earn-
ings or are subordinate to the claims of the
corporation’s generalcreditors. Payments
for the use of property will not be consid-
ered to be dependent upon future earnings
merely because they are based on a fixed
percentage of receipts or sales.
(27) Section 302.—Distributions in Re-
demption of Stock.—Whether the acqui-
sition or disposition of stock described in
§ 302(c)(2)(B) has, or does not have, as
one of its principal purposes the avoidance
of federal income taxes within the meaning
of that section, unless the facts and circum-
stances are materially identical to those set
forth in Rev. Rul. 85–19, 1985–1 C.B.
94; Rev. Rul. 79–67, 1979–1 C.B. 128;
Rev. Rul. 77–293, 1977–2 C.B. 91; Rev.
Rul. 57–387, 1957–2 C.B. 225; Rev. Rul.
56–584, 1956–2 C.B. 179; or Rev. Rul.
56–556, 1956–2 C.B. 177.
(28) Section 302(b)(4) and (e).—Re-
demption from Noncorporate Shareholder
in Partial Liquidation; Partial Liquidation
Defined.—The amount of working capi-
tal attributable to a business or portion
of a business terminated that may be dis-
tributed in partial liquidation.
(29) Section 312.—Effect on Earnings
and Profits.—The determination of the
amount of earnings and profits of a corpo-
ration.
(30) Sections 331, 453, and 1239.—The
Tax Effects of Installment Sales of Prop-
erty Between Entities with Common Own-
ership.—The tax effects of a transaction in
which there is a transfer of property by a
corporation to a partnership or other non-
corporate entity (or the transfer of stock
to such entity followed by a liquidation of
the corporation) when more than a nomi-
nal amount of the stock of such corporation
and the capital or beneficial interests in the
purchasing entity (that is, more than 20
percent in value) is owned by the same per-
sons, and the consideration to be received
by the selling corporation or the selling
shareholders includesan installment obli-
gation of the purchasing entity.
(31) Sections 332, 351, 368(a)(1)(A),
(B), (C), (E) and (F), and 1036.—Com-
plete Liquidations of Subsidiaries; Trans-
fertoCorporationControlledbyTrans-
feror; Definitions Relating to Corporate
Reorganizations; and Stock for Stock of
Same Corporation.—Whether a transac-
tion qualifies under § 332, § 351 or § 1036
for nonrecognition treatment, or whether
it constitutes a corporate reorganization
within the meaning of § 368(a)(1)(A) (in-
cluding a transaction that qualifies under
§ 368(a)(1)(A) by reason of § 368(a)(2)(D)
or § 368(a)(2)(E)), § 368(a)(1)(B),
§ 368(a)(1)(C), § 368(a)(1)(E) or
§ 368(a)(1)(F), and whether various con-
sequences (such as nonrecognition and
basis) result from the application of that
section, unless the Service determines
that there is a significant issue that must
be resolved in order to decide those mat-
ters. If the Service determines that there
is a significant issue, and to the extent
thetransactionisnotdescribedinanother
no-rule section, the Service will rule on the
entire transaction, and not just the signifi-
cant issue. Notwithstanding the preceding
paragraph, the Service will rule on the
application of § 351 to a controlled corpo-
ration when the transaction is undertaken
prior to the distribution of the stock of
the controlled corporation in a transaction
qualifying under § 355.
SIGNIFICANT ISSUE: A significant
issue is an issue of law that meets the three
following tests: (1) the issue is not clearly
and adequately addressed by a statute, reg-
ulation, decision of a court, tax treaty, rev-
enue ruling, revenue procedure, notice, or
other authority published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin; (2) the resolution of the
issue is not essentially free from doubt; and
(3) the issue is legally significant and ger-
Sec. 3.01(18)
January 3, 20051202005–1 I.R.B.

mane to determining the major tax conse-
quences of the transaction.
OBTAINING A RULING: To obtain a
ruling on a transaction involving a signif-
icant issue, the taxpayer must in its ruling
request explain the significance of the is-
sue, set forth the authorities most closely
relatedtotheissue,andexplainwhythe
issue is not resolved by these authorities.
(32) Section 351.—See section
3.01(31) above.
(33) Section 358.—Basis to Distribu-
tees.—The acceptability of an estimation
procedure or the acceptability of a specific
sampling procedure to determine the ba-
sis of stock acquired by an acquiring cor-
poration in a reorganization described in
§ 368(a)(1)(B).
(34) Section 368.—See section
3.01(31) above.
(35) Section 424.—Substitution or
Assumption of Incentive Stock Op-
tions.—Whether the substitution of a new
Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) for an old
ISO, or the assumption of an old ISO, by an
employer by reason of a corporate trans-
action constitutes a modification which
results in the issuance of a new option by
reason of failing to satisfy the spread test
requirement of § 424(a)(1) or the ratio test
requirement of § 1.425–1(a)(4). The Ser-
vice will continue to rule on the issue of
whether the new ISO or the assumption of
the old ISO gives the employee additional
benefits not present under the old option
within the meaning of § 424(a)(2).
(36) Section 451.—General Rule for
Taxable Year of Inclusion.—The tax con-
sequences of a non-qualified unfunded
deferred-compensation arrangement with
respect to a controlling shareholder-em-
ployee eligible to participate in the ar-
rangement.
(37) Section 451.—General Rule for
Taxable Year of Inclusion.—The tax con-
sequences of unfunded deferred-compen-
sation arrangements where the arrange-
ments fail to meet the requirements of
Rev. Proc. 92–65, 1992–2 C.B. 428; and
Rev. Proc. 71–19, 1971–1 C.B. 698.
(38) Sections 451 and 457.—Gen-
eral Rule for Taxable Year of Inclusion;
Deferred Compensation Plans of State
and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt
Organizations.—The tax consequences
to unidentified independent contractors
in nonqualified unfunded deferred-com-
pensation plans. This applies to plans
established under § 451 by employers in
the private sector and to plans of state and
local governments and tax-exempt orga-
nizations under § 457. However, a ruling
with respect to a specific independent con-
tractor’s participation in such a plan may
be issued.
(39) Section 453.—See section
3.01(30), above.
(40) Section 457.—See section
3.01(38), above.
(41) Section 641.—Imposition of
Tax.—Whether the period of adminis-
tration or settlement of an estate or a trust
(other than a trust described in § 664) is
reasonable or unduly prolonged.
(42) Section 642(c).—Deduction for
Amounts Paid or Permanently Set Aside
for a Charitable Purpose.—Allowance of
an unlimited deduction for amounts set
aside by a trust or estate for charitable
purposes when there is a possibility that
the corpus of the trust or estate may be
invaded.
(43) Section 664.—Charitable Remain-
der Trusts.—Whether the settlement of a
charitable remainder trust upon the termi-
nation of the noncharitable interest is made
within a reasonable period of time.
(44) Section 671.—Trust Income,
Deductions, and Credits Attributable to
Grantors and Others as Substantial Own-
ers.—Whether the grantor will be consid-
ered the owner of any portion of a trust
when (i) substantially all of the trust cor-
pus consists or will consist of insurance
policies on the life of the grantor or the
grantor’s spouse, (ii) the trustee or any
other person has a power to apply the
trust’s income or corpus to the payment of
premiums on policies of insurance on the
life of the grantor or the grantor’s spouse,
(iii) the trustee or any other person has
a power to use the trust’s assets to make
loans to the grantor’s estate or to purchase
assets from the grantor’s estate, and (iv)
there is a right or power in any person that
would cause the grantor to be treated as
the owner of all or a portion of the trust
under §§ 673 to 677.
(45) Section 704(e).—Family Partner-
ships.—Matters relating to the validity of
a family partnership when capital is not a
material income producing factor.
(46) Section 761.—See section 3.01(7),
above.
(47) Section 856.—Definition of Real
Estate Investment Trust.—Whether a cor-
poration whose stock is “paired” with or
“stapled” to stock of another corporation
will qualify as a real estate investment trust
under § 856, if the activities of the corpo-
rations are integrated.
(48) Section 1036.—See section
3.01(31), above.
(49) Section 1221.—Capital Asset De-
fined.—Whether specialty stock allocated
to an investment account by a registered
specialist on a national securities exchange
is a capital asset.
(50) Section 1239.—See section
3.01(30), above.
(51) Section 1551.—Disallowance of
the Benefits of the Graduated Corpo-
rate Rates and Accumulated Earnings
Credit.—Whether a transfer is within
§ 1551.
(52) Section 2031.—Definition of
Gross Estate.—Actuarial factors for valu-
ing interests in the prospective gross estate
of a living person.
(53) Section 2512.—Valuation of
Gifts.—Actuarial factors for valuing
prospective or hypothetical gifts of a
donor.
(54) Sections 3121, 3306, and
3401.—Definitions.—For purposes of de-
termining prospective employment status,
whether an individual will be an employee
or an independent contractor. A ruling
with regard to prior employment status
may be issued.
(55) Sections 3121, 3306, and
3401.—Definitions;Employment
Taxes.—Who is the employer of an “em-
ployee-owner” as defined in § 269A(b)(2).
(56) Sections 3121, 3306, and
3401.—Definitions.—For purposes of
determining employment classification
pursuant to the filing of Form SS–8,De-
termination of Worker Status for Purposes
of Federal Employment Taxes and Income
Tax Withholding, whether a worker is a
bona fidepartner and, therefore, not an
employee of the business is at issue.
(57) Section 4980B.—Failure to Satisfy
Continuation Coverage Requirements of
Group Health Plans.—Whether an action
is “gross misconduct” within the meaning
Sec. 3.01(57)
2005–1 I.R.B.121January 3, 2005

of § 4980B(f)(3)(B). (Seesection3.05of
Rev. Proc. 87–28, 1987–1 C.B. 770, 771.)
(58) Section 7701.—Definitions.—The
classification of an instrument that has
certain voting and liquidation rights in an
issuing corporation but whose dividend
rights are determined by reference to the
earnings of a segregated portion of the
issuing corporation’s assets, including as-
sets held by a subsidiary.
(59) Section 7701.—See section
3.01(7), above.
.02 General Areas.
(1) The results of transactions that lack
abona fidebusiness purpose or have as
their principal purpose the reduction of
federal taxes.
(2) A matter upon which a court deci-
sion adverse to the Government has been
handed down and the question of follow-
ing the decision or litigating further has not
yet been resolved.
(3) A matter involving alternate plans
of proposed transactions or involving hy-
pothetical situations.
(4) Whether under Subtitle F (Pro-
cedure and Administration) reasonable
cause, due diligence, good faith, clear
and convincing evidence, or other similar
terms that require a factual determination
exist.
(5) Whether a proposed transaction
would subject the taxpayer to a criminal
penalty.
(6) A request that does not comply with
the provisions of Rev. Proc. 2005–1.
(7) Whether, under the common law
rules applicable in determining the em-
ployer-employee relationship, a profes-
sional staffing corporation (loan-out cor-
poration) or the subscriber is the employer
of individuals, if:
(i) the loan-out corporation hires em-
ployees of the subscriber and assigns the
employees back to the subscriber, or
(ii) the loan-out corporation assigns in-
dividuals to subscribers for more than a
temporary period (1 year or longer).
(8) Questions that the Service deter-
mines, in its discretion, should not be an-
swered in the general interests of tax ad-
ministration.
(9) Any frivolous issue, as that term
isdefinedinsection6.10ofRev. Proc.
2005–1 (this Bulletin).
SECTION 4. AREAS IN WHICH
RULINGS OR DETERMINATION
LETTERS WILL NOT ORDINARILY
BE ISSUED
.01 Specific questions and problems.
(1) Sections 38, 39, 46, and 48.—Gen-
eral Business Credit; Carryback and Car-
ryforward of Unused Credits; Amount
of Credit; Energy Credit; Reforestation
Credit.—Application of these sections
where the formal ownership of property is
in a party other than the taxpayer, except
when title is held merely as security.
(2) Section 61.—Gross Income De-
fined.—Determination as to who is the
true owner of property in cases involving
the sale of securities, or participation in-
terests therein, where the purchaser has
the contractual rightto cause the securi-
ties, or participation interests therein, to
be purchased by either the seller or a third
party.
(3) Sections 61 and 163.—Gross In-
come Defined; Interest.—Determinations
as to who is the true owner of property
or the true borrower of money in cases in
which the formal ownership of the prop-
erty, or the liability for the indebtedness, is
in another party.
(4) Sections 83 and 451.—Property
Transferred in Connection with Perfor-
mance of Services; General Rule for
Taxable Year of Inclusion.—When com-
pensation is realized by a person who,
in connection with the performance of
services, is granted a nonstatutory option
without a readily ascertainable fair market
value to purchase stock at a price that is
less than the fair market value of the stock
on the date the option is granted.
(5) Section 103.—Interest on State and
Local Bonds.—Whether the interest on
state or local bonds will be excludible
from gross income under § 103(a), if the
proceeds of issues of bonds (other than
advance refunding issues) are placed in
escrow or otherwise not expended for a
governmental purpose for an extended
period of time even though the proceeds
are invested at a yield that will not exceed
the yield on the state or local bonds prior
to their expenditure.
(6) Section 103.—Interest on State
and Local Bonds.—Whether a state or
local governmental obligation that does
not meet the criteria of section 5 of Rev.
Proc. 89–5, 1989–1 C.B. 774, is an “arbi-
trage bond” within the meaning of former
§ 103(c)(2) solely by reason of the invest-
ment of the bond proceeds in acquired non-
purpose obligations at a materially higher
yield more than 3 years after issuance of
the bonds or 5 years after issuance of the
bonds in the case of construction issues de-
scribed in former § 1.103–13(a)(2)(ii)(E)
or § 1.148–2(e)(2)(ii).
(7) Sections 104(a)(2) and
3121.—Compensation for Injuries or
Sickness; Definitions.—Whether an allo-
cation of the amount of a settlement award
(including a lump sum award) between
back pay, compensatory damages, puni-
tive damages, etc., is a proper allocation
for federal tax purposes.
(8) Sections 141.—Private Activity
Bond; Qualified Bond.—Whether state or
local bonds will meetthe “private busi-
ness use test” and the “private security or
payment test” under §141(b)(1) and (2) in
situations in which the proceeds are used
to finance certain output facilities and, pur-
suant to a contract to take, or take or pay
for, a nongovernmental person purchases
30 percent or more of the actual output
of the facility but 10 percent or less of
the: (i) subparagraph (5) output of the fa-
cility as defined in § 1.103–7(b)(5)(ii)(b)
(issued under former § 103(b)), or (ii)
available output of the facility as defined
in § 1.141–7(b)(1). In similar situations,
the Service will not ordinarily issue rul-
ings or determination letters concerning
questions arising under paragraphs (3),
(4), and (5) of § 141(b).
(9) Sections 142 and 144.—Exempt
Facility Bond; Qualified Small Issue
Bond.—Whether an issue of private activ-
ity bonds meets the requirements of § 142
or § 144(a), if the sum of—
(i) the portion of the proceeds used to
finance a facility in which an owner (or
related person) or a lessee (or a related
person) is a user of the facility both after
the bonds are issued and at any time before
the bonds were issued, and
(ii) the portion used to pay issuance
costs and non-qualified costs equals more
Sec. 3.01(57)
January 3, 20051222005–1 I.R.B.

than 5 percent of the net proceeds, as de-
fined in § 150(a)(3).
(10)Section148.—Arbi-
trage.—Whether amounts received
as proceeds from the sale of municipal
bond financed property and pledged to
the payment of debt service or pledged as
collateral for the municipal bond issue are
sinking fund proceeds within the meaning
of former § 1.103–13(g) (issued under
former § 103(c)) or replaced proceeds
described in § 148(a)(2) (or former
§ 103(c)(2)(B)).
(11) Sections 162 and 262.—Trade or
Business Expenses; Personal, Living, and
Family Expenses.—Whether expenses are
nondeductible commuting expenses, ex-
cept for situations governed by Rev. Rul.
99–7, 1999–1 C.B. 361.
(12) Section 163.—See section 4.01(3),
above.
(13) Section 167.—Depreciation.
(i) Useful lives of assets.
(ii) Depreciation rates.
(iii) Salvage value of assets.
(14) Sections 167 and 168.—Depre-
ciation; Accelerated Cost Recovery Sys-
tem.—Application of those sections where
the formal ownership of property is in a
party other than the taxpayer except when
title is held merely as security.
(15) Section 170.—Charitable, Etc.,
Contributions and Gifts.—Whether a
transfer to a pooled income fund de-
scribed in § 642(c)(5) qualifies for a
charitable contribution deduction under
§ 170(f)(2)(A).
(16) Section 170(c).—Charitable, Etc.,
Contributions and Gifts.—Whether a tax-
payer who transfers property to a charita-
ble organization and thereafter leases back
all or a portion of the transferred property
may deduct the fair market value of the
property transferred and leased back as a
charitable contribution.
(17) Section 170.—Charitable, Etc.,
Contributions and Gifts.—Whether a
transfer to a charitable remainder trust
described in § 664 that provides for an-
nuity or unitrust payments for one or two
measuring lives qualifies for a charitable
deduction under § 170(f)(2)(A).
(18) Section 216.—Deduction of Taxes,
Interest, and Business Depreciation by
Cooperative Housing Corporation Ten-
ant-Stockholder.—If a cooperative hous-
ing corporation (CHC), as defined in
§ 216(b)(1), transfers an interest in real
property to a corporation (not a CHC) in
exchange for stock or securities of the
transferee corporation, which engages in
commercial activity with respect to the
real property interesttransferred, whether
(i) the income of the transferee corpora-
tion derived from the commercial activity,
and (ii) any cash or property (attributable
to the real property interest transferred)
distributed by the transferee corporation
to the CHC will be considered as gross
income of the CHC for the purpose of
determining whether 80 percent or more
of the gross income of the CHC is derived
from tenant-stockholders within the mean-
ing of § 216(b)(1)(D).
(19) Section 262.—See section
4.01(11), above.
(20) Section 265(a)(2).—Expenses
and Interest Relating to Tax-Exempt In-
come.—Whether indebtedness is incurred
or continued to purchase or carry obli-
gations the interest on which is wholly
exempt from the taxes imposed by subtitle
A.
(21) Section 302.—Distributions in Re-
demption of Stock.—The tax effect of the
redemption of stock for notes, when the
payments on the notes are to be made over
a period in excess of 15 years from the date
of issuance of such notes.
(22) Section 302(b)(4) and (e).—Re-
demption from Noncorporate Shareholder
in Partial Liquidation; Partial Liquidation
Defined.—Whether a distribution will
qualify as a distribution in partial liqui-
dation under § 302(b)(4) and (e)(1)(A),
unless it results in a 20 percent or greater
reduction in (i) gross revenue, (ii) net fair
market value of assets, and (iii) employ-
ees. (Partial liquidations that qualify as
§ 302(e)(2) business terminations are not
subject to this provision.)
(23) Sections 302(b)(4) and (e), 331,
332, and 346(a).—Effects on Recipients
of Distributions in Corporate Liquida-
tions.—The tax effect of the liquidation
of a corporation preceded or followed by
the transfer of all or a part of the business
assets to another corporation (1) that is
the alter ego of the liquidating corpora-
tion, and (2) which, directly or indirectly,
isownedmorethan20percentinvalue
by persons holding directly or indirectly
more than 20 percent in value of the liqui-
dating corporation’s stock. For purposes
of this section, ownership will be deter-
mined by application of the constructive
ownership rules of § 318(a) as modified
by § 304(c)(3).
(24) Section 306.—Dispositions of Cer-
tain Stock.—Whether the distribution or
disposition or redemption of “section 306
stock” in a closely held corporation is in
pursuance of a plan having as one of its
principal purposes the avoidance of fed-
eral income taxes within the meaning of
§ 306(b)(4).
(25) Sections 331 and 332.—See sec-
tion 4.01(23), above.
(26) Sections 331 and 346(a).—Gain or
Loss to Shareholders in Corporate Liqui-
dations.—The tax effect of the liquidation
of a corporation by a series of distributions,
when the distributions in liquidation are to
be made over a period in excess of 3 years
from the adoption of the plan of liquida-
tion.
(27) Section 346(a).—See sections
4.01(23) and (26), above.
(28) Section 351.—Transfer to
Corporation Controlled by Trans-
feror.—Whether § 351 applies to the
transfer of an interest in real property by
a cooperative housing corporation (as de-
scribed in § 216(b)(1)) to a corporation
in exchange for stock or securities of the
transferee corporation, if the transferee en-
gages in commercial activity with respect
to the real property interest transferred.
(29) Section 355.—Distribution of
Stock and Securities of a Controlled Cor-
poration.—Whether the active business
requirement of § 355(b) is met when,
within the 5-year period described in
§ 355(b)(2)(B), a distributing corporation
acquired control of a controlled corpora-
tion as a result of the distributing corpo-
ration transferring cash or other liquid or
inactive assets to the controlled corpora-
tion in a transaction in which gain or loss
was not recognized as a result of the trans-
fer meeting the requirements of § 351(a)
or § 368(a)(1)(D).
(30) Section 441(i).—Taxable Year of
Personal Service Corporations.—Whether
the principal activity of the taxpayer
during the testing period for the tax-
able year is the performance of per-
Sec. 4.01(30)
2005–1 I.R.B.123January 3, 2005

sonal services within the meaning of
§ 1.441–4T(d)(1)(ii).
(31) Section 448(d)(2)(A).—Limita-
tion on Use of Cash Method of Account-
ing; Qualified Personal Service Corpo-
ration.—Whether 95 percent or more of
the time spent by employees of the corpo-
ration, serving in their capacity as such,
is devoted to the performance of services
within the meaning of § 1.448–1T(e)(4)(i).
(32) Section 451.—General Rule for
Taxable Year of Inclusion.—The tax con-
sequences of a nonqualified deferred com-
pensation arrangement using a grantor
trust where the trust fails to meet the re-
quirements of Rev. Proc. 92–64, 1992–2
C.B. 422.
(33) Section 451.—See section 4.01(4),
above.
(34) Section 451.—General Rule for
Taxable Year of Inclusion.—The income
tax consequences as a result of being a ben-
eficiary of a trust that an Indian tribe (as
defined in 25 U.S.C. § 2703(5)) establishes
to receive and investper capitapayments
for its members who are minors or legal in-
competents under the Indian Gaming Reg-
ulatory Act (25 U.S.C. §§ 2701–2721), if
the trust meets the requirements of section
5.02 of Rev. Proc. 2003–14, 2003–1 C.B.
319.
(35) Section 584.—Common Trust
Funds.—Whether a common trust fund
plan meets the requirements of § 584. (For
§ 584 plan drafting guidance, see Rev.
Proc. 92–51, 1992–1 C.B. 988.)
(36) Section 642.—Special Rules for
Credits and Deductions; Pooled Income
Fund.—Whether a pooled income fund
satisfies the requirements described in
§ 642(c)(5).
(37) Section 664.—Charitable Remain-
der Trusts.—Whether a charitable remain-
der trust that provides for annuity or uni-
trust payments for one or two measuring
lives or for annuity payments for a term of
years satisfies the requirements described
in§664.
(38) Section 664.—Charitable Re-
mainder Trusts.—Whether a trust that
will calculate the unitrust amount under
§ 664(d)(3) qualifies as a § 664 charitable
remainder trust when a grantor, a trustee, a
beneficiary, or a person related or subordi-
nate to a grantor, a trustee, or a beneficiary
can control the timingof the trust’s receipt
of trust income from a partnership or a de-
ferred annuity contract to take advantage
of the difference between trust income
under § 643(b) and income for federal
income tax purposes for the benefit of the
unitrust recipient.
(39) Sections 671 to 679.—Grantors
and Others Treated asSubstantial Own-
ers.—In a nonqualified, unfunded deferred
compensation arrangement described in
Rev. Proc. 92–64, the tax consequences
of the use of a trust, other than the model
trust described in that revenue procedure.
(40) Sections 671 to 679.—Grantors
and Others Treated asSubstantial Own-
ers.—Whether an Indian tribe (as defined
in 25 U.S.C. § 2703(5)) that establishes
a trust to receive and investper capita
payments for its members who are mi-
nors or legal incompetents under the In-
dian Gaming Regulatory Act (25 U.S.C.
§§ 2701–2721) is the grantor and owner of
the trust, if the trust meets the requirements
of section 5.02 of Rev. Proc. 2003–14,
2003–1 C.B. 319.
(41) Section 1362.—Election; Re-
vocation; Termination.—All situations
in which the Service has provided an
automatic approval procedure or admin-
istrative procedure for an S corporation
to obtain relief for late S corporation,
qualified subchapter S subsidiary, quali-
fied subchapter S trust, or electing small
business trust elections.SeeRev. Proc.
2003–43, 2003–1 C.B. 998; Rev. Proc.
2004–48, 2004–32 I.R.B. 172; and Rev.
Proc. 2004–49, 2004–33 I.R.B. 210. (For
instructions on how to seek this relief, see
the preceding revenue procedures.)
(42)Section1502.—Regula-
tions.—Whether a parent cooperative
housing corporation (as defined in
§ 216(b)(1)) will be permitted to file a
consolidated income tax return with its
transferee subsidiary, if the transferee en-
gages in commercial activity with respect
to the real property interest transferred to
it by the parent.
(43) Section 2055.—Transfers for
Public, Charitable, and Religious
Uses.—Whether a transfer to a pooled
income fund described in § 642(c)(5)
qualifies for a charitable deduction under
§ 2055(e)(2)(A).
(44) Section 2055.—Transfers for
Public, Charitable, and Religious
Uses.—Whether a transfer to a charita-
ble remainder trust described in § 664
that provides for annuity or unitrust pay-
ments for one or two measuring lives
qualifies for a charitable deduction under
§ 2055(e)(2)(A).
(45)Section2503.—Taxable
Gifts.—Whether the transfer of property
to a trust will be a gift of a present interest
in property when (i) the trust corpus
consists or will consist substantially of
insurance policies on the life of the grantor
or the grantor’s spouse, (ii) the trustee or
any other person has a power to apply the
trust’s income or corpus to the payment
of premiums on policies of insurance on
the life of the grantor or the grantor’s
spouse, (iii) the trustee or any other person
has a power to use the trust’s assets to
make loans to the grantor’s estate or to
purchase assets from the grantor’s estate,
(iv) the trust beneficiaries have the power
to withdraw, on demand, any additional
transfers made to the trust, and (v) there
is a right or power in any person that
would cause the grantor to be treated as
the owner of all or a portion of the trust
under §§ 673 to 677.
(46) Section 2514.—Powers of Ap-
pointment.—If the beneficiaries of a trust
permit a power of withdrawal to lapse,
whether § 2514(e) will be applicable to
each beneficiary in regard to the power
when (i) the trust corpus consists or will
consist substantially of insurance policies
on the life of the grantor or the grantor’s
spouse, (ii) the trustee or any other person
has a power to apply the trust’s income
or corpus to the payment of premiums
on policies of insurance on the life of the
grantor or the grantor’s spouse, (iii) the
trustee or any other person has a power
to use the trust’s assets to make loans to
the grantor’s estate or to purchase assets
from the grantor’s estate, (iv) the trust
beneficiaries have the power to withdraw,
on demand, any additional transfers made
to the trust, and (v) there is a right or
power in any person that would cause the
grantor to be treated as the owner of all or
a portion of the trust under §§ 673 to 677.
(47) Section 2522.—Charitable and
Similar Gifts.—Whether a transfer to
a pooled income fund described in
§ 642(c)(5) qualifies for a charitable de-
duction under § 2522(c)(2)(A).
Sec. 4.01(30)
January 3, 20051242005–1 I.R.B.

(48) Section 2522.—Charitable and
Similar Gifts.—Whether a transfer to a
charitable remainder trust described in
§ 664 that provides for annuity or unitrust
payments for one or two measuring lives
qualifies for a charitable deduction under
§ 2522(c)(2)(A).
(49) Section 2601.—Tax Im-
posed.—Whether a trust that is ex-
cepted from the application of the gen-
eration-skipping transfer tax because it
was irrevocable on September 25, 1985,
will lose its excepted status if the situs of
the trust is changed from the United States
to a situs outside of the United States.
(50) Section 2702.—Special Valuation
Rules in Case of Transfers of Interests
in Trusts.—Whether annuity interests are
qualified annuity interests under § 2702 if
the amount of the annuity payable annu-
ally is more than 50 percent of the initial
net fair market value of the property trans-
ferred to the trust, or if the value of the
remainder interest is less than 10 percent
of the initial net fair market value of the
property transferred to the trust. For pur-
poses of the 10 percent test, the value of
the remainder interest is the present value
determined under § 7520 of the right to
receive the trust corpusat the expiration of
the term of the trust. The possibility that
the grantor may die prior to the expiration
of the specified term is not taken into ac-
count, nor is the value of any reversion
retained by the grantor or the grantor’s
estate.
(51) Section 2702.—Special Valua-
tion Rules in Case of Transfers of Inter-
ests in Trust.—Whether a trust with one
term holder satisfies the requirements of
§ 2702(a)(3)(A) and § 25.2702–5(c) to be
a qualified personal residence trust.
(52) Section 3121.—Definitions.—De-
terminations as to which of two entities,
under common law rules applicable in
determining the employer-employee rela-
tionship, is the employer, when one entity
is treating the worker as an employee.
(53) Section 3121.—See section
4.01(7), above.
.02 General areas.
(1) Any matter in which the determina-
tion requested is primarily one of fact,e.g.,
market value of property, or whether an in-
terest in a corporation is to be treated as
stock or indebtedness.
(2) Situations where the requested rul-
ing deals with only part of an integrated
transaction. Generally, a letter ruling will
not be issued on only part of an integrated
transaction. If, however, a part of a trans-
action falls under a no-rule area, a letter
ruling on other parts of the transaction may
be issued. Before preparing the letter rul-
ing request, a taxpayer should call the Of-
fice of the Associate Chief Counsel having
jurisdiction for the matters on which the
taxpayer is seeking a letter ruling to dis-
cuss whether a letter ruling will be issued
on part of the transaction. To determine
which division has jurisdiction over a par-
ticular issue see section 3 of Rev. Proc.
2005–1 (this Bulletin). For a list of tele-
phone numbers for the different divisions
see section 10.07 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1.
(3) Situations where two or more items
or sub-methods of accounting are interre-
lated. If two or more items or sub-methods
of accounting are interrelated, ordinarily a
letter ruling will not be issued on a change
in accounting method involving only one
of the items or sub-methods.
(4) The tax effect of any transaction to
be consummated at some indefinite future
time.
(5) Any matter dealing with the ques-
tion of whether property is held primarily
for sale to customers in the ordinary course
of a trade or business.
(6) The tax effect of a transaction if any
part of the transaction is involved in liti-
gation among the parties affected by the
transaction, except fortransactions involv-
ing bankruptcy reorganizations.
(7)(a) Situations where the taxpayer or a
related party is domiciled or organized in a
foreign jurisdiction with which the United
States does not have an effective mecha-
nism for obtaining tax information with re-
spect to civil tax examinations and crim-
inal tax investigations, which would pre-
clude the Service from obtaining informa-
tion located in such jurisdiction that is rel-
evant to the analysis or examination of the
tax issues involved in the ruling request.
(b) The provisions of subsection (a)
above shall not apply if the taxpayer or
affected related party (i) consents to the
disclosure of all relevant information re-
questedbytheServiceinprocessingthe
ruling request or in the course of an exam-
ination in order to verify the accuracy of
the representationsmade and to otherwise
analyze or examine the tax issues involved
in the ruling request, and (ii) waives all
claims to protection of bank or commer-
cial secrecy laws in the foreign jurisdiction
with respect to the information requested
by the Service. In the event the taxpayer’s
or related party’s consent to disclose rele-
vant information or to waive protection of
bank or commercial secrecy is determined
by the Service to be ineffective or of no
force and effect, then the Service may
retroactively rescindanyrulingrendered
in reliance on such consent.
(8) A matter involving the federal tax
consequences of any proposed federal,
state, local, municipal, or foreign legis-
lation. The Service may provide general
information in response to an inquiry.
However, the Office of Division Coun-
sel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt
and Government Entities) may issue letter
rulings regarding the effect of proposed
state, local, or municipal legislation upon
an eligible deferred compensation plan
under § 457(b) provided that the letter rul-
ing request relating to the plan complies
with the other requirements of Rev. Proc.
2005–1.
(9) Except as otherwise provided in
this revenue procedure (e.g., under section
3.01(31), where the Service already is
ruling on a significant issue in the same
transaction), a letter ruling will not ordi-
narily be issued with respect to an issue
that is clearly and adequately addressed by
statute, regulations, decisions of a court,
revenue rulings, revenue procedures, no-
tices, or other authority published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin. However, the
Service may in its discretion determine
to issue a ruling on such an issue if the
Service otherwise is issuing a ruling on
another issue arising in the same transac-
tion.
Sec. 4.02(9)
2005–1 I.R.B.125January 3, 2005

SECTION 5. AREAS UNDER
STUDYINWHICHRULINGSOR
DETERMINATION LETTERS WILL
NOTBEISSUEDUNTILTHE
SERVICE RESOLVES THE ISSUE
THROUGH PUBLICATION OF A
REVENUE RULING, REVENUE
PROCEDURE, REGULATIONS OR
OTHERWISE
.01 Section 62(c).—Reimbursement
Arrangements.—Whether amounts related
to a salary reduction and paid under a pur-
ported reimbursement or other expense
allowance arrangement will be treated as
paid under an “accountable plan” in accor-
dance with § 1.62–2(c)(2).
.02 Section 409A.—Inclusion in Gross
Income of Deferred Compensation Un-
der Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plans.—Rulings on the tax consequences
of arrangements described in section 409A
will not be issued until this subsection of
this revenue procedure is revised.
.03 Section 451.—General Rule for
Taxable Year of Inclusion.—The income
tax consequences as a result of being a
beneficiary of a trust that an Indian tribe
(as defined in 25 U.S.C. § 2703(5)) es-
tablishes to receive and investper capita
payments for its members (regardless of
whether they are minors or legal incompe-
tents) under the Indian Gaming Regulatory
Act (25 U.S.C. §§ 2701–2721) if the trust
does not meet the requirements of section
5.02 of Rev. Proc. 2003–14, 2003–1 C.B.
319.
.04 Sections 671 to 679.—Grantors
and Others Treated asSubstantial Own-
ers.—Whether an Indian tribe (as defined
in 25 U.S.C. § 2703(5)) that establishes
a trust to receive and investper capita
payments for its members (regardless of
whether they are minors or legal incom-
petents) under the Indian Gaming Regula-
tory Act (25 U.S.C. §§ 2701–2721) is the
grantor and owner of the trust if the trust
does not meet the requirements of section
5.02 of Rev. Proc. 2003–14, 2003–1 C.B.
319.
.05 Section 1361.—Definition of a
Small Business Corporation.—Whether
a state law limited partnership electing
under § 301.7701–3 to be classified as an
association taxable as a corporation has
more than one class of stock for purposes
of § 1361(b)(1)(D). The Service will treat
any request for a ruling on whether a state
law limited partnership is eligible to elect
S corporation status as a request for a rul-
ing on whether the partnership complies
with § 1361(b)(1)(D).
.06 Sections 3121, 3306, and
3401.—Definitions;Employment
Taxes.—Who is the employer of em-
ployees of an entity that is disregarded
under § 1361(b)(3) or § 301.7701–2.
.07 Section 2036.—Transfers with Re-
tained Life Estate.—Whether the corpus of
a trust will be included in a grantor’s es-
tate when the trustee of the trust is a private
trust company owned partially or entirely
by members of the grantor’s family.
.08 Section 2038.—Revocable Trans-
fers.—Whether the corpus of a trust will
be included in a grantor’s estate when the
trustee of the trust is a private trust com-
panyownedpartiallyorentirelybymem-
bers of the grantor’s family.
.09 Section 2041.—Powers of Appoint-
ment.—Whether the corpus of a trust will
be included in an individual’s estate when
the trustee of the trust is a private trust
company owned partially or entirely by
members of the individual’s family.
.10 Section 6050P.—Returns Relating
to the Cancellation of Indebtedness by Cer-
tain Entities.—Whether amounts reduced
pursuant to the terms of a debt instrument
are reportable under § 6050P and the reg-
ulations.
SECTION 6. AREAS COVERED
BY AUTOMATIC APPROVAL
PROCEDURES IN WHICH RULINGS
WILL NOT ORDINARILY BE
ISSUED
.01 Section 338.—Certain Stock
Purchases Treated as Asset Acquisi-
tions.—All requests for an extension of
time under § 301.9100–3 within which to
make an election under § 338(g) or (h)(10)
where the Service has provided an admin-
istrative procedure to seek an extension.
SeeRev. Proc. 2003–33, 2003–1 C.B.
803 (extension automatically granted to
certain persons required to file Form 8023
to make a valid section 338 election that
have not filed Form 8023 by its due date).
.02 Section 442.—Change of Annual
Accounting Period.—All requests for
change in annual accounting period where
the Service has provided an automatic
change procedure for obtaining a change
in annual accounting period.SeeRev.
Proc. 2002–39, 2002–1 C.B. 1046 (gen-
eral procedures for prior approval), as
clarified and modified by Notice 2002–72,
2002–2 C.B. 843, and modified by Rev.
Proc. 2003–34, 2003–1 C.B. 856, and
Rev. Proc. 2003–79, 2003–2 C.B. 1036;
Rev. Proc. 2002–37, 2002–1 C.B. 1030
(certain corporations), as clarified and
modified by Notice 2002–72 and modi-
fied by Rev. Proc. 2003–34; Rev. Proc.
2002–38, 2002–1 C.B. 1037 (partnership,
S corporation, or personal service corpora-
tion seeking a natural business year or an
ownership taxable year), as clarified and
modified by Notice 2002–72 and modified
by Rev. Proc. 2003–79; and Rev. Proc.
2003–62, 2003–2 C.B. 299 (individual
seeking a calendar year).
.03 Section 446.—General Rule for
Methods of Accounting.—Except as oth-
erwise specifically provided in applicable
procedures published in the Internal Rev-
enue Bulletin, all requests for change in
method of accounting where the Service
has provided an automatic change re-
quest procedure for obtaining a change in
method of accounting. See the automatic
change request procedures listed in section
9.22 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1 (this Bulletin).
.04 Section 461.—General Rule for
Taxable Year of Deduction.—All requests
formakingorrevokinganelectionunder
§ 461 where the Service has provided an
administrative procedure for making or re-
voking an election under § 461.SeeRev.
Proc. 92–29, 1992–1 C.B. 748 (dealing
with the use of an alternative method for
including in basis the estimated cost of
certain common improvements in a real
estate development).
.05 Section 704(c).—Contributed Prop-
erty.—Requests from Qualified Master
Feeder Structures, as described in section
4.02 of Rev. Proc. 2001–36, 2001–1
C.B. 1326, for permission to aggregate
built-in gains and losses from contributed
qualified financial assets for purposes of
making § 704(c) and reverse § 704(c) al-
locations.
.06 Section 1362.—Election; Revo-
cation; Termination.—All situations in
which an S corporation qualifies for auto-
matic late S corporation relief under Rev.
Proc. 97–48, 1997–2 C.B. 521.
.07 Sections 1502, 1504, and
1552.—Regulations; Definitions; Earn-
ings and Profits.—All requests for waivers
or consents on consolidated return issues
Sec. 5
January 3, 20051262005–1 I.R.B.

where the Service has provided an admin-
istrative procedure for obtaining waivers
or consents on consolidated return is-
sues.SeeRev. Proc. 2002–32, 2002–1
C.B. 959 (certain corporations seeking
reconsolidation within the 5-year period
specified in § 1504(a)(3)(A)); Rev. Proc.
90–39, 1990–2 C.B. 365, as clarified by
Rev. Proc. 90–39A, 1990–2 C.B. 367
(certain affiliated groups of corporations
seeking, for earnings and profits determi-
nations, to make an election or a change
in their method of allocating the group’s
consolidated federal income tax liability);
and Rev. Proc. 89–56, 1989–2 C.B. 643
(certain affiliated groups of corporations
seeking to file a consolidated return where
member(s) of the group use a 52–53 week
taxable year).
SECTION 7. EFFECT ON OTHER
REVENUE PROCEDURES
Rev. Proc. 2004–3, 2004–1 C.B. 114,
is superseded.
SECTION 8. EFFECTIVE DATE
This revenue procedure is effective Jan-
uary 3, 2005.
SECTION 9. PAPERWORK
REDUCTION ACT
The collections of information con-
tained in this revenue procedure have been
reviewed and approved by the Office of
Management and Budget in accordance
with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44
U.S.C. § 3507) under control number
1545–1522.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor,
and a person is not required to respond
to, a collection of information unless the
collection of information displays a valid
control number.
The collections of information in
this revenue procedure are in sections
3.01(31), 3.02(1) and (3), and 4.02(1) and
(7)(b).
This information is required to evaluate
whether the request for a letter ruling or
determination letter is not covered by the
provisions of this revenue procedure. The
collections of information are required to
obtain a letter ruling or determination let-
ter. The likely respondents are business or
other for-profit institutions.
The estimated total annual reporting
and/or recording burden is 90 hours.
The estimated annual burden per re-
spondent/recordkeeper varies from 15
minutes to 3 hours, depending on indi-
vidual circumstances, with an estimated
average burden of 2 hours. The estimated
number of respondents and/or recordkeep-
ersis45.
The estimated annual frequency of re-
sponses is on occasion.
Books or records relating to a collection
of information must be retained as long
as their contents may become material in
the administration of any internal revenue
law. Generally, tax returns and tax return
information are confidential, as required
by § 6103.
DRAFTING INFORMATION
The principal author of this revenue
procedure is Michael Danbury of the Of-
fice of the Associate Chief Counsel (Cor-
porate). For further information about
this revenue procedure, please contact
Mr. Danbury or Ms. Virginia Voorhees
at (202) 622–7550 (not a toll-free call),
or call the division contacts listed in sec-
tion 10.07 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1 (this
Bulletin). To determine which division
has jurisdiction over a particular issue see
section 3 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1.
2005–1 I.R.B.127January 3, 2005

26 CFR 601.201: Rulings and determination letters.
Rev. Proc. 2005–4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1. WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE?
............................................. 131
SECTION 2. WHAT CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO REV. PROC. 2004–4?............................................ 131
SECTION 3. IN WHAT FORM IS GUIDANCE PROVIDED BY THE COMMISSIONER, TAX EXEMPT AND
GOVERNMENT ENTITIES DIVISION?
.................................................................. 131
.01Ingeneral .................................................................................................. 131
.02Letterruling ................................................................................................ 131
.03Closingagreement .......................................................................................... 131
.04Determinationletter ......................................................................................... 132
.05Opinionletter............................................................................................... 132
.06Informationletter ........................................................................................... 132
.07Revenueruling ............................................................................................. 132
.08Oralguidance .............................................................................................. 133
(1)Nooralrulings,andnowrittenrulingsinresponsetooralrequests. ............................................ 133
(2)Discussionpossibleonsubstantiveissues. .................................................................. 133
.09Nonbanktrusteerequests .................................................................................... 133
.10ComplianceStatement ....................................................................................... 134
SECTION 4. ON WHAT ISSUES MAY TAXPAYERS REQUEST WRITTEN GUIDANCE UNDER THIS
PROCEDURE?
........................................................................................ 134
SECTION 5. ON WHAT ISSUES MUST WRITTEN GUIDANCE BE REQUESTED UNDER DIFFERENT
PROCEDURES?
....................................................................................... 134
.01Determinationletters ........................................................................................ 134
.02Masterandprototypeplans................................................................................... 134
.03ClosingagreementprogramfordefinedcontributionplansthatpurchasedGICsorGACs ............................ 134
.04EmployeePlansComplianceResolutionSystem ................................................................ 134
.05ChiefCounsel .............................................................................................. 134
.06 Alcohol, tobacco, and firearms taxes.......................................................................... 134
SECTION 6. UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES DOES TE/GE ISSUE LETTER RULINGS?................................ 135
.01Inexemptorganizationsmatters .............................................................................. 135
.02Inemployeeplansmatters.................................................................................... 135
.03Inqualificationsmatters ..................................................................................... 136
.04 Request for extension of time for making an election or for other relief under § 301.9100–1 of the
ProcedureandAdministrationRegulations ..................................................................... 136
.05Issuanceofaletterrulingbeforetheissuanceofaregulationorotherpublishedguidance ............................ 136
.06Issuesinpriorreturn ........................................................................................ 136
.07Generallynottobusinessassociationsorgroups ................................................................ 137
.08Generallynottoforeigngovernments ......................................................................... 137
.09Generallynotonfederaltaxconsequencesofproposedlegislation ................................................ 137
.10Notoncertainmattersunder§53.4958–6oftheFoundationRegulations .......................................... 137
.11Notonstockoptions......................................................................................... 137
SECTION 7. UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES DOES EP OR EO DETERMINATIONS ISSUE
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
......................................................................... 137
.01Circumstancesunderwhichdeterminationlettersareissued ...................................................... 137
.02Ingeneral .................................................................................................. 137
.03Inemployeeplansmatters.................................................................................... 138
.04Inexemptorganizationsmatters .............................................................................. 138
.05Circumstancesunderwhichdeterminationlettersarenotissued................................................... 138
.06Requestsinvolvingreturnsalreadyfiled ....................................................................... 138
.07Attachacopyofdeterminationlettertotaxpayer’sreturn ........................................................ 139
January 3, 20051282005–1 I.R.B.

.08Reviewofdeterminationletters ............................................................................... 139
SECTION 8. UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES DOES THE SERVICE HAVE DISCRETION TO ISSUE
LETTER RULINGS AND DETERMINATION LETTERS?
.................................................. 139
.01 Ordinarily not in certain areas because of factual nature of the problem............................................ 139
.02Notonalternativeplansorhypotheticalsituations............................................................... 139
.03Ordinarilynotonpartofanintegratedtransaction............................................................... 139
.04Notonpartialterminationsofemployeeplans .................................................................. 139
.05Lawrequiresrulingletter .................................................................................... 139
.06IssuesunderconsiderationbyPBGCorDOL................................................................... 139
.07Cafeteriaplans.............................................................................................. 139
.08Determinationletters ........................................................................................ 140
.09Domicileinaforeignjurisdiction ............................................................................. 140
.10EmployeeStockOwnershipPlans............................................................................. 140
.11IndianTribalGovernments ................................................................................... 140
SECTION 9. WHAT ARE THE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR REQUESTING LETTER RULINGS AND
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
......................................................................... 140
.01Ingeneral .................................................................................................. 140
.02Certaininformationrequiredinallrequests .................................................................... 140
(1)Completestatementoffactsandotherinformation............................................................ 140
(2) Copies of all contracts, wills, deeds, agreements, instruments, plan documents, and other
documents............................................................................................... 141
(3)Analysisofmaterialfacts.................................................................................. 141
(4)Statementregardingwhethersameissueisinanearlierreturn.................................................. 141
(5) Statement regarding whether same or similar issue was previously ruled on or requested, or is
currentlypending......................................................................................... 142
(6)Statementofsupportingauthorities. ........................................................................ 142
(7)Statementofcontraryauthorities. .......................................................................... 142
(8)Statementidentifyingpendinglegislation.................................................................... 142
(9) Statement identifying information to be deleted from copy of letter ruling or determination letter
forpublicinspection...................................................................................... 142
(10)Signaturebytaxpayerorauthorizedrepresentative........................................................... 144
(11)Authorizedrepresentatives................................................................................ 144
(12)Powerofattorneyanddeclarationofrepresentative.......................................................... 145
(13)Penaltiesofperjurystatement............................................................................. 145
(14)Applicableuserfee...................................................................................... 146
(15)Numberofcopiesofrequesttobesubmitted................................................................ 146
(16)Sampleformatforaletterrulingrequest.................................................................... 146
(17)Checklistforletterrulingrequests......................................................................... 146
.03Additionalinformationrequiredincertaincircumstances ........................................................ 146
(1)Torequestseparateletterrulingsformultipleissuesinasinglesituation......................................... 146
(2)Powerofattorney ........................................................................................ 147
(3)Torequestexpeditedhandling.............................................................................. 147
(4) To receive a letter ruling or submit a request for aletter ruling by facsimile transmission (fax)..................... 148
(5)Torequestaconference................................................................................... 148
.04Addresstosendtherequest................................................................................... 148
(1)Requestsforletterrulings................................................................................. 148
(2)Requestsforinformationletters............................................................................ 149
(3)Requestsfordeterminationletters.......................................................................... 149
.05Pendingletterrulingrequests ................................................................................. 149
.06Whentoattachletterrulingtoreturn .......................................................................... 150
.07Howtocheckonstatusofrequest ............................................................................. 150
.08RequestmaybewithdrawnorEPorEOTechnicalmaydeclinetoissueletterruling ................................ 150
.09CompliancewithTreasuryDepartmentCircularNo.230......................................................... 150
SECTION 10. WHAT SPECIFIC, ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES APPLY TO CERTAIN REQUESTS?........................ 150
.01Ingeneral .................................................................................................. 150
.02ExemptOrganizations ....................................................................................... 150
2005–1 I.R.B.129January 3, 2005

.03EmployeePlans............................................................................................. 150
SECTION 11. HOW DOES TE/GE HANDLE LETTER RULING REQUESTS?............................................. 151
.01Ingeneral .................................................................................................. 151
.02Isnotboundbyinformalopinionexpressed .................................................................... 151
.03Tellstaxpayerifrequestlacksessentialinformationduringinitialcontact .......................................... 151
.04Requirespromptsubmissionofadditionalinformationrequestedafterinitialcontact ................................ 151
.05 Near the completion of the ruling process, advises taxpayer of conclusions and, if the Service will
ruleadversely,offersthetaxpayertheopportunitytowithdrawtheletterrulingrequest .............................. 152
.06Mayrequestdraftofproposedletterrulingnearthecompletionoftherulingprocess ................................ 152
SECTION 12. HOW ARE CONFERENCES SCHEDULED?............................................................. 153
.01Schedulesaconferenceifrequestedbytaxpayer ................................................................ 153
.02Permitstaxpayeroneconferenceofright....................................................................... 153
.03Disallowsverbatimrecordingofconferences ................................................................... 153
.04Makestentativerecommendationsonsubstantiveissues ......................................................... 153
.05Mayofferadditionalconferences ............................................................................. 153
.06Requireswrittenconfirmationofinformationpresentedatconference ............................................. 154
.07Mayscheduleapre-submissionconference..................................................................... 154
.08Underlimitedcircumstances,mayscheduleaconferencetobeheldbytelephone ................................... 154
SECTION 13. WHAT EFFECT WILL A LETTER RULING HAVE?...................................................... 154
.01Maybereliedonsubjecttolimitations......................................................................... 154
.02Willnotapplytoanothertaxpayer ............................................................................ 155
.03WillbeusedbyTE/GEinexaminingthetaxpayer’sreturn ....................................................... 155
.04Mayberevokedormodifiediffoundtobeinerror .............................................................. 155
.05Notgenerallyrevokedormodifiedretroactively ................................................................ 155
.06Retroactiveeffectofrevocationormodificationappliedonlytoaparticulartransaction.............................. 156
.07Retroactiveeffectofrevocationormodificationappliedtoacontinuingactionorseriesofactions .................... 156
.08 May be retroactively revoked or modified whentransaction is completed without reliance on the
letterruling................................................................................................. 156
.09Taxpayermayrequestthatretroactivitybelimited............................................................... 156
(1)Requestforreliefunder§7805(b)mustbemadeinrequiredformat............................................. 156
(2)Taxpayermayrequestaconferenceonapplicationof§7805(b). ............................................... 157
SECTION 14. WHAT EFFECT WILL A DETERMINATION LETTER HAVE?............................................ 157
.01Hassameeffectasaletterruling .............................................................................. 157
.02Taxpayermayrequestthatretroactiveeffectofrevocationormodificationbelimited................................ 157
(1)Requestforreliefunder§7805(b)mustbemadeinrequiredformat............................................. 158
(2)Taxpayermayrequestaconferenceonapplicationof§7805(b). ............................................... 158
(3)Taxpayerstepsinexhaustingadministrativeremedies......................................................... 158
SECTION 15. UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES ARE MATTERS REFERRED BETWEEN
DETERMINATIONS AND TECHNICAL?
................................................................ 158
.01Requestsfordeterminationletters ............................................................................. 158
.02No-ruleareas ............................................................................................... 158
.03Requestsforletterrulings .................................................................................... 158
SECTION 16. WHAT ARE THE GENERAL PROCEDURES APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION LETTERS
ISSUED BY TE/GE?
.................................................................................... 159
.01Willbemadeavailabletothepublic ........................................................................... 159
.02DeletionsmadeundertheFreedomofInformationAct .......................................................... 159
.03Effectofinformationletters .................................................................................. 159
SECTION 17. WHAT IS THE EFFECT OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE ON OTHER DOCUMENTS?..................... 159
SECTION 18. EFFECTIVE DATE................................................................................... 159
SECTION 19. PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT...................................................................... 159
DRAFTING INFORMATION....................................................................................... 160
January 3, 20051302005–1 I.R.B.

INDEX........................................................................................................... 161
APPENDIX A—SAMPLE FORMAT FOR A LETTER RULING REQUEST................................................ 162
APPENDIX B—CHECKLIST FOR A LETTER RULING REQUEST...................................................... 164
APPENDIX C—ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST FOR ROTH IRA RECHARACTERIZATIONS................................. 167
APPENDIX D—ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST FOR GOVERNMENT PICK-UP PLANS...................................... 168
APPENDIX E—ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST FOR CHURCH PLANS..................................................... 169
SECTION 1. WHAT IS THE
PURPOSE OF THIS REVENUE
PROCEDURE?
This revenue procedure explains how the Internal Revenue Service gives guidance to tax-
payers on issues under the jurisdiction of theCommissioner, Tax Exempt and Government
Entities Division. It explains the kinds of guidance and the manner in which guidance is re-
quested by taxpayers and provided by the Service. A sample format of a request for a letter
ruling is provided in Appendix A.
SECTION 2. WHAT CHANGES
HAVE BEEN MADE TO
REV. PROC. 2004–4?
.01 This revenue procedure is a general update of Rev. Proc. 2004–4, 2004–1 I.R.B. 125,
which contains the Service’s general procedures for employee plans and exempt organizations
letter ruling requests. Most of the changes toRev. Proc. 2004–4 involve minor revisions, such
as updating citations to other revenue procedures.
.02 Section 9.02(9)(f) is revised to reflect recent litigation expanding the application of the
disclosure provisions of § 6110 in certain exempt organizations matters.
.03 Section 9.02(12) and section 9.03(2) are revised to reflect the revised requirements of
Form 2848 and Form 8821.
.04 Section 13.03 is revised to refer to section 4.04 of Rev. Proc. 2005–5, which states that
a TAM is not mandatory under certain circumstances and section 14.01 is revised to clarify
that there is no mandatory TAM in exempt organizations cases where a letter ruling is found
to be in error.
SECTION3.INWHATFORM
IS GUIDANCE PROVIDED BY
THE COMMISSIONER, TAX
EXEMPT AND GOVERNMENT
ENTITIES DIVISION?
In general.01 The Service provides guidance in the form of letter rulings, closing agreements, com-
pliance statements, determination letters, opinion letters, information letters, revenue rulings,
and oral advice.
Letter ruling.02 A “letter ruling” is a written statement issued to a taxpayer by the Service’s Employee
Plans Technical office or Exempt Organizations Technical office that interprets and applies the
tax laws or any nontax laws applicable to employee benefit plans and exempt organizations to
the taxpayer’s specific set of facts. Once issued, a letter ruling may be revoked or modified
for any number of reasons, as explained in section 13 of this revenue procedure, unless it is
accompanied by a “closing agreement.”
Closing agreement.03 A closing agreement is a final agreement between the Service and a taxpayer on a spe-
cific issue or liability. It is entered into under the authority in § 7121 and is final unless fraud,
malfeasance, or misrepresentation of a material fact can be shown.
A closing agreement prepared in an office under the responsibility of the Commissioner,
TE/GE, may be based on a ruling that has beensigned by the Commissioner, TE/GE, or the
Commissioner, TE/GE’s, delegate that says that a closing agreement will be entered into on
the basis of the ruling letter.
A closing agreement may be entered into when it is advantageous to have the matter perma-
nently and conclusively closed, or when a taxpayer can show that there are good reasons for an
2005–1 I.R.B.131January 3, 2005

agreement and that making the agreement will not prejudice the interests of the Government.
In appropriate cases, taxpayers may be askedto enter into a closing agreement as a condition
to the issuance of a letter ruling.
If, in a single case, a closing agreement is requested for each person in a class of taxpayers,
separate agreements are entered into only if the class consists of 25 or fewer taxpayers. How-
ever, if the issue and holding are identical for the class and there are more than 25 taxpayers in
the class, a “mass closing agreement” will be entered into with the taxpayer who is authorized
by the others to represent the class.
In appropriate cases, a closing agreement may be made with sponsors of master and proto-
type plans.
A closing agreement may also be entered into with respect to retirement plan failures cor-
rected under the Audit Closing Agreement Program of the Employee Plans Compliance Reso-
lution System (EPCRS), as set forth inRev. Proc. 2003–44, 2003–1 C.B. 1051.
Determination letter.04 A “determination letter” is a written statement issued by the Manager, EP Determina-
tions, or the Manager, EO Determinations that applies the principles and precedents previously
announced to a specific set of facts. It is issued only when a determination can be made based
on clearly established rules in the statute, a tax treaty, or the regulations, or based on a conclu-
sion in a revenue ruling, opinion, or court decision published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
that specifically answers the questions presented.
The Manager, EP Determinations, issues determination letters involving §§ 401, 403(a),
409, and 4975(e)(7) as provided in Rev. Proc. 2005–6, page 200, this Bulletin.
Opinion letter.05 An “opinion letter” is a written statement issued by Employee Plans Rulings and Agree-
ments to a sponsor as to the acceptability (for purposes of §§ 401 and 501(a)) of the form of a
master or prototype plan and any related trustor custodial account under §§ 401, 403(a), and
501(a), or as to the conformance of a prototype trust, custodial account, or individual annuity
with the requirements of § 408(a), (b), or (k), as applicable.See. Rev. Proc. 2000–20, 2000–1
C.B. 553, as modified by Rev. Proc. 2000–27, 2000–1 C.B. 1272.See alsoRev. Proc. 91–44,
1991–2 C.B. 733, and Rev. Proc. 92–38, 1992–1 C.B. 859.
Information letter.06 An “information letter” is a statement issued either by the Director, Employee Plans
Rulings and Agreements or the Director, Exempt Organizations Rulings and Agreements. It
calls attention to a well-established interpretation or principle of tax law (including a tax treaty)
without applying it to a specific set of facts.To the extent resources permit, an information
letter may be issued if the taxpayer’s inquiry indicates a need for general information or if the
taxpayer’s request does not meet the requirements of this revenue procedure and the Service
thinks general information will help the taxpayer. The taxpayer should provide a daytime tele-
phone number with the taxpayer’s request for an information letter. Requests for information
letters should be sent to the address stated in section 9.04(2) of this revenue procedure. The
requirements of section 9.02 of this revenue procedure are not applicable toinformation letters.
An information letter is advisory onlyand has no binding effect on the Service.
Revenue ruling.07 A “revenue ruling” is an interpretation by the Service that has been published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin. It is the conclusion of the Service on how the law is applied to
a specific set of facts. Revenue rulings are published for the information and guidance of
taxpayers, Service personnel, and other interested parties.
Because each revenue ruling represents the conclusion of the Service regarding the appli-
cation of law to the entire statement of facts involved, taxpayers, Service personnel, and other
concerned parties are cautioned against reaching the same conclusion in other cases unless the
facts and circumstances are substantially the same. They should consider the effect of subse-
quent legislation, regulations, court decisions,revenue rulings, notices, and announcements.
SeeRev. Proc. 89–14, 1989–1 C.B. 814, which states the objectives of and standards for the
publication of revenue rulingsand revenue procedures in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
January 3, 20051322005–1 I.R.B.

Oral guidance.08
(1) No oral rulings, and no written rulings in response to oral requests.
The Service does not orally issue letter rulings ordetermination letters, nor does it issue letter
rulings or determination letters in response tooral requests from taxpayers. However, Service
employees ordinarily will discuss with taxpayersor their representatives inquiries regarding
whether the Service will rule on particular issues and questions relating to procedural matters
about submitting requests for letter rulings, determination letters, and requests for recognition
of exempt status for a particular organization.
(2) Discussion possible on substantive issues.
At the discretion of the Service, and as time permits, substantive issues may also be dis-
cussed. However, such a discussion will not be binding on the Service, and cannot be relied
on as a basis for obtaining retroactive relief under the provisions of § 7805(b).
Substantive tax issues involving the taxpayer that are under examination, in appeals, or in
litigation will not be discussed by Service employees not directly involved in the examination,
appeal, or litigation of the issues unless the discussion is coordinated with those Service em-
ployees who are directly involved in the examination, appeal, or litigation of the issues. The
taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative ordinarily will be asked whether the oral request for
guidance or information relates to a matter pending before another office of the Service.
If a tax issue is not under examination, in appeals, or in litigation, the tax issue may be
discussed even though the issue is affected by a nontax issue pending in litigation.
A taxpayer may seek oral technical guidance from a taxpayer service representative in
TE/GE Customer Account Services when preparing a return or report. Oral guidance is ad-
visory only, and the Service is not bound to recognize it, for example, in the examination of
the taxpayer’s return.
The Service does not respond to letters seeking to confirm the substance of oral discussions,
and the absence of a response to such a letter is not confirmation of the substance of the letter.
Nonbank trustee requests.09 In order to receive approval to act as a nonbank custodian of plans qualified under
§ 401(a) or accounts described in § 403(b)(7),and as a nonbank trustee or nonbank custodian
for individual retirement arrangements (IRAs) established under § 408(a), (b), or (h), or for a
Coverdell educational savings account established under § 530 or an Archer medical savings
account established under § 220, or a Health Savings Account under §223, a written appli-
cation must be filed that demonstrates how theapplicant complies with the requirements of
§ 1.408–2(e)(2) through (5) of the Income Tax Regulations.
The Service must have clear and convincing proofin its files that the requirements of the reg-
ulations are met. If there is a requirement that the applicant feels is not applicable, the applica-
tion must provide clear and convincing proof that such requirement is not germane to the man-
ner in which the applicant will administer any trust or custodial account.See§ 1.408–2(e)(6).
The completed application should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
Commissioner, TE/GE
Attention: SE:T:EP:RA
P.O. Box 27063
McPherson Station
Washington, DC 20038
Section 6.01(5) of Rev. Proc. 2005–8, page 243, this Bulletin, imposes a user’s fee for
anyone applying for approval to become a nonbank trustee or custodian.
2005–1 I.R.B.133January 3, 2005

Compliance Statement.10 A compliance statement is a binding written agreement between the Service and a tax-
payer with respect to certain retirement plan failures identified by a taxpayer in a voluntary
submission under the Voluntary Correction Program of the EPCRS (see Rev. Proc. 2003–44).
The compliance statement addresses the failures identified in the VCP submission, the terms
of correction, including any revision of administrative procedures, and the time period within
which proposed corrections must be implemented. A compliance statement is conditioned on
(i) there being no misstatement or omission of material facts in connection with the submission,
and (ii) the implementation of the specific corrections and satisfaction of any other conditions
in the compliance statement.
SECTION4.ONWHATISSUES
MAY TAXPAYERS REQUEST
WRITTEN GUIDANCE UNDER
THIS PROCEDURE?
Taxpayers may request letter rulings, information letters and clos
ing agreements on issues
within the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Governm
ent Entities Division
under this revenue procedure. The Service issues letter rulings to
answer written inquiries of
individuals and organizations about their status for tax purposes
and the tax effects of their acts
or transactions when appropriatein the interest of sound tax admin
istration.
Taxpayers also may request determination letters that relate to Code sections under the juris-
diction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division.SeeRev. Proc.
2005–6, this Bulletin.
SECTION5.ONWHATISSUES
MUST WRITTEN GUIDANCE
BE REQUESTED UNDER
DIFFERENT PROCEDURES?
Determination letters.01 The procedures for obtaining determination letters involving §§ 401, 403(a), 409, and
4975(e)(7), and the status forexemption of any related trusts or custodial accounts under
§ 501(a) are contained in Rev. Proc. 2005–6, this Bulletin.
Master and prototype plans.02 The procedures for obtaining opinion letters for master and prototype plans and any
related trusts or custodial accounts under §§ 401(a), 403(a) and 501(a) are contained in Rev.
Proc. 2000–20, as modified by Rev. Proc. 2000–27, Rev. Proc. 2002–29, 2002–1 C.B. 1176,
and Rev. Proc 2002–73, 2002–2 C.B. 932. The procedures for obtaining opinion letters for
prototype trusts, custodial accounts or annuities under § 408(a) or (b) are contained in Rev.
Proc. 87–50, as modified by Rev. Proc. 92–38 and Rev. Proc. 2002–10, 2002–1 C.B. 401.
The procedures for obtaining opinion letters for prototype trusts under § 408(k) are contained
in Rev. Proc. 87–50, as modified by Rev. Proc. 91–44 (as modified by Rev. Proc. 2005–8)
and Rev. Proc. 2002–10. The procedures for obtaining opinion letters for SIMPLE IRAs under
§ 408(p) are contained in Rev. Proc. 97–29, 1997–1 C.B. 698. The procedures for obtaining
opinion letters for ROTH IRAs under § 408A are contained in Rev. Proc. 98–59, 1998–2 C.B.
727.
Closing agreement pr
ogram for
defined contributio
nplansthat
purchased GICs or GA
Cs
.03 Rev. Proc. 95–52,
1995–1 C.B. 439, restates and extends for an indefinite period the
closing agreement pr
ogram for defined contribution plans that purchased guaranteed invest-
ment contracts (GIC
s) or group annuity contracts (GACs) from troubled life insurance compa-
nies.
Employee Plans Compliance
Resolution System
.04 The procedures for obtaining compliance statements, etc., for certain failures of plans
qualified under § 401(a), § 403(b) plans, SEPs and § 457 plans under the Employee Plans
Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) are contained in Rev. Proc. 2003–44, 2003–2 C.B.
1051.
Chief Counsel.05 The procedures for obtaining rulings, closing agreements, and information letters on
issues within the jurisdiction of the Chief Counsel are contained in Rev. Proc. 2005–1, page 1,
this Bulletin, including tax issues involving interpreting or applying the federal tax laws and
income tax treaties relating to international transactions.
Alcohol, tobacco, and firearms
taxes
.06 The procedures for obtaining letter rulings, etc., that apply to federal alcohol, tobacco,
and firearms taxes under subtitle E of the Internal Revenue Code are under the jurisdiction of
the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau within the Treasury Department.
January 3, 20051342005–1 I.R.B.

SECTION 6. UNDER WHAT
CIRCUMSTANCES DOES
TE/GE ISSUE LETTER
RULINGS?
In exempt organizations matters.01 In exempt organizations matters, the Exempt Organizations Technical Office issues let-
ter rulings on proposed transactions and on completed transactions if the request is submitted
before the return is filed for the year in which the transaction that is the subject of the request
was completed. Exempt Organizations Technical issues letter rulings involving:
(1) Organizations exempt from tax under §501, including private foundations;
(2) Organizations described in § 170(b)(1)(A) (except clause (v));
(3) Political organizations described in § 527;
(4) Qualified state tuition programs described in § 529;
(5) Trusts described in § 4947(a);
(6) Welfare benefit plans described in § 4976; and
(7) Other matters including issues under §§ 501 through 514, 4911, 4912, 4940 through
4948, 4955, 4958, 6033, 6104, 6113, and 6115.
In employee plans matters.02 In employee plans matters, the Employee Plans Technical Office issues letter rulings on
proposed transactions and on completed transactions either before or after the return is filed.
Employee Plans Technical issues letter rulings involving:
(1) §§ 72, 101(d), 219, 381(c)(11), 402, 403(b), 404, 408, 40
8A, 412, 414(d), 414(e), 419,
419A, 511 through 514, 4971, 4972, 4973, 4974, 4978, 497
9, and 4980;
(2) Waiver of the minimum funding standard (SeeRev. Proc. 2004–15, 2004–7 I.R.B.
490), and changes in funding methods and actuarial assumptions under § 412(c)(5);
(3) Waiver of the liquidity shortfall (as that term is defined in § 412(m)(5)) excise tax under
§ 4971(f)(4);
(4) Waiver under § 4980F(c)(4) of all or part of the excise tax imposed for failure to satisfy
the notice requirements described in § 4980F(e) as added by section 659 of EGTRRA;
(5) Whether a plan amendment is reasonable and provides for onlyde minimisincreases in
plan liabilities in accordance with §§ 401(a)(33) and412(f)(2)(A) of the Code (SeeRev. Proc.
79–62, 1979–2 C.B. 576);
(6) A change in the plan year of an employee retirement plan and the trust year of a tax-
exempt employees’ trust (SeeRev. Proc. 87–27, 1987–1 C.B. 769);
(7) The tax consequences of prohibited transactions under §§ 503 and 4975;
(8) Whether individual retirement accounts established by employers or associations of
employees meet the requirements of § 408(c). (SeeRev. Proc. 87–50, as modified by Rev.
Proc. 91–44 (as modified by Rev. Proc. 2005–8) and Rev. Proc. 92–38);
(9) With respect to employee stock ownership plans and tax credit employee stock own-
ership plans, §§ 409(l), 409(m), and 4975(d)(3). Other subsections of §§ 409 and 4975(e)(7)
involve qualification issues within the jurisdiction of EP Determinations.
(10) Where the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division has author-
ity to grant extensions of certain periods of time within which the taxpayer must perform cer-
tain transactions (for example, the 90-day period for reinvesting in employer securities under
§ 1.46–8(e)(10) of the regulations), the taxpayer’s request for an extension of such time period
2005–1 I.R.B.135January 3, 2005

must be postmarked (or received, if hand delivered to the headquarters office) no later than
the expiration of the original time period. Thus, for example, a request for an extension of the
90-day period under § 1.46–8(e)(10) must be made before the expiration of this period. How-
ever, see section 6.04 below with respect to elections under § 301.9100–1 of the Procedure and
Administration Regulations.
In qualifications matters.03 The Employee Plans Technicaloffice ordinarily will not issue letter rulings on matters
involving a plan’s qualified status under §§ 401 through 420 and § 4975(e)(7). These matters
are generally handled by the Employee Plans Determinations program as provided in Rev.
Proc. 2005–6, this Bulletin, Rev. Proc. 93–10and Rev. Proc. 93–12. Although the Employee
Plans Technical office will not ordinarily issue rulings on matters involving plan qualification, a
ruling may be issued where, (1) the taxpayer has demonstrated to the Service’s satisfaction that
the qualification issue involved is unique and requires immediate guidance, (2) as a practical
matter, it is not likely that such issue will be addressed through the determination letter process,
and (3) the Service determines that it is in the interest of good tax administration to provide
guidance to the taxpayer with respect to such qualification issue.
Request for extension of time for
making an election or for other
relief under § 301.9100–1 of the
Procedure and Administration
Regulations
.04 Employee Plans Technical or Exempt Organizations Technical will consider a request for
an extension of time for making an election or other application for relief under § 301.9100–1
of the Procedure and Administration Regulations even if submitted after the return covering
the issue presented in the § 301.9100–1 request has been filed and even if submitted after an
examination of the return has begun or after theissues in the return are being considered by an
appeals office or a federal court. In such a case, EP or EO Technical will notify the Director,
EP or EO Examinations.
Except for those requests pertaining to applications for recognition of ex
emption,
§ 301.9100–1 requests, even those submitted after the examination of the t
axpayer’s return
has begun, are letter ruling requests and therefore should be submitted pu
rsuant to this revenue
procedure, and require payment of theapplicable user fee, referenced in s
ection 9.02(14) of
this revenue procedure. In addition, the taxpayer must include the info
rmation required by
§ 301.9100–3(e).
However, an election made pursuant to § 301.9100–2 is not a letter ruling and does not re-
quire payment of any user fee.See§ 301.9100–2(d). Such an election pertains to an automatic
extension of time under § 301.9100–1.
Issuance of a letter ruling before
the issuance of a regulation or
other published guidance
.05 Unless the issue is covered by section 8 ofthis procedure, a letter ruling may be issued
before the issuance of a temporary or final regulation or other published guidance that interprets
the provisions of any act under the following conditions:
(1) Answer is clear or is reasonably certain.If the letter ruling request presents an issue
for which the answer seems clear by applying the statute to the facts or for which the answer
seems reasonably certain but not entirely free from doubt, a letter ruling will be issued.
(2) Answer is not reasonably certain.The Service will consider all letter ruling requests
and use its best efforts to issue a letter ruling even if the answer does not seem reasonably
certain where the issuance of a letter ruling is in the best interest of tax administration.
(3) Issue cannot be readily resolved before a regulation or any other publis
hed guid-
ance is issued.A letter ruling will not be issued if the letter ruling reque
st presents an issue
that cannot be readily resolved before a regulation or any other published
guidance is issued.
Issues in prior return.06 The Service ordinarily does not issue rulings if, at the time the ruling is requested, the
identical issue is involved in the taxpayer’s return for an earlier period, and that issue—
(1) is being examined by the Director, EP or EO Examinations,
(2) is being considered by an appeals office,
(3) is pending in litigation in a case involving the taxpayer or related taxpayer, or
January 3, 20051362005–1 I.R.B.

(4) has been examined by the Director, EP or EO Examinations or considered by an appeals
office, and the statutory period of limitation has not expired for either assessment or filing a
claim for a refund or a closing agreement covering the issue of liability has not been entered
into by the Director, EP or EO Rulings and Agreements or by an appeals office.
If a return dealing with an issue for a particular year is filed while a request for a ruling
on that issue is pending, EP or EO Technical will issue the ruling unless it is notified by the
taxpayer that an examination of that issue or the identical issue on an earlier year’s return has
been started by the Director, EP or EO Examinations.Seesection 9.05. However, even if an
examination has begun, EP or EO Technical ordinarily will issue the letter ruling if the Director,
EP or EO Examinations agrees, by memorandum, to permit the ruling to be issued.
Generally not to business
associations or groups
.07 EP or EO Technical does not issue letter rulings to business, trade, or industrial associ-
ations or to similar groups concerning the application of the tax laws to members of the group.
But groups and associations may submit suggestions of generic issues that would be appro-
priately addressed in revenue rulings.SeeRev. Proc. 89–14, which states objectives of, and
standards for, the publication of revenue rulingsand revenue procedures in the Internal Rev-
enue Bulletin.
EP or EO Technical, however, may issue letter rulings to groups or associations on their
own tax status or liability if the request meets the requirements of this revenue procedure.
Generally not to foreign
governments
.08 EP or EO Technical does not issue letter rulings to foreign governments or their political
subdivisions about the U.S. tax effects of their laws. However, EP or EO Technical may issue
letter rulings to foreign governments or their political subdivisions on their own tax status or
liability under U.S. law if the request meets the requirements of this revenue procedure.
Generally not on federal tax
consequences of proposed
legislation
.09 EP or EO Technical does not issue letter rulings on a matter involving the federal tax
consequences of any proposed federal, state, local, municipal, or foreign legislation. EP or EO
Technical, however, may provide general information in response to an inquiry.
Not on certain matters under
§ 53.4958–6 of the Foundation
Regulations
.10 EO Technical does not issue letter rulingsas to whether a compensation or property
transaction satisfies the rebuttable presumption that the transaction is not an excess benefit
transaction as described in § 53.4958–6 of the Foundation and Similar Excise Taxes Regula-
tions.
Not on stock options.11 EP Technical does not issue letter rulings on the income tax (including unrelated busi-
ness income tax) or excise tax consequences of the contribution of stock options to, or their
subsequent exercise from, plans described in Part I of Subchapter D of Subtitle A of the Code.
SECTION 7. UNDER WHAT
CIRCUMSTANCES DOES EP
OR EO DETERMINATIONS
ISSUE DETERMINATION
LETTERS?
Circumstances under which
determination letters are issued
.01 Employee Plans or Exempt Organizations Determinations issues determination letters
only if the question presented is specifically answered by a statute, tax treaty, or regulation, or
by a conclusion stated in a revenue ruling, opinion, or court decision published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin.
In general.02 In employee plans an
d exempt organizations matters, the EP or EO Determinations of-
fice issues determinat
ion letters in response to taxpayers’written requests on completed trans-
actions. However, see s
ection 13.08 of this revenue procedure. A determination letter usually
is not issued for a ques
tion concerning a return to be filed by the taxpayer if the same question
is involved in a return
under examination.
In situations involving continuing transactions, such as whether an ongoing activity is an
unrelated trade or business, EP or EO Technical would issue a ruling covering future tax periods
and periods for which a return had not yet been filed.
2005–1 I.R.B.137January 3, 2005

EP or EO Determinations does not issue determination letters on the tax consequences of
proposed transactions, except as provided in sections 7.03 and 7.04 below.
Under no circumstances will EP or EO Determinations issue a determination letter unless it
is clearly shown that the request concerns a return that has been filed or is required to be filed.
In employee plans matters.03 In employee plans matters, the Employee Plans Determinations office issues determina-
tion letters on the qualified status of employee plans under §§ 401, 403(a), 409 and 4975(e)(7),
and the exempt status of any related trust under § 501.SeeRev. Proc. 2005–6, this Bulletin,
Rev. Proc. 93–10 and Rev. Proc. 93–12.
In exempt organizations matters.04 In exempt organizations matters, the Exempt Organizations Determinations office issues
determination letters involving:
(1) Qualification for exempt status of organizations described in §§ 501 and 521 to the
extent provided in Rev. Proc. 90–27, 1990–1 C.B. 514, as modified by Rev. Proc. 2005–8;
(2) Updated exempt status letter to reflect changes to an organization’s name or address,
or to replace a lost exempt status letter;
(3) Classification of private foundation status as provided in Rev. Proc. 76–34, 1976–2
C.B. 656;
(4) Reclassification of private foundation status, including update of private foundation
status at the end of an organization’s advance ruling period;
(5) Recognition of unusual grants to certain organizations under §§ 170(b)(1)(A)(vi) and
509(a)(2);
(6) Requests for relief under § 301.9100–1 of the Procedure and Administrati
on Regula-
tions in connection with applications for recognition of exemption;
(7) Advance approval under § 4945 of organizations’ grant making procedures whose de-
termination letter requests or applications disclose (or who have otherwise properly disclosed)
a grant program or plans to conduct such a program;
(8) When requested with an application for exemption, whether an organization is exempt
from filing annual information returns under §6033 as provided in Rev. Procs. 83–23, 1983–1
C.B. 687, 95–48, 1995–2 C.B. 418, and 96–10, 1996–1 C.B. 577;
(9) Advance approval of voter registrationactivities described in § 4945(f), and
(10) Whether certain organizations qualify as exempt operating foundations described in
§ 4940(d).
Circumstances under which
determination letters are not
issued
.05 EP or EO Determinations will not issue a determination letter in response to any request
if—
(1) it appears that the taxpayer has directed a similar inquiry to EP or EO Technical;
(2) the same issue involving the same taxpayeror a related taxpayer is pending in a case in
litigation or before an appeals office;
(3) the determination letter is requested by an industry, trade association, or similar group on
behalf of individual taxpayers within the group (other than subordinate organizations covered
by a group exemption letter); or
(4) the request involves an industry-wide problem.
Requests involving returns
already filed
.06 A request received by the Service on a question concerning a return that is under exam-
ination, will be, in general, considered in connection with the examination of the return. If a
January 3, 20051382005–1 I.R.B.

response is made to the request before the return is examined, it will be considered a tentative
finding in any later examination of that return.
Attach a copy of determination
letter to taxpayer’s return
.07 A taxpayer who, before filing a return, receives a determination letter about any trans-
action that has been consummated and that is relevant to the return being filed should attach a
copy of the determination letter to the return when it is filed.
Review of determination letters.08 Determination letters issued under sections 7.02 through 7.04 of this revenue procedure
are not reviewed by EP or EO Technical before they are issued. If a taxpayer believes that a
determination letter of this type is in error, the taxpayer may ask EP or EO Determinations to
reconsider the matter or to request technical advice from EP or EO Technical as explained in
Rev. Proc. 2005–5, page 170, this Bulletin.
(1) In employee plans matters, the procedures for review of determination letters relating
to the qualification of employee plans involving §§ 401 and 403(a) are provided in Rev. Proc.
2005–6, Rev. Proc. 93–10 and Rev. Proc. 93–12.
(2) In exempt organizations matters, the procedures for the review of determination letters
relating to the exemption from federal income tax of certain organizations under §§ 501 and
521 are provided in Rev. Proc. 90–27, as modified by Rev. Proc. 2005–8.
SECTION 8. UNDER WHAT
CIRCUMSTANCES DOES THE
SERVICEHAVEDISCRETION
TO ISSUE LETTER RULINGS
AND DETERMINATION
LETTERS?
Ordinarily not in certain areas
because of factual nature of
the problem
.01 The Service ordinarily will not issue a letter ruling or determination letter in certain
areas because of the factual nature of the problem involved or because of other reasons. The
Service may decline to issue a letter ruling or a determination letter when appropriate in the
interest of sound tax administration or on other grounds whenever warranted by the facts or
circumstances of a particular case.
Instead of issuing a letter ruling or determination letter, the Service may, when it is con-
sidered appropriate and in the best interests of the Service, issue an information letter c
alling
attention to well-established principles of tax law.
Not on alternative plans or
hypothetical situations
.02 A letter ruling or a determination letter will not be issued on alternative plans of proposed
transactions or on hypothetical situations.
Ordinarilynotonpartofan
integrated transaction
.03 The Service ordinarily will not issue a letter ruling on only part of an integrated trans-
action. If, however, a part of a transaction falls under a no-rule area, a letter ruling on other
parts of the transaction may be issued. Before preparing the letter ruling request, a taxpayer
should call the office having jurisdiction for the matters on which the taxpayer is seeking a
letter ruling to discuss whether the Service will issue a letter ruling on part of the transaction.
Not on partial terminations of
employee plans
.04 The Service will not issue a letter ruling on the partial termination of an employee plan.
Determination letters involving the partial termination of an employee plan may be issued.
Law requires ruling letter.05 The Service will issue rulings on prospecti
ve or future transactions if the law or regula-
tions require a determination of the effect of a
proposed transaction for tax purposes.
Issues under consideration by
PBGC or DOL
.06 A letter ruling or determination letter relating to an issue that is being considered by
the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) or the Department of Labor (DOL), and
involves the same taxpayer, shall be issued at the discretion of the Service.
Cafeteria plans.07 The Service does not issue letter rulings ordetermination letters on whether a cafeteria
plan satisfies the requirements of § 125.See alsoRev. Proc. 2005–3, also in this Bulletin,
for areas under the jurisdiction of the Division Counsel/ Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt
2005–1 I.R.B.139January 3, 2005

and Government Entities) involving cafeteria plans in which advance rulings or determination
letters will not be issued.
Determination letters.08Seesection 3.02 of Rev. Proc. 2005–6 for employee plans matters on which determina-
tion letters will not be issued.
Domicile in a foreign jurisdiction.09
(1) The Service is ordinarily unwilling to rule in situations where a taxpayer or a related
party is domiciled or organized in a foreign jurisdiction with which the United States does not
have an effective mechanism for obtaining tax information with respect to civil tax examina-
tions and criminal investigations, which would preclude the Service from obtaining informa-
tion located in such jurisdiction that is relevant to the analysis or examination of the tax issues
involved in the ruling request.
(2) The provisions of subsection 8.09(1) above shall not apply if the taxpayer or affected
related party (a) consents to the disclosure of all relevant information requested by the Service
in processing the ruling requestor in the course of an examination to verify the accuracy of the
representations made and to otherwise analyze or examine the tax issues involved in the ruling
request, and (b) waives all claims to protection of bank and commercial secrecy laws in the
foreign jurisdiction with respect to the information requested by the Service. In the event the
taxpayer’s or related party’s consent to disclose relevant information or to waive protection
of bank or commercial secrecy is determined by the Service to be ineffective or of no force
and effect, then the Service may retroactively rescind any ruling rendered in reliance on such
consent.
Employee Stock Ownership Plans.10
(1) The Service does not issue a letter ruling on whether or not the renewal, extension or
refinancing of an exempt loan satisfies the requirements of § 4975(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue
Code.
(2) The Service does not issue a letter ruling on whether the pre-payment of ESOP loans
satisfies the requirements of § 4975(d)(3) other than with respect to plan termination.
Indian Tribal Governments.11 The Service does not issue letter rulingsor determination letters on whether or not an
Indian tribal government satisfies the requirements of § 414(d).
SECTION 9. WHAT ARE THE
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
FOR REQUESTING
LETTER RULINGS AND
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
In general.01 This section explains the general instructions for requesting letter rulings and determi-
nation letters on all matters. Requests for letterrulings and determination letters require the
payment of the applicable user fee discussed in section 9.02(14) of this revenue procedure.
Specific and additional instructions also apply to requests for letter rulings and determina-
tion letters on certain matters. Those matters are listed in section 10 of this revenue procedure
followed by a reference (usually to another revenue procedure) where more information can
be obtained.
Certain information r
equired in
all requests
.02
Facts(1) Complete statement of facts and other information.Each request for a letter ruling or
a determination letter must contain a complete statement of all facts relating to the transaction.
These facts include—
January 3, 20051402005–1 I.R.B.

(a) names, addresses, telephone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers of all in-
terested parties. (The term “all interested parties” does not mean all shareholders of a widely
held corporation requesting a letter ruling relating to a reorganization, or all employees where
a large number may be involved.);
(b) a complete statement of the business reasons for the transaction; and
(c) a detailed description of the transaction.
The Service will usually not rule on only one step of a larger integrated transaction.See
section 8.03 of this revenue procedure. However,if such a letter ruling is requested, the facts,
circumstances, true copies of relevant documents, etc., relating to the entire transaction must
be submitted.
Documents(2) Copies of all contracts, wills, deeds, agreements, instruments, plan documen
ts, and
other documents.True copies of all contracts, wills, deeds, agreements, instru
ments, plan
documents, trust documents, proposed disclaimers, and other documents pertin
ent to the trans-
action must be submitted with the request.
Each document, other than the request, should belabelled alphabetically and attached to the
request in alphabetical order. Original documents, such as contracts, wills, etc., should not be
submitted because they become part of the Service’s file and will not be returned.
Analysis of material facts(3) Analysis of material facts.All material facts in documents must be included rather
than merely incorporated by reference, in the taxpayer’s initial request or in supplemental let-
ters. These facts must be accompanied by an analysis of their bearing on the issue or issues,
specifying the provisions that apply.
Sameissueinanearlierreturn(4)Statementregarding whether same issue is in an earlier return.The request must
state whether, to the best of the knowledge of both the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s represen-
tatives, the same issue is in an earlier return of the taxpayer (or in a return for any year of a
related taxpayer within the meaning of § 267, or of a member of an affiliated group of which
the taxpayer is also a member within the meaning of § 1504).
If the statement is affirmative, it must specify whether the issue—
(a) is being examined by the Service;
(b) has been examined and if so, whether or not the statutory period of limitations has ex-
pired for either assessing tax or filing a claim for refund or credit of tax;
(c) has been examined and if so, whether or not a closing agreement covering the issue or
liability has been entered into by the Service;
(d) is being considered by an appeals office in connection with a return from an earlier
period;
(e) has been considered by an appeals office in connection with a return from an earlier pe-
riod and if so, whether or not the statutory period of limitations has expired for either assessing
tax or filing a claim for refund or credit of tax;
(f) has been considered by an appeals office in connection with a return from an earlier
period and whether or not a closing agreement covering the issue or liability has been entered
into by an appeals office;
(g) is pending in litigation in a case involving the taxpayer or a related taxpayer; or
(h) in employee plans matters, is being considered by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corpo-
ration or the Department of Labor.
2005–1 I.R.B.141January 3, 2005

Same or similar issue previously
submitted or currently pending
(5) Statement regarding whether same or similar issue was previously ruled on or re-
quested, or is currently pending.The request must also state whether, to the best of the
knowledge of both the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s representatives—
(a) the Service previously ruled on the same or similar issue for the taxpayer (or a related
taxpayer within the meaning of § 267, or a member of an affiliated group of which the taxpayer
is also a member within the meaning of § 1504) or a predecessor;
(b) the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, a predecessor, or any representatives previously sub-
mitted the same or similar issue to the Service but withdrew the request before a letter ruling
or determination letter was issued;
(c) the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or a predecessor previously submitted a request involv-
ing the same or a similar issue that is currently pending with the Service; or
(d) at the same time as this request, the taxpayer or a related taxpayer is presently submitting
another request involving the same or a similar issue to the Service.
If the statement is affirmative for (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this section 9.02(5), the statement
must give the date the request was submitted, the date the request was withdrawn or ruled on,
if applicable, and other details of the Service’s consideration of the issue.
Statement of authorities
supporting taxpayer’s views
(6) Statement of supporting authorities.If the taxpayer advocates a particular conclusion,
an explanation of the grounds for that conclusion and the relevant authorities to support it must
also be included. Even if not advocating a particular tax treatment of a proposed transaction, the
taxpayer must still furnish views on the tax results of the proposed transaction and a statement
of relevant authorities to support those views.
In all events, the request must include a statement of whether the law in connection with the
request is uncertain and whether the issue is adequately addressed by relevant authorities.
Statement of authorities contrary
to taxpayer’s views
(7) Statement of contrary authorities.The taxpayer is also encouraged to inform the Ser-
vice about, and discuss the implications of, any authority believed to be contrary to the position
advanced, such as legislation (or pending legislation), tax treaties, court decisions, regulations,
revenue rulings, revenue procedures, noticesor announcements. If the taxpayer determines
that there are no contrary authorities, a statement in the request to this effect would be helpful.
If the taxpayer does not furnish either contrary authorities or a statement that none exists, the
Service in complex cases or those presenting difficult or novel issues may request submission
of contrary authorities or a statement that none exists. Failure to comply with this request may
result in the Service’s refusal to issue a letter ruling or determination letter.
Identifying and discussing contrary authorities will generally enable Service personnel to
understand the issue and relevant authorities more quickly. When Service personnel receive
the request, they will have before them the taxpayer’s thinking on the effect and applicability of
contrary authorities. This information should make research easier and lead to earlier action by
the Service. If the taxpayer does not disclose and distinguish significant contrary authorities,
the Service may need to request additional information, which will delay action on the request.
Statement identifying pen
ding
legislation
(8) Statement identifying
pending legislation.At the time of filing the request, the tax-
payer must identify any pe
nding legislation that may affect the proposed transaction. In addi-
tion, if applicable legis
lation is introduced after the request is filed but before a letter ruling or
determination letter is i
ssued, the taxpayer must notify the Service.
Deletions statement required
by§6110
(9) Statement identifying information to be deleted from copy of letter ruling or de-
termination letter for public inspection.The text of certain letter rulings and determination
letters is open to public inspection under § 6110. The Service makes deletions from the text
before it is made available for inspection. To help the Service make the deletions required by
§ 6110(c), a request for a letter ruling or determination letter must be accompanied by a state-
ment indicating the deletions desired (“deletionsstatement”). If the deletions statement is not
submitted with the request, a Service representative will tell the taxpayer that the request will
January 3, 20051422005–1 I.R.B.

be closed if the Service does not receive the deletions statement within 30 calendar days.See
section 11.03 of this revenue procedure.
(a) Format of deletions statement.A taxpayer who wants only names, addresses, and
identifying numbers to be deleted should state this in the deletions statement. If the taxpayer
wants more information deleted, the deletions statement must be accompanied by a copy of
the request and supporting documents on which the taxpayer should bracket the material to
be deleted. The deletions statement must indicate the statutory basis under § 6110(c) for each
proposed deletion.
If the taxpayer decides to ask for additional deletions before the letter ruling or determina-
tion letter is issued, additional deletions statements may be submitted.
(b) Location of deletions statement.The deletions statement must not appear in the re-
quest, but instead must be made in a separatedocument and placed on top of the request for a
letter ruling or determination letter.
(c) Signature.The deletions statement must be signed and dated by the taxpayer or the
taxpayer’s authorized representative. A stamped or faxed signature is not permitted.
(d) Additional information.The taxpayer should follow the same procedures above to pro-
pose deletions from any additional information submitted after the initial request. An additional
deletions statement, however, is not required with each submission of additional information if
the taxpayer’s initial deletions statement requests that only names, addresses, and identifying
numbers are to be deleted and the taxpayer wants only the same information deleted from the
additional information.
(e) Taxpayer may protest deletions not made.After receiving from the Service the notice
under § 6110(f)(1) of intention to disclose the letter ruling or determination letter (including a
copy of the version proposed to be open to public inspection and notation of third-party com-
munications under § 6110(d)), the taxpayer may protest the disclosure of certain information
in the letter ruling or determination letter. The taxpayer must send a written statement within
20 calendar days to the Service office indicated on the notice of intention to disclose. The
statement must identify those deletions thatthe Service has not made and that the taxpayer
believes should have been made. The taxpayer must also submit a copy of the version of the
letter ruling or determination letter and bracket the deletionsproposed that have not been made
by the Service. Generally, the Service will not consider deleting any material that the taxpayer
did not propose to be deleted before the letter ruling or determination letter was issued.
Within 20 calendar days after the Servicereceives the response to the notice under
§ 6110(f)(1), the Service will mail to the taxpayer its final administrative conclusion regarding
the deletions to be made. The taxpayer does not have the right to a conference to resolve
any disagreements concerningmaterial to be deleted from the text of the letter ruling or
determination letter. However, these matters may be taken up at any conference that is
otherwise scheduled regarding the request.
(f) Taxpayer may request delay of public inspection.After receiving the notice under
§ 6110(f)(1) of intention to disclose, but within60 calendar days after the date of notice, the
taxpayer may send a request for delay of public inspection under either § 6110(g)(3) or (4).
The request for delay must be sent to the Serviceoffice indicated on thenotice of intention to
disclose. A request for delay under § 6110(g)(3) must contain the date on which it is expected
that the underlying transaction will be completed. The request for delay under § 6110(g)(4)
must contain a statement from which the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may determine
that there are good reasons for the delay.
Section 6110(l)(1) states that § 6110 disclosure provisions do not apply to any matter to
which § 6104 applies. Therefore,letter rulings, determination letters, technical advice memo-
randa, and related backgroundfile documents dealing with the following matters (covered by
§ 6104) are not subject to § 6110 disclosure provisions—
2005–1 I.R.B.143January 3, 2005

(i) An approved application for exemption under § 501(a) asan organization described in
§ 501(c) or (d), or notice of status as a political organization under § 527, together with any
papers submitted in support of such application or notice;
(ii) An application for exemption under § 501(a) with respect to the qualification of a pen-
sion, profit-sharing or stock bonus plan, or an individual retirement account described in § 408
or § 408A, whether the plan or account has more than 25 or less than 26 participants, or any
application for exemption under § 501(a) by an organization forming part of such a plan or an
account;
(iii) Any document issued by the Internal Revenue Service in which the qualification or
exempt status of a plan or account is granted, denied, or revoked or the portion of any document
in which technical advice with respect thereto is given;
(iv) Any application filed and any document issued by the Internal Revenue Service with
respect to the qualification or status of EP Technical master and prototype plans; and
(v) The portion of any document issued by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the
qualification or exempt status of a plan or account of a proposed transaction by such plan, or
account.
Signature on request(10) Signature by taxpayer or authorized representative.The request for a letter ruling
or determination letter must be signed and dated by the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized
representative. Neither a stamped signature nor a faxed signature is permitted.
Authorized representatives(11) Authorized representatives.To sign the request or to appear before the Service in
connection with the request, the representative must be:
Attorney(a) An attorney who is a member in good standing of the bar of the highest court of any
state, possession, territory, commonwealth, or the District of Columbia and who is not cur-
rently under suspension or disbarment from practicebeforetheService.Heorshemustfilea
written declaration with the Service showing current qualification as an attorney and current
authorization to represent the taxpayer;
Certified public accountant(b) A certified public accountant who is qualifiedto practice in any state, possession, terri-
tory, commonwealth, or the District of Columbia and who is not currently under suspension or
disbarment from practice before the Service. He or she must file a written declaration with the
Service showing current qualification as a certified public accountant and current authorization
to represent the taxpayer;
Enrolled agent(c) An enrolled agent who is a person, other than an attorney or certified public accountant,
that is currently enrolled to practice before the Service and is not currently under suspension
or disbarment from practice before the Service, including a person enrolled to practice only for
employee plans matters. He or she must file a written declaration with the Service showing
current enrollment and authorization to represent the taxpayer. Either the enrollment number
or the expiration date of the enrollment card must be included in the declaration. For the rules
on who may practice before the Service, see Treasury Department Circular No. 230;
Enrolled actuary(d) An enrolled actuary wh
o is a person enrolled as an actuary by the Joint Board for the
Enrollment of Actuaries
pursuant to 29 U.S.C. 1242 and qualified to practice in any state,
possession, territory,
commonwealth, or the District of Columbia and who is not currently un-
der suspension or disbar
ment from practice before the Service. He or she must file a written
declaration with the Se
rvice showing current qualification as an enrolled actuary and current
authorization to repre
sent the taxpayer. Practice as an enrolled actuary is limited to represen-
tation with respect to i
ssues involving the following statutory provisions: §§ 401, 403(a), 404,
412, 413, 414, 4971, 605
7, 6058, 6059, 6652(d), 6652(e), 6692, 7805(b), and 29 U.S.C. 1083;
A person with a “Letter of
Authorization”
(e) Any other person, including a foreign representative who has received a “Letter of Au-
thorization” from the Director, Office of Professional Responsibility under section 10.7(d) of
Treasury Department Circular No. 230. A person may make a written request for a “Letter of
January 3, 20051442005–1 I.R.B.

Authorization” to: Office of Director, Office of Professional Responsibility, Internal Revenue
Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20224. Section 10.7(d) of Circular
No. 230 authorizes the Commissioner to allow an individual who is not otherwise eligible to
practice before the Service to represent another person in a particular matter. For additional
information, see section 9.02(12) below.
Employee, general partner,
bona fideofficer, administrator,
trustee, etc.
(f) The above requirements do not apply to a regular full-time employee
representing his
or her employer, to a general partner representing his or her partnersh
ip, to abona fideoffi-
cer representing his or her corporation, association, or organized gr
oup, to a trustee, receiver,
guardian, personal representative, administrator, or executor re
presenting a trust, receivership,
guardianship, or estate, or to an individual representing his or her
immediate family. A preparer
of a return (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c)
, (d) or (e) of this section
9.02(11)) who is not a full-time employee, general partner, abona f
ideofficer, an administra-
tor, trustee, etc., or an individual representing his or her immedi
ate family may not represent a
taxpayer in connection with a letter ruling, determination letter
or a technical advice request.
Seesection 10.7(c) of Treasury Department Circular No. 230.
Foreign representative(g) A foreign representative (other than a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d)
or (e) of this section 9.02(11)) is not authorizedto practice before the Service and, therefore,
must withdraw from representing a taxpayer in arequest for a letter ruling or a determination
letter. In this situation, the nonresident alien or foreign entity must submit the request for a
letter ruling or a determination letter on the individual’s or entity’s own behalf or through a
person referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section 9.02(11).
Power of attorney and declaration
of representative
(12) Power of attorney and declaration of representative.Any authorized representa-
tive, whether or not enrolled to practice, must also comply with the conference and practice
requirements of the Statement of Procedural Rules (26 C.F.R. § 601.501–601.509 (2004)),
which provide the rules for representing a taxpayer before the Service. In addition, an unen-
rolled preparer must file a Form 8821 (Rev. April 2004),Tax Information Authorization,for
certain limited employee plans matters.
Form 2848 (Rev. March 2004),Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative,must
be used to provide the representative’s authorization (Part I of Form 2848,Power of Attorney)
and the representative’s qualification (Part II of Form 2848,Declaration of Representative).
The name of the person signing Part I of Form 2848 should also be typed or printed on this form.
A stamped signature is not permitted. An original, a copy, or a facsimile transmission (fax)
of the power of attorney is acceptable so long as its authenticity is not reasonably disputed.
For additional information regarding the power of attorney form, see section 9.03(2) of this
revenue procedure.
For the requirement regarding compliance with Treasury Department Circular No. 230, see
section 9.09 of this revenue procedure.
Penalties of perjury
statement
(13) Penalties of per
jury statement.
(a) Format of penalties of perjury statement.A request for a letter ruling or determination
letter and any change in the request submitted at a later time must be accompanied by the
following declaration:“Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this
request, or this modification to the request, including accompanying documents, and,
to the best of my knowledge and belief, the request or the modification contains all the
relevant facts relating to the request, and such facts are true, correct, and complete.”See
section 11.04 of this revenue procedure for the penalties of perjury statement applicable for
submissions of additional information.
(b) Signature by taxpayer.The declaration must be signed and dated by the taxpayer, not
the taxpayer’s representative. Neither a stamped signature nor a faxed signature is permitted.
The person who signs for a corporate taxpayer must be an officer of the corporate taxpayer
who has personal knowledge of the facts, and whose duties are not limited to obtaining a letter
ruling or determination letter from the Service. If the corporate taxpayer is a member of an
2005–1 I.R.B.145January 3, 2005

affiliated group filing consolidated returns, a penalties of perjury statement must also be signed
and submitted by an officer of the common parent of the group.
The person signing for a trust, a state law partnership, or a limited liability company must
be, respectively, a trustee, general partner, or member-manager who has personal knowledge
of the facts.
Applicable user fee(14) Applicable user fee.Section 7528 of the Code, as added by the Temporary Assistance
for Needy Families Block Grant Program and asextended by the American Jobs Creation Act
of 2004 requires taxpayers to pay user fees for requests for rulings, opinion letters, determi-
nation letters, and similar requests. Rev. Proc. 2005–8, page 243, this Bulletin, contains the
schedule of fees for each type of request under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Ex-
empt and Government Entities Division and provides guidance for administering the user fee
requirements. If two or more taxpayers are parties to a transaction and each requests a letter
ruling, each taxpayer must satisfy the rules herein and additional user fees may apply.
Number of copies of request to be
submitted
(15) Number of copies of request to be submitted.Generally a taxpayer needs only to
submit one copy of the request for a letter ruling or determination letter. If, however, more
than one issue is presented in the letter ruling request, the taxpayer is encouraged to submit
additional copies of the request.
Further, two copies of the request for a letter ruling or determination letter are required if—
(a) the taxpayer is requesting separate letter rulings or determination letters on different
issues as explained later under section 9.03(1) of this revenue procedure;
(b) the taxpayer is requesting deletions other than names, addresses, and identifying num-
bers, as explained in section 9.02(9) of this revenue procedure. (One copy is the request for the
letter ruling or determination letter and the second copy is the deleted version of such request.);
or
(c) a closing agreement (as defined in section 3.03 of this revenue procedure) is being re-
questedontheissuepresented.
Sample of a letter ruling request(16) Sample format for a letter ruling request.To assist a taxpayer or the taxpayer’s
representative in preparing a letter ruling request, a sample format for a letter ruling request is
provided in Appendix A. This format is not required to be used by the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s
representative. If the letter ruling request is not identical or similar to the format in Appendix
A, the different format will neither defer consideration of the letter ruling request nor be cause
for returning the request to the taxpayer or taxpayer’s representative.
Checklist(17) Checklist for letter ruling requests.The Service will be able to respond more quickly
to a taxpayer’s letter ruling request if it is carefully prepared and complete. The checklist in
Appendix B of this revenue procedure is designed to assist taxpayers in preparing a request by
reminding them of the essential information and documents to be furnished with the request.
The checklist in Appendix B must be completed to the extent required by the instructions in the
checklist, signed and dated by the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative, and placed on top
of the letter ruling request. If the checklist in Appendix B is not received, a group representative
will ask the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative to submit the checklist, which may delay
action on the letter ruling request. A photocopy of this checklist may be used.
Additional information
required
in certain circumstance
s
.03
Multiple issues(1) To request separate letter rulings for multiple issues in a single situation.If more
than one issue is presented in a request for a letter ruling, the Service generally will issue a
single ruling letter covering all the issues. However, if the taxpayer requests separate letter
rulings on any of the issues (because, for example, one letter ruling is needed sooner than
another), the Service will usually comply with the request unless it is not feasible or not in the
best interests of the Service to do so. A taxpayer who wants separate letter rulings on multiple
January 3, 20051462005–1 I.R.B.

issues should make this clear in the request and submit two copies of the request. Additional
checklists are solely for thespecific issues designated.
In issuing each letter ruling, the Service will state that it has issued separate letter rulings or
that requests for other letter rulings are pending.
Power of attorney(2) Recipient of original of letter ruling or determination letter.The Service will send
the original of the letter ruling or determination letter to the taxpayer and a copy of the letter
ruling or determination letter to the taxpayer’srepresentative. In this case, the letter ruling
or determination letter is addressed to the taxpayer. A Form 2848,Power of Attorney and
Declaration of Representative(Rev. March 2004), must be used to provide the representative’s
authorization except in certain employee plans matters.Seesection 9.02(12) of this revenue
procedure.
Copies of letter ruling or
determination letter sent to
multiple representatives
(a) To have copies sent to multiple representatives.When a taxpayer has more than one
representative, the Service will send the copy of the letter ruling or determination letter to
the first representative named on the most recent power of attorney. If the taxpayer wants an
additional copy of the letter ruling or determination letter sent to the second representative
listed in the power of attorney, the taxpayer must check the appropriate box on Form 2848. If
this form is not used, the taxpayer must state in the power of attorney that a copy of the letter
ruling or determination letter is to be sent to the second representative listed in the power of
attorney. Copies of the letter ruling or determination letter, however, will be sent to no more
than two representatives.
Copy of letter ruling or
determination letter sent to
taxpayer’s representative
(b) To have copy sent to taxpayer’s representative.
A copy of the letter ruling or determination letter will be sent to the taxpayer’s representa-
tive.
If the taxpayer wants a copy of the letter ruling or determination letter sent to the taxpayer’s
second representative, the taxpayer must check the appropriate box on Form 2848.
No copy of letter ruling or
determination letter sent to
taxpayer’s representative
(c) To have no copy sent to taxpayer’s representative.If a taxpayer does not want a copy
of the letter ruling or determination letter sent to any representative, the taxpayer must check
the appropriate box on Form 2848.
Expedited handling(3) To request expedited handling.The Service ordinarily processes requests for letter
rulings and determination letters in order of the date received. Expedited handling means that
a request is processed ahead of the regular order.Expedited handling is granted only in rare and
unusual cases, both out of fairness to other taxpayers and because the Service seeks to process
all requests as expeditiously as possible and togive appropriate deference to normal business
exigencies in all cases not involving expedited handling.
A taxpayer who has a compelling need to have a request processed ahead of the regular order
may request expedited handling. This requestmust explain in detail the need for expedited
handling. The request must be made in writing,preferably in a separate letter with, or soon
after filing, the request for the letter ruling ordetermination letter. If the request is not made
in a separate letter, then the letter in which the letter ruling or determination letter request is
made should say, at the top of the first page:“Expedited Handling Is Requested. See page
of this letter.”
A request for expedited h
andling will not be forwarded to the appropriate group for action
until the check or money o
rder for the user fee in the correct amount is received.
Whether the request will be granted is within the Service’s discretion. The Service may
grant a request when a factor outside a taxpayer’s control creates a real business need to obtain
a letter ruling or determination letter before acertain time in order to avoid serious business
consequences. Examples include situations inwhich a court or governmental agency has im-
posed a specific deadline for the completion of a transaction, or a transaction must be com-
pleted expeditiously to avoid an imminent business emergency (such as the hostile takeover
2005–1 I.R.B.147January 3, 2005

of a corporate taxpayer), provided that the taxpayer can demonstrate that the deadline or busi-
ness emergency, and the need for expedited handling, resulted from circumstances that could
not reasonably have been anticipated or controlled by the taxpayer. To qualify for expedited
handling in such situations, the taxpayer must also demonstrate that the taxpayer submitted
the request as promptly as possible after becoming aware of the deadline or emergency. The
extent to which the letter ruling or determinationletter complies with all of the applicable re-
quirements of this revenue procedure, and fullyand clearly presents the issues, is a factor in
determining whether expedited treatment willbe granted. When the Service agrees to process
a request out of order, it cannot give assurance that any letter ruling or determination letter will
be processed by the time requested. The scheduling of a closing date for a transaction or a
meeting of the board of directors or shareholders of a corporation, without regard for the time
it may take to obtain a letter ruling or determination letter, will not be considered a sufficient
reason to process a request ahead of its regular order. Also, the possible effect of fluctuation in
the market price of stocks on a transaction will not be considered a sufficient reason to process
a request out of order.
Because most requests for letter rulings and determination letters cannot be processed ahead
of their regular order, the Service urges all taxpayers to submit their requests well in advance
of the contemplated transaction. In addition, in order to facilitate prompt action on letter ruling
requests taxpayers are encouraged to ensure that their initial submissions comply with all of
the requirements of this revenue procedure (including the requirements of other applicable
guidelines set forth in section 10 of this revenue procedure), and to provide any additional
information requested by the Service promptly.
Facsimile transmission (fax)(4) To receive a letter ruling or submit a request for a letter ruling by facsimile trans-
mission (fax).
(a) To receive a letter ruling by fax.A letter ruling ordinarily is not sent by fax. However,
if the taxpayer requests, a copy of a letter ruling may be faxed to the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s
authorized representative. A letter ruling, however, is not issued until the ruling is mailed.See
§ 301.6110–2(h).
A request to fax a copy of the letter ruling to the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized
representative must be made in writing, either as part of the original letter ruling request or prior
to the approval of the letter ruling. The request must contain the fax number of the taxpayer or
the taxpayer’s authorized representativeto whom the letter ruling is to be faxed.
In addition, because of the nature of a fax transmission, a statement containing a waiver
of any disclosure violations resulting from the fax transmission must accompany the request.
Nevertheless, the Service will take certain precautions to protect confidential information. For
example, the Service will use a cover sheet that identifies the intended recipient of the fax and
the number of pages transmitted. The cover sheet, if possible, will not identify the specific
taxpayer by name, and it will be the first page covering the letter ruling being faxed.
(b)Tosubmitarequestfor a letter ruling by fax.Original letter ruling requests sent by
fax are discouraged because such requests must be treated in the same manner as requests by
letter. For example, the faxed letter ruling request will not be forwarded to the applicable office
for action until the check for the user fee is received.
To request a conference(5) To request a conference.A taxpayer who wants to have a conference on the issues
involved should indicate this in writing when, or soon after, filing the request.See alsosections
12.01, 12.02, and 13.09(2) of this revenue procedure.
Address to send the request.04
Requests for letter rulings(1) Requests for letter rulings should be sent to the following offices (as appropriate):
January 3, 20051482005–1 I.R.B.

Internal Revenue Service
Attention: EP Letter Rulings
P.O. Box 27063
McPherson Station
Washington, D.C. 20038
Internal Revenue Service
Attention: EO Letter Rulings
P.O. Box 27720
McPherson Station
Washington, D.C. 20038
Hand delivered requests must be marked RULING REQUEST SUBMISSION. The delivery
should be made between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.; where a receipt will be given:
Courier’s Desk
Internal Revenue Service
Attention: SE:T:EP:RA or SE:T:EO:RA
1111 Constitution Avenue, N.W. – PE
Washington, D.C. 20224
Requests for information letters(2) Requests for information letters on either em
ployee plans matters or exempt organiza-
tions matters should be sent to Employee Plans or
Exempt Organizations (as appropriate):
Internal Revenue Service
Commissioner, TE/GE
Attention: SE:T:EP:RA or SE:T:EO:RA
1111 Constitution Avenue, N.W. – PE
Washington, D.C. 20224
Requests for determination letters(3) Requests for determination letters should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
P.O. Box 192
Covington, KY 41012-0192
For fees required with determination letter requests, see section 6 of Rev. Proc. 2005–8.
Pending letter ruling requests.05
(1) Circumstances under which the taxpayer must notify EP or EO Technical.The
taxpayer must notify EP or EO Technical if, after the letter ruling request is filed but before a
letter ruling is issued, the taxpayer knows that—
(a)anexaminationoftheissueortheidentical issue on an earlier year’s return has been
started by an EP or EO Examinations office;
(b) in employee plans matters, the issue is being considered by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation or the Department of Labor; or
(c) legislation that may affect the transaction has been introduced (seesection 9.02(8) of
this revenue procedure).
(2) Taxpayer must notify EP or EO Technical if return is filed and must attach request
to return.If the taxpayer files a return before a letter ruling is received from EP or EO Techni-
cal concerning the issue, the taxpayer must notify EP or EO Technical that the return has been
filed. The taxpayer must also attach a copy of the letter ruling request to the return to alert
the EP or EO Examination office and thereby avoid premature EP or EO Examination office
action on the issue.
2005–1 I.R.B.149January 3, 2005

When to attach letter ruling to
return
.06 A taxpayer who receives a letter ruling before filing a return about any transaction that
is relevant to the return being filed must attach a copy of the letter ruling to the return when it
is filed.
How to check on status of request.07 The taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized
representative may obtain information regard-
ing the status of a request by calling the perso
n whose name and telephone number are shown
on the acknowledgement of receipt of the reque
st.
Request may be withdrawn or EP
or EO Technical may decline to
issueletterruling
.08
(1) In general.A taxpayer may withdraw a request for a letter ruling or determination letter
at any time before the letter ruling or determination letter is signed by the Service. Correspon-
dence and exhibits related to a request that is withdrawn or related to a letter ruling request
for which the Service declines to issue a letter ruling will not be returned to the taxpayer.See
section 9.02(2) of this revenue procedure. In appropriate cases, the Service may publish its
conclusions in a revenue ruling or revenue procedure.
A request for a letter ruling will not be suspended in EP or EO Technical at the request of a
taxpayer.
(2) Notification of Director, EP or EO Examinations.If a taxpayer withdraws a request
for a letter ruling or if EP or EO Technical declines to issue a letter ruling, EP or EO Technical
will notify the Director, EP or EO Examinations and may give its views on the issues in the
request to the Director, EP or EO Examinationsto consider in any later examination of the
return.
(3) Refunds of user fee.The user fee will not be returned for a letter ruling request that is
withdrawn. If the Service declines to issue a letter ruling on all of the issues in the request, the
user fee will be returned. If the Service, however, issues a letter ruling on some, but not all, of
the issues, the user fee will not be returned.Seesection 10 of Rev. Proc.2005–8 for additional
information regarding refunds of user fees.
Compliance with Treasury
Department Circular No. 230
.09 The taxpayer’s authorized representative, whether or not enrolled, must comply with
Treasury Department Circular No. 230, which provides the rules for practice before the Ser-
vice. In those situations when EP or EO Technical believes that the taxpayer’s representative
is not in compliance with Circular No. 230, EP or EO Technical will bring the matter to the
attention of the Director, Office of Professional Responsibility.
For the requirement regarding compliance with the conference and practice requirements,
see section 9.02(12) of this revenue procedure.
SECTION 10. WHAT SPECIFIC,
ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES
APPLY TO CERTAIN
REQUESTS?
In general.01 Specific revenue procedures supplement the general instructions for requests explained
in section 9 of this revenue procedure and apply to requests for letter rulings or determination
letters regarding the Code sections and matters listed in this section.
Exempt Organizations.02 If the request is for the qualification of an organization for exemption from federal in-
come tax under § 501 or 521, see Rev. Proc. 72–5, 1972–1 C.B. 709, regarding religious and
apostolic organizations; Rev. Proc. 80–27, 1980–1 C.B. 677, concerning group exemptions;
and Rev. Proc. 90–27, 1990–1 C.B. 514 (as modified by Rev. Proc. 2005–8), regarding appli-
cations for recognition of exemption.
Employee Plans.03
(1) For requests to obtain approval for a retroactive amendment described in § 412(c)(8)
of the Code and section 302(c)(8) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
(ERISA) that reduces accrued benefits, see Rev. Proc. 94–42, 1994–1 C.B. 717.
January 3, 20051502005–1 I.R.B.

(2) For requests for a waiver of the minimum funding standard, see Rev. Proc. 2004–15.
(3) For requests for a waiver of the 100 percent tax imposed under § 4971(b) of the Code
on a pension plan that fails to meet the minimum funding standards of § 412, see Rev. Proc.
81–44, 1981–2 C.B. 618.
(4) For requests for a determination that a plan amendment is reasonable and provides for
onlyde minimisincreases in plan liabilities in accordance with §§ 401(a)(33) and 412(f)(2)(A),
see Rev. Proc. 79–62, 1979–2 C.B. 576.
(5) For requests to obtain approval for an extension of an amortization period of any un-
funded liability in accordance with § 412(e), see Rev. Proc. 2004–44, 2004–31 I.R.B. 134.
(6) For requests by administrators or sponsors of a defined benefit plan to obtain approval
for a change in funding method, see Rev. Proc. 2000–41, 2000–2 C.B. 371.
(7) For requests for the return to the employer of certain nondeductible contributions, see
Rev. Proc. 90–49, 1990–2 C.B. 620 (as modified by Rev. Proc. 2005–8).
(8) For requests for determination letters for plans under §§ 401, 403(a), 409, and
4975(e)(7), and for the exempt status of any related trust under § 501, see Rev. Proc. 2005–6,
Rev. Proc. 93–10 and Rev. Proc. 93–12.
SECTION 11. HOW DOES EP
OR EO TECHNICAL HANDLE
LETTER RULING REQUESTS?
In general.01 The Service will issue letter rulings on the matters and under the circumstances explained
in sections 4 and 6 of this revenue procedure and in the manner explained in this section and
section 13 of this revenue procedure.
Is not bound by informal opinion
expressed
.02 The Service will not be bound by the informal opinion expressed by the group rep-
resentative or any other authorized Service representative under this procedure, and such an
opinion cannot be relied upon as a basis for obtaining retroactive relief under the provisions of
§ 7805(b).
Tells taxpayer if request lacks
essential information during
initial contact
.03 If a request for a letter ruling or determination letter does not comply with all the provi-
sions of this revenue procedure, the request will be acknowledged and the Service representa-
tive will tell the taxpayer during the initial contact which requirements have not been met.
Information must be submitted
within 30 calendar days
If the request lacks essential information, which may include ad
ditional information needed
to satisfy the procedural requirements of this revenue procedu
re, as well as substantive changes
to transactions or documents needed from the taxpayer, the Serv
ice representative will tell
the taxpayer during the initial contact that the request will b
e closed if the Service does not
receive the information within30 calendar days unless an exte
nsion of time is granted.See
section 11.04 of this revenue procedure for information on ext
ension of time and instructions
on submissions of additional information.
Letter ruling request mistakenly
sent to EP or EO Determinations
Processing
A request for a letter ruling sent to EP/EO Determinations Processing that does not comply
with the provisions of this revenue procedure will be returned by EP/EO Determinations Pro-
cessing so that the taxpayer can make corrections before sending it to EP or EO Technical.
Requires prompt submission of
additional information requested
after initial contact
.04 Material facts furnished to the Service bytelephone or fax, or orally at a conference,
must be promptly confirmed by letter to the Service. This confirmation and any additional
information requested by the Service that is not part of the information requested during the
initial contact must be furnished within 21 calendar days to be considered part of the request.
Additional information submitted to the Service must be accompanied by the following
declaration:“Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this informa-
tion, including accompanying documents, and, to the best of my knowledge and belief,
the information contains all the relevant facts relating to the request for the information,
2005–1 I.R.B.151January 3, 2005

and such facts are true, correct, and complete.”This declaration must be signed in accor-
dance with the requirements in section 9.02(13)(b) of this revenue procedure. A taxpayer who
submits additional factual information on several occasions may provide one declaration sub-
sequent to all submissions that refers to all submissions.
Encourage use of fax(1) To facilitate prompt action on letter ruling requests, taxpayers are encouraged to submit
additional information by fax as soon as the information is available. The Service represen-
tative who requests additional information can provide a telephone number to which the in-
formation can be faxed. A copy of this information and a signed perjury statement, however,
must be mailed or delivered to the Service.
Address to send additional
information
(2) Additional information should be sent to the same address as the original letter ruling
request.Seesection 9.04. However, the additional information should include the name, office
symbols, and room number of the Service representative who requested the information and the
taxpayer’s name and the case control number (which the Service representative can provide).
Number of copiesof additional
information to be submitted
(3) Generally, a taxpayer needs only to submit one copy of the additional information. How-
ever, in appropriate cases, the Service may request additional copies of the information.
30-day or 21-day period may be
extended if justified and approved
(4) An extension of the 30-day period under section 11.03 or the 21-day period under section
11.04, will be granted only if justified in writing by the taxpayer and approved by the manager
of the group to which the case is assigned. A request for extension should be submitted before
the end of the 30-day or 21-day period. If unusual circumstances close to the end of the 30-day
or 21-day period make a written request impractical, the taxpayer should notify the Service
within the 30-day or 21-day period that there is a problem and that the written request for
extension will be coming soon. The taxpayer will be told promptly, and later in writing, of the
approval or denial of the requested extension. If the extension request is denied, there is no
right of appeal.
If taxpayer does not submit
additional information
(5) If the taxpayer does not follow the instructions for submitting additional information or
requesting an extension within the time provided, a letter ruling will be issued on the basis of
the information on hand, or, if appropriate, no letter ruling will be issued. When the Service
decides not to issue a letter ruling because essential information is lacking, the case will be
closed and the taxpayer notified in writing.If the Service receives the information after the
letter ruling request is closed, the request may be reopened and treated as a new request.
However, the taxpayer must pay another userfeebeforethecasecanbereopened.
Near the completion of the ruling
process, advises taxpayer of
conclusions and, if the Service will
rule adversely, offers the taxpayer
the opportunity to withdraw the
letter ruling request
.05 Generally, after the conference of right is held before the letter ruling is issued, the
Service representative will inform the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized representative of
the Service’s final conclusions. If the Service is going to rule adversely, the taxpayer will be
offered the opportunity to withdraw the letter ruling request. If the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s
representative does not promptly notify the Service representative of a decision to withdraw
the ruling request, the adverse letter will be issued. The user fee will not be refunded for a
letter ruling request that is withdrawn.Seesection 10 of Rev. Proc. 2005–8.
Mayrequestdraftofproposed
letter ruling near the completion
of the ruling process
.06 To accelerate issuance of letter rulings, inappropriate cases nearthe completion of the
ruling process, the Service representative may request that the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s rep-
resentative submit a proposed draft of the letter ruling on the basis of discussions of the issues.
The taxpayer, however, is not required to prepare a draft letter ruling in order to receive a letter
ruling.
The format of the submission should be discussed with the Service representative who re-
quests the draft letter ruling. The representative usually can provide a sample format of a letter
ruling and will discuss the facts, analysis, and letter ruling language to be included.
Taxpayer may also submit draft
on a word processing disk
In addition to a typed draft, taxpayers are encouraged to submit this draft on a disk in Rich
Text Format. The typed draft will become part of the permanent files of the Service, and the
word processing disk will not be returned. If theService representative requesting the draft
letter ruling cannot answer specific questionsabout the format of the word processing disk,
January 3, 20051522005–1 I.R.B.

the questions can be directed to Frances Sloan at (202) 283–9626 (Employee Plans), or Wayne
Hardesty at (202) 283–8976 (Exempt Organizations) (not toll-free calls).
The proposed letter ruling (both typed draft and word processing disk) should be sent to
the same address as any additional information and contain in the transmittal the information
that should be included with any additional information (for example, a penalties of perjury
statement is required).Seesection 11.04 of this revenue procedure.
SECTION 12. HOW ARE
CONFERENCES SCHEDULED?
Schedules a conference if
requested by taxpayer
.01 A taxpayer may request a conference regarding a letter ruling request. Normally, a
conference is scheduled only when the Service considers it to be helpful in deciding the case
or when an adverse decision is indicated. If conferences are being arranged for more than one
request for a letter ruling involving the same taxpayer, they will be scheduled so as to cause
the least inconvenience to the taxpayer. As statedin section 9.03(5) of this revenue procedure,
a taxpayer who wants to have a conference on the issue or issues involved should indicate this
in writing when, or soon after, filing the request.
If a conference has been requested, the taxpayer will be notified by telephone, if possible,
of the time and place of the conference, which must then be held within 21 calendar days after
this contact. Instructions for requesting an extension of the 21-day period and notifying the
taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative of the Service’s approval or denial of the request for
extension are the same as those explained in section 11.04 of this revenue procedure regarding
providing additional information.
Permits taxpayer one conference
of right
.02 A taxpayer is entitled, as a matter of right, to only one conference, except as explained
under section 12.05 of this revenue procedure. This conference normally will be held at the
group level and will be attended by a person who, atthe time of the conference, has the authority
to sign the ruling letter in his or her own name or for the group manager.
When more than one group has taken an adversepositiononanissueinaletterrulingre-
quest, or when the position ultimately adopted byone group will affect that adopted by another,
a representative from each group with the authority to sign in his or her own name or for the
group manager will attend the conference. Ifmore than one subject is to be discussed at the
conference, the discussion will constitute a conference on each subject.
To have a thorough and informed discussionof the issues, the conference usually will be
held after the group has had an opportunity to study the case. However, at the request of the
taxpayer, the conference of right may be held earlier.
No taxpayer has a right to appeal the action of a group to any other official of the Service.
But see section 12.05 of this revenue procedure for situations in which the Service may offer
additional conferences.
Disallows verbatim recording of
conferences
.03 Because conference procedures are informal, no tape, stenographic, or other verbatim
recording of a conference may be made by any party.
Makes tentative recommen
dations
on substantive issues
.04 The senior Service rep
resentative present at the conference ensures that the taxpayer has
the opportunity to prese
nt views on all the issues in question. AService representative explains
the Service’s tentative
decision on the substantive issues and the reasons for that decision. If
the taxpayer asks the Ser
vice to limit the retroactive effect of any letter ruling or limit the
revocation or modificat
ion of a prior letter ruling, a Service representative will discuss the
recommendation concern
ing this issue and the reasons for the recommendation. The Service
representatives will n
ot make a commitment regarding the conclusion that the Service will
finally adopt.
May offer additional conferences.05 The Service will offer the taxpayer an additional conference if, after the conference of
right, an adverse holding is proposed, but on a new issue, or on the same issue but on different
grounds from those discussed at the first conference. There is no right to another conference
2005–1 I.R.B.153January 3, 2005

when a proposed holding is reversed at a higher level with a result less favorable to the taxpayer,
if the grounds or arguments on which the reversal is based were discussed at the conference of
right.
The limit on the number of conferences to which a taxpayer is entitled does not prevent
the Service from offering additional conferences, including conferences with an official higher
than the group level, if the Service decides they are needed. Such conferences are not offered
as a matter of course simply because the grouphas reached an adverse decision. In general,
conferences with higher level officials are offered only if the Service determines that the case
presents significant issues of tax policy or tax administration and that the consideration of these
issues would be enhanced by additional conferences with the taxpayer.
Requires written confirmation
of information presented at
conference
.06 The taxpayer should furnish to the Service any additional data, reasoning, pr
ecedents,
etc., that were proposed by the taxpayerand discussed at the conference but not pr
eviously or
adequately presented in writing. The taxpayer must furnish the additional infor
mation within
21 calendar days from the date of the conference.Seesection 11.04 of this revenue
procedure
for instructions on submission of additional information. If the additional i
nformation is not
received within that time, a ruling will be issued on the basis of the informatio
nonhandor,if
appropriate, no ruling will be issued.
Procedures for requesting an extension of the 21-day period and notifying the taxpayer or
the taxpayer’s representative of the Service’s approval or denial of the requested extension
are the same as those stated in section 11.04 of this revenue procedure regarding submitting
additional information.
May schedule a pre-submission
conference
.07 Sometimes it is advantageous to both the Service and the taxpayer to hold a conference
before the taxpayer submits the letter ruling request to discuss substantive or procedural issues
relating to a proposed transaction. Such conferences are held only if the identity of the taxpayer
is provided to the Service, only if the taxpayer actually intends to make a request, only if the
request involves a matter on which a letter ruling is ordinarily issued, and only on a time-
available basis. For example, a pre-submission conference will not be held on an income tax
issue if, at the time the pre-submission conference is requested, the identical issue is involved
in the taxpayer’s return for an earlier period and that issue is being examined.Seesection 6
of this revenue procedure. Generally, the taxpayer will be asked to provide before the pre-
submission conference a statement of whether theissueisanissueonwhichaletterrulingis
ordinarily issued and a draft of the letter rulingrequest or other detailed written statement of
the proposed transaction, issue, and legal analysis. If the taxpayer’s representative will attend
the pre-submission conference, a power of attorney form is required. A Form 2848,Power
of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, must be used to provide the representative’s
authorization.
Any discussion of substantive issues at a pre-submission conference is advisory only, is not
binding on the Service, and cannot be relied upon as a basis for obtaining retroactive relief un-
der the provisions of § 7805(b). A letter ruling request submitted following a pre-submission
conference will not necessarilybe assigned to the group that held the pre-submission confer-
ence.
Under limited circumstances,
may schedule a conference to be
held by telephone
.08 A taxpayer may request that their conference of right be held by telephone. This request
may occur, for example, when a taxpayer wants a conference of right but believes that the issue
involved does not warrant incurring the expense of traveling to Washington, DC. If a taxpayer
makes such a request, the group manager will decide if it is appropriate in the particular case
to hold the conference of right by telephone. If the request is approved by the group manager,
the taxpayer will be advised when to call the Service representatives (not a toll-free call).
SECTION 13. WHAT EFFECT
WILL A LETTER RULING
HAVE?
May be relied on subject to
limitations
.01 A taxpayer ordinarily may rely on a letterruling received from the Service subject to
the conditions and limitations described in this section.
January 3, 20051542005–1 I.R.B.

Will not apply to another taxpayer.02 A taxpayer may not rely on a letterruling issued to another taxpayer.See§ 6110(k)(3).
Will be used by the Director, EP
or EO Examinations in examining
the taxpayer’s return
.03 When determining a taxpayer’s liability, the Director, EP or EO Examinations must
ascertain whether—
(1) the conclusions stated in the letter
ruling are properly reflected in the return;
(2) the representations upon which the letter ruling was based reflected an accurate state-
ment of the material facts;
(3) the transaction was carried out substantially as proposed; and
(4) there has been any change in the law that applies to the period during which the trans-
action or continuing series of transactions were consummated.
If, when determining the liability, the Director, EP Examinations finds that a letter ruling
should be revoked or modified, unless a waiver is obtained from EP Technical, the findings
and recommendations of the Director, EP Examinations will be forwarded to EP Technical for
consideration before furtheraction is taken by the Director, EP Examinations. Such a referral
to EP Technical will be treated as a request for technical advice and the procedures of Rev.
Proc. 2005–5 will be followed. Otherwise, the letter ruling is to be applied by the Director, EP
Examinations in determining the taxpayer’s liability. Appropriate coordination with EP Tech-
nical will be undertaken if any field official having jurisdiction over a return or other matter
proposes to reach a conclusion contrary to a letter ruling previously issued to the taxpayer.
In exempt organizations cases, section 4.04 of Rev. Proc. 2005–5 provides that a request
for a TAM is not mandatory.
May be revoked or modified if
found to be in error
.04 Unless it was part of a closing agreement as described in section 3.03 of this revenue
procedure, a letter ruling found to be in error or not in accord with the current views of the
Service may be revoked or modified. If a letter ruling is revoked or modified, the revocation
or modification applies to all years open under the statute of limitations unless the Service uses
its discretionary authority under § 7805(b) to limit the retroactive effect of the revocation or
modification.
A letter ruling may be revoked or modified due to—
(1) a notice to the taxpayer to whom the letter ruling was issued;
(2) the enactment of legislation or ratification of a tax treaty;
(3) a decision of the United States Supreme Court;
(4) the issuance of temporary or final regulations; or
(5) the issuance of a revenue ruling, revenue procedure, notice, or other statement published
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
Consistent with these provisions, if a letter ruling relates to a continuing action or a series
of actions, it ordinarily will be applied untilany one of the events described above occurs or
until it is specifically withdrawn.
Publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking will not affect the application of any letter
ruling issued under this revenue procedure.
Not generally revoked or modified
retroactively
.05 Except in rare or unusual circumstances, therevocation or modification of a letter ruling
will not be applied retroactively to the taxpayer for whom the letter ruling was issued or to a
taxpayer whose tax liability was directly involved in the letter ruling provided that—
(1) there has been no misstatement or omission of material facts;
2005–1 I.R.B.155January 3, 2005

(2) the facts at the time of the transaction are notmaterially different from the facts on which
the letter ruling was based;
(3) there has been no change in the applicable law;
(4) the letter ruling was originally issued for a proposed transaction; and
(5
) the taxpayer directly involved in the letter ruling acted in good faith in relying on the let-
te
r ruling, and revoking or modifying the letter ruling retroactively would be to the taxpayer’s
de
triment. For example, the tax liability of each employee covered by a ruling relating to a
qu
alified plan of an employer is directly involved in such ruling. However, the tax liability of
am
ember of an industry is not directly involved in a letter ruling issued to another member
a
nd, therefore, the holding in a revocation or modification of a letter ruling to one member
o
f an industry may be retroactively applied to other members of the industry. By the same
r
easoning, a tax practitioner may not extend to oneclient the non-retroactive application of a
r
evocation or modification of a letter ruling previously issued to another client.
If a letter ruling is revoked or modified by letter with retroactive effect, the letter will, except
in fraud cases, state the grounds on which the letter ruling is being revoked or modified and
explain the reasons why it is being revoked or modified retroactively.
Retroactive effect of revocation or
modification applied only to a
particular transaction
.06 A letter ruling issued on a particular transaction represents a holding of the Service on
that transaction only. It will not apply to a similar transaction in the same year or any other year.
And, except in unusual circumstances, the applicationofthatletterrulingtothetransactionwill
not be affected by the later issuance of regulations(either temporary or final), if conditions (1)
through (5) in section 13.05 of this revenue procedure are met.
However, if a letter ruling on a transaction is later found to be in error or no longer in accord
with the position of the Service, it will not protect a similar transaction of the taxpayer in the
same year or later year.
Retroactive effect of revocation
or modification applied to a
continuing action or series
of actions
.07 If a letter ruling is issued covering a continuing action or series of actions and the letter
ruling is later found to be in error or no longer in accord with the position of the Service,
the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and GovernmentEntities Division, ordinarily will limit the
retroactive effect of the revocation or modification to a date that is not earlier than that on
which the letter ruling is revoked or modified.
May be retroactively revoked
or modified when transaction
is completed without reliance
on the letter ruling
.08 A taxpayer is not protected against retroactive revocation or modification of a letter
ruling involving a completed transaction otherthan those described in section 13.07 of this
revenue procedure, because the taxpayer did not enter into the transaction relying on a letter
ruling.
Taxpayer may request that
retroactivity be limited
.09 Under § 7805(b), the Service may prescribe any extent to which a revocation or modi-
fication of a letter ruling or determination letter will be applied without retroactive effect .
A taxpayer to whom a letter ruling or determination letter has been issued may request that
the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division, limit the retroactive effect
of any revocation or modification of the letter ruling or determination letter.
Format of request(1) Request for relief under § 7805(b) must be made in required format.
A request to limit the retroactive effect of the revocation or modification of a letter ruling
must be in the general form of, and meet the general requirements for, a letter ruling request.
These requirements are given in section 9 of thisrevenue procedure. Specifically, the request
must also—
(a) state that it is being made under § 7805(b);
(b) state the relief sought;
January 3, 20051562005–1 I.R.B.

(c) explain the reasons and arguments in support of the relief requested (including a discus-
sion of the five items listed in section 13.05 ofthis revenue procedure and any other factors as
they relate to the taxpayer’s particular situation); and
(d) include any documents bearing on the request. A request that the Serv
ice limit the
retroactive effect of a revocation or modification of a letter ruling ma
ybemadeintheform
of a separate request for a letter ruling when, for example, a revenue ru
ling has the effect of
revoking or modifying a letter ruling previously issued to the taxpaye
r, or when the Service
notifies the taxpayer of a change in position that will have the effect o
f revoking or modify-
ing the letter ruling. However, when notice is given by the Director,
EP or EO Examinations
during an examination of the taxpayer’s return or by the Appeals Area
Director,Area7,orthe
Appeals Area Director, LMSB, during consideration of the taxpayer’
s return before an appeals
office, a request to limit retroactive effect must be made in the form
of a request for technical
advice as explained in section 19 of Rev. Proc. 2005–5.
When germane to a pending letter ruling request, a request to limit the retroactive effect of
a revocation or modification of a letter ruling may be made as part of the request for the letter
ruling, either initially or at any time before the letter ruling is issued. When a letter ruling
that concerns a continuing transaction is revoked or modified by, for example, a subsequent
revenue ruling, a request to limit retroactive effect must be made before the examination of the
return that contains the transaction that is the subject of the letter ruling request.
Consideration of relief under § 7805(b) will be included as one of the taxpayer’s steps in
exhausting administrative remedies only if the taxpayer has requested such relief in the manner
described in this revenue procedure. If the taxpayer does not complete the applicable steps,
the taxpayer will not have exhausted the taxpayer’s administrative remedies as required by
§ 7428(b)(2) and § 7476(b)(3) and will, thus, be precluded from seeking a declaratory judgment
under § 7428 or § 7476. Where the taxpayer has requested § 7805(b) relief, the taxpayer’s
administrative remedies will not be consideredexhausted until the Service has had a reasonable
time to act upon the request.
Request for conference(2) Taxpayer may request a conference on application of § 7805(b).
A taxpayer who requests the application of § 7805(b) in a separate letter ruling request has
the right to a conference in EP or EO Technical as explained in sections 12.01, 12.02, 12.03,
12.04 and 12.05 of this revenue procedure. If the request is made initially as part of a pending
letter ruling request or is made before the conference of right is held on the substantive issues,
the § 7805(b) issue will be discussed at the taxpayer’s one conference of right as explained
in section 12.02 of this revenue procedure. If the request for the application of § 7805(b)
relief is made as part of a pending letter ruling request after a conference has been held on
the substantive issue and the Service determines that there is justification for having delayed
the request, the taxpayer is entitled to one conference of right concerning the application of
§ 7805(b), with the conference limited to discussion of this issue only.
SECTION 14. WHAT EFFE
CT
WILL A DETERMINATION
LETTER HAVE?
Has same effect as a letter ruling.01AdeterminationletterissuedbyEPorEODeterminations has the same effect as a letter
ruling issued to a taxpayer under section 13 of this revenue procedure.
If the Director, EP or EO Examinations proposes to reach a conclusion contrary to that
expressed in a determination letter, he or she need not refer the matter to EP or EO Technical.
However, the Director, EP or EO Examinations must refer the matter to EP or EO Technical
if the Director, EP or EO Examinations desires to have the revocation or modification of the
determination letter limited under § 7805(b).
Taxpayer may request that
retroactive effect of revocation or
modification be limited
.02 The Director, EP or EO Examinations doesnot have authority under § 7805(b) to limit
the revocation or modification of the determination letter. Therefore, if the Director, EP or EO
Examinations proposes to revoke or modify a determination letter, the taxpayer may request
2005–1 I.R.B.157January 3, 2005

limitation of the retroactive effect of the revocation or modification by asking EP or EO De-
terminations to seek technical advice from EP or EO Technical.Seesection 19 of Rev. Proc.
2005–5.
Format of request(1) Request for relief under §
7805(b) must be made in required format.
A taxpayer’s request to limit the retroactive effect of the revocation or modification of the
determination letter must be in the form of, and meet the general requirements for, a technical
advice request.Seesection 18.06 of Rev. Proc. 2005–5. The request must also—
(a) state that it is being made under § 7805(b);
(b) state the relief sought;
(c) explain the reasons and arguments in support of the relief sought (including a discussion
of the five items listed in section 13.05 of this revenue procedure and any other factors as they
relate to the taxpayer’s particular situation); and
(d) include any documents bearing on the request.
Request for conference(2) Taxpayer may request a conference on application of § 7805(b).
When technical advice is requested regardingthe application of § 7805(b), the taxpayer has
the right to a conference in EP or EO Technical to the same extent as does any taxpayer who
is the subject of a technical advice request.Seesection 11 of Rev. Proc. 2005–5.
Exhaustion of administrative
remedies
(3) Taxpayer steps in exhausting administrative remedies.
Consideration of relief under § 7805(b) will be included as one of the taxpayer’s steps in
exhausting administrative remedies only if the taxpayer has requested such relief in the manner
described in this revenue procedure. If the taxpayer does not complete the applicable steps,
the taxpayer will not have exhausted the taxpayer’s administrative remedies as required by
§ 7428(b)(2) and § 7476(b)(3) and will, thus, be precluded from seeking a declaratory judgment
under § 7428 or § 7476. Where the taxpayer has requested § 7805(b) relief, the taxpayer’s
administrative remedies will not be consideredexhausted until the Service has had a reasonable
time to act upon the request.
SECTION 15. UNDER WHAT
CIRCUMSTANCES ARE
MATTERS REFERRED
BETWEEN DETERMINATIONS
AND TECHNICAL?
Requests for determination letters.01 Requests for determination letters received by EP or EO Determinations that, under the
provisions of this revenue procedure, may not be issued by EP or EO Determinations, will
be forwarded to the EP or EO Technical for reply. EP or EO Determinations will notify the
taxpayer that the matter has been referred.
EP or EO Determinations will also refer to EP or EO Technical any request for a determi-
nation letter that in its judgment should have the attention of EP or EO Technical.
No-rule areas.02 If the request involves an issue on which the Service will not issue a letter ruling or de-
termination letter, the request will not be forwarded to EP or EO Technical. EP or EO Determi-
nations will notify the taxpayer that the Service will not issue a letter ruling or a determination
letter on the issue. See section 8 of this revenue procedure for a description of no- rule areas.
Requests for letter rulings.03 Requests for letter rulings received by EP or EO Technical that, under section 6 of this
revenue procedure, may not be acted upon by EP or EO Technical will be forwarded to the
Director, EP or EO Examinations. The taxpayer will be notified of this action. If the request
is on an issue or in an area of the type discussed in section 8 of this revenue procedure, and
the Service decides not to issue a letter rulingor an information letter, EP or EO Technical will
January 3, 20051582005–1 I.R.B.

notify the taxpayer and will then forward the request to the Director, EP or EO Examinations
for association with the related return.
SECTION 16. WHAT
ARE THE GENERAL
PROCEDURES APPLICABLE
TO INFORMATION
LETTERS ISSUED BY THE
HEADQUARTERS OFFICE?
Will be made available to the
public
.01 Information letters that are issued by the headquarters office to members of the public
will be made available to the public. These documents provide general statements of well-
defined law without applying them to a specific set of facts. See section 3.06 of this revenue
procedure. Information letters that are issuedby the field, however, will not be made available
to the public.
The following documents also will not be available for public inspection as part of this
process:
(1) letters that merely transmit Service publications or other publicly available material,
without significant legal discussion;
(2) responses to taxpayer or third party contacts that are inquiries with respect to a pending
request for a letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, or Chief Counsel Advice (whose
public inspection is subject to § 6110); and
(3) responses to taxpayer or third party c
ommunications with respect to any investigation,
audit, litigation, or other enforcement
action.
Deletions made under the
Freedom of Information Act
.02 Before any information letter is made available to the public, the headquarters office
will delete any name, address, and other identifying information as appropriate under the Free-
dom of Information Act (“FOIA”) (for example, FOIA personal privacy exemption of 5 U.S.C.
§ 552(b)(6) and tax details exempt pursuant to § 6103, as incorporated into FOIA by 5 U.S.C.
§ 552(b)(3). Because information letters do not constitute written determinations (including
Chief Counsel Advice) as defined in § 6110, these documents are not subject to public inspec-
tion under § 6110.
Effect of information letters.03 Information letters are advisory only and have no binding effect on the Service. See
section 3.06 of this revenue procedure. If the headquarters office issues an information letter
in response to a request for a letter ruling that does not meet the requirements of this revenue
procedure, the information letter is not a substitute for a letter ruling.
SECTION 17. WHAT IS THE
EFFECT OF THIS REVENUE
PROCEDURE ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS?
Rev. Proc. 2004–4, 2004–1 I.R.B. 125, is superseded.
SECTION 18. EFFECTIVE
DATE
This revenue procedure is effective January 3, 2005.
SECTION 19. PAPERWORK
REDUCTION ACT
The collections of information contained in this revenue procedure have been reviewed and
approved by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with the Paperwork Reduc-
tion Act (44 U.S.C. § 3507) under control number 1545–1520.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collec-
tion of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number.
The collections of information in this revenue procedure are in sections 7.07, 9.02, 9.03,
9.04, 9.05, 9.06, 10.02, 10.03, 11.03, 11.04(1)-(5), 11.06, 12.01, 12.06, 12.07, 13.09(1),
14.02(1), and in Appendices B, C, D and E. This information is required to evaluate and
process the request for a letter ruling or determination letter. In addition, this information
2005–1 I.R.B.159January 3, 2005

will be used to help the Service delete certain information from the text of the letter ruling or
determination letter before it is made available for public inspection, as required by § 6110.
The collections of information are required to obtain a letter ruling or determination letter.
The likely respondents are business or other for-profit institutions.
The estimated total annual reporting and/or recordkeeping burden is 12,650 hours.
The estimated annual burden per respondent/recordkeeper varies from 15 minutes to 16
hours, depending on individual circumstances and the type of request involved, with an esti-
mated average burden of 6.01 hours. The estimated number of respondents and/or recordkeep-
ers is 2,103.
The estimated annual frequency of responses is one request per applicant, except that a
taxpayer requesting a letter ruling may also request a presubmission conference.
Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their
contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally,
tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by § 6103.
DRAFTING INFORMATIONThe principal author of this revenue procedure is Ingrid Grinde of the Employee Plans,
Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division. For further information regarding how this
revenue procedure applies to employee plans matters, contact the Employee Plans Customer
Assistance Service at 1–877–829–5500 (a toll-free call). Ms. Grinde’s telephone number
is (202) 283–9888 (not a toll-free call). Forexempt organization matters, please contact
Mr. Wayne Hardesty (202) 283–8976 (not a toll-free call).
January 3, 20051602005–1 I.R.B.

INDEX
—additionalinformation...................................................................sec.9.02(9),9.03,11.03,11.04
—closingagreement ............................................................sec.3.03,6.06(4),9.02(4),9.02(15),13.04
—conference............................................................sec.9.02(9),9.03(5),12.01-.08,13.09(2),14.02(2)
—disclose.................................................................................................sec.9.02(9)
—exemptorganization.........................................................................................sec.6.01
—expeditioushandling.....................................................................................sec.9.03(3)
—extension...........................................................................sec.6.02,6.04,11.04,12.01,12.06
—fax...............................................................................................sec.9.03(4),11.04
—fee........................................................................................... sec.9.02(14),11.04(5)
—handdelivered............................................................................................... 9.04(1)
—informationletter................................................................................sec.3.07,8.01,15.03
—norule ................................................................................................ sec.8,15.02
—perjurystatement...........................................................................sec.9.02(13),11.04,11.06
—powerofattorney............................................................................... sec.9.02(12),9.03(2)
—reliance.................................................................................sec.3.09,11.02,12.07,13,14
—representatives ........................................................................sec.3.09,9.02(10)-(11),9.03(2)
—retroactive.............................................................................sec.11.02,12.04,12.07,13,14
—revenueruling..........................................................................sec.3.08,6.07,13.04,13.09(1)
—section6110.......................................................................................sec.9.02(9),13.02
—status......................................................................................................sec.9.07
—technicaladvice ..........................................................................sec.7.08,13.03,13.09(1),14
—telephone.............................................................................sec.9.02(1),11.04,12.01,12.08
—wheretosend ..............................................................................................sec.9.04
—withdraw ..................................................................................................sec.9.08
2005–1 I.R.B.161January 3, 2005

APPENDIX A
SAMPLE FORMAT FOR A LETTER RULING REQUEST
(Insertthedateofrequest)
Internal Revenue Service
Commissioner, TE/GE
Attention: SE:T:EP:RA
P.O. Box 27063
McPherson Station
Washington, DC 20038
Dear Sir or Madam:
(Insert the name of the taxpayer) (the “Taxpayer”) requests a ruling on the proper treatment of (insert the subject matter of the
letter ruling request)under§(insert the number)oftheInternalRevenueCode.
[If the taxpayer is requesting expedited handling, the letter ruling request must contain a statement to that effect. This statement
must explain the need for expeditious handling. See section 9.03(3).]
A. STATEMENT OF FACTS
1. Taxpayer Information
[Provide the statements required by sections 9.02(1)(a), (b),and (c) of Rev. Proc. 2005–4, 2005–1 I.R.B. 128. (Hereafter, all
references are to Rev. Proc. 2005–4 unless otherwise noted.)]
For example, a taxpayer that maintains a qualified employee retirement plan and files an annual Form 5500 series of returns may
include the following statement to satisfy sections 9.02(1)(a), (b), and (c):
The Taxpayer is a construction company with principal offices located at 100 Whatever Drive, Wherever, Maryland 12345, and its
telephone number is (123) 456–7890. The Taxpayer’s federal employer identification number is 00–1234567. The Taxpayer uses
the Form 5500 series of returns on a calendar year basis to report its qualified employee retirement plan and trust.
2. Detailed Description of the Transaction.
[The ruling request must contain acomplete statement of the facts relating to the transaction that is the subject of the letter ruling
request. This statement must include a detailed descriptionof the transaction, including material facts in any accompanying
documents, and the business reasons for the transaction.See sections 9.02(1)(b), 9.02(1)(c), and 9.02(2).]
B. RULING REQUESTED
[The ruling request should contain a concise statement of the ruling requested by the taxpayer.]
C. STATEMENT OF LAW
[The ruling request must contain a statement of the law in support of the taxpayer’s views or conclusion, including any authorities
believed to be contrary to the position advanced in the ruling request. This statement must also identify any pendinglegislation
that may affect the proposed transaction. See sections 9.02(6), 9.02(7), and 9.02(8).]
January 3, 20051622005–1 I.R.B.

D. ANALYSIS
[The ruling request must contain a discussion of the facts and ananalysis of the law. See sections 9.02(3), 9.02(6), 9.02(7),
and 9.02(8).]
E. CONCLUSION
[The ruling request should contain a statement of thetaxpayer’s conclusion on the ruling requested.]
F. PROCEDURAL MATTERS
1. Rev. Proc. 2005–4 statements
a. [The statement required by section 9.02(4).]
b. [The statement required by section 9.02(5).]
c. [The statement required by section 9.02(6) regarding whether the law in connection with the letter ruling request is
uncertain and whether the issue is adequately addressed by relevant authorities.]
d. [The statement required by section 9.02(7) when the taxpayer determines that there are no contrary authorities.]
e. [If the taxpayer wants to have a conference on the issues involved in the letter ruling request, the ruling request should
contain a statement to that effect. See section 9.03(5).]
f.[If the taxpayer is requesting the letter ruling to be issued byfax, the ruling request shouldcontain a statement to that
effect. This statement must also contain a waiver of any disclosure violations resulting from the fax transmission. See
section 9.03(4).]
g. [If the taxpayer is requesting separate letter rulings on multiple issues, the letter ruling request should contain a statement to
that effect. See section 9.03(1).]
2. Administrative
a. A Power of Attorney is enclosed. [See sections 9.02(12) and 9.03(2).]
b. The deletions statement and checklist required by Rev. Proc. 2005–4 are enclosed. [See sections 9.02(9) and 9.02(17).]
c. The required user fee is enclosed. [See section 9.02(14).]
Very truly yours,
(Insert the name of the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s
authorized representative)
By:
SignatureDate
Typed or printed name
of person signing request
DECLARATION: [See section 9.02(13).]
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined thisrequest, including accompanyingdocuments, and to the best of my
knowledge and belief, the request contains all the relevant facts relating to the request and such facts are true, correct, and complete.
(Insert the name of the taxpayer)
By:
SignatureTitleDate
Typed or printed name of
person signing declaration
2005–1 I.R.B.163January 3, 2005

APPENDIX B
CHECKLIST
IS YOUR RULING REQUEST COMPLETE?
INSTRUCTIONS
The Service will be able to respond more quickly to your letter ruling request if it is carefully prepared and complete. To ensure
that your request is in order, use this checklist. Complete the four items of information requested before the checklist. Answer
each question by circling “Yes,” “No,” or “N/A.” When a question contains a place for a page number, insert the page number
(or numbers) of the request that gives the information called for by a yes answer to a question.Sign and date the checklist
(as taxpayer or authorizedrepresentative) and place it on top of your request.
If you are an authorized representative submitting a request for a taxpayer, you must include a completed checklist with the
request, or the request will either be returned to you or substantive consideration of it will be deferred until a completed checklist
is submitted.If you are a taxpayer preparing your own request without professional assistance,an incomplete checklist
will not be cause for returning your request or deferring substantive consideration of the request. However, you should
still complete as much of the checklist as possible and submit it with your request.
TAXPAYER’S NAME
TAXPAYER’S I.D. No.
ATTORNEY/P.O.A.
PRIMARY CODE SECTION
CIRCLE ONEITEM
Yes No N/A1. Does your request involve an issue under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt
and Government Entities Division?Seesection 5 of Rev. Proc. 2005–4, 2005–1 I.R.B. 128, for
issues under the jurisdiction of other offices. (Hereafter, all references are to Rev. Proc. 2005–4
unless otherwise noted.)
Yes No N/A2. If your request involves a matter on which letter rulings are not ordinarily issued, have you
given compelling reasons to justify the issuance of a private letter ruling? Before preparing your
request, you may want to call the office responsiblefor substantive interpretations of the principal
Internal Revenue Code section on which you are seeking a letter ruling to discuss the likelihood
of an exception. The appropriate office to call for this information may be obtained by calling
(202) 283–9660 (Employee Plans matters), or (202) 283–2300 (Exempt Organizations matters)
(not toll-free calls).
Yes No N/A
Page
3. If the request involves an employee plans qualification matter under § 401(a), § 409, or
§ 4975(e)(7), have you demonstrated that the request satisfies the three criteria in section 6.03
for a headquarters office ruling?
Yes No N/A
Page
4. If the request deals with a completed transaction, have you filed the return for the year in which
the transaction was completed? See sections 6.01 and 6.02.
Yes No5. Are you requesting a letter ruling on a hypothetical situation or question? See section 8.02.
Yes No6. Are you requesting a letter ruling on alternative plans of a proposed transaction? See section
8.02.
Yes No7. Are you requesting the letter ruling for only part of an integrated transaction? See section 8.03.
Yes No8. Have you submitted another letter ruling request for the transaction covered by this request?
Yes No9. Are you requesting the letter ruling for a business, trade, industrial association, or similar group
concerning the application of tax law to its members? See section 6.07.
January 3, 20051642005–1 I.R.B.

Yes No
Pages
10. Have you included a complete statement of all the facts relevant to the transaction? See section
9.02(1).
Yes No N/A11. Have you submitted with the request true copies of all wills, deeds, plan documents, and other
documents relevant to the transaction, and labeled and attached them in alphabetical sequence?
See section 9.02(2).
Yes No
Page
12. Have you included, rather than merely by reference, all material facts from the documents in
the request? Are they accompanied by an analysis of their bearing on the issues that specifies the
document provisions that apply? See section 9.02(3).
Yes No
Page
13. Have you included the required statement regarding whether the same issue in the letter ruling
request is in an earlier return of the taxpayer or in a return for any year of a related taxpayer? See
section 9.02(4).
Yes No
Page
14. Have you included the required statement regarding whether the Service previously ruled on
the same or similar issue for the taxpayer, a related taxpayer, or a predecessor? See section 9.02(5).
Yes No
Page
15. Have you included the required statement regarding whether the taxpayer, a related taxpayer,
a predecessor, or any representatives previously submitted the same or similar issue but withdrew
it before the letter ruling was issued? See section 9.02(5).
Yes No
Page
16. Have you included the required statement regarding whether the law in connection with the
request is uncertain and whether the issue is adequately addressed by relevant authorities? See
section 9.02(6).
Yes No
Pages
17. Have you included the required statement of relevant authorities in support of your views?
See section 9.02(6).
Yes No N/A
Pages
18. Does your request discuss the implications ofany legislation, tax treaties, court decisions,
regulations, notices, revenue rulings, or revenueprocedures you determined to be contrary to the
position advanced? See section 9.02(7), which states that taxpayers are encouraged to inform the
Service of such authorities.
Yes No N/A
Page
19. If you determined that there are no contrary authorities, have you included a statement to this
effect in your request? See section 9.02(7).
Yes No N/A
Page
20. Have you included in your request a statement identifying any pending legislation that may
affect the proposed transaction? See section 9.02(8).
Yes No21. Is the request accompanied by the deletions statement required by § 6110? See section 9.02(9).
Yes No N/A
Page
22. Have you (or your authorized representative) signed and dated the request? See section
9.02(10).
Yes No N/A23. If the request is signed by your representative, or if your representative will appear before
the Service in connection with the request, is the request accompanied by a properly prepared and
signed power of attorney with the signatory’s name typed or printed? See section 9.02(12).
Yes No N/A
Page
24. Have you included, signed and dated, the penalties of perjury statement in the form required
by section 9.02(13)?
Yes No N/A25. Have you included the correct user fee with the request and made your check or money order
payable to the United States Treasury? See section 9.02(14) and Rev. Proc. 2005–8, page 243,
this Bulletin, for the correct amount and additional information on user fees.
Yes No N/A26. Are you submitting your request in duplicate if necessary? See section 9.02(15).
Yes No N/A
Pages
27. If you are requesting separate letter rulings ondifferent issues involving one factual situation,
have you included a statement to that effect in each request? See section 9.03(1).
Yes No N/A28. If you do not want a copy of the letter ruling to be sent to any representative, does the power
of attorney contain a statement to that effect? See section 9.03(2).
Yes No N/A29. If you have more than one representative, have you designated whether the second represen-
tative listed on the power of attorney is to receive a copy of the letter ruling? See section 9.03(2).
2005–1 I.R.B.165January 3, 2005

Yes No N/A
Page
30. If you want your letter ruling request to be processed ahead of the regular order or by a specific
date,haveyourequestedexpeditedhandlinginthe form required by section 9.03(3) and stated a
compelling need for such action in the request?
Yes No N/A31. If you are requesting that a copy of the letter ruling be issued by facsimile (fax) transmission,
have you included a statement containing a waiverof any disclosure violations resulting from the
fax transmission? See section 9.03(4).
Yes No N/A
Page
32. If you want to have a conference on the issuesinvolved in the request, have you included a
request for conference in the ruling request? See section 9.03(5).
Yes No N/A
Page
33. If your request is covered by any of the guideline revenue procedures or other special require-
ments listed in section 10 of Rev. Proc. 2005–4, have you complied with all of the requirements
of the applicable revenue procedure?
Yes No N/A34. If you are requesting relief under § 7805(b)(regarding retroactive effect), have you complied
with all of the requirements in section 13.09?
Yes No N/A
Page
35. Have you addressed your request to the appropriate office listed in section 9.04? Improperly
addressed requests may be delayed (sometimes for over a week) in reaching the appropriate office
for initial processing.
SignatureTitle or authorityDate
Typed or printed name of
person signing checklist
January 3, 20051662005–1 I.R.B.

APPENDIX C
Additional Checklist for Roth IRA Recharacterization Ruling Requests
In order to assist EP Technical in processing a ruling request involving a Roth IRA recharacterization, in addition to the items
in Appendix B, please check the following list.
Yes No N/A
Page
1. Did you include the name(s) of the trustee and/orcustodian of the traditional individual retire-
ment account (IRA) (generally, a financial institution)?
Yes No N/A
Page
2. Is each IRA identification number present?
Yes No N/A
Page
3. If the ruling request involves Roth conversions both of a husband and wife, is the necessary
information with respect to each IRA of each party present?
Note: As long as husband and wife file a joint federal Form 1040, the Service can issue one ruling
covering both parties. Furthermore, if a joint federal income tax return has been filed for the year
or years in question, the Service only requires one user fee even if both husband and wife had
failed conversions.
Yes No N/A
Page
4. If there was one or more attempted conversions, are the applicable dates on which the attempted
IRA conversion(s) occurred included?
Yes No
Page
5. If the reason that a conversion failed is that the taxpayer or related taxpayers relied upon advice
of a tax professional such as a CPA, an attorney, or an enrolled actuary, is the name and occupation
of that adviser included?
Yes No
Page
6. Is certification that the taxpayer or taxpayers timely filed the relevant federal tax return(s)
present?
Yes No
Page
7. Is there a short statement of facts with respectto the conversion? For example, if the ruling
request involves a conversion attempted in 1998, there should be a statement of the facts that in-
cludes a representation of why the due date(s) found in Announcement 99–57 and Announcement
99–104 were not met.
Yes No
Page
8. If the taxpayer recharacterized his/her Roth IRA to a traditional IRA prior to submitting a
request for § 9100 relief, are the date(s) of the recharacterization(s), name(s) of trustees and/or
custodians, and the identification numbers of the traditional IRA(s) present?
Yes No
Page
9. Does the request include the type of contribution (i.e., regular or conversion) and amount of the
contribution being recharacterized?
2005–1 I.R.B.167January 3, 2005

APPENDIX D
Additional Checklist for Government Pick-Up Plan Ruling Requests
In order to assist EP Technical in processing a ruling request involving government pick-up plans, in addition to the items in
Appendix B please check the following list.
Yes No N/A
Page
1. Is the plan qualified under § 401(a) of the Code? (Evidence of qualification or representation
that the plan is qualified.)
Yes No N/A
Page
2. Is the organization that established the plana State or political subdivision thereof, or any
agency or instrumentality of the foregoing? An example of this would be a representation that the
organization that has established the plan is a political subdivision or municipality of the State.
Yes No N/A
Page
3. Is there specific information regarding who are the eligible participants?
Yes No N/A
Page
4. Are the contributions that are the subject of the ruling request mandatory employee contribu-
tions? These contributions must be for a specified dollar amount or a specific percentage of the
participant’s compensation and the dollar amount or percentage of compensation cannot be sub-
ject to change.
Yes No
Page
5. Does the plan provide that the participants do not have the election to opt in and/or out of the
plan?
Yes No
Page
6. Are copies of the enacting legislation providing that the contributions although designated as
employee contributions are being paid by the employer in lieu of contributions by the employee
included?
Yes No
Page
7. Are copies of the specific enabling authorization that provides the employee must not have the
option of choosing to receive the contributed amounts directly instead of having them paid by the
employer to the plan included? For example, a resolution, ordinance, plan provision, or collective
bargaining agreement couldspecify this information.
January 3, 20051682005–1 I.R.B.

APPENDIX E
Additional Checklist for Church Plan Ruling Requests
In order to assist EP Technical in processing a church plan ruling request, in addition to the items in Appendix B, please check
the following list.
Yes No N/A
Page
1. Is there specific information showing that the submission is on behalf of a plan established by
a named church or convention or association of churches? The information must show how the
sponsoring organization is controlled by, or associated with, the named church or convention or
association of churches. For example, the sponsoring organization might be listed in the church’s
official directory of related organizations whose mission is to further the objectives of the church.
In order to be considered associated with a churchor convention or association of churches, the
organization must share common religious bonds and convictions with that church or convention
or association of churches.
Yes No N/A
Page
2. Is there specific information showing that theorganization that has established the plan is a
tax-exempt organization as described in § 501 of the Code?
Yes No N/A
Page
3. Is there representation that the plan for which the ruling is being requested is qualified under
§ 401(a) of the Code or meets the requirements of § 403(b) of the Code?
Yes No N/A
Page
4. Does the ruling clearly state who are the eligible participants and the name of the employer of
these eligible participants?
Yes No
Page
5. Is there a representation that none of the eligibleparticipants are or canbe considered employed
in connection with one or more unrelated trades or businesses within the meaning of § 513 of the
Code?
Yes No
Page
6. Is there a representation that all of the eligible participants are or will be employed by the
named church or convention or association of churches, and will not include employees of for-
profit entities? An example of an eligible employee includes a duly ordained, commissioned, or
licensed minister of a church in the exercise of his or her ministry.
Yes No
Page
7. Is there specific information showing an existing plan committee whose principal purpose or
function is the administration or funding of the plan. This committee must be controlled by or
associated with the named church or convention or association of churches?
Yes No
Page
8. Is the composition of the committee stated?
2005–1 I.R.B.169January 3, 2005

26 CFR 601.201: Rulings and determination letters.
Rev. Proc. 2005–5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1. WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE?
.............................................. 172
SECTION 2. WHAT SIGNIFICANT CHANGES HA
VE BEEN MADE TO REV. PROC. 2004–5?
.............
.................. 173
SECTION 3. WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A TECHNICAL ADVICE MEMORANDUM AND A
TECHNICAL EXPEDITED ADVICE MEMORANDUM?
.................................................... 173
SECTION 4. ON WHAT ISSUES MAY OR MUST TAMS AND TEAMS BE REQUESTED UNDER THIS
PROCEDURE?
........................................................................................ 174
.01IssuesunderthejurisdictionoftheCommissioner,TaxExemptandGovernmentEntitiesDivision..................... 174
.02Farmers’cooperatives........................................................................................ 174
.03Basisforrequestingtechnicaladvice........................................................................... 174
.04Areasofmandatorytechnicaladvice .......................................................................... 174
.05Specialproceduresforcertainconversions...................................................................... 175
SECTION 5. ON WHAT ISSUES MUST TAMS AND TEAMS BE REQUESTED UNDER DIFFERENT
PROCEDURES?
....................................................................................... 175
.01 Matters (other than farmers’ cooperatives) under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel
(Corporate), the Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions & Products), the Associate
Chief Counsel (Income Tax & Accounting), the Associate Chief Counsel (International), the
Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs & Special Industries), the Division Counsel/Associate Chief
Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities), and the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure &
Administration) ............................................................................................. 175
.02 Alcohol, tobacco, and firearms taxes........................................................................... 175
.03Excisetaxes ................................................................................................ 175
SECTION 6. MAY A TAM OR A TEAM BE REQUESTED FOR A § 301.9100–1 REQUEST DURING THE
COURSE OF AN EXAMINATION?
....................................................................... 175
.01A§301.9100–1requestisaletterrulingrequest................................................................. 175
.02Statuteoflimitations......................................................................................... 176
.03Addresstosenda§301.9100–1request........................................................................ 176
.04 If the return is being examined or considered by an appeals office or a federal court, the taxpayer
must notify Employee Plans or Exempt Organizations Technical who will notify the Employee Plans
Examinations Area manager or the Exempt Organizations Examinations Area manager, the appeals
officeorgovernmentcounsel.................................................................................. 176
SECTION 7. WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REQUESTING TAMS AND TEAMS?.......................................... 177
.01 An Employee Plans Examinations Area manager, Exempt Organizations Examinations Area
manager, Employee Plans Determinations manager,Exempt Organizations Determinations manager,
Appeals Area Director, Area 7 or Appeals Area Director, LMSB determines whether to request a
TAMoraTEAM............................................................................................ 177
.02TaxpayermayaskthatissuebereferredforaTAMoraTEAM ................................................... 177
SECTION 8. WHEN SHOULD A TAM OR TEAM BE REQUESTED?..................................................... 177
.01Uniformityofpositionlacking ................................................................................ 177
.02WhenaTAMoraTEAMcanberequested..................................................................... 177
.03Attheearliestpossiblestage.................................................................................. 177
SECTION 9. HOW ARE PRE-SUBMISSION CONFERENCES SCHEDULED?............................................. 178
.01 Pre-submission conference generally is permitted when a request for a TAM or a TEAM is likely and
allpartiesagreetorequesttheconference....................................................................... 178
.02Purposeofpre-submissionconference ......................................................................... 178
.03 Request for pre-submission conference must be submitted in writing by the EP or EO Examinations
ortheEPorEODeterminationsortheappealsoffice............................................................. 178
January 3, 20051702005–1 I.R.B.

.04 Group will contact the EP or EO Examinations orthe EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office
toarrangethepre-submissionconference....................................................................... 178
.05Pre-submissionconferencegenerallyheldbytelephone .......................................................... 179
.06 Certain information required to be submitted to EP or EO Technical prior to the pre-submission
conference.................................................................................................. 179
.07Mannerofsubmittingpre-submissionmaterials ................................................................. 179
.08Pre-submissionconferencemaynotbetaped.................................................................... 179
.09DiscussionofsubstantiveissuesisnotbindingontheService..................................................... 179
SECTION 10. WHAT MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE REQUEST FOR A TAM OR A TEAM?................................ 179
.01Statementofissues,facts,law,andarguments................................................................... 179
.02Generalprovisionsof§§6104and6110oftheInternalRevenueCode............................................. 180
.03Applicationof§6104........................................................................................ 180
.04Statementidentifyinginformationtobedeletedfrompublicinspection............................................. 180
.05TransmittalForm5565,RequestforTechnicalAdvice—EP/EO.................................................. 181
.06Powerofattorney............................................................................................ 182
SECTION 11. HOW ARE REQUESTS HANDLED?.................................................................... 182
.01Taxpayernotified............................................................................................ 182
.02ConsiderwhethertheissueorissuesisappropriateforaTEAM................................................... 182
.03Considerwhetherpublishedguidanceisappropriate ............................................................. 182
.04Conferenceoffered .......................................................................................... 182
.05IfthetaxpayerdisagreeswiththeService’sstatementoffacts .................................................... 183
.06IftheServicedisagreeswiththetaxpayer’sstatementoffacts..................................................... 183
.07Ifthetaxpayerhasnotsubmittedtherequireddeletionsstatement ................................................. 183
.08Criminalorcivilfraudcases.................................................................................. 184
SECTION 12. HOW DOES A TAXPAYER APPEAL AN EP OR EO MANAGER’S OR AN APPEALS AREA
DIRECTOR’S DECISION NOT TO SEEK A TAM OR A TEAM
.............................................. 184
.01TaxpayernotifiedofdecisionnottoseekaTAMoraTEAM...................................................... 184
.02TaxpayermayrequestreviewofdecisionnottoseekaTAMoraTEAM........................................... 184
.03 EP or EO Examinations Area manager or EP or EO Determinations manager or the applicable
AppealsofficedetermineswhetheraTAMoraTEAMwillbesought.............................................. 184
.04Managerorareadirector’sdecisionmaybereviewedbutnotappealed............................................. 185
SECTION 13. HOW ARE REQUESTS FOR TAMS AND TEAMS WITHDRAWN?.......................................... 185
.01Taxpayernotified............................................................................................ 185
.02EPorEOTechnicalmayprovideviews ........................................................................ 185
SECTION 14. HOW ARE CONFERENCES SCHEDULED?.............................................................. 186
.01Ifrequested,offeredtothetaxpayerwhenadverseTAMorTEAMproposed........................................ 186
.02Timeline ................................................................................................... 186
.0321-dayperiodmaybeextendedifjustifiedandapproved......................................................... 186
.04Denialofextensioncannotbeappealed......................................................................... 186
.05Entitledtooneconferenceofright............................................................................. 186
.06Conferencemaynotbetaped ................................................................................. 187
.07Conferencemaybedelayedtoaddressarequestforreliefunder§7805(b) ......................................... 187
.08Servicemakestentativerecommendations...................................................................... 187
.09Additionalconferencesmaybeoffered......................................................................... 187
.10Additionalinformationsubmittedaftertheconference ........................................................... 188
.11Normallyheldbytelephone................................................................................... 188
SECTION 15. HOW IS STATUS OF REQUEST OBTAINED?............................................................ 188
.01 Taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative may request status from EP or EO Examinations or EP or
EODeterminationsortheappealsoffice........................................................................ 188
.02 EP or EO Technical will give status updates to the EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO
DeterminationsortheapplicableAppealsAreaDirector.......................................................... 188
SECTION 16. HOW DOES EP OR EO TECHNICAL PREPARE THE TAM OR THE TEAM?................................ 189
.01Delegatesauthoritytogroupmanagers......................................................................... 189
2005–1 I.R.B.171January 3, 2005

.02Determineswhetherrequesthasbeenproperlymade............................................................. 189
.03 Contacts the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office to discuss
issues ...................................................................................................... 189
.04 Informs the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office if any
mattersintherequesthavebeenreferredtoanothergrouporoffice................................................ 189
.05 Informs the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office if
additionalinformationisneeded............................................................................... 190
.06 Informs the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office of the
tentativeconclusion.......................................................................................... 190
.07 If a tentative conclusion has not been reached, gives date estimated for tentative conclusion.......................... 190
.08 Advises the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office that
preliminaryconclusionisnotfinal............................................................................. 190
.09 Advises the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office of final
conclusions................................................................................................. 190
.10Ifneeded,requestsadditionalinformation ...................................................................... 190
.11 Requests taxpayer to send additional information to the EP or EO Technical and a copy to the EP or
EOExaminationsortheEPorEODeterminationsortheappealsoffice ............................................ 191
.12Informsthetaxpayerwhenrequesteddeletionswillnotbemade................................................... 191
.13Preparesreplyintwoparts.................................................................................... 191
.14Routesrepliestoappropriateoffice............................................................................ 192
SECTION 17. HOW DOES EP OR EO EXAMINATIONS OR EP OR EO DETERMINATIONS OR AN
APPEALS OFFICE USE THE TAM OR THE TEAM?
....................................................... 193
.01Generallyappliesadviceinprocessingthetaxpayer’scase........................................................ 193
.02Reconsideration............................................................................................. 193
.03Discussionwiththetaxpayer.................................................................................. 193
.04Givescopytothetaxpayer.................................................................................... 193
.05Taxpayermayprotestdeletionsnotmade....................................................................... 194
.06Whennocopyisgiventothetaxpayer......................................................................... 194
SECTION 18. WHAT IS THE EFFECT OF A TAM OR A TEAM?........................................................ 194
.01 Applies only to the taxpayer for whom TAM or a TEAM was requ
ested..........................
.................. 194
.02Usuallyappliesretroactively.................................................................................. 194
.03 Generally applied retroactively to modify or revoke pri
orTAMorTEAM........................
.................. 194
.04 Applies to continuing action or series of actions until s
pecifically withdrawn, modified, or revoked. .
.................. 194
.05 Applies to continuing action or series of actions unti
lmaterialfactschange.......................
.................. 194
.06 Does not apply retroactively under certain condition
s..........................................
.................. 194
SECTION 19. HOW MAY RETROACTIVE EFFECT BE LIMITED?...................................................... 195
.01Commissionerhasdiscretionaryauthorityunder§7805(b) ....................................................... 195
.02TaxpayermayrequestCommissionertoexerciseauthority........................................................ 195
.03Formofrequesttolimitretroactivity—beforeanexamination..................................................... 195
.04Formofrequesttolimitretroactivity—duringcourseofexamination............................................... 195
.05 Form of request to limit retroactivity—technical advice that does not modify or revoke prior
memorandum ............................................................................................... 196
.06Taxpayer’srighttoaconference............................................................................... 196
.07Exhaustionofadministrativeremedies—employeeplansdeterminationletterrequests.............................. 196
.08Exhaustionofadministrativeremedies—exemptorganizationmatters............................................. 196
SECTION 20. WHAT IS THE EFFECT OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE ON OTHER DOCUMENTS?...................... 196
SECTION 21. EFFECTIVE DATE................................................................................... 196
SECTION 22. PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT....................................................................... 196
INDEX........................................................................................................... 198
SECTION 1. WHAT IS THE
PURPOSE OF THIS REVENUE
PROCEDURE?
.01 This revenue procedure explains when and how Employee Plans Technical or Exempt
Organizations Technical issue technical advice memoranda (TAMs) and technical expedited
advice memoranda (TEAMs) to an Employee Plans (EP) Examinations Area manager, an Ex-
January 3, 20051722005–1 I.R.B.

empt Organizations (EO) Examinations Area manager, an Employee Plans (EP) Determina-
tions manager, an Exempt Organizations (EO) Determinations manager, or an Appeals Area
Director, Area 7 in the employee plans areas (including actuarial matters) and exempt organi-
zations areas. It also explains the rights a taxpayer has when an EP or EO Examinations Area
manager, an EP or EO Determinations manager, or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7 requests
a TAM or a TEAM regarding a tax matter. Similarly, this revenue procedure may be used
by another Operating Division of the Serviceinvolved in an examination where EP Technical
does not have audit jurisdiction but has interpretive jurisdiction as enumerated in section 6.02
of Rev. Proc. 2005–4, page 128 of this Bulletin.
.02 Although taxpayer participation during allstages of the process is preferred, it is not
required in order to request technical advice. In the event that a taxpayer chooses not to par-
ticipate in a request for a TEAM, the request usually will be treated as a request for a TAM.
SECTION 2. WHAT
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
HAVE BEEN MADE TO REV.
PROC. 2004–5?
.01 This revenue procedure is a general update of Rev. Proc. 2004–5, 2004–1 I.R.B. 167,
which contains the general procedures for technical advice requests for matters within the ju-
risdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division.
.02 Sections 1.01, 3, 10.05, and 16.14 are clarified to state that in employee plans matters
if another Operating Division of the Service has audit jurisdiction where EP Technical has
interpretive jurisdiction, this revenue procedure should be followed.
.03 Section 4.04 is clarified to state that a TAM is not mandatory under certain circumstances
for exempt organizations.
SECTION 3. WHAT IS THE
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
TECHNICAL ADVICE AND
TECHNICAL EXPEDITED
ADVICE?
“Technical advice” means advice or guidance in the form of a memorandum furnished by
the Employee Plans Technical or Exempt Organizations Technical office, (hereinafter referred
to as “EP or EO Technical”), upon the request of an EP or EO Examinations Area manager, an
EP or EO Determinations manager or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, submitted in accor-
dance with the provisions of this revenue procedure in response to any technical or procedural
question that develops during any proceeding on the interpretation and proper application of
tax law, tax treaties, regulations, revenue rulings, notices or other precedents published by the
headquarters office to a specific set of facts.(The references in this revenue procedure to the
Appeals Area Director, Area 7 or appeals office include, when appropriate, an Appeals Area
Director, LMSB, a Deputy Appeals Area Director, LMSB, a Deputy Appeals Area Director,
Area 7, an Appeals Team Manager and include inemployee plans matters another Operating
Division of the Service described in the last sentence of section 1.01 above.) Such proceed-
ings include (1) the examination of a taxpayer’s return, (2) consideration of a taxpayer’s claim
for refund or credit, (3) a taxpayer’s request for a determination letter, (4) any other matter
involving a specific taxpayer under the jurisdiction of EP or EO Examinations, EP or EO De-
terminations, or an appeals office or (5) processing and considering nondocketed cases of a
taxpayer in an appeals office. However, they do not include cases in which the issue in the
case is in a docketed case for any year.
“Technical expedited advice” means technical advice issued in an expedited manner (here-
inafter referred to as a TEAM). Subject to an agreement among the taxpayer, the field office,
and the headquarters office, any issue eligible for a TAM (other than those enumerated in sec-
tion 4.04 of this procedure as mandatory technical advice cases) can be submitted for TEAM
treatment. A TEAM has several characteristicsthat are different from a TAM, including the
following: a mandatory pre-submission conference involving the taxpayer; in the event of a
tentative adverse conclusion to the taxpayer or the field, a conference of right will be offered
to the taxpayer and the field; and once the conference of right is held, no further conferences
will be offered. The procedures associated with a TEAM help expedite certain aspects of the
TAM process and eliminate some of the requirements that may delay or frustrate the TAM
process. For purposes of TAMs and TEAMs, the term “taxpayer” includes all persons subject
to any provision of the Internal Revenue Code (including tax-exempt entities such as govern-
mental units which issue municipal bonds withinthemeaningof§103),and when appropriate,
their representatives. However, the instructions and the provisions of this revenue procedure
do not apply to requests for TAMs or TEAMs involving any matter pertaining to tax-exempt
2005–1 I.R.B.173January 3, 2005

bonds or to § 457 plans maintained by state or local governments or tax-exempt organizations
or to mortgage credit certificates. Instead, in those instances the procedures under Rev. Proc.
2005–2, page 86, this Bulletin must be followed.
TAMS and TEAMs help Service personnel resolve complex issues and help establish and
maintain consistent holdings throughout the Internal Revenue Service. An EP or EO Exami-
nations, an EP or EO Determinations or an appeals office may raise an issue in any tax period,
even though technical advice or technical expedited advice may have been requested and fur-
nished for the same or similar issue for another tax period.
Neither technical advice nor technical expedited advice includes oral or written legal advice
furnished to the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office,
other than advice furnished pursuant to this revenue procedure. In accordance with section
12.01 of this revenue procedure, a taxpayer’s request for referral of an issue to the headquarters
office for technical advice or technical expedited advice will not be denied merely because EP
or EO Technical has already provided legal advice, other than advice furnished pursuant to
this revenue procedure, to the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the
appeals office on the matter.
Although taxpayer participation during all stages of the process is preferred, generally, it is
not required in order to request a TAM or a TEAM.In the event that a taxpayer chooses not to
participate in a request for a TEAM, the request usually will be treated as a request for a TAM.
SECTION4.ONWHATISSUES
MAYORMUSTTAMSAND
TEAMS BE REQUESTED
UNDER THIS PROCEDURE?
Issues under the jurisdiction of
the Commissioner, Tax Exempt
and Government Entities Division
.01 Generally, the instructions of this revenue procedure apply to requests for TAMs and
TEAMs on any issue under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government
Entities Division.
Farmers’ cooperatives.02 If an EP or EO Examinations, an EP or EO Determinations, an appeals office or a
taxpayer requests technical advice on a determination letter under § 521 of the Code, the
procedures under this revenue procedure, Rev. Proc. 90–27, 1990–1 C.B. 514, as well as
§ 601.201(n) of the Statement of Procedural Rules (26 CFR § 601.201(n) (2004)), must be
followed.
Basis for requesting TAMs
and TEAMs
.03 Requests for TAMs and TEAMs are encouraged on any technical or procedural ques-
tions arising in connection with any case of thetypedescribedinsection3atanystageofthe
proceedings in an EP or EO Examinations, an EP or EO Determinations or an appeals office
that cannot be resolved on the basis of law, regulations, or a clearly applicable revenue ruling
or other published precedent.
Areas of mandatory technical
advice
.04 Requests for § 7805(b) relief are mandatory TAMs with respect to all exempt organiza-
tions and employee plans matters.
Regarding exempt organizations matters,EO Examinations, EO Determinations and ap-
peals offices are required to request a TAM ontheir exempt organization cases concerning
qualification for exemption or foundation status for which there is no published precedent or
for which there is reason to believe that non-uniformity exists. (Exemption application cases
handled in EO Technical in accordance with Rev. Procs. 72–5, 80–27,or 90–27 are not cov-
ered by this provision.) A request for a TAM is not required if the Director, EO Examinations
proposes to revoke or modify (1) a letter ruling found to be in error or not in accord with the
current views of the Service, or (2) a letter recognizing tax-exempt status issued by the Na-
tional Office (now the Washington POD).
Regarding employee plans matters, a request for a TAM is required in cases concerning
(1) proposed adverse or proposed revocation letters on collectively-bargained plans, (2) plans
January 3, 20051742005–1 I.R.B.

for which the Service is proposing to issue a revocation letter because of certain fiduciary ac-
tions that violate the exclusive benefit rule of § 401(a) of the Code and are subject to Part 4
of Subtitle B of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, Pub. L.
93–406, 1974–3 C.B. 1, 43, (3) amendments to defined contribution plans pursuant to Rev.
Proc. 2004–15, 2004–7 I.R.B. 490, in connection with a waiver of the minimum funding stan-
dard and a request for a determination letter (seesection 15 of Rev. Proc. 2005–6, page 200,
this Bulletin, and section 3.04 of Rev. Proc. 2004–15), or (4) any determination letter case
or any examination case involving a plan amendment to convert an existing defined benefit
formula to a cash balance type benefit formula that was not previously subject to a TAM on
the conversion.
Special procedures for certain
conversions
.05 In the instance of section 4.04(4) above, the requirements of the first sentence of section
10.01 below will be deemed met by the Service by the use of the following (or similar) state-
ment: A TAM is requested on the effect on the plan’s qualified status of the conversion of an
existing defined benefit plan formula to a cash balance type benefit formula.
SECTION5.ONWHATISSUES
MUST TAMS AND TEAMS
BE REQUESTED UNDER
DIFFERENT PROCEDURES?
Matters (other than farmers’
cooperatives) under the
jurisdiction of the Associate
Chief Counsel (Corporate),
the Associate Chief Counsel
(Financial Institutions &
Products), the Associate
Chief Counsel (Income Tax &
Accounting), the Associate
Chief Counsel (International),
the Associate Chief Counsel
(Passthroughs & Special
Industries), the Division
Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel
(TE/GE), and the Associate
Chief Counsel (Procedure &
Administration)
.01 All procedures for obtaining TAMs and TEAMs on issues (other than farmers’ coop-
eratives) under the interpretive jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), the
Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions & Products), the Associate Chief Counsel (In-
come Tax & Accounting), the Associate Chief Counsel (International), the Associate Chief
Counsel (Passthroughs & Special Industries), or the Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel
(TE/GE), and on certain issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure
& Administration), including any matter pertaining to (1) tax-exempt bonds or mortgage credit
certificates, (2) deferred compensation plans under § 457, (3) § 526 of the Code (shipowners’
protection and indemnity associations), (4) § 528 (certain homeowners’ associations), (5) In-
dian tribal governments, (6) federal, state or local governments, and (7) issues involving the
interpretation or application of the federal income tax laws and income tax treaties relating to
international transactions are contained in Rev. Proc. 2005–2.
Alcohol, tobacco, and firearms
taxes
.02 The procedures for obtaining a TAM or a TEAM specifically applicable to federal alco-
hol, tobacco, and firearms taxesunder subtitle E of the Code are currently under the jurisdiction
of the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau within the Treasury Department.
Excise taxes.03 A TAM or a TEAM regarding excise taxes (other than excise taxes imposed under Chap-
ters 41, 42 and 43 of the Code), and employment taxes that employee plans and exempt orga-
nizations are subject to, are set forth in Rev. Proc. 2005–2.
SECTION 6. MAY TAM OR
TEAM UNDER § 301.9100–1
BE REQUESTED DURING
THECOURSEOFAN
EXAMINATION?
A § 301.9100–1 request is a letter
ruling request
.01 Except with regard to exemption application matters involving §§ 505(c) and 508, a
request for an extension of time for making anelection or other application for relief under
§ 301.9100–1 of the Procedure and Administration Regulations is not a request for a TAM
or a TEAM; instead, the request is submitted as a letter ruling request even if the request is
submitted after the examination of the taxpayer’s return has begun or after the issues in the
return are being considered by an appeals office or a federal court. Therefore, a § 301.9100–1
2005–1 I.R.B.175January 3, 2005

request should be submitted pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2005–4, page 128, this Bulletin (including
the payment of the applicable user fee listed in section 6 of Rev. Proc. 2005–8).
Statute of limitations.02 The running of any applicable period of limitations is not suspended
for the period dur-
ing which a § 301.9100–1 request has been filed.See§ 301.9100–3(d)(2)
. If the period of
limitations on an assessment under § 6501(a) for the taxable year in whi
ch an election should
have been made, or any taxable year that would have been affected by the e
lection had it been
timely made, will expire before receipt of a § 301.9100–1 letter ruling
, the Service ordinarily
will not issue a § 301.9100–1 ruling.See§ 301.9100–3(c)(1)(ii). Ther
efore, the taxpayer must
secure a consent under § 6501(c)(4) to extend the period of limitatio
ns on assessment. Note
that the filing of a protective claim for refund under § 6511 does not e
xtend the period of lim-
itations on assessment. If § 301.9100–1 relief is granted, the Servi
ce may require the taxpayer
to consent to an extension of the period of limitations for assessme
nt.See§ 301.9100–3(d)(2).
Address to send a § 301.9100–1
request
.03 Requests made under § 301.9100–1, pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2005–4, together with the
appropriate user fee, must be submitted to the Internal Revenue Service by the taxpayer and
addressed as follows:
Requests involving employee plans matters:
Internal Revenue Service
Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government
Entities
Attn: SE:T:EP:RA
P.O. Box 27063
McPherson Station
Washington, DC 20038
Requests involving exempt organization matters:
Internal Revenue Service
Commissioner, Tax Exempt
and Government
Entities
Attn: SE:T:EO:RA
P.O. Box 27720
McPherson Station
Washington, DC 20038
A § 301.9100–1 request may also be hand delivered between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:00
p.m. where a receipt will be given at the Courier’s Desk. In each instance, the package should
be marked RULING REQUEST SUBMISSION.SeeRev. Proc. 2005–8 for the appropriate
user fee. Deliver to:
Courier’s Desk
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: SE:T:EP:RA or SE:T:EO:RA
1111 Constitution Avenue, N.W. – PE
Washington, D.C. 20224
If return is being examined or
considered by an appeals office
or a federal court, the taxpayer
must notify EP or EO Technical
who will notify the EP or EO
Examinations Area manager,
AppealsAreaDirector,Area7or
government counsel
.04 If the taxpayer’s return for the taxable year in which an election should have been made
or any taxable year that would have been affected by the election had it been timely made is
being examined by EP or EO Examinations or the issues in the return are being considered
by an appeals office or a federal court, the taxpayer must notify EP or EO Technical.See,
§ 301.9100–3(e)(4)(i) and section 6.04 of Rev. Proc. 2005–4. EP or EO Technical will notify
the appropriate EP or EO Examinations Area manager or Appeals Area Director, Area 7, or
government counsel considering the return that a request for § 301.9100–1 relief has been
submitted. The EP or EO specialist, appeals officer or government counsel is not authorized
to deny consideration of a request for § 301.9100–1 relief. The letter ruling will be mailed to
the taxpayer and a copy will be sent to the appropriate EP or EO Examinations Area manager,
or Appeals Area Director, Area 7, or government counsel.
January 3, 20051762005–1 I.R.B.

SECTION 7. WHO IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR
REQUESTING THE TAMS and
TEAMS?
EP or EO Examinations
AreamanagerorEPorEO
Determinations manager or
Appeals Area Director, Area 7
determines whether to request
the advice
.01 The EP or EO Examinations Area manager, the EP or EO Determinations manager or
the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, determines whether to request a TAM or a TEAM on an
issue. Each request must be submitted through proper channels and signed by a person who is
authorized to sign for the EP or EO Examinations Area manager, the EP or EO Determinations
manager or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7. The mandatory technical advice described in
section 4.04(3) of this revenue procedure, for cases concerning amendments to defined con-
tribution plans in connection with a waiver of the minimum funding standard and a request
for a determination letter, is treated as if it had been a request for technical advice submitted
by the EP Determinations manager.Seesection15ofRev.Proc.2005–6andsection3.04of
Rev. Proc. 2004–15 for the procedural rules applicable to this particular mandatory technical
advice.
Taxpayer may ask that issue be
referred for TAM or TEAM
.02 While a case is under the jurisdiction of EP or EO Examinations, EP or EO Determina-
tions,ortheAppealsAreaDirector,Area7,ataxpayer may request that an issue be referred to
the EP or EO Technical office for a TAM or a TEAM.
SECTION8.WHENSHOULD
A TAM OR TEAM BE
REQUESTED?
Uniformity of position lacking.01 A TAM or a TEAM should be requested when there is a lack of uniformity regarding the
disposition of an issue or when an issue is unusualor complex enough to warrant consideration
by EP or EO Technical.
When can a TAM or a TEAM be
requested
.02 The provisions of this revenue procedure apply only to a case under the jurisdiction of
EP or EO Examinations, EP or EO Determinations or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7. A
TAM or a TEAM may also be requested on issues considered in a prior appeals disposition,
not based on mutual concessions for the same tax period of the same taxpayer, if the appeals
office that had the case concurs in the request.
(1) EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determinations may not request a TAM or TEAM
on an issue if an appeals office is currently considering an identical issue of the same taxpayer
(or of a related taxpayer within the meaning of § 267 or an affiliated group of which the taxpayer
is also a member within the meaning of § 1504).
(2) A case remains under the jurisdiction of EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determi-
nations even though an appeals office has the identical issue under consideration in the case of
another taxpayer (not related within the meaning of § 267 or § 1504) in an entirely different
transaction. With respect to the same taxpayer or the same transaction, when the issue is under
the jurisdiction of an appeals office, and the applicability of more than one kind of federal tax
is dependent upon the resolution of that issue, EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determi-
nations may not request a TAM or TEAM on the applicability of any of the taxes involved.
(3) EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determinations or an Appeals Area Director, Area
7, also may not request a TAM or TEAM on an issue if the same issue of the same taxpayer (or
of a related taxpayer within the meaning of § 267 or a member of an affiliated group of which
the taxpayer is also a member within the meaning of § 1504) is in a docketed case for the same
taxpayer (or for a related taxpayer or a member of an affiliated group of which the taxpayer is
also a member) for any taxable year.
(4) A TEAM cannot be requested on those areasof mandatory technical advice set forth in
section 4.04 of this procedure.
At the earliest possible stage.03 Once an issue is identified, all requests for a TAM or a TEAM should be made at the
earliest possible stage in the proceeding. The factthat the issue is raised late in the examination,
2005–1 I.R.B.177January 3, 2005

determination or appeals process should not influence, however, EP or EO Examinations’, EP
or EO Determinations’ or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7’s decision to request a TAM or a
TEAM.
SECTION 9. HOW ARE
PRE-SUBMISSION
CONFERENCES SCHEDULED?
Pre-submission conference
generally is permitted when a
requestforTAMorTEAMis
likely and all parties agree to
request the conference
.01 In an effort to promote expeditious processing of requests for a TAM or a TEAM, EP
or EO Technical generally will discuss the issue(s) with the EP or EO Examinations or the EP
or EO Determinations or the appeals office and the taxpayer prior to the time any request for
technical advice is formally submitted to EP orEO Technical. In all cases, other than manda-
tory TAMs which are described in section 4.04, a pre-submission conference is mandatory.
Although taxpayer participation in the conference is not required for a TAM, it is required for
a TEAM. A request for a pre-submission conference should be made, however, only after the
EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office determines that
it will likely request a TAM or a TEAM. If the request for a TAM or TEAM will involve more
than one function, representatives from each function involved must participate in the pre-sub-
mission conference.
Purpose of pre-submission
conference
.02 A pre-submission conference is intended tofacilitate agreement between the parties as
to the appropriate scope of the request for a TAM or a TEAM any collateral issues that either
should or should not be included in the request for a TAM or a TEAM, and any other substantive
or procedural considerationsthat will allow EP or EO Technicalto provide the parties with a
TAM or a TEAM as expeditiously as possible.
A pre-submission conference is not intendedto create an alternate procedure for determin-
ing the merits of the substantive positions advocated by the EP or EO Examinations or the
EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office or by the taxpayer. Rather, the conference is
intended only to facilitate the overall process.
During the pre-submission conference, the parties should determine whether the issue or
issues is appropriate for a TEAM. The parties should discuss the framing of the issue(s), what
background information and documents are required and when the request for a TAM or a
TEAM will be submitted. Where more than one function will be involved in responding to a
proposed TEAM, each must agree that the request is suitable for TEAM procedures and that
the necessary coordination can be provided.
If the different functions do not agree that the TEAM procedures are appropriate, then the
request will be processed subject to the procedures in this revenue procedure for a TAM.
Request for pre-submission
conference must be submitted
in writing by the EP or EO
Examinations or the EP or EO
Determinations or the appeals
office
.03 A request for a pre-submission conference must be submitted in writing by the EP or
EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office. The request should
identify the office expected to have jurisdiction over the request for a TAM or a TEAM. The
request should include a brief explanation of the primary issue so that an assignment to the
appropriate group can be made.
Group will contact the EP or
EO Examinations or the EP
or EO Determinations or the
appeals office to arrange the
pre-submission conference
.04 Within 5 working days after it receives the request, the group assigned responsibility
for conducting the pre-submission conference will contact the EP or EO Examinations or the
EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office to arrange a mutually convenient time for the
parties to meet (generally by telephone) inthe EP or EO Technical office. The conference
generally should be held within 30 calendar days after the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or
EO Determinations or the appeals office is contacted. The EP or EO Examinations or the EP or
EO Determinations or the appeals office will be responsible for coordinating with the taxpayer
as well as with any other Service personnel whose attendance the EP or EO Examinations or
the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office believes would be appropriate.
January 3, 20051782005–1 I.R.B.

If a TEAM is requested, the group assigned responsibility for conducting the pre-submission
conference will, within two working days of receiving the request, schedule the conference.
The conference will be held within 15 calendar days of the assigned group’s call to the field.
Pre-submission conference
generally held by telephone
.05 Generally, pre-submission conferences for TAMs and TEAMs are held by telephone
with EP or EO Technical unless the parties specifically request that the conference be held in
person. In no event will the request for an in person pre-submission conference on a TEAM
be allowed to delay the conference beyond the15-day period in section 9.04 of this revenue
procedure.
Certain information required
to be submitted to EP or
EO Technical prior to the
pre-submission conference
.06 At least 10 working days before the scheduled pre-submission conference, the EP or EO
Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office and the taxpayer should
submit to EP or EO Technical a statement of the pertinent facts (including any facts in dispute),
a statement of the issues that the parties would like to discuss, and any legal analysis, author-
ities, or background documents that the parties believe would facilitate EP or EO Technical’s
understanding of the issues to be discussed at the conference. The legal analysis provided for
the pre-submission conference need not be as fully developed as the analysis that ultimately
will accompany the request for a TAM or a TEAM, but it should allow EP or EO Technical to
become reasonably informed regarding the subject matter of the conference prior to the meet-
ing. The EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office or
the taxpayer should ensure that the EP or EO Technical office receives acopy of any required
power of attorney on Form 2848,Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative.
If the pre-submission conference pertains to a request for a TAM, the assigned group must
receive the pre-submission materials at least 10 working days prior to the conference.
If the pre-submission conference pertains to a request for a TEAM, the assigned group must
receive the pre-submission materials no laterthan five calendar days before the conference.
Failure to timely submit the materials will result in the case being processed as a TAM rather
than a TEAM.
Manner of submitting
pre-submission materials
.07 Regardless whether the pre-submission conference pertains to a request for a TAM or a
request for a TEAM, the pre-submission materials must be submitted electronically. In order
to obtain the protection of taxpayer information offered by the Service’s Intranet “firewall,”
the pre-submission materials must be electronically transmitted by the Service office assigned
to the request.
To the extent that supporting materials cannot be submitted electronically, such materials
should be sent by fax or by express mail or privatedelivery service to the tax law specialist or
actuary in Headquarters assigned to the request. In such cases, the appropriate provisions of
section 10.05 should be followed.
Pre-submission conference may
not be taped
.08 Because pre-submission conference procedures are informal, no tape, stenographic, or
other verbatim recording of a conference may be made by any party.
Discussion of substantive issues is
not binding on the Service
.09 Any discussion of substantive issues at a pre-submission conference is advisory only, is
not binding on the Service, and cannot be relied upon as a basis for obtaining retroactive relief
under the provisions of § 7805(b).
SECTION 10. WHAT MUST BE
INCLUDED IN THE REQUEST
FORATAMORATEAM?
Statement of issues, facts, law, and
arguments
.01 Whether initiated by the taxpayer or by an EP or EO Examinations or an EP or EO
Determinations or an appeals office, a request for a TAM or a TEAM must include the facts
and the issues for which the TAM or the TEAM is requested, and a written statement that
clearly sets forth the applicable law and the arguments in support of both the Service’s and the
taxpayer’s positions on the issue or issues.
2005–1 I.R.B.179January 3, 2005

Taxpayer must submit statement
if the taxpayer initiates request
foraTAMoraTEAM
(1) If the taxpayer initiates the request for a TAM or a TEAM, the taxpayer must submit to
the EP or EO specialist or appeals office at the time the taxpayer initiates the request, a written
statement—
(a) stating the facts and the issues;
(b) explaining the taxpayer’s position;
(c) discussing any relevant statutory provisions, tax treaties, court decisions, regulations,
revenue rulings, revenue procedures, notices, or any other authority supporting the taxpayer’s
position; and
(d) stating the reasons for requesting technical advice.
If the EP or EO specialist or the appeals office determines that a TAM or TEAM will be
requested, the taxpayer’s statement will beforwarded to EP or EO Technical with the request
fortheTAMorTEAM.
Taxpayer is encouraged to submit
statement if Service initiates
requestforaTAMoraTEAM
(2) If the request for a TAM or A TEAM is initiated by an EP or EO Examinations office
or by an EP or EO Determinations office or by anappeals office, the taxpayer is encouraged
to submit the written statement described in section 10.01(1) of this revenue procedure. If the
taxpayer’s statement is received after the request for the TAM or the TEAM has been forwarded
to EP or EO Technical, the statement will be forwarded to EP or EO Technical for association
with the TAM or the TEAM.
Statement of authorities contrary
to taxpayer’s position
(3) Whether the request for a TAM or a TEAM is initiated by the taxpayer or by an EP
or EO Examinations office or by an EP or EO Determinations office or by an appeals office,
the taxpayer is also encouraged to comment on any legislation, tax treaties, regulations, rev-
enue rulings, revenue procedures, or court decisions contrary to the taxpayer’s position. If the
taxpayer determines that there are no contrary authorities, a statement to this effect would be
helpful. If the taxpayer does not furnish either contrary authorities or a statement that none
exists, the Service, in complex cases or those presenting difficult or novel issues, may request
submission of contrary authorities or a statement that none exists.
General provisions of §§ 6104
and 6110
.02 Generally, § 6104(a)(1)(B) provides that an application filed with respect to: (1) the
qualification of a pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan under § 401(a) or § 403(a) or
an individual retirement arrangement under § 408(a) or § 408(b) will be open to public in-
spection pursuant to regulations as will (2) any application filed for an exemption from tax
under § 501(a) of an organization forming part of a plan or account described above. Gen-
erally, § 6110(a) provides that except as provided otherwise, written determinations (defined
in § 6110(b)(1) as rulings, determination letters, technical advice memorandums and Chief
Counsel advice) and any related background file document will be open to public inspection
pursuant to regulations.
Application of § 6104.03 The requirements for submitting statements and other materials or proposed deletions
in TAMs or TEAMs before public inspection is allowed do not apply to requests for any doc-
uments to the extent § 6104 applies.
Statement identifying in
formation
to be deleted from public
inspection
.04 The text of a TAM or a TEA
M subject to § 6110(a) may be open to public inspection.
The Service deletes cert
ain information from the text before it is made available for inspection.
To help the Service make t
he deletions required by § 6110(c), the taxpayer must provide a
statement indicating th
e deletions desired (“deletions statement”). If the taxpayer does not
submit the deletions sta
tement, the Service will follow the procedures in section 11.07 of this
revenue procedure.
A taxpayer who wants only names, addresses, and identifying numbers deleted should state
this in the deletions statement. If the taxpayer wants more information deleted, the deletions
statement must be accompanied by a copy of the TAM or the TEAM request and supporting
documents on which the taxpayer should bracket the material to be deleted. The deletions
statement must indicate the statutory basis, under § 6110(c) for each proposed deletion.
January 3, 20051802005–1 I.R.B.

The taxpayer may submit additional deletions statements before the TAM or TEAM is is-
sued.
The deletions statement must not appear inthe request for a TAM or a TEAM but, instead,
must be made in a separate document.
The deletions statement must be signed and dated by the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s autho-
rized representative. A stamped signature or a faxed signature is not permitted.
The taxpayer should follow these same procedures to propose deletions from any additional
information submitted after the initial request for a TAM or a TEAM. An additional deletions
statement, however, is not required with each submission of additional information if the tax-
payer’s initial deletions statement requests that only names, addresses, and identifying numbers
are to be deleted and the taxpayer wants the same information deleted from the additional in-
formation.
Transmittal Form 5565, Request
for Technical Advice — EP/EO
.05 The EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office (in-
cluding another Operating Division of the Service involved in an examination where EP Tech-
nical does not have audit jurisdiction but has interpretive jurisdiction as enumerated in section
6.02 of Rev. Proc. 2005–4) should use Form 5565,Request for Technical Advice — EP/EO,
for transmitting a request for technical advice to EP or EO Technical.
The appropriate office of the Service must submit electronically, the Form 5565 for a TAM
or a TEAM request toDavid.W.Welty@irs.govfor EP matters andWayne.C.Hardesty@irs.gov
for EO matters. To the extent feasible, theaccompanying documents should be submitted to
the same e-mail address (followed by a hard copy if requested by the assigned group).See
section 9.07 for additional information.
The applicable office should submit additionaldocuments that are not available in electronic
form by fax to 202–283–9654 for EP matters and 202–283–8858 for EO matters or by express
mail or private delivery service to the address below.
Whenever possible, all documents should contain the case number and name of the tax law
specialist or actuary assigned to the pre-submission conference for the TAM or TEAM request.
Documents that are being sent in hardcopy should be sent on the business day before the day
that the request for a TAM or a TEAM is submitted via e-mail, so as not to delay the process. It
is anticipated that most, if not all, such documents will be identified during the pre-submission
conference.
The field and the taxpayer are encouraged to provide electronic versions of a proposed TAM
or TEAM containing the taxpayer’s deletions and legends for EP Technical’s or EO Technical’s
use.
Address to send requests from EP
or EO Examinations or EP or EO
Determinations offices or another
Operating Division
Employee Plans
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: SE:T:EP:RA
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W. – PE
Washington, DC 20224
Exempt Organizations
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: SE:T:EO:RA
1111 Constitution Ave., N.W. – PE
Washington, DC 20224
2005–1 I.R.B.181January 3, 2005

Address to send requests from
appeals offices
Internal Revenue Service
Director, Technical Services
Attn: C:AP
Franklin Court Building
1099 14
th
Street, NW
Washington, DC 20005
Power of attorney.06 Any authorized representative, as described in section 9.02 of Rev. P
roc. 2005–4,
whether or not enrolled to practice,must comply with Treasury Departmen
t Circular No. 230,
as revised, and with the conference and practice requirements of the St
atement of Procedural
Rules (26 CFR part 601). A Form 2848,Power of Attorney and Declaration o
f Representative,
must be used with regard to requests for a TAM or a TEAM under this revenue
procedure.
An original, a copy or a fax transmission of the power of attorney is acc
eptable so long as its
authenticity is not reasonably disputed.
SECTION 11. HOW ARE
REQUESTS HANDLED?
Taxpayer notified.01 Regardless of whether the taxpayer or the Service initiates the request for a TAM or a
TEAM, the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office: (1)
will notify the taxpayer that the TAM or the TEAM is being requested; and (2) at or before the
time the request is submitted to EP or EO Technical, will give to the taxpayer a copy of the
arguments that are being provided to EP or EO Technical in support of its position.
If the EP or EO specialist or appeals office initiates the request for a TAM or a TEAM, he
or she will give to the taxpayer a copy of the statement of the pertinent facts and the issues
proposed for submission to EP or EO Technical.
This section 11.01 does not apply to a TAM or a TEAM described in section 11.08 of this
revenue procedure.
Consider whether the issue
or
issues is appropriate for a
TEAM
.02 The tax law specialist o
r actuary assigned to the case and reviewer should evaluate the
issue(s) presented in any T
EAM request to confirm that the issue(s) is appropriate for TEAM
procedures. If the tax law
specialist or actuary and the reviewer have reservations as to whether
TEAM procedures should ap
ply, the reviewer should discuss those reservations with both the
field and the taxpayer and
, if necessary, the group manager. If they agree that the TEAM
procedures should not ap
ply because the issue is too complex or cannot for practical reasons, be
resolved within 60 days,
the group manager should prepare a memo to the Manager, Technical
asking that the case be ex
cluded from the TEAM procedures and be treated as a TAM.
The office assigned the case will attempt toissue all TEAMs within 60 calendar days of
receipt, provided that the field and the taxpayer submit all required information in a timely
manner. The office will provide the field with the TEAM at the earliest possible date (whether
the proposed TEAM is favorable or adverse, in whole or in part, to the taxpayer). The head-
quarters office will not advise the taxpayer of a proposed or final conclusion until the office
assigned the case has considered a request for reconsideration under section 17 of this revenue
procedure, or if no reconsideration is requested after the 30-day period to request reconsidera-
tion, whichever occurs later.
Consider whether published
guidance is appropriate
.03 Whenever the assigned reviewer suspects that general guidance should be published
regarding the issue presented, the reviewerwill notify the Manager, Technical who in turn
will notify the Manager, Technical Guidance and Quality Assurance. The Manager, Technical
Guidance and Quality Assurance will then determine if the issue meets publication standards.
In general, except where policy issues and concerns regarding proper administration of the tax
laws require otherwise, the TAM or the TEAM will be issued in advance of published guidance.
Conference offered.04 When notifying the taxpayer that technical advice is being requested, the EP or EO
specialist or appeals office will also tell the taxpayer about the right to a conference in EP
or EO Technical if an adverse decision is indicated and will ask the taxpayer whether such a
conference is desired.
January 3, 20051822005–1 I.R.B.

If the taxpayer disagrees with the
Service’s statement of facts
.05 If the EP or EO specialist or appeals office initiates the request for a TAM or a TEAM,
the taxpayer has 10 calendar days after receiving the statement of facts and specific issues to
submit to that specialist or officer a written statement specifying any disagreement on the facts
and issues. A taxpayer who needs more than 10 calendar days must justify, in writing, the
request for an extension of time. The extension is subject to the approval of the EP or EO
Examinations Area manager or the EP or EO Determinations manager or the Appeals Area
Director, Area 7. This section 11.05 does notapply to a TAM or a TEAM described in section
11.08.
After receiving the taxpayer’s statement of the areas of disagreement, every effort should
be made to reach agreement on the facts and the specific points at issue before the matter is
referred to EP or EO Technical. If an agreement cannot be reached, the EP or EO Examinations
or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office will notify the taxpayer in writing. Within
10 calendar days after receivingthe written notice, the taxpayer may submit a statement of the
taxpayer’s understanding of the facts and the specific points at issue. A taxpayer who needs
more than 10 calendar days to prepare the statement of understanding must justify, in writing,
the request for an extension of time. The extension is subject to the approval of the EP or EO
Examinations Area manager or the EP or EO Determinations manager or the Appeals Area
Director, Area 7. Both the statements of the taxpayer and the EP or EO Examinations or EP or
EO Determinations or appeals office will be forwarded to EP or EO Technical with the request
for a TAM or a TEAM.
When EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determinations or the Appeals Area Director,
Area 7, and the taxpayer cannot agree on the material facts and the request for a TAM or a
TEAM does not involve the issue of whether a letter ruling or determination letter should be
modified or revoked, EP or EO Technical, at itsdiscretion, may refuse to provide technical
advice. If EP or EO Technical chooses to issue the TAM or the TEAM, it will base its advice
on the facts provided by the EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determinations or appeals
office.
If a request for a TAM or a TEAM involves the issue of whether a letter ruling or determi-
nation letter should be modified or revoked, EP or EO Technical will issue the TAM or TEAM.
If the Service disagrees with the
taxpayer’s statement of facts
.06 If the taxpayer initiates the action to request a TAM or A TEAM, and the taxpayer’s
statement of the facts and issues is not whollyacceptable to the EP or EO Examinations or the
EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office, the Service will notify the taxpayer in writing
of the areas of disagreement. The taxpayer has10 calendar days after receiving the written
notice to reply to it. A taxpayer who needs more than 10 calendar days must justify in writing
the request for an extension of time. The extension is subject to the approval of the EP or EO
Examinations Area manager, or the EP or EO Determinations manager or the Appeals Area
Director, Area 7.
If an agreement cannot be reached, both the statements of the taxpayer and the EP or EO
Examinations or EP or EO Determinations orappeals office will be forwarded to EP or EO
Technical with the request for a TAM or a TEAM. When the disagreement involves material
facts essential to the preliminary assessment of the case, the EP or EO Examinations Area
manager, EP or EO Determinations manager or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, may refuse
to refer a taxpayer initiated request for the TAM or the TEAM to EP or EO Technical.
If the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the Appeals Area Director,
Area 7, submits a case involving a disagreement of material facts, EP or EO Technical, at its
discretion, may refuse to provide the TAM or the TEAM. If EP or EO Technical chooses to
issue the TAM or the TEAM, it will base its advice on the facts provided by the EP or EO
Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office.
If the taxpayer has not submitted
the required deletions statement
.07 When the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office
initiates the request for a TAM or a TEAM, the taxpayer has 10 calendar days after receiving
the statement of facts and issues to be submitted to EP or EO Technical to provide the deletions
statement required under § 6110 if public inspection is permitted pursuant to § 6110 (seesection
2005–1 I.R.B.183January 3, 2005

10.05 of this revenue procedure). In such a case,if the taxpayer does not submit the deletions
statement, the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office,
will tell the taxpayer that the statement is required.
When the taxpayer initiates the request for a TAM or a TEAM and does not submit with the
request a deletions statement as required by § 6110, the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or
EO Determinations or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, will ask the taxpayer to submit the
statement. If the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the Appeals Area
Director, Area 7, does not receive the deletionsstatement within 10 calendar days after asking
the taxpayer for it, the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the Appeals
Area Director, Area 7, may decline to submit the request for the TAM or the TEAM.
However, if the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the Appeals
Area Director, Area 7, decides to request a TAM or a TEAM, whether initiated by the EP
or
EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office or by the taxpa
yer, in a
case in which the taxpayer has not submitted the deletions statement, EP or EO Tech
nical will
make those deletions that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines are
required by
§6110(c).
Criminal or civil fraud cases.08 The provisions of this section (about referring issues upon the taxpayer’s request, ob-
taining the taxpayer’s statement of the areas ofdisagreement, telling the taxpayer about the
referral of issues, giving the taxpayer a copy of the arguments submitted, submitting proposed
deletions, and granting conferences in EP orEO Technical) do not apply to a TAM or a TEAM
described in § 6110(g)(5)(A) that involves a matter that is the subject of or is otherwise closely
related to a criminal or civil fraud investigation, or a jeopardy or termination assessment.
In these cases, a copy of the TAM or the TEAM is given to the taxpayer after all proceedings
in the investigations or assessments are complete, but before the Service mails the notice of
intention to disclose the TAM or the TEAM under §6110(f)(1). The taxpayer may then provide
the statement of proposed deletions to EP or EO Technical.
SECTION 12. HOW DOES A
TAXPAYER APPEAL AN EP
OR EO MANAGER’S OR AN
APPEALS AREA DIRECTOR’S
DECISION NOT TO SEEK
TECHNICAL ADVICE?
Taxpayer notified of decision not
to seek a TAM or a TEAM
.01 If the EP or EO specialist’s or the appeal’sreferral of an issue to EP or EO Technical for
a TAM or a TEAM does not warrant referral, the EP or EO specialist or the appeals office will
tell the taxpayer. A taxpayer’s request for such a referral will not be denied merely because EP
or EO Technical provided legal advice, other than advice furnished pursuant to this revenue
procedure, to the EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determinations or appeals office on the
matter.
Taxpayer may request review
of decision not to seek a TAM
or a TEAM
.02 The taxpayer may request review of the decision of the EP or EO specialist or the appeals
office not to request a TAM or a TEAM in all instances. To do so, the taxpayer must submit
to that specialist or office, within 10 calendar days after being told of the decision, a written
statement of the facts, law, and arguments ontheissueandthereasonswhythetaxpayerbe-
lieves the matter should be referred to EP or EO Technical for a TAM or a TEAM. A taxpayer
who needs more than 10 calendar days must justify in writing the request for an extension of
time. The extension is subject to the approval of the EP or EO Examinations Area manager or
EP or EO Determinations manager or the appropriate appeals office.
EP or EO Examinations
AreamanagerorEPorEO
Determinations manager or
Appeals Area Director, Area 7,
determines whether technical
advice will be sought
.03 The EP or EO specialist or the appeals office submits the taxpayer’s statement through
proper channels to the EP or EO Examinations Area manager or the EP or EO Determinations
manager or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, along with the EP or EO specialist’s or the
appeals office’s statement of why the issue should not be referred to EP or EO Technical. The
manager or chief determines, on the basis of the statements, whether a TAM or a TEAM will
be requested.
January 3, 20051842005–1 I.R.B.

If the manager or chief determines that aTAM or a TEAM is not warranted and proposes
to deny the request, the taxpayer is told in writing about the determination. In the letter to the
taxpayer, the manager or chief states the reasons for the proposed denial (except in unusual
situations when doing so would be prejudicialto the best interests of the Government). The
taxpayer has 10 calendar days after receiving the letter to notify the manager or chief of agree-
ment or disagreement with the proposed denial.
Manager or area director’s
decision may be reviewed but
not appealed
.04 The taxpayer may not appeal the decision of the EP or EO Examinations Area manager
or the EP or EO Determinations manager or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, not to request
a TAM or a TEAM from EP or EO Technical. However, if the taxpayer does not agree with
the proposed denial, all data on the issue for which the TAM or the TEAM has been sought,
including the taxpayer’s written request and statements, will be submitted to the Commissioner,
Tax Exempt and Government Entities Divisionor the Director, Appeals, Technical Services as
appropriate.
The Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division through the Director,
Employee Plans, or the Director, Exempt Organizations or, if appropriate, the Chief, Appeals
will review the proposed denial solely on the basis of the written record, and no conference will
be held with the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative. The appropriate Director or Chief or
his or her representative may consult with EP orEO Technical and the Office of Chief Counsel,
if necessary, and will notify the EP or EO Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or
the appeals office within 45 calendar days of receiving all the data regarding the request for
a TAM or a TEAM whether the proposed denial is approved or disapproved. The EP or EO
Examinations or the EP or EO Determinations or appeals office will then notify the taxpayer.
While the matter is being reviewed, the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO
Determinations office or the appeals office suspends action on the issue (except when the delay
would prejudice the Government’s interest).
The provisions of this revenue procedure regarding review of the proposed denial of a re-
quest for a TAM or a TEAM continue to be applicable in those situations in which the authority
normally exercised by the EP or EO Examinations Area manager, the EP or EO Determinations
manager, or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, has been delegated to another official.
SECTION 13. HOW ARE
REQUESTS FOR TAMs and
TEAMs WITHDRAWN?
Taxpayer notified.01 Once a request for a TAM or a TEAM has been sent to EP or EO Technical, only an EP
or EO Examinations Area manager, an EP or EODeterminations manager or an Appeals Area
Director, Area 7 may withdraw that request for the TAM or the TEAM. He or she may ask to
withdraw a request at any time before the responding transmittal memorandum transmitting
the TAM or the TEAM is signed.
The EP or EO Examinations Area manager, the EP or EO Determinations manager or the
Appeals Area Director, Area 7, as appropriate, must notify the taxpayer in writing of an intent
to withdraw the request for the TAM or the TEAM except—
(1) when the period of limitations on assessment is about to expire and the taxpayer has
declined to sign a consent to extend the period, or
(2) when such notification would be prejudicial to the best interests of the Government.
If the taxpayer does not a
gree that the request for a TAM or a TEAM should be withdrawn,
the procedures in sectio
n 12 of this revenue procedure must be followed.
EP or EO Technical may provide
views
.02 When a request for a TAM or a TEAM is withdrawn, EP or EO Technical may send
its views to the EP or EO Examinations officeor the EP or EO Determinations office or the
Appeals Area Director, Area 7, when acknowledging the withdrawal request. In an actual
appeals case, acknowledgment of the withdrawal request should be sent to the appropriate
2005–1 I.R.B.185January 3, 2005

appeals office, through the Director, Technical Services, C:AP.In appropriate cases, the subject
matter may be published as a revenue ruling or as a revenue procedure.
SECTION 14. HOW ARE
CONFERENCES SCHEDULED?
If requested, offered to the
taxpayer when adverse TAM
or TEAM proposed
.01 If, after the TAM or the TEAM is analyzed, it appears that a TAM or a TEAM adverse
to the taxpayer will be given, and if a conference has been requested, the taxpayer will be
informed, by telephone if possible,of the time and place of the conference.
Timeline.02 The conference for a TAM must be held within 21 calendar days after the taxpayer is
contacted.
Within 20 calendar days of receipt of a TEAM request, the assigned group in EP Technical
or in EO Technical will analyze the facts and offer the taxpayer a conference of right which
will be scheduled within 10 calendar days of the date of the offer of the conference.
If conferences are being arranged for more than one request for a TAM or a TEAM for
the same taxpayer, they will be scheduled to cause the least inconvenience to the taxpayer. If
considered appropriate, EP orEO Technical will notify the EP or EO specialist or the appeals
office of the scheduled conference and will offer the EP or EO specialist or the appeals office
the opportunity to attend the conference. The Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government
Entities Division, the Chief, Appeals, the EP or EO Examinations Area manager, the EP or
EO Determinations manager, or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7 may designate other Ser-
vice representatives to participate in the conference in lieu of, or in addition to, the EP or EO
specialist or the appeals officer.
21-day period may be extended if
justified and approved
.03 In the case of a TAM, an extension of the 21-day period will be granted only if the
taxpayer justifies it in writing, and the group manager (or his or her delegate) of the office
to which the case is assigned approves it. No extension will be granted without the approval
of the group manager (or his or her delegate). The taxpayer (or an authorized representative
must notify the EP Specialist or the EO Specialist or the appeals office of the request for an
extension. Except in rare and unusual circumstances, EP or EO Technical will not agree to an
extension of more than 10 working days beyond the end of the 21-day period. No extension of
the ten day period for TEAMs is allowed.
The taxpayer’s request for an extension must be submitted before the end of the 21-day
period, and should be submitted sufficiently before the end of this period to allow EP or EO
Technical to consider, and either approve or deny, the request before the end of the 21-day
period. If unusual circumstances near the endof the period make a timely written request
impractical, the taxpayer (or anauthorized representative) should orally inform the assigned
tax law specialist or actuary before the end ofthe period about the problem and about the
forthcoming written request for an extension. The written request for an extension must be
submitted to EP or EO Technical promptly after the oral request. The taxpayer will be told
promptly (and later in writing) of the approval or denial of the requested extension.
Denial of extension cannot
be appealed
.04 There is no right to appeal the denial of a request for an extension of a TAM. If EP or EO
Technical is not advised of problems with meeting the 21-day period, or if the written request
is not sent promptly after EP or EO Technical isnotified of problems with meeting the 21-day
period, the TAM will be processed on the basis of the existing record.
Entitled to one conference of right.05 A taxpayer is entitled by right to onlyone conference in EP or EO Technical except
as provided in section 14.09 of this revenue procedure. This conference is normally held at
the group level in EP Technical or EO Technical, whichever is appropriate. It is attended by
a person who has authority to sign the transmittal memorandum discussed in section 16.13 on
behalf of the group manager.
When more than one group has taken an adverse position on an issue in the request, or
when the position ultimately adopted by one group will affect another group’s determination,
a representative from each group with authorityto sign for the group manager will attend the
January 3, 20051862005–1 I.R.B.

conference. If more than one subject is discussed at the conference, the discussion constitutes
the conference of right for each subject discussed.
To have a thorough and informed discussion of the issues, the conference usually is held
after the group has had an opportunity to study the case. However, the taxpayer may request
that the conference of right be held earlier in the consideration of the case than the Service
would ordinarily designate.
The taxpayer has no right to appeal the action of a group to any other Service official.But
seesection 14.09 for situations in which the Service may offer additional conferences.
Conference may not be taped.06 Because conference procedures are informal, no tape, stenographic, or other verbatim
recording of a conference may be made by any party.
Conference may be delayed to
address a request for relief
under § 7805(b)
.07 In the event of a tentative adverse determination, the taxpayer may request in writing
a delay of the conference so that the taxpayercan prepare and submit a brief requesting re-
lief under § 7805(b) (discussed in section 19 of this revenue procedure). The group manager
(or his or her delegate) of the office to which the case is assigned will determine whether to
grant or deny the request for delaying the conference. If such request is granted, the Service
will schedule a conference on the tentatively adverse position and the § 7805(b) relief request
within 10 days of receiving the taxpayer’s § 7805(b) request.Seesection 19.06 of this revenue
procedure for the conference procedures if the § 7805(b) request is made after the conference
on the substantive issues has been held.
Service makes tentative
recommendations
.08 The senior Service representative at the conference ensures that the taxpayer has full
opportunity to present views on all the issues inquestion. The Service representatives explain
the tentative decision on the substantive issues.
If, in the instance of a TAM, the taxpayer requests relief under § 7805(b) (regarding limita-
tion of retroactive effect), the Service representatives will discuss the tentative recommendation
concerning the request for relief and the reason for the tentative recommendation. Because a
request for § 7805(b) relief is mandatory pursuant to section 4.04 of this revenue procedure, a
TEAM cannot be requested.
No commitment will be made as to the conclusion that the Service will finally adopt regard-
ing any issue, including the outcome of the § 7805(b) request for relief.
Additional conferences may
be offered
.09 In the case of a TAM, the Service will offer the taxpayer an additional conference if,
after the conference of right, an adverse holding is proposed on a new issue or on the same
issue but on grounds different from those discussed at the first conference. In the case of a
TEAM, once the conference of right is held, no further conferences will be offered unless the
case is first excluded from the TEAM procedure and treated as a TAM as described in section
3 of this revenue procedure.
When a proposed holding is reversed at a higher level with a result less favorable to the
taxpayer, the taxpayer has no right to another conference if the grounds or arguments on which
the reversal is based were discussed at the conference of right.
The limitation on the numb
er of conferences to which a taxpayer is entitled does not pre-
vent EP or EO Technical fro
m inviting a taxpayer to attend additional conferences, including
conferences with an offi
cial higher than the group level, if EP or EO Technical personnel think
they are necessary. Such
conferences are not offered as a matter of course simply because the
group has reached an adve
rse decision. In general, conferenceswith higher level officials are
offered only if the Servi
ce determines that the case presents significant issues of tax policy or
tax administration and t
hat the consideration of these issues would be enhanced by additional
conferences with the tax
payer.
In accordance with section 14.02 of this revenue procedure, the EP or EO specialist or the
appeals office may be offered the opportunity to participate in any additional taxpayer’s con-
ference, including a conferencewith an official higher than the group level. Section 14.02 of
2005–1 I.R.B.187January 3, 2005

this revenue procedure also provides that other Service representatives are allowed to partici-
pate in the conference.
Additional information submitted
after the conference
.10 After the conference, the taxpayer must furnish to EP or EO Technical, whichever is
applicable, any additional data, lines of reasoning, precedents, etc., thatthe taxpayer proposed
and discussed at the conference but did not previously or adequately present in writing. This
additional information must be submitted by letter with a penalties of perjury statement in the
form described in section 16.10 of this revenue procedure.
For TAMs and TEAMs the taxpayer must also send a copy of the additional information to
the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the Appeals Area
Director, Area 7, for comment. Any comments on additional information by Service personnel
must be furnished promptly to the appropriate group in EP or EO Technical. If the EP or EO
Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the Appeals Area Director, Area
7, does not have any comments, he or she mustnotify the group representative promptly.
If the additional information has a significant impact on the facts in the request for a TAM or
a TEAM, EP or EO Technical will ask EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determinations or
the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, for comments onthe facts contained in the additional infor-
mation submitted. The EP or EO Examinationsoffice or the EP or EO Determinations office
ortheAppealsAreaDirector,Area7,willgivethe additional information prompt attention.
In the case of a TAM, if the additional information is not received from the taxpayer within
21 calendar days, the TAM will be issued on the basis of the existing record. In the case of a
TEAM, if the additional information is not received within 15 calendar days the TEAM will
be issued based on the existing record.
An extension of the 21-day period for TAMs may be granted only if the taxpayer justifies
it in writing, and the group manager (or his or her delegate) of the office to which the case is
assigned approves the extension. Such extension will not be routinely granted. The procedures
for requesting an extension of the 21-day period and notifying the taxpayer of the Services’s
decision are the same as those in sections 14.03 and 14.04 of this revenue procedure. There is
no extension of the 15-day period for TEAMs.
Normally held by telephone.11 The conference will be conducted by telephone, unless the taxpayer or the field requests
that the conference be held in person. The taxpayer will be advised when to call the Service
representatives (not a toll-free call). In no event will the conference be delayed to provide an
in-person conference ratherthan a telephone conference.
In accordance with section 14.02 of this revenue procedure, the EP or EO specialist or ap-
peals office will be offered the opportunity to participate in the telephone conference. Section
14.02 of this revenue procedure also provides that other Service representatives are allowed to
participate in the conference.
SECTION 15. HOW IS STATUS
OF REQUEST OBTAINED?
Taxpayer or taxpayer’s
representative may request status
from EP or EO Examinations
or EP or EO Determinations or
appeals office
.01 The taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative may obtain information on the status of
the request for a TAM or a TEAM by contacting the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP
or EO Determinations office or the appeals office that requested the TAM or the TEAM.See
section 16.08 of this revenue procedure concerning the time for discussing the tentative conclu-
sion with the taxpayer’s representative.Seesection 17.03 of this revenue procedure regarding
discussions of the contents of the TAM or the TEAM with the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s rep-
resentative.
EP or EO Technical will give
status updates to the EP or EO
Examinations or EP or EO
Determinations or Appeals Area
Director, Area 7
.02 The group representative or manager to whom the TAM or the TEAM request is as-
signed will give status updates on the request once a month to the EP or EO Examination Area
manager or the EP or EO Determinations manager or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7. In
addition, an EP or EO Examinations Area manager or an EP or EO Determinations manager
or an Appeals Area Director, Area 7 may get current information on the status of the request
January 3, 20051882005–1 I.R.B.

for a TAM or a TEAM by calling the person whose name and telephone number are shown on
acknowledgment of receipt of the request for the TAM or the TEAM.
Seesection 16.09 of this revenue procedure about discussing the final conclusions with the
EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations officeor the appeals office.
Further, the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the Ap-
peals Area Director, Area 7 will be notified at the time the TAM or the TEAM is mailed.
SECTION 16. HOW DOES EP
OR EO TECHNICAL PREPARE
THETAMORTHETEAM?
Delegates authority to group
managers
.01 The authority to issue a TAM or a TEAM on issues under the jurisdiction of the Com-
missioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division has largely been delegated to the
managers of the Employee Plans Rulings & Agreements Technical and Actuarial groups, and
the Technical Guidance and Quality Assurance group (collectively referred to as “EP Tech-
nical”); and of the Exempt Organizations Rulings & Agreements Technical groups and the
Technical Guidance and Quality Assurance group(collectively referred to as “EO Technical”)
Determines whether request has
been properly made
.02 A request for a TAM or a TEAM generally is given priority and processed expeditiously.
As soon as the request for a TAM or a TEAM is assigned, the technical employee analyzes the
file to see whether it meets all of the requirements of sections 7, 8, and 10 of this revenue
procedure.
However, if the request does not comply with the requirements of section 10.04 of this
revenue procedure relating to the deletions statement, the Service will follow the procedure in
the next to last paragraph of section 11.05 of this revenue procedure.
ContactstheEPorEO
Examinations or EP or EO
Determinations or appeals office
to discuss issues
.03 Upon receipt of a request for a TAM or a TEAM, a representative of the group assigned
the TAM or the TEAM will telephone the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO
Determinations office or the appeals office to acknowledge receipt of the TAM or the TEAM
and to establish a point of contact. Within 21 calendar days from the receipt of a TAM or within
five calendar days for a TEAM, the tax law specialist or actuary should contact the EP or EO
specialist or appeals office to discuss the procedural and substantive issues in the request that
come within the group’s jurisdiction.
Informs the EP or EO
Examinations or EP or EO
Determinations or appeals office
if any matters in the request
have been referred to another
group or office
.04 If the technical advice request concerns matters within the jurisdiction of more than one
group or office, a representative of the group thatreceived the original technical advice request
generally informs the EP or EO Examinations office or EP or EO Determinations office or the
appeals office within 21 calendar days of receiving the request that—
(1) the matters within the jurisdiction of another group or office have been referred to the
other group or office for consideration, and
(2) a representative of the other group or office will contact the EP or EO Examinations
office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the appeals office about the referral of the
technical advice request within 21 calendar days after receiving it in accordance with section
16.03 above.
If the request for a TEAM involves more than one office, all of the offices involved should
have had the opportunity to participate in the pre-submission conference. Within five calendar
days of receipt, the office with the primary responsibility over the TEAM will confirm that all
of the offices have received copies of the TEAMrequest and will advise the submitting office
as to who is assigned the TEAM among the various offices. If, after receiving the TEAM
request, the office with jurisdiction over theTEAM determines that coordination with another
office is required, the tax law specialist or actuary will also notify the submitting office of the
new coordination within five calendar days of the receipt of the TEAM.
2005–1 I.R.B.189January 3, 2005

Informs the EP or EO
Examinations or EP or EO
Determinations or appeals office if
additional information is needed
.05 The group representative will inform the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO
Determinations office or the appeals office that the case is being returned if substantial addi-
tional information is required to resolve an issue. Cases also should be returned for additional
information when significant unresolved factual variances exist between the statement of facts
submitted by the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations or the appeals
office and the taxpayer. They should also be returned if major procedural problems cannot be
resolved by telephone. The EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations
office or the appeals office should promptly notify the taxpayer of the decision to return the
case for further factual development or other reasons.
If only minor procedural deficiencies exist, the group will request the additional information
in the most expeditious mannerwithout returning the case.
Informs the EP or EO
Examinations or EP or EO
Determinations or appeals office
of the tentative conclusion
.06 If all necessary information has been provided, the group representative informs the EP
or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the appeals office within
21-calendar days after receiving the information for a TAM and within five calendar days after
receiving the information for a TEAMof his or her tentative conclusion.
If a tentative conclusion has not
been reached, gives date estimated
for tentative conclusion
.07 If a tentative conclusion has not been reached because of the complexity of the issue, the
group representative informs the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations
office or the appeals office of the estimated date the tentative conclusion will be made.
Advises the EP or EO
Examinations or EP or EO
Determinations or appeals office
that preliminary conclusion
not final
.08 Because the group representative’s tentative conclusion may change during the prepa-
ration and review of the TAM or the TEAM, the tentative conclusion should not be considered
final. Therefore, neither the group representative nor the EP or EO Examinations office or the
EP or EO Determinations or the appeals office should advise the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s
representative of the tentative conclusion before the scheduling of the adverse conference or
between the scheduling and the commencement of the adverse conference.
Advises the EP or EO
Examinations or EP or EO
Determinations or appeals office
of final conclusions
.09 In all cases, the group representative should inform the EP or EO specialist or appeals
office of EP or EO Technical’s final conclusions.The EP or EO specialist or the appeals office
should be offered the opportunity to discuss theissues and EP or EO Technical’s final conclu-
sions before the TAM or the TEAM is issued.
If needed, requests additional
information
.10 If, following the initial contact referenced in section 16.03 of this revenue procedure,
it is determined, after discussion with the appropriate group manager or reviewer, that addi-
tional information is needed, a group representative will obtain the additional information from
the taxpayer, the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the
Appeals Area Director, Area 7, in the most expeditious manner possible. Any additional in-
formation requested from the taxpayer by EP or EO Technical must be submitted by letter,
accompanied by a penalties of perjury statement,within 21 calendar days after the request for
information is made. In the case of a TEAM, any additional information requested from the
taxpayer by the Headquarter’s office must be submitted by letter with a penalties of perjury
statement within five calendar days after the request for information is made.
Request for additional
information by fax
(1) To facilitate prompt action on TAM and TEAM requests, the Service may request any
additional information from the taxpayer by fax.
A request to fax a copy of additional information to the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s autho-
rized representative must be made in writing, either as part of the original TAM or TEAM
request or prior to the mailing of the request for additional information. The request to fax ad-
ditional information must contain the fax number of the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s authorized
representative to and from whom the document is to be faxed.
Because of the unsecured nature of a fax transmission, the Service will take certain precau-
tions to protect confidential information. For example, the Service will use a cover sheet that
identifies the intended recipient of the fax andthe number of pages transmitted, that does not
identify the taxpayer by name or tax identifying number and that contains a statement prohibit-
ing unauthorized disclosure of the document if a recipient of the faxed document is not the
January 3, 20051902005–1 I.R.B.

intended recipient of the fax. Also, for example, the cover sheet should be faxed in an order in
which it will become the first page covering the faxed document.
Penalties of perjury statement(2) Additional information submitted to EP or EO Technical must be accompanied by the
following declaration:“Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this
information, including accompanying documents, and, to the best of my knowledge and
belief, the information contains all the relevant facts relating to the request, for the in-
formation and such facts are true, correct, and complete.”This declaration must be signed
and dated by the taxpayer, not the taxpayer’s representative. A stamped signature or a faxed
signature is not permitted.
(3) A written request for an extension of time to submit additional information must be re-
ceived by EP or EO Technical within the 21-day period for TAMs (5-day period for TEAMs),
giving compelling facts and circumstances to justify the proposed extension. The group man-
ager (or his or her delegate) of the office to which the case is assigned will determine whether
to grant or deny the request for an extension.Except in rare and unusual circumstances, EP or
EO Technical will not agree to an extension of more than 10 working days beyond the end of
the 21-day period in the case of a TAM or a 5-day period in the case of a TEAM. There is no
right to appeal the denial of a request for an extension.
(4) If EP or EO Technical does not receivethe additional information within 21 c
alendar
days, plus any extensions granted by the appropriate group manager (or his or h
er delegate),
EP or EO Technical will process the TAM or the TEAM based on the existing record
.
Requests taxpayer to send
additional information to the EP
or EO Technical and a copy to the
EP or EO Examinations or EP or
EO Determinations or Appeals
Area Director, Area 7
.11 Whether or not requested by the Service,any additional information submitted by the
taxpayer should be sent to the headquarters office. Generally, the taxpayer needs only to submit
the original of the additional information to EP or EO Technical. However, in appropriate
cases, EP or EO Technical may request additional copies of the information.
Also, the taxpayer must send a copy to either the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or
EO Determinations office or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, for comment. Any comments
must be furnished promptly to the appropriate group in EP or EO Technical. If the EP or EO
Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the Appeals Area Director, Area
7, does not have any comments, he or she mustnotify the group representative promptly.
Informs the taxpayer when
requested deletions will not be
made
.12 Generally, before replying to the request for a TAM or a TEAM, EP or EO Technical
informs the taxpayer orally or in writing of the material likely to appear in the TAM or the
TEAM that the taxpayer proposed be deleted but that the Service has determined should not
be deleted.
If so informed, the taxpayer may submit within 10 calendar days any further information or
other arguments supporting the taxpayer’s proposed deletions.
The Service will attempt to resolve all disagreements about proposed deleti
ons before EP
or EO Technical replies to the request for a TAM or a TEAM. However, the taxpaye
rdoes
not have the right to a conference to resolve any disagreements about materia
l to be deleted
fromthetextoftheTAMortheTEAM.These matters, however, may be considered
at any
conference otherwise scheduled for the request.
Prepares reply in two parts.13 EP or EO Technical’s replies to a TAM or a TEAM request is in two parts. Each part
identifies the taxpayer by name, address, identification number, and year or years involved.
The first part of the reply is a transmittal memorandum. In unusual cases, it is a way of
giving the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the appeals
office administrative or other information that under the nondisclosure statutes or for other
reasons may not be discussed with the taxpayer.
The second part is the TAM or the TEAM, which contains—
(1) a statement of the issues;
2005–1 I.R.B.191January 3, 2005

(2) a statement of the facts pertinent to the issues;
(3) a statement of the pertinent law, tax treaties, regulations, revenue rulings, and other
precedents published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, and court decisions;
(4) a discussion of the rationale underlyingthe conclusions reached by EP or EO Technical;
and
(5) the conclusions of EP or EO Technical.
The conclusions give direct answers, whenever possible, to the specific issues raised by the
EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations officeor the appeals office.
However, EP or EO Technical is not bound by the precise statement of the issues as submitted
by the taxpayer or by the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office
or the appeals office and may reframe the issues to be answered in the TAM or the TEAM.
The discussion in the TAM or the TEAM of the issues will be in sufficient detail so that the
EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determinations or appeals officials will understand the
reasoning underlying the conclusion.
Accompanying a TAM or a TEAM subject to § 6110, is a notice under § 6110(f)(1) of
intention to disclose the TAM or the TEAM (including a copy of the version proposed to be
open to public inspection and notations of third party communications under § 6110(d)).
Routes replies to appropriate
office
.14 Replies to requests for TAMs and TEAMs from EO Examinations Area managers and
EO Determinations managers are addressed to:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: EO Mandatory Review
MC 4920 DAL
1100 Commerce Street
Dallas, TX 75242
The EO Mandatory Review Staff will ensure that copies are forwarded to the EO Examina-
tions Area manager or the EO Determinations manager.
Replies to requests for TAMs and TEAMs (1) from EP Examinations Area managers and (2)
TAMs from EP Determinations managers that were sent to Headquarters before November 1,
2000, as well as replies to all requests for TAMs and TEAMs from other Operating Divisions of
the Service involved in an examination where EP Technical does not have audit jurisdiction but
has interpretive jurisdiction as enumerated in section 6.02 of Rev. Proc. 2005–4, are addressed
to:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: EP Special Review — Room 1550
SE:T:EP:E:PR:SR:Technical Advice Coordinator
P.O. Box 13163
Baltimore, MD 21203
The EP Special Review Staff will ensure that copies are forwarde
d to the applicable man-
ager.
Replies to requests for TAMs or TEAMs from EP Determinations managers sent to Head-
quarters after October 31, 2000, are addressed to:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: EP Determinations Quality Assurance
P.O. Box 2508
Cincinnati, OH 45201
Replies to requests for TAMs and TEAMs thatare from the Appeals Area Director, Area 7
are routed to the appropriate appeals office through Technical Services, C:AP.
January 3, 20051922005–1 I.R.B.

SECTION 17. HOW DOES AN
EP OR EO EXAMINATIONS OR
EP OR EO DETERMINATIONS
OR AN APPEALS OFFICE USE
THE TAMs AND TEAMS?
Generally applies advice in
processing the taxpayer’s case
.01 The EP or EO Examinations Area manager or the EP or EO Determinations
manager
or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, must process the taxpayer’s case o
n the basis of the
conclusions in the TAM or the TEAM unless—
(1) the EP or EO Examinations Area manager or the EP or EO Determinations manager or
the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, decides that the conclusions reached by EP or EO Techni-
cal in a TAM or a TEAM should be reconsidered (the reconsideration process may include a
conference held with the EP or EO specialist or appeals office that requested the TAM or the
TEAM and the tax law specialist or actuary who drafted the TAM or the TEAM), or
(2) the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, in the case of a TAM or a TEAM unfavorable to the
taxpayer, decides to settle the issue in the usual manner under existing authority.
Subject to a request for reconsideration of the conclusions in a TAM or a TEAM, EP or EO
Examinations or EP or EO Determinations must follow the conclusions in a TAM or a TEAM
as to all issues and the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, must follow the conclusions in a TAM
or a TEAM on issues of an organization’s/plan’sstatus or qualification. Thus, if the TAM
or the TEAM received by EP or EO Examinations or EP or EO Determinations concerns an
organization’s/plan’s status or qualification,the organization/plan has no appeal to the appeals
office on those specific issues.
Reconsideration.02 The EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the Appeals
Area Director, Area 7 has 30 calendar days after receipt of a TAM or a TEAM to either for-
mally request reconsideration or give the adopted TAM or TEAM to the taxpayer. Requests for
TAM or TEAM reconsideration must describe with specificity the errors in the TAM or TEAM
analysis and conclusions. Requests for reconsideration should not reargue points raised in the
initial request, but should instead focus onpoints that the TAM or the TEAM overlooked or
misconstrued in the arguments by the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Deter-
minations office or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7 in support of their request. The Head-
quarters office will consider the request for reconsideration of a TEAM and will, if possible,
rule on that request within 30 calendar days of receipt. The Headquarters office may request
further submissions from the field or the taxpayer, but the parties should make no additional
submissions in the absence of such a request.
If the field does not req
uest reconsideration of a TAM or a TEAM, the TAM or TEAM will
take effect when the fi
eld provides a copy of the adopted TAM or TEAM to the taxpayer, or at
the end of the 30-day pe
riod following the issuance of the TAM or the TEAM to the field. If
reconsideration is re
quested for a TEAM, the TEAM will take effect five calendar days after
the TEAM is ruled on.
Discussion with the taxpayer.03 EP or EO Technical will not discuss the contents of the TAM or the TEAM with the
taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative until the taxpayer has been given a copy by the EP or
EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the appeals office.
Gives copy to the taxpayer.04 The EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the Appeals
Area Director, Area 7, only after adopting theTAM or the TEAM, gives the taxpayer (1) a copy
of the TAM or the TEAM described in section 16.13, and (2) the notice under § 6110(f)(1) of
intention to disclose the TAM or the TEAM (including a copy of the version proposed to be
open to public inspection and notations of third party communications under § 6110(d)).
This requirement does not apply to a TAM or a TEAM involving a criminal or civil fraud
investigation, or a jeopardy or termination assessment, as described in section 11.08 of this
revenue procedure, or documents to which § 6104 (document open to public inspection) applies
as described in section 10.03.
2005–1 I.R.B.193January 3, 2005

Taxpayer may protest deletions
not made
.05 After receiving the notice under § 6110(f)(1) of intention to disclose the TAM or the
TEAM, the taxpayer may protest the disclosure ofcertain information in it. The taxpayer must
submit a written statement within 20 calendar days identifying those deletions not made by the
Service that the taxpayer believes should have been made. The taxpayer must also submit a
copy of the version of the TAM or the TEAM proposed to be open to public inspection with
brackets around deletions proposed by the taxpayer that have not been made by EP or EO
Technical.
Generally, EP or EO Technical considers only thedeletion of material that the taxpayer has
proposed be deleted or other deletions as required under § 6110(c) before the EP or EO Tech-
nical reply is sent to the EP or EO Examinationsoffice or the EP or EO Determinations office
or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7. Within 20calendar days after it receives the taxpayer’s
response to the notice under § 6110(f)(1), EP or EO Technical must mail the taxpayer its final
administrative conclusion about the deletions to be made.
When no copy is given to the
taxpayer
.06 If EP or EO Technical tells the EP or EO Examinations office or the EP or EO Deter-
minations office or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, that a copy of the TAM or the TEAM
should not be given to the taxpayer and the taxpayer requests a copy, the EP or EO Examina-
tions office or the EP or EO Determinations office or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, will
tell the taxpayer that no copy will be given.
SECTION 18. WHAT IS THE
EFFECT OF A TAM OR A
TEAM?
Applies only to the taxpayer for
whom a TAM or a TEAM was
requested
.01 A taxpayer may not rely on a TAM or a TEAM issued by the Service for another tax-
payer.
Usually applies retroactively.02 Except when stated otherwise, a holding in a TAM is applied retroactively, unless the
Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division exercises discretionary author-
ity under § 7805(b) to limit the retroactive effect of the holding. Section 18.06 below lists the
criteria necessary for granting § 7805(b) relief, and section 18 of this revenue procedure de-
scribes the effect of § 7805(b) relief. Because§ 7805(b) relief is mandatory technical advice,
it cannot be the subject of a TEAM.
Generally applied retroactively
to modify or revoke prior TAM
or TEAM
.03 A holding that modifies or revokes a holding in a prior TAM or TEAM is applied retroac-
tively, with one exception. If the new holding is less favorable to the taxpayer than the earlier
one, it generally is not applied to the period when the taxpayer relied on the prior holding in
situations involving continuing transactions.
Applies to continuing action or
series of actions until specifically
withdrawn, modified, or revoked
.04 If a TAM or a TEAM relates to a continuingaction or a series of actions, ordinarily
it is applied until specifically withdrawn or until the conclusion is modified or revoked by
enactment of legislation, ratification of a tax treaty, a decision of the United States Supreme
Court, or the issuance of regulations (temporary or final), a revenue ruling, or other statement
published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. Publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking
does not affect the application of a TAM or a TEAM.
Applies to continuing action or
series of actions until material
facts change
.05 A taxpayer is not protected against retroactive modification or revocation of a TAM or
a TEAM involving a continuing action or a seriesof actions occurring after the material facts
on which the TAM or the TEAM is based have changed.
Does not apply retroactively
under certain conditions
.06 Generally, a TAM that modifies or revokes a letter ruling or another TAM or TEAM or a
determination letter is not applied retroactively either to the taxpayer to whom or for whom the
letter ruling or TAM or TEAM or determination letter was originally issued, or to a taxpayer
whose tax liability was directly involved in such letter ruling or TAM or TEAM or determina-
tion letter if—
(1) there has been no misstatement or omission of material facts;
January 3, 20051942005–1 I.R.B.

(2) the facts at the time of the transaction are notmaterially different from the facts on which
the letter ruling or TAM or TEAM or determination letter was based;
(3) there has been no change in the applicable law;
(4) in the case of a letter ruling, it was originally issued on a prospective or proposed trans-
action; and
(5) the taxpayer directly involved in the letter ruling or TAM or TEAM or determination
letter acted in good faith in relying on the letter ruling or TAM or TEAM or determination
letter, and the retroactive modification or revocation would be to the taxpayer’s detriment. For
example, the tax liability of each employee covered by a letter ruling or TAM or TEAM or
determination letter relating to a pension plan of an employer is directly involved in the letter
ruling or TAM or TEAM or determination letter. However, the tax liability of members of an
industry is not directly involved in a letter ruling or TAM or TEAM or determination letter
issued to one of the members, and the holding in amodification or revocation of a letter ruling
or TAM or TEAM or determination letter to one member of an industry may be retroactively
applied to other members of the industry. By the same reasoning, a tax practitioner may not
obtain the nonretroactive application to one client of a modification or revocation of a letter
ruling or TAM or determination letter previously issued to another client.
When a letter ruling or determination letter to a taxpayer or a TAM or a TEAM involving
a taxpayer is modified or revoked with retroactive effect, the notice to the taxpayer, except in
fraud cases, sets forth the grounds on which the modification or revocation is being made and
the reason why the modification or revocation is being applied retroactively.
In order for a TAM that modifies or revokes a letter ruling or another TAM or TEAM or a
determination letter not to be applied retroactively either to the taxpayer to whom or for whom
the letter ruling, TAM or TEAM or determination letter was originally issued, or to a taxpayer
whose tax liability was directly involved in such letter ruling, TAM or TEAM or determination
letter, such taxpayer generally must request relief under § 7805(b) in the manner described in
section 19 below.
SECTION 19. HOW MAY
RETROACTIVE EFFECT BE
LIMITED?
Commissioner has discretionary
authority under § 7805(b)
.01 Under § 7805(b) the Commissioner or the Commissioner’s delegate has the discretion
to prescribe the extent, if any, to which a TAMwill be applied without retroactive effect.
Taxpayer may request
Commissioner to exercise
authority
.02 A taxpayer who has received a TAM or a TEAM or for whom a TAM request is pending
may request that the Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division, the Com-
missioner of Internal Revenue’s delegate, exercise the discretionary authority under § 7805(b)
to limit the retroactive effect of any holding stated in the TAM, which may still be pending, or
the TEAM, which must have been issued, or to limit the retroactive effect of any subsequent
modification or revocation of a TAM or a TEAM through a TAM.
Form of request to limit
retroactivity—before an
examination
.03 When a TAM or a TEAM that concerns a continuing transaction is modified or revoked
by, for example, a subsequent revenue ruling or final regulations, a request to limit the retroac-
tive effect of the modification or revocation of the TAM or the TEAM must be made in the
form of a request for a letter ruling if submittedbefore examination of the return that contains
the transaction that is the subject of the request for the letter ruling.SeeRev. Proc. 2005–4.
Form of request to limit
retroactivity—during course of an
examination
.04 When, during the course of an examination of a taxpayer’s return by EP or EO Examina-
tions or consideration by the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, a taxpayer is informed that EP or
EO Examinations or the Appeals Area Director, Area 7, recommends that a TAM or a TEAM
be modified or revoked, a request to limit the retroactive application of the modification or
revocation of the TAM or the TEAM must itself be made in the form of a request for a TAM.
Seesections 7, 8 and 10 of this revenue procedure and sections 19.07 and 19.08 below.
2005–1 I.R.B.195January 3, 2005

The taxpayer must also submit a statement that the request is being made pursuant to
§ 7805(b). This statement must also indicate the relief requested and give the reasons and
arguments in support of the relief requested. It must also be accompanied by any documents
bearing on the request. The explanation should discuss the five items listed in section 18.06
of this revenue procedure as they relate to the taxpayer’s situation.
The taxpayer’s request, including the statement that the request is being made pursuant to
§ 7805(b), must be forwarded by EP or EO Examinations or the Appeals Area Director, Area
7, to EP or EO Technical for consideration.
Form of request to limit
retroactivity—technical advice
that does not modify or revoke
prior memorandum
.05 A request to limit the retroactive effect of a holding in a TAM that does not modify or
revoke a TAM may be made as part of that TAM request, either initially, or at any time before
the TAM is issued by EP or EO Technical. In such a case, the taxpayer must also submit a
statement in support of the application of § 7805(b), as described in section 19.04 above.
Taxpayer’s right to a conference.06 When a request for a TAM concerns only the application of § 7805(b), the taxpaye
rhas
the right to a conference in EP or EO Technical in accordance with the provisions
of section
14 of this revenue procedure.
If the request for application of § 7805(b) is included in the request for a TAM on the sub-
stantive issues or is made before the conference of right on the substantive issues, the § 7805(b)
issues will be discussed at the taxpayer’s one conference of right.
If the request for the application of § 7805(b) is made as part of a pending TAM request
after a conference has been held on the substantive issues, and the Service determines that
there is justification for having delayed the request, then the taxpayer will have the right to
one conference of right concerning the application of § 7805(b), with the conference limited
to discussion of this issue.
Exhaustion of administrative
remedies — employee plans
determination letter requests
.07 Where the applicant has requested EP Determinations to seek a TAM on the applica-
bility of § 7805(b) relief to a qualification issue under § 401(a) pursuant to a determination
letter request, the applicant’s administrative remedies will not be considered exhausted until
EP Technical has a reasonable time to act on the request for a TAM. (Seesection 20 of Rev.
Proc. 2005–6.)
Exhaustion of administrative
remedies — exempt organization
matters
.08 Where a TAM has been requested pursuant to an exempt organization’s request for
§ 7805(b) relief from the retroactive application of an adverse determination within the mean-
ing of § 7428(a)(1), the exempt organization’s administrative remedies will not be considered
exhausted, within the meaning of § 7428(b)(2),until EO Technical has a reasonable time to act
on the request for a TAM.
SECTION 20. WHAT IS THE
EFFECT OF THIS REVENUE
PROCEDURE ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS?
Rev. Proc. 2004–5 is superseded.
SECTION 21. EFFECTIVE
DATE
This revenue procedure is effective January 3, 2005.
SECTION 22. PAPERWORK
REDUCTION ACT
The collections of information contained in this revenue procedure have been reviewed and
approved by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with the Paperwork Reduc-
tion Act (44 U.S.C. § 3507) under control number 1545–1520.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collec-
tion of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number.
The collections of information in this revenue procedure are in sections 6.03, 9, 10.01, 10.02,
11.03, 11.06, 11.07, 12.02, 12.03, 13.01, 14.03, 14.10, 16.10, 16.12, 17.05, 19.03, 19.04, and
19.05. This information is required to evaluate and process the request for a TAM or a TEAM.
In addition, this information will be used to help the Service delete certain information from
the text of the TAM or the TEAM before it is made available for public inspection, as required
January 3, 20051962005–1 I.R.B.

by § 6110. The collections of information are required to obtain a TAM or a TEAM. The likely
respondents are businesses or other for-profit institutions and not-for-profit institutions.
The estimated total annual reporting and/or recordkeeping burden is 1,950 hours.
The estimated annual burden per respondent/recordkeeper varies from 4 hours to 60 hours,
depending on individual circumstances, withan estimated average of 19.5 hours. The esti-
mated number of respondents and/or recordkeepers is 100.
The estimated annual frequency of responses is one request per applicant.
Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their
contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally,
tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by § 6103.
DRAFTING INFORMATIONThe principal author of this revenue procedure is Michael Rubin of the Employee Plans, Tax
Exempt and Government Entities Division. For further information regarding how this revenue
procedure applies to employee plans matters,please contact the Employee Plans Customer
Assistance Service at 1–877–829–5500 (a toll-free number) or Mr. Rubin at (202) 283–9888
(not a toll-free number). For exempt organizations matters, please contact Mr. Wayne Hardesty
at (202) 283–8976 (not a toll-free number).
2005–1 I.R.B.197January 3, 2005

INDEX
References are to sections in Rev. Proc. 2005–5
Additional Information
—procedureforsubmission...................................................................sections16.02,16.05,16.10
afterconference ....................................................................................section14.10
—proposeddeletionsunder§6110..........................................................................section10.04
Chief Counsel
—jurisdiction..............................................................................................section5.01
Conferences
—offered ...................................................................................sections11.04,14.01,14.09
exceptions ............................................................................sections11.06,12.04,16.12
—pre-submission.............................................................................................section9
—scheduling................................................................................................section14
requesttolimitretroactivity.............................................................sections14.07,14.08,19.06
telephoneconferences...............................................................................section14.11
Definitions
—technicaladvicememorandum ...............................................................................section3
—technicalexpeditedadvicememorandum......................................................................section3
Extension of Time
—toappealdecisionnottorequest..........................................................................section12.02
—todisagreewithstatementoffacts .................................................................sections11.05,11.06
—toscheduleconference ...........................................................................sections14.03,14.05
—tosubmitadditionalinformation...................................................................sections14.10,16.10
Farmers’ Cooperatives...............................................................................sections4.02,5.01
Letter Ruling.............................................................................................section18.06
Mandatory Technical Advice.........................................................................sections4.04,7.01
Paperwork Reduction Act....................................................................................section22
Perjury Statement.................................................................................sections14.10,16.10
Power of Attorney........................................................................................section10.06
Public Disclosure under § 6110
—deletionstatementrequired...............................................................................section10.04
exceptionwhen§6104applies .......................................................................section10.03
failuretosubmit....................................................................................section11.07
—noticeofintentiontodisclose ............................................................................section17.04
protestingdeletionsnotmade..................................................................sections16.12,17.05
Representatives....................................................................................sections14.08,16.10
Retroactive Effect
—ingeneral.........................................................................................sections18.02–.06
onletterruling......................................................................................section18.06
—requesttolimitretroactivity.................................................................................section19
employeeplansdeterminationletters..................................................................section19.07
exemptorganizationmatters..........................................................................section19.08
formatofrequest.............................................................................sections19.03,19.04
schedulingconference..................................................................sections14.07,14.09,19.06
January 3, 20051982005–1 I.R.B.

INDEX
References are to sections in Rev. Proc. 2005–5
Revenue Rulings
—effectoncontinuingtransaction....................................................................sections18.04,18.05
requesttolimitretroactivity.....................................................................sections19.01–.05
Section 301.9100–1 Relief.....................................................................................section6
Status of TAM or TEAM
—toEPorEOExaminationsAreaorEPorEODeterminationsorappealsoffice..................................section15.02
—totaxpayer.............................................................................................section15.01
Where to Send
—additionalinformation...................................................................................section16.10
—technicaladvicerequestfromappealsoffice................................................................section10.05
— technical advice request from EPor EO Examinations or EP or EO
Determinations.........................................................................................section10.05
Withdrawal of TAM or TEAM...............................................................................section13
2005–1 I.R.B.199January 3, 2005

26 CFR 601.201: Rulings and determination letters.
Rev. Proc. 2005–6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1. WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THI
S REVENUE PROCEDURE?
...........................
.................. 203
.01Purposeofrevenueprocedure ................................................................................ 203
.02 Organization of revenue proce
dure ..........................................................
.................. 203
SECTION 2. WHAT CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO THIS PROCEDURE?............................................ 203
.01Ingeneral .................................................................................................. 203
.02Otherchanges .............................................................................................. 203
.03Futureguidance............................................................................................. 204
PART I. PROCEDURES FOR DETERMINATION LETTER REQUESTS
SECTION 3. ON WHAT ISSUES MAY TAXPAYERS REQUEST WRITTEN GUIDANCE UNDER THIS
PROCEDURE?
........................................................................................ 204
.01Typesofrequests ........................................................................................... 204
.02Areasinwhichdeterminationletterswillnotbeissued .......................................................... 205
.03EGTRRA .................................................................................................. 206
SECTION 4. ON WHAT ISSUES MUST WRITTEN GUIDANCE BE REQUESTED UNDER DIFFERENT
PROCEDURES?
....................................................................................... 206
.01TaxExemptandGovernmentEntities.......................................................................... 206
.02ChiefCounsel’srevenueprocedure............................................................................ 207
SECTION 5. WHAT IS THE GENERAL SCOPE OF A DETERMINATION LETTER?...................................... 207
.01Scopeofthissection ........................................................................................ 207
.02Scopeofdeterminationletters ................................................................................ 207
.03Nondiscriminationinamountrequirement ..................................................................... 207
.04Minimumcoverageand§401(a)(26)participationrequirements .................................................. 207
.05Nondiscriminatorycurrentavailabilityrequirement ............................................................. 207
.06Othernondiscriminationrequirements ......................................................................... 208
.07Relianceconditionedonretentionofinformation ............................................................... 208
.08Effectiveavailabilityrequirement ............................................................................. 208
.09Otherlimitsonscopeofdeterminationletter ................................................................... 208
.10Publication794 ............................................................................................. 208
SECTION 6. WHAT IS THE GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING DETERMINATION LETTERS?.................. 208
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 208
.02Qualifiedtrusteedplans...................................................................................... 208
.03Qualifiednontrusteedannuityplans ........................................................................... 208
.04Completeinformationrequired ............................................................................... 208
.05Completecopyofplanandtrustinstrumentrequired ............................................................ 209
.06Section9ofRev.Proc.2005–4applies ........................................................................ 209
.07 Separate application required for each single § 414(l) plan....................................................... 209
.08Coverageandnondiscriminationrequirements .................................................................. 209
.09Priorletters................................................................................................. 209
.10Userfees................................................................................................... 209
.11Interestedpartynotificationandcomment ...................................................................... 209
.12Contraryauthoritymustbedistinguished....................................................................... 209
.13Employer/employeerelationship .............................................................................. 209
.14Incompleteapplicationsreturned.............................................................................. 210
.15Effectoffailuretodisclosematerialfact ....................................................................... 210
.16Datarequirements........................................................................................... 210
.17Wheretofilerequests ....................................................................................... 210
.18Submissionofrelatedplans .................................................................................. 211
January 3, 20052002005–1 I.R.B.

.19Submissionof30ormoreapplicationsbyauthorizedrepresentative ............................................... 211
.20Withdrawalofrequests ...................................................................................... 211
.21Righttostatusconference .................................................................................... 211
.22Howtorequeststatusconference ............................................................................. 211
SECTION 7. INITIAL QUALIFICATION, ETC........................................................................ 211
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 211
.02Forms ..................................................................................................... 212
.03Applicationforamendmentsmustincludecopyofplan .......................................................... 212
.04Restatementsmayberequired ................................................................................ 212
.05Controlledgroups,etc. ...................................................................................... 212
SECTION 8. EMPLOYER RELIANCE ON M&P AND VOLUME SUBMITTER PLANS.................................... 212
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 212
.02StandardizedM&Pplans..................................................................................... 213
.03NonstandardizedM&Pplansandvolumesubmitterplans ........................................................ 213
.04Otherlimitationsandconditionsonreliance .................................................................... 214
.05Relianceequivalenttodeterminationletter ..................................................................... 215
SECTION 9. ADVISORY LETTER AND DETERMINATION LETTER FILING PROCEDURES FOR M&P
AND VOLUME SUBMITTER PLANS
.................................................................... 215
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 215
.02Descriptionofvolumesubmitterprogram ...................................................................... 215
.03Definitionofvolumesubmitterplan ........................................................................... 215
.04Incorporationbyreference ................................................................................... 216
.05Userfees................................................................................................... 216
.06Advisoryletterforspecimenplan ............................................................................. 216
.07Requestsforinformation ..................................................................................... 216
.08Inadequatesubmissions ...................................................................................... 217
.09Determinationletterforadoptionofvolumesubmitterplan....................................................... 217
.10DeterminationletterforadoptionofM&Pplan ................................................................. 218
.11Requiredinformation ........................................................................................ 218
.12Amendedplanistreatedasanindividually-designedplan ........................................................ 218
.13Requestsmadepriortotheissuanceofopinionletter ............................................................ 218
SECTION 10. MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLANS....................................................................... 218
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 218
.02Optiontofilefortheplanonlyorforboththeplanandemployersmaintainingtheplan.............................. 218
.03Wheretofile ............................................................................................... 219
.04 Determination letter sent to each employer who files Form 5300.................................................. 219
.05Additionofemployers ....................................................................................... 219
SECTION 11. MINOR AMENDMENT OF PREVIOUSLY APPROVED PLAN............................................. 219
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 219
.02Form6406 ................................................................................................. 219
.03Additionalinformation ...................................................................................... 219
.04MinoramendmentproceduresmaynotbeusedforcomplexamendmentsorGUSTletter ............................ 219
.05 EP Determinations has discretion to determine whether use of minor amendment procedures is
appropriate ................................................................................................. 220
SECTION 12. TERMINATION OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS; NOTICE OF MERGERS,
CONSOLIDATIONS, ETC.
.............................................................................. 220
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 220
.02Forms ..................................................................................................... 220
.03Supplementalinformation.................................................................................... 220
.04Requireddemonstrationofnondiscriminationrequirements ...................................................... 220
.05CompliancewithTitleIVofERISA ........................................................................... 221
.06Terminationpriortotimeforamendingforchangeinlaw ........................................................ 221
SECTION 13. GROUP TRUSTS..................................................................................... 221
2005–1 I.R.B.201January 3, 2005

.01Scope...................................................................................................... 221
.02Requiredinformation ........................................................................................ 221
SECTION 14. AFFILIATED SERVICE GROUPS; LEASED EMPLOYEES................................................ 221
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 221
.02Typesofrequestsunder§414(m)and§414(n) ................................................................. 221
.03Employermustrequestthedeterminationunder§414(m)or§414(n) ............................................. 221
.04Forms ..................................................................................................... 221
.05 Employer is responsible for determining status under § 414(m) and §
414(n) .....................
.................. 222
.06Omissionofmaterialfact .................................................................................... 222
.07 Service will indicate whether§ 414(m) or § 414(n) was considered
.............................
.................. 222
.08M&Pplans ................................................................................................. 222
.09Requiredinformationfor§414(m)determination ............................................................... 222
.10Requiredinformationfor§414(n)determination................................................................ 223
SECTION 15. WAIVER OF MINIMUM FUNDING.................................................................... 224
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 224
.02ApplicabilityofRev.Proc.2004–15 .......................................................................... 224
.03WaiverrequestsubmittedtoEPTechnical...................................................................... 224
.04WaiveranddeterminationletterrequestsubmittedtoEPTechnical ................................................ 224
.05Handlingoftherequest ...................................................................................... 225
.06Whenwaiverrequestshouldbesubmitted...................................................................... 225
SECTION 16. SECTION 401(h) AND § 420 DETERMINATION LETTERS................................................ 225
.01Scope...................................................................................................... 225
.02Requiredinformationfor§401(h)determination................................................................ 225
.03Requiredinformationfor§420determination .................................................................. 225
PART II. INTERESTED PARTY NOTICE AND COMMENT
SECTION 17. WHAT RIGHTS TO NOTICE AND COMMENT DO INTERESTED PARTIES HAVE?......................... 227
.01Rightsofinterestedparties ................................................................................... 227
.02Commentsbyinterestedparties ............................................................................... 227
.03RequestsforDOLtosubmitcomments ........................................................................ 228
.04RighttocommentifDOLdeclinestocomment ................................................................. 228
.05Confidentialityofcomments ................................................................................. 228
.06Availabilityofcomments .................................................................................... 229
.07Whencommentsaredeemedmade ............................................................................ 229
SECTION 18. WHAT ARE TH
E GENERAL RULES FOR NOTICE TO INTERESTED PARTIES?
..........
.................. 229
.01 Notice to interes
tedparties .................................................................
.................. 229
.02 Time when notice m
ustbegiven ............................................................
.................. 229
.03 Content of notice
..........................................................................
.................. 229
.04 Procedures for ma
kinginformationavailabletointerestedparties ...............................
.................. 230
.05 Information to b
eavailabletointerestedparties ...............................................
.................. 230
.06 Special rules if
therearelessthan26participants .............................................
.................. 230
.07 Information des
cribedin§6104(a)(1)(D)shouldnotbeincluded ...............................
.................. 231
.08 Availability of
additionalinformationtointerestedparties......................................
.................. 231
.09 Availability of
noticetointerestedparties ....................................................
.................. 231
PART III. PROCESSING DETERMINATION LETTER REQUESTS
SECTION 19. HOW DOES THE SERVICE HANDLE DETERMINATION LETTER REQUESTS?............................ 231
.01Oraladvice................................................................................................. 231
.02Conferences ................................................................................................ 231
.03Determinationletterbasedsolelyonadministrativerecord ....................................................... 232
.04Noticeoffinaldetermination ................................................................................. 232
.05Issuanceofthenoticeoffinaldetermination.................................................................... 232
SECTION 20. EXHAUSTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE REMEDIES....................................................... 233
January 3, 20052022005–1 I.R.B.

.01Ingeneral .................................................................................................. 233
.02Stepsforexhaustingadministrativeremedies ................................................................... 233
.03Applicant’srequestfor§7805(b)relief ........................................................................ 233
.04Interestedparties............................................................................................ 233
.05Deemedexhaustionofadministrativeremedies ................................................................. 233
.06Servicemustactonappeal ................................................................................... 233
.07Servicemustacton§7805(b)request ......................................................................... 233
.08Effectoftechnicaladvicerequest ............................................................................. 234
SECTION 21. WHAT EFFECT WILL AN EMPLOYEE PLAN DETERMINATION LETTER HAVE?......................... 234
.01Scopeofrelianceondeterminationletter....................................................................... 234
.02Effectofdeterminationletteronminorplanamendment ......................................................... 234
.03Sections13and14ofRev.Proc.2005–4applicable............................................................. 234
.04Effectofsubsequentpublicationofrevenueruling,etc. .......................................................... 234
.05Determinationletterdoesnotapplytotaxabilityissues .......................................................... 234
SECTION 22. EFFECT ON OTHER REVENUE PROCEDURES......................................................... 235
SECTION 23. EFFECTIVE DATE................................................................................... 235
SECTION 24. PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT...................................................................... 235
DRAFTING INFORMATION........................................................................................ 235
EXHIBIT......................................................................................................... 236
APPENDIX §§ 401(h) AND 420 DETERMINATION LETTERS........................................................... 238
SECTION 1. WHAT IS THE
PURPOSE OF THIS REVENUE
PROCEDURE?
Purpose of revenue procedure.01 This revenue procedure sets forth the procedures of the various offices of the Internal
Revenue Service for issuing determination letters on the qualified status of pension, profit-
sharing, stock bonus, annuity, and employee stock ownership plans (ESOPs) under §§ 401,
403(a), 409 and 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the status for exemption
of any related trusts or custodial accounts under § 501(a).
Organization of revenue
procedure
.02 Part I of this revenue procedure contains instructions for requesting determination letters
for various types of plans and transactions. Part II contains procedures for providing notice to
interested parties and for interested parties to comment on determination letter requests. Part III
contains procedures concerningthe processing of determination letter requests and describes
the effect of a determination letter.
SECTION 2. WHAT CHANGES
HAVE BEEN MADE TO THIS
PROCEDURE?
In general.01 This revenue procedure is a general update of Rev. Proc. 2004–6, 2004–1 I.R.B 197,
which contains the Service’s general proceduresfor employee plans determination letter re-
quests. Many of the changes to Rev. Proc. 2004–6 involve minor revisions, such as updating
citations to other revenue procedures.
Other changes.02 In addition, the following changes have been made:
(1) Section 6.05 is revised to clarify that a complete copy of the plan and trust is required
to be submitted with a volume submitter determination letter application, except that a copy of
the completed adoption agreement is required in the case of determination letters for adoption
of a volume submitter plan as described in section 9.09(2)(d) where the employer has made
no changes to the specimen plan and trust other than completing options permitted under the
adoption agreement.
2005–1 I.R.B.203January 3, 2005

(2) Section 6.09 regarding general procedures for requesting determination letters is revised
to add that the application must include a copy of the prior plan or adoption agreement and the
opinion or advisory letter, if applicable, when a copy of the latest favorable determination letter
is not available.
(3)Section6.10(referringtoanextensionofthe GUST remedial amendment period for cer-
tain employers who adopted pre-approved plans) is deleted, since the GUST remedial amend-
ment period has now expired. The subsequent subsections of section 6 are adjusted accordingly.
(4) Renumbered section 6.10 is revised to provide that stamped signatures are not acceptable
on Form 8717.
(5) Section 7.02(2) is revised to delete the parenthetical regarding a collectively bargained
ESOP.
(6) Section 7.04 is revised t
o add clarifying language on submission of a working copy and
amendments.
(7) Section 9.13 is revised to provide that anapplication submitted by an employer with
respect to an M&P plan will be treated as an application for an individually designed plan if it
is executed prior to the time the M&P plan is approved.
(8) Section 10.02 is revised to clarify that a determination letter applicant for a multiple
employer plan may request a letter for the plan in the name of the controlling member.
(9) Section 13 is revised to incorporate Rev. Rul. 2004–67, which clarifies and modifies
Rev. Rul. 81–100 on group trusts.
(10) Section 15 is revised to incorporate new procedures with respect to waivers of the
minimum funding standards.
Future guidance.03 Future guidance affecting this revenue procedure
Currently, the rules for the “pre-approval” of plans qualified under § 401 — the master and
prototype (M&P) program and the volume submitter (VS) program — are in different revenue
procedures. The VS rules are primarily set forth in section 9 of this revenue procedure and the
M&P rules are primarily set forth in Rev. Proc. 2000–20. Announcement 2004–33, 2004–18
I.R.B. 862, contains a draft revenue procedure with the procedures for the pre-approval of such
plans for both programs that is intended to be issued in the near future. The final revenue proce-
dure will supersede and/or substantially modify portions of this Rev. Proc. 2005–6, including,
in particular, sections 8 and 9.
PART I. PROCEDURES FOR DETERMINATION LETTER REQUESTS
SECTION3.ONWHATISSUES
MAY TAXPAYERS REQUEST
WRITTEN GUIDANCE UNDER
THIS PROCEDURE?
Types of requests.01 Determination letters may be requested on completed and proposed transactions as set
forth in the table below:
TYPE OF REQUESTFORMS
REV. PROC.
SECTION
1. Initial Qualification, etc.
a. Individually-Designed Plans (including
collectively bargained plans)
5300,
Schedule Q (optional)
7
January 3, 20052042005–1 I.R.B.

TYPE OF REQUESTFORMS
REV. PROC.
SECTION
b. ESOPs5300, 5309
Schedule Q (optional)
7
c. Adoptions of Master & Prototype Plans5307,
Schedule Q (optional)
9
d. Adoptions of Volume Submitter Plans5300,
Schedule Q (optional)
9
e. Multiple Employer Plans5300,
Schedule Q (optional)
10
f.Group TrustsCover letter13
2. Minor Amendments640611
3. Termination
a. In general5310, 6088
Schedule Q (optional)
12
b. Multiemployer plan covered by PBGC
insurance
5300, 6088,
Schedule Q (optional)
12
Note: Form 5310–A,Notice of Plan Merger, Consolidation, Spinoff or Transfer of Plan Assets or Liabilities — Notice of Qualified
Separate Lines of Business, generally must be filed not less than 30 days beforethe merger, consolidation or transfer of assets and
liabilities. The filing of Form 5310–A will not result in the issuance of a determination letter.
4. Special Procedures
a. Affiliated Service Group Status (§ 414(m)),
Leased Employees (§ 414(n))
5300,
Schedule Q (optional)
14
b. Minimum Funding Waiver5300,
Schedule Q (optional)
15
c. Section 401(h) Determination Letters5300,
Schedule Q (optional)
16
d. Section 420 Determination Letters
Including Other Matters Under § 401(a)
5300,
Schedule Q (optional), Cover letter,
Checklist
16
e. Section 420 Determination Letters
Excluding Other Matters Under § 401(a)
Cover letter,
Checklist
16
Areas in which determination
letters will not be issued
.02 Determination letters issued in accordancewith this revenue procedure do not include
determinations on the following issues withinthe jurisdiction of the Commissioner, TE/GE:
(1) Issues involving §§ 72, 79, 105, 125, 127, 129, 402, 403 (other than 403(a)), 404, 409(l),
409(m), 412, 457, 511 through 515, and 4975 (other than 4975(e)(7)), unless these determina-
tion letters are authorized under section 7 of Rev. Proc. 2005–4, page 128, this Bulletin.
(2) Plans or plan amendments for which automatic approval is granted pursuant to section
8.02 below.
(3) Plan amendments described below (these amendments will, to the extent provided, be
deemed not to alter the qualified status of a plan under § 401(a)).
(a) An amendment solely to permit a trust forming part of a plan to participate in a pooled
fund arrangement described in Rev. Rul. 81–100, 1981–1 C.B. 326, as clarified and modified
by Rev. Rul. 2004–67, 2004–28 I.R.B. 28;
2005–1 I.R.B.205January 3, 2005

(b) An amendment that merely adjusts the maximum limitations under § 415 to reflect
annual cost-of-living increases, other than an amendment that addsan automatic cost-of-living
adjustment provision to the plan; and
(c) An amendment solely to include language pursuant to § 403(c)(2) of Title I of the Em-
ployee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974(ERISA) concerning the reversion of employer
contributions made as a result of mistake of fact.
(4) This section applies to determination letter requests with respect to plans that combine an
ESOP (as defined in § 4975(e)(7) of the Code) with retiree medical benefit features described
in § 401(h) (HSOPs).
(a) In general, determination letters will not be issued with respect to plans that combine
an ESOP with an HSOP with respect to:
(i) whether the requirements of § 4975(e)(7) are satisfied;
(ii) whether the requirements of § 401(h) are satisfied; or
(iii) whether the combination of an ESOP with an HSOP in a plan adversely affects its
qualification under § 401(a).
(b) A plan is considered to combine an ESOP with an HSOP if it contains ESOP provisions
and § 401(h) provisions.
(c) However, an arrangement will not be considered covered by section 3.02(4) of this
revenue procedure if, under the provisions of the plan, the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) No individual accounts are maintained in the § 401(h) account (except as required
by § 401(h)(6));
(ii) No employer securities are held in the § 401(h) account;
(iii) The § 401(h) account does not contain the proceeds (directly or otherwise) of an
exempt loan as defined in § 54.4975–7(b)(1)(iii) of the Pension Excise Tax Regulations; and
(iv) The amount of actual contributions to provide § 401(h) benefits (when added to
actual contributions for life insurance protection under the plan) does not exceed 25 percent of
the sum of: (1) the amount of cash contributions actually allocated to participants’ accounts
in the plan and (2) the amount of cash contributions used to repay principal with respect to
the exempt loan, both determined on an aggregate basis since the inception of the § 401(h)
arrangement.
EGTRRA.03 As provided in Notice 2001–42, 2001–2 C.B. 70, until further notice, determination,
opinion and advisory letters will not consider and may not be relied on with respect to whether
a plan satisfies the qualification requirements of the Code as amended by EGTRRA. However,
an employer’s ability to rely on a favorable determination, opinion or advisory letter will not
be adversely affected by the timely adoption of good faith EGTRRA plan amendments.
SECTION4.ONWHATISSUES
MUST WRITTEN GUIDANCE
BE REQUESTED UNDER
DIFFERENT PROCEDURES?
TE/GE.01 Other procedures for obtaining rulings, determination letters, opinion letters, etc., on
matters within the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, TE/GE are contained in the following
revenue procedures:
(1) Employee Plans Technical (EP Technical) letter rulings, information letters, etc.:See
Rev. Proc. 2005–4, page 128, this Bulletin.
January 3, 20052062005–1 I.R.B.

(2) M&P plans:SeeRev. Proc. 2000–20, 2000–1 C.B. 553, as modified by Rev. Proc.
2000–27, Notice 2001–42, Rev. Proc. 2001–55, 2001–2 C.B. 552, Rev. Proc. 2003–6, Rev.
Proc. 2002–29, 2002–1 C.B. 1176 (as modified by Rev. Proc. 2003–10, 2003–1 C.B. 259),
Rev. Proc. 2002–73, 2002–2 C.B. 932, and Rev. Proc. 2003–72, 2003–2 C.B. 578.
(3) Technical advice requests:SeeRev. Proc. 2005–5, page 170, this Bulletin.
Chief Counsel’s revenue
procedure
.02 For the procedures for obtaining letter rulings, determination letters, etc., o
nmatters
within the jurisdiction of the Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exemp
t and Gov-
ernment Entities), or within the jurisdiction of other offices of Chief Counsel, s
ee Rev. Proc.
2005–1, page 1, this Bulletin.
SECTION 5. WHAT IS THE
GENERAL SCOPE OF A
DETERMINATION LETTER?
Scope of this section.01 This section delineates, generally, the scope of an employee plan determination letter. It
identifies certain qualification requirements, relating to nondiscrimination, that are considered
by the Service in its review of a plan only at theelection of the applicant. This section also
identifies certain qualification requirements that are not considered by the Service in its review
of a plan and with respect to which determinationletters do not provide reliance. This section
applies to all determination letters other than letters issued in response to an application filed
on Form 6406, Short Form Application for Determination for Minor Amendment of Employee
Benefit Plan; letters relating to the qualified status of group trusts; and letters relating solely to
the requirements of § 420, regarding the transfer of assets in a defined benefit plan to a health
benefit account described in § 401(h). For additional information pertaining to the scope of
reliance on a determination letter, see sections 8, 9 and 21 of this revenue procedure.
Scope of determination letters.02 In general, employee plans are reviewed by the Service for compliance with the form re-
quirements (that is, those plan provisions that are required as a condition of qualification under
§ 401(a)). In addition, as described below, certain nondiscrimination requirements are consid-
ered if the applicant specificallyrequests that they be considered. Unless otherwise stated, a
plan is reviewed on the basis of the requirements that apply to the plan as of the date the ap-
plication is received, except for terminating plans. For terminating plans, the requirements are
those that apply as of the date of termination.
Nondiscrimination in amount
requirement
.03 Unless the applicant elects otherwise, aplan will not be reviewed for, and a determina-
tion letter may not be relied on with respect to, whether a plan satisfies one of the safe harbors
or the general test for nondiscrimination in amount of contributions or benefits requirements
under § 1.401(a)(4)–1(b)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations.
Minimum coverage and
§ 401(a)(26) participation
requirements
.04 Unless the applicant elects otherwise, aplan will not be reviewed for, and a determina-
tion letter may not be relied on with respect to, the minimum coverage requirements of § 410(b).
If the applicant demonstrates that the plan satisfies the coverage requirements of § 410(b), the
determination letter may also be relied on with respect to the participation requirements of
§ 401(a)(26).
Nondiscriminatory current
availability requirement
.05 If the applicant demonstrates that the plan satisfies the coverage requirements of
§ 410(b), the determination letter may also be relied on as to whether the plan satisfies
the nondiscriminatory current availability requirements of § 1.401(a)(4)–4(b) with respect
to those benefits, rights, and features that are currently available (within the meaning of
§ 1.401(a)(4)–4(b)(2)) to all employees in the plan’s coverage group. The plan’s coverage
group consists of those employees who are treated as currently benefiting under the plan
(within the meaning of § 1.410(b)–3(a)) for purposes of demonstrating that the plan satisfies
the minimum coverage requirements of § 410(b). Applications will not be reviewed for,
and determination letters may not be relied on with respect to, whether the plan satisfies the
requirements of § 1.401(a)(4)–4(b) with respect to any benefit, right, or feature other than
the ones described above, except those that arespecified by the applicant and for which the
applicant has provided information relevant to the determination.
2005–1 I.R.B.207January 3, 2005

Other nondiscrimination
requirements
.06 An applicant may also ask that the reviewof its plan consider certain other nondis-
crimination requirements which are described in Schedule Q (Form 5300), such as whether a
definition of compensation satisfies § 414(s).
Reliance conditioned on retention
of information
.07 A favorable determination letter may be relied on with respect to wh
ether a plan satisfies
a coverage or nondiscrimination requirement only if the application,
demonstrations and other
information submitted to the Service in support of a favorable determi
nation is retained by the
applicant.
Effective availability requirement.08 In no event will any plan be reviewed to determine, and a determination letter may not
be relied on with respect to, whether any benefit, right, or feature under the plan satisfies the
effective availability requirement of § 1.401(a)(4)–4(c).
Other limits on scope of
determination letter
.09 Determination letters may generally be relied on with respect to whether the timing of
a plan amendment (or series of amendments) satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of
§ 1.401(a)(4)–5(a) of the regulations, unless the plan amendment is part of a pattern of amend-
ments that significantly discriminates in favorof highly compensated employees. A favorable
determination letter does not provide reliance for purposes of § 404 and § 412 with respect
to whether an interest rate (or any other actuarial assumption) is reasonable. Furthermore, a
favorable determination letter will not constitute a determination with respect to the use of
the substantiation guidelines contained in Rev. Proc. 93–42, 1993–2 C.B. 540,e.g.,adeter-
mination letter will not consider whether data submitted with an application is substantiation
quality. Lastly, a favorable determination letter will not constitute a determination with respect
to whether any requirements of § 414(r), relating to whether an employer is operating quali-
fied separate lines of business, are satisfied. However, if an employer is relying on § 414(r)
to satisfy the minimum coverage or § 401(a)(26) participation requirements, and the applicant
so requests, a determination letter will take into account whether the plan satisfies the nondis-
criminatory classification test of § 410(b)(5)(B). In this case, if the requirements of § 410(b)
or § 401(a)(26) are to be applied on an employer-wide basis under the special rules for em-
ployer-wide plans, a determination letter will take into account whether the requirements of
the applicable special rule set forth in § 1.414(r)–1(c)(2)(ii) or § 1.414(r)–1(c)(3)(ii) are met.
Publication 794.10 Publication 794,Favorable Determination Letter, contains other information regarding
the scope of a determination letter, including the requirement that all information submitted
with the application be retained as a condition of reliance. In addition, the specific terms of
each letter may further define its scope andthe extent to which it may be relied upon.
SECTION 6. WHAT IS THE
GENERAL PROCEDURE
FOR REQUESTING
DETERMINATION LETTERS?
Scope.01 This section con
tains procedures that are generally applicable to all determination letter
requests. Addition
al procedures for specific requests are contained in sections 7 through 16.
Qualified trusteed plans.02 A trust created or organized in the United States and forming part of a pension, profit-
sharing, stock bonus or annuity plan of an employer for the exclusive benefit of its employees
or their beneficiaries that meets the requirementsof§401isaqualifiedtrustandisexempt
from federal income tax under § 501(a) unlessthe exemption is denied under § 502, relating
to feeder organizations, or § 503, relating to prohibited transactions, if, in the latter case, the
plan is one describedin § 503(a)(1)(B).
Qualified nontrusteed annuity
plans
.03 A nontrusteed annuity plan that meets theapplicable requirements of § 401 and other
additional requirements as provided under § 403(a) and § 404(a)(2), (relating to deductions of
employer contributions for the purchase of retirement annuities), qualifies for the special tax
treatment under § 404(a)(2), and the other sections of the Code, if the additional provisions of
such other sections are also met.
Complete information required.04 An applicant requesting a determination letter must file the material required by this
revenue procedure with the Employee Plans Determinations manager (EP Determinations) at
January 3, 20052082005–1 I.R.B.

the address in section 6.17. The filing of the application, when accompanied by all information
and documents required by this revenue procedure, will generally serve to provide the Service
with the information required to make the requested determination. However, in making the
determination, the Service may require the submission of additional information. Information
submitted to the Service in connection with an application for determination may be subject to
public inspection to the extent provided by § 6104.
Complete copy of plan and trust
instrument required
.05 Except in the case of applications involving master and prototype p
lans filed on Form
5307, minor amendments described in section 11, or determination lett
ers for volume submitter
plans under section 9.09(2)(d), a complete copy of the plan and trust
instrument is required to
be included with the determination letter application. See section
s 7.03 and 7.04 for what must
be included with applications involving plan amendments that are no
t minor amendments.
Section 9 of Rev. Proc. 2005–4
applies
.06 Section 9 of Rev. Proc. 2005–4 is generallyapplicable to requests for determination
letters under this revenue procedure.
Separate application required for
each single § 414(l) plan
.07 A separate application is required for eachsingle plan within the meaning of § 414(l).
This requirement does not pertain to applicationsregarding the qualified status of group trusts.
Coverage and nondiscrimination
requirements
.08 An applicant may request that the plan be reviewed to determine that the ratio percent-
age test of § 410(b)(1) is satisfied or that the plan satisfies one of the design-based safe harbors
under § 401(a)(4) by completing the appropriate elective lines on Form 5300 or Form 5307.
Schedule Q (Form 5300) may be filed with the application, other than an application filed on
Form 6406, to request consideration of the general test under § 401(a)(4), the average benefit
test of § 410(b)(2), or any of the other requirements described on Schedule Q. The applicant
must include with the application form the material and demonstrations called for in the in-
structions to Form 5300 or Form 5307, and, if applicable, Schedule Q.
Prior letters.09 If the plan has received a favorable determination letter in the past, the application must
include a copy of the latest determination letter,if available. If the letter is not available, an
explanation must be included with the application, and the employer must include a copy of
the prior plan or adoption agreement, including the opinion or advisory letter, if applicable.
User fees.10 The appropriate use
r fee, if applicable, must be paid according to the procedures of Rev.
Proc. 2005–8, page 243, thi
s Bulletin. Form 8717,User Fee for Employee Plan Determination
Letter Request,musta
ccompany each determination letter request. If the criteria for the user
fee exemption are met i
n accordance with Notice 2003–49, 2003–2 C.B. 294, the certification
on Form 8717 must be sig
ned. Stamped signatures are not acceptable.
Interested party notification
and comment
.11 Before filing an application, the applicant requesting a determination letter must satisfy
the requirements of section 3001(a) of ERISA,and § 7476(b)(2) of the Code and the regulations
thereunder, which provide that an applicant requesting a determination letter on the qualified
status of certain retirement plans must notify interested parties of such application. The general
rules of the Service with respect to notifying interested parties of requests for determination
letters relating to the qualification of plans involving §§ 401 and 403(a) are set out below in
sections 17 and 18 of this revenue procedure.
Contrary authority must be
distinguished
.12 If the application for determination involves an issue where contrary authorities exist,
failure to disclose or distinguish such significant contrary authorities may result in requests for
additional information, which will delay action on the application.
Employer/employee relationship.13 The Service ordinarily does not make determinations regarding the existence of an em-
ployer-employee relationship as part of its determinationonthequalification of a plan, but
relies on the applicant’s representations or assumptions, stated or implicit, regarding the exis-
tence of such a relationship. The Service will, however, make a determination regarding the
existence of an employer-employee relationship when so requested by the applicant. In such
cases, the application with respect to the qualification of the plan should be filed in accordance
with the provisions of this revenue procedure, contain the information and documents in the
instructions to the application, and be accompanied by a completed Form SS–8,Determination
of Worker Status for Purposes of Federal Employment Taxes and Income Tax Withholding,and
2005–1 I.R.B.209January 3, 2005

any information and copies of documents the organization deems appropriate to establish its
status. The Service may, in addition, require further information that it considers necessary to
determine the employment status of the individuals involved or the qualification of the plan.
After the employer-employee relationships have been determined, EP Determinations may is-
sue a determination letter as to the qualification of the plan.
Incomplete applications returned.14 If an applicant requesting a determination letter does not comply with all the required
provisions of this revenue procedure, EP Determinations, in its discretion, may return the ap-
plication and point out to the applicant those provisions which have not been met. The failure
to provide information required by an application, including any supplemental information re-
quired by the instructions for the application,may result in the application being returned to
the applicant as incomplete. The request willalso be returned pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2005–8
if the correct user fee is not attached. If such a request is returned to the applicant, the 270-day
period described in § 7476(b)(3) will not begin to run until such time as the provisions of this
section have been satisfied.
Effect of failure to disclose
material fact
.15 The Service may determine, based on the application form, the extent of rev
iew of the
plan document. A failure to disclose a material fact or misrepresentation of a
material fact
on the application may adversely affectthe reliance that would otherwise be o
btained through
issuance by the Service of a favorable determination letter. Similarly, fail
ure to accurately
provide any of the information called for on any form required by this revenue p
rocedure may
result in no reliance.
Data requirements.16 The applicant is responsible for the accuracy of any factual representations and conclu-
sions contained in the application. In some circumstances, applicants may not be able to use
precise data in preparing demonstrations or schedules that may be required to be submitted
with the application. Therefore, the use of estimated data in these demonstrations and sched-
ules is not prohibited. In addition, the data used may be for a prior plan year, provided the
following conditions are satisfied: (1) the data is the most recent data available, (2) there is no
misstatement or omission of material fact withrespect to such prior year’s data, (3) there has
been no material change in the facts (including achange in the benefits provided under the plan
and employee demographics) since such prior plan year, (4) the same data is used throughout
the application, (5) the data is relevant to theoperational effect of the plan provisions that are
under review, and (6) the applicant clearly discloses that prior year’s data is being submitted
with the application. The use of estimated or prior year’s data is not a misrepresentation of
material fact. A determination letter that is based on estimated or prior year’s data, however,
may not be relied upon to the extent that such data does not satisfy the substantiation guide-
lines in Rev. Proc. 93–42. Regardless of whether the data is actual or estimated, or whether
it is for the current or a prior year, data that is presented in a determination letter application
must reflect any changes in the law that are considered by the Service in its determination of
the plan’s qualified status.
Wheretofilerequests.17 Requests for determination letters are to be addressed to EP Determinations at the fol-
lowing address:
Internal Revenue Service
P.O. Box 192
Covington, KY 41012–0192
Requests shipped by Express Mail or adelivery service should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
201 West Rivercenter Blvd.
Attn: Extracting Stop 312
Covington, KY 41011
Determination letter applications will not be accepted via fax.
January 3, 20052102005–1 I.R.B.

Submission of related plans.18 If applications for two ormore plans of the same employer are submitted together, each
application should include a cover letter that identifies the name of the employer and the plan
numbers and employer identification numbersof all the related plans submitted together.
Submission of 30 or more
applications by authorized
representative
.19 An authorized representative who will be submitting determination letter applications
for 30 or more plans at one time should pre-notify the Service of the submissions so that the
Service can endeavor to ensure that the applications will be reviewed in one area. The pre-no-
tificationshouldbee-mailedtoJennifer.L.Frederick@irs.govand should include the following
information: the firm name, the names of the authorized representative(s) submitting the plans,
the name and phone number of the contact person, the approximate number of submissions,
and the expected date(s) of the submissions. Uponreceipt of the e-mail, the representative will
be contacted and assigned a number that must be entered in green ink at the upper left hand
corner of the applications. For further discussion, see the Spring/Summer 2002 edition of the
Employee Plans Newsletter.
Withdrawal of requests.20 The applicant’s request for a determination letter may be withdrawn by a written re-
quest at any time prior to the issuance of a final adverse determination letter. If an appeal to
a proposed adverse determination letter is filed, a request for a determination letter may be
withdrawn at any time prior to the forwarding of the proposed adverse action to the Chief,
appeals office. In the case of a withdrawal, the Service will not issue a determination of any
type. A failure to issue a determination letter as a result of a withdrawal will not be consid-
ered a failure of the Secretary or his delegate to make a determination within the meaning of
§ 7476. However, the Service may consider the information submitted in connection with the
withdrawn request in a subsequent examination. Generally, the user fee will not be refunded
if the application is withdrawn.
Right to status conference.21 An applicant for a determination letter has the right to have a conference with the EP
Determinations Manager concerning the status of the application if the application has been
pending at least 270 days. The status conference may be by phone or in person, as mutually
agreed upon. During the conference, any issues relevant to the processing of the application
may be addressed, but the conference will not involve substantive discussion of technical is-
sues. No tape, stenographic, or other verbatimrecording of a status conference may be made
by any party. Subsequent status conferences may also be requested if at least 90 days have
passed since the last preceding status conference.
How to request status conference.22 A request for a status conference with the EP Determinations Manager is to be made in
writing and is to be sent to the specialist assigned to review the application or, if the applicant
does not know who is reviewing the application, to the EP Determinations Manager at the
address in section 6.17. If, pursuant to section 15, the application for a determination letter
has been submitted to Employee Plans Technical (EP Technical) together with a request for a
waiver of minimum funding, the request for a status conference should be sent to the address
in section 15.03. In this case, the right to a status conference will be with the EP Technical
Manager or designee.
SECTION 7. INITIAL
QUALIFICATION, ETC.
Scope.01 This section contains the procedures for requesting determination letters for individu-
ally-designed defined contribution and defined benefit plans including employee stock owner-
ship plans in the following circumstances:
(1) Initial qualification.
(2) Amendment (other than minor amendments described in section 11 below for which
Form 6406 is appropriate).
(3) Restatement of plan.
(4) Qualification of a plan in the event of a partial termination.
2005–1 I.R.B.211January 3, 2005

(5) Change in scope of determination letter.This means that the applicant has previously
received a favorable determination letter for the plan and now wishes to modify the scope of the
letter, for example, by requesting the Service to review the plan for certain nondiscrimination
requirements that were not within the scope of the earlier letter.
(6) Other circumstances (excluding plan termination) such as a change in the demographics
of the employer or a change in the method of testing the plan that was used in a demonstration
submitted in support of anearlier application.
Forms.02 A determination letter request for the items listed in section 7.01 is made by filing the
appropriate form according to the instructionsto the form and any prevailing revenue proce-
dures, notices, and announcements.
(1) Form 5300,Application for Determination for Employee Benefit Plan, must be filed to
request a determination letter for individually designed plans, includingcollectively bargained
plans.
(2) Form 5309,Application for Determination of Employee Stock Ownership Plan,mustbe
filed as an attachment with a Form 5300 in order to request a determination whether the plan
is an ESOP under § 409 or § 4975(e)(7).
(3) Schedule Q, (Form 5300),Elective Determination Requests, may be filed as an attach-
ment with Form 5300.
Application for amendments must
include copy of plan
.03 Because a plan amendment, other than a minor amendment described in section 11, may
affect other portions of a plan so as to cause plan disqualification, a determination letter issued
on such an amendment to a plan will express an opinion on the entire plan, as amended. There-
fore, the determination letter application must include a copy of the plan and trust instrument
plus all plan amendments made to the date of the application. The application must also include
a statement explaining how any amendments madesince the last determination letter affect the
plan or any other plan maintained by the employer.
Restatements may be required.04 A restated plan is required to be submitted if four or more amendments (excluding
amendments making only non-substantive changes) have been made since the last restated
plan was submitted. In addition, the Service may require restatement of a plan or submission
of a working copy of the plan in a restated format when considered necessary. Where a work-
ingcopyissubmittedwithexecutedamendmentsintegratedintotheworkingcopy,allsuch
amendments must also be separately submitted. For example, restatement may be required
when there have been major changes in law. A restatedplanoraworkingcopyoftheplan
in a restated format generally must be submitted for a plan that has not previously received a
determination letter that takes into account allrequirements of GUST. However, see section
3.04 of Rev. Proc. 2000–27 for exceptions to this requirement.
Controlled groups, etc..05 For a controlled group of corporations as defined in § 414(b), trades or businesses un-
der common control as defined in § 414(c), an affiliated service group within the meaning
of § 414(m), and entities utilizing the services of leased employees within the meaning of
§ 414(n), the coverage items on the application forms referred to in this revenue procedure
must be completed as though the controlled group, commonly controlled trades or businesses,
affiliated service group, etc., constitutes a single entity. Leased employees within the mean-
ing of § 414(n) must be included as employeesof the recipient entity (except in the case of a
safe-harbor plan described in § 414(n)(5)).
SECTION 8. EMPLOYER
RELIANCE ON M&P AND
VOLUME SUBMITTER PLANS
Scope.01 This section describes the conditions underwhich, and the extent to which, adopting
employers of M&P and volume submitter plans may rely on favorable opinion or advisory let-
ters without having to request individual determination letters. Rev. Proc. 2000–20 describes
the requirements that apply to M&P plans and the procedures for requesting opinion letters on
January 3, 20052122005–1 I.R.B.

M&P plans. Section 9 of this revenue procedure describes the requirements that apply to vol-
ume submitter plans and the procedures for requesting advisory letters on volume submitter
plans. Section 9 also describes the procedures for requesting determination letters on M&P
and volume submitter plans for adopting employers who need to obtain a determination letter
in order to have reliance or who otherwise wish to obtain a determination letter, for example
to expand the scope of reliance.
Standardized M&P plans.02 An employer adopting a standardized or paired M&P plan may rely on that plan’s opin-
ion letter, except as provided in section 8.02(1) through (3) and section 8.04 below, if the
sponsor of such plan or plans has a currently valid favorable opinion letter, the employer has
followed the terms of the plan(s), and the coverage and contributions or benefits under the
plan(s) are not more favorable to highly compensated employees (as defined in § 414(q)) than
for other employees.
(1) Except in the case of a combination of pairedplans,anemployermaynotrelyonan
opinion letter for a standardized plan with respect to the requirements of §§ 415 and 416, with-
out obtaining a determination letter, if the employer maintains at any time, or has maintained
at any time, another plan, including a standardized plan, that was qualified or determined to be
qualified covering some of the same participants. For this purpose, a plan that has been prop-
erly replaced by the adoption of a standardizedplan is not considered another plan. The plan
that has been replaced and the standardized plan must be of the same type (e.g., both money
purchase pension plans) in order for the employer to be able to rely on the standardized plan
with respect to the requirements of §§ 415 and 416 without obtaining a determination letter.
In addition, an employer that adopts a standardized defined contribution plan will not be con-
sidered to have maintained another plan merelybecause the employer has maintained another
defined contribution plan(s), provided such other plan(s) has been terminated prior to the ef-
fective date of the standardized plan and no annual additions have been credited to the account
of any participant under such other plan(s) as ofany date within a limitation year of the stan-
dardized plan. Likewise, an employer that adoptsa standardized defined contribution plan that
is first effective on or after the effective date of the repeal of § 415(e) will not be considered to
have maintained another plan merely because the employer has maintained a defined benefit
plan(s), provided the defined benefit plan(s) hasbeen terminated prior to the effective date of
the standardized defined contribution plan.
(2) An employer that has adopted a standardizeddefined benefit plan may rely on an opinion
letter with respect to the requirements of § 401(a)(26) only if the plan satisfies the requirements
of § 401(a)(26) with respect to its prior benefit structure or is deemed to satisfy § 401(a)(26)
under the regulations. However, an employer may request a determination letter if the em-
ployer wishes to have reliance as to whether theplan satisfies § 401(a)(26) with respect to its
prior benefit structure.
(3) An employer that adopts a standardized plan may not rely on an opinion letter wit
h
respect to: (a) whether the timing of any amendment to the plan (or series of amendm
ents)
satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of § 1.401(a)(4)–5(a), except w
ith respect to plan
amendments granting past service that meet the safe harbor described in § 1.401(
a)(4)–5(a)(3)
and are not part of a pattern of amendmentsthat significantly discriminates in f
avor of highly
compensated employees; or (b) whether the plan satisfies the effective availab
ility requirement
of § 1.401(a)(4)–4(c) with respect to any benefit, right, or feature. An employe
r that adopts a
standardized plan as an amendment to a plan other than a standardized plan may n
ot rely on
an opinion letter with respect to whether a benefit, right, or feature that is p
rospectively elimi-
nated satisfies the current availability requirements of § 1.401(a)(4)–4 of
the regulations. Such
an employer may request a determination letter if the employer wishes to have r
eliance as to
whether the prospectively eliminated benefit, right, or feature satisfies
the current availability
requirements.
Nonstandardized M&P plans and
volume submitter plans
.03 An employer adopting a nonstandardized M&P or volume submitter plan may rely on
that plan’s opinion or advisory letter as described below if the employer’s plan is identical to
an approved M&P or specimen plan with a currently valid favorable opinion or advisory letter,
the employer has chosen only options permitted under the terms of the approved plan, and the
2005–1 I.R.B.213January 3, 2005

employer has followed the terms of the plan. These employers can forego filing Form 5307
and rely on the plan’s favorable opinion or advisory letter with respect to the qualification
requirements, except as provided in section 8.03(1) through (4) and section 8.04 below.
(1) Except as provided in section 8.03(2) and (3), adopting employers of nonstandardized
M&P plans and volume submitter plans may not rely on a favorable opinion or advisory letter
with respect to the requirements of:
(a) §§ 401(a)(4), 401(a)(26), 401(l), 410(b) or 414(s); or
(b) if the employer maintains or has ever maintained another plan covering some of the
same participants, §§ 415 or 416.
For this purpose, whether an employer maintains or has ever maintained another plan will
be determined using principles consistent with section 8.02(1) above.
(2) Adopting employers of nonstandardized M&P plans and volume submitter plans may
rely on the opinion or advisory letter with respect to the requirements of §§ 410(b) and
401(a)(26) (other than the § 401(a)(26) requirements that apply to a prior benefit structure) if
100 percent of all nonexcludable employees benefit under the plan.
(3) Nonstandardized M&P plans must give adopting employers the option to elect a safe
harbor allocation or benefit formula and a safe harbor compensation definition. Adopting em-
ployers of nonstandardized M&P plans that electa safe harbor allocation or benefit formula and
a safe harbor compensation definition may rely onan opinion letter with respect to the nondis-
criminatory amounts requirement under § 401(a)(4). Adopting employers of nonstandardized
M&P plans that are § 401(k) and/or § 401(m) plans may rely on an opinion letter with respect
to whether the form of the plan satisfies the actual deferral percentage test of § 401(k)(3) or the
actual contribution percentage test of § 401(m)(2) if the employer elects to use a safe harbor
definition of compensation in the test. Adopting employers of nonstandardized M&P plans
described in § 401(k)(11) and/or § 401(m)(12)mayrelyonanopinionletterwithrespectto
whether the form of the plan satisfies these requirements unless the plan provides for the safe
harbor contribution to be made under another plan.
(4) Adopting employers of nonstandardized safe harbor M&P plans (which require adopting
employers to elect a safe harbor allocation or benefit formula) are entitled to the same reliance
as adopting employers of nonstandardized plans except that they have automatic reliance with
respect to the nondiscriminatory amounts requirement if they elect a safe harbor definition of
compensation.
Other limitations and conditions
on reliance
.04 The following conditions and limitationsapply with respect to standardized and non-
standardized M&P plans as well as volume submitter plans.
(1) An adopting employer of an M&P or volume submitter plan can rely on a favorable
opinion or advisory letter only if the letter has taken into account the requirements of GUST
and the plan has been amended to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of
section 314(e) of CRA, relating to changes to the definition of compensation under §§ 414(s)
and 415(c)(3). In addition, if the opinion or advisory letter is a “GUST I” letter (as defined
in Rev. Proc. 2000–27), the plan must have been amended to the extent necessary to comply
with the requirements of GUST that are effective after 1998.
(2) An adopting employer c
an rely on a favorable opinion or advisory letter for a plan that
amends or restates a plan o
f the employer only if the plan that is being amended or restated
satisfies the qualificat
ion requirements as in effect prior to GUST and the operational com-
pliance requirements of G
UST, and the GUST amendments are retroactively effective to the
extent required.
(3) An adopting employer cannot rely on an opinion or advisory letter for a plan if the
repealed family aggregation rules continued to apply under the plan after 1996 or if the repealed
§ 415(e) limits continued to apply under the planafter 1999. The continued application of these
January 3, 20052142005–1 I.R.B.

rules and limits in years following their repealcould cause a plan to fail to satisfy one or more
requirements of § 401(a).
(4) An adopting employer cannot rely on an advisory letter issued after the date the employer
adopts the GUST-amended plan.
(5) An adopting employer can rely on an opinion or advisory letter only if the employer
has not added any terms to the approved M&P or volume submitter plan document and has no
t
modified or deleted any terms of the document other than choosing options permitted u
nder the
document or, in the case of an M&P plan, amending the document as permitted under sec
tions
5.07 and 5.11 of Rev. Proc. 2000–20. Thus, for example, in the case of a volume submit
ter
plan, the employer’s plan must be identical to the approved specimen plan except as
the result
of the employer’s selection among options that are permitted under the terms of the
approved
specimen plan.
(6) An adopting employer cannot rely on an opinion or advisory letter if the adopting em-
ployer has modified the terms of the plan’s approved trust in a manner that would cause the
plan to fail to be qualified.
Reliance equivalent to
determination letter
.05 If an employer can rely on a favorable opinion or advisory letter pursuant to this section,
the opinion or advisory letter shall be equivalent to a favorable determination letter. For exam-
ple, the favorable opinion or advisory letter shall be treated as a favorable determination letter
for purposes of section 21 of this revenue procedure, regarding the effect of a determination
letter, and section 5.01(4) of Rev. Proc. 2003–44, 2003–1 C.B. 1051 regarding the definition
of “favorable letter” for purposes of the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System.
SECTION 9. ADVISORY
LETTER AND
DETERMINATION LETTER
FILING PROCEDURES
FORM&PANDVOLUME
SUBMITTER PLANS
Scope.01 This section contains procedures for requesting advisory letters and determination letters
for volume submitter plans and determination letters for M&P plans.
Description of volume submitter
program
.02 Under the volume submitter program, a practitioner who qualifies may request the Ser-
vice to issue an advisory letter regarding a volume submitter specimen plan. A specimen plan
is a sample plan of a practitioner (rather than the actual plan of an employer) that contains
provisions that are identical or substantially similar to the provisions in plans that such practi-
tioner’s clients have adopted or are expectedto adopt. A specimen plan may include an adop-
tion agreement. A specimen plan may include blanks or fill-in provisions for the employer to
complete only if the plan also includes parameters on these provisions that preclude an em-
ployer from completing them in a manner that could violate the qualification requirements.
Once the Service has approved the specimen plan, employers who adopt the same plan and
meet the conditions described in section 8 of this revenue procedure will be able to rely on the
advisory letter to the extent provided in section 8. In addition, the practitioner will be able to
file determination letter requests on behalf of employers adopting substantially similar plans
who need a determination letter to have reliance or who otherwise desire a determination letter.
Definition of volume submitter
plan
.03 A volume submitter plan is a profit-sharing plan (without a § 401(k) arrangement), a
profit-sharing plan (with a § 401(k) arrangement), a money purchase pension plan, or a de-
fined benefit plan that is submitted under the procedures described in this section 9 for filing
requests for volume submitter advisory letters (with respect to the specimen plan) and requests
for determination letters (with respect to an employer’s adoption of a plan that is substantially
similar to an approved specimen plan). The Service will not accept volume submitter requests
with respect to ESOPs or other stock bonus plans,cash balance or similar defined benefit plans,
or plans that include so-called fail-safe provisions for § 401(a)(4) or the average benefit test
under § 410(b). The Service may decline to accept volume submitter requests for other types
of plans not described in this section 9.03.
2005–1 I.R.B.215January 3, 2005

Incorporation by reference.04 Incorporation by reference in a volume submitter plan is subject to the limits described
in sections 5.18 and 8.03 of Rev. Proc. 2000–20.
User fees.05 Rev. Proc. 2005–8 provides reduced user fees for requests under the volume submitter
program if certain requirements are satisfied. For adopting employers to be entitled to file a
request for a determination letter with the lower fees, the volume submitter practitioner must
certify at the time of filing a request for an advisory letter for the specimen plan that at least
30 employers are expected to adopt plans that are substantially similar in form to the specimen
plan. Also, the volume submitter practitioner must be a representative of the employer when
the employer’s determination letter application is filed. Although the volume submitter is not
required to submit a list of adopting employers, the Service reserves the right to request such a
list. Reduced user fees also apply to advisory letter applications for volume submitter specimen
plans that are identical to volume submitter lead specimen plans. See section 17.02 of Rev.
Proc. 2000–20.
Advisory letter for specimen plan.06 With respect to advisory letters for volume submitter specimen plans:
(1) A request for approval of a volume submitter specimen plan must be sent to the volume
submitter coordinator for EP Determinations at the following address:
Internal Revenue Service
P.O. Box 2508
Cincinnati, OH 45201
Attn: VSC Coordinator
Room 5106
A request shipped by Express Mail or a delivery service should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
550 Main Street
Cincinnati, OH 45202
Attn: VSC Coordinator
Room 5106
(2) The request for approval must include the following:
(a) A copy of the specimen plan, including adoption agreement, if applicable, and any
related specimen trust instrument;
(b) A cover letter requesting approval that includes the certification described in section
9.05 above and indicates the type of plan for which approval is being requested;
(c) The required user fee submitted with Form 8717,User Fee for Employee Plan Deter-
mination Letter Request;and
(d) An index/table of contents listing the location of all variable sections.
(3) For procedures regarding volume submitter lead specimen plans, see section 17.02 of
Rev. Proc. 2000–20.
Requests for information.07 The Service may, at its discretion, requireany additional information it considers nec-
essary to the issuance of a favorable advisory letter, including a demonstration of how the
variables (options or alternatives) in the specimen plan interrelate to satisfy the qualification
requirements of the Code. If a letter requesting changes to the specimen plan is sent to the vol-
ume submitter practitioner or authorized representative, a response addressing each requested
change must be received no later than 30 days from the date of the letter, and the response
must include either a copy of the plan with the changes highlighted or, if the changes are not
extensive, replacement pages. If the changes are not received within 30 days, the advisory
letter application may be considered withdrawn. An extension of the 30-day time limit will
January 3, 20052162005–1 I.R.B.

only be granted for reasonable cause. The Service may return to the applicant any request for
an advisory letter if it determines the application is so deficient that it cannot be reviewed in a
reasonable amount of time.
Inadequate submissions.08 The Service will return, without further action, applications for advisory letters for plans
that are not in substantial compliance with the qualification requirements or plans that are so
deficient that they cannot be reviewed in a reasonable amount of time. A plan may be con-
sidered not to be in substantial compliance if,for example, it omits or merely incorporates
qualification requirements by reference to the applicable Code section. The Service will not
consider these plans until after they are revised, and they will be treated as new requests as of
the date they are resubmitted. No additional user fee will be charged if an inadequate submis-
sion is amended to be in substantial compliance and is resubmitted to the Service within 30
days following the date the volume submitter practitioner is notified of such inadequacy.
Determination letter for adoption
of volume submitter plan
.09 With respect to determination letters for volume submitter plans:
(1) A request for a determination letter for an employer’s adoption of an approved volume
submitter plan must be sent to the address provided in section 6.17.
(2) The request for a determination letter must include the following:
(a) Form 5307,Application for Determination for Adopters of Master or Prototype or Vol-
ume Submitter Plans(Schedule Q is optional);
(b) Form 2848,Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, or other written au-
thorization allowing the volume submitter practitioner to act as a representative of the employer
with respect to the request for a determination letter;
(c) A copy of the advisory letter for the practitioner’s volume submitter specimen plan;
(d) A copy of the plan and trust instrument or, if the employer has made no changes to the
specimen plan and trust other than completing options permitted under the adoption agreement,
a copy of the completed adoption agreement;
(e) A written representation made by thevolume submitter practitioner which:
(i) states whether the plan and trust instrument are word-for-word identical to the ap-
proved specimen plan;
(ii) if the plan and trust are not word-for-word identical to the approved specimen plan,
explains how the plan and trust instrument differ from the approved specimen plan, describing
the location, nature and effect of each deviation from the language of the approved specimen
plan; and
(iii) if the latest advisory letter for the approved specimen plan does not consider all the
changes made by GUST, states thatthe plan satisfies all requirements of GUST, including those
first effective in plan years beginning after December 31, 1998, and identifies those deviations
from the language of the approved specimen plan that are intended to satisfy specific GUST
requirements;
(f) A copy of the plan’s latest favorable determination letter, if applicable; and
(g) Any other information or material that may be required by the Service.
(3) Deviations from the language of the approved specimen plan will be evaluated based on
the extent and complexities of the changes. If the changes are determined not to be compatible
with the volume submitter program, the Service may require the applicant to file Form 5300
and pay the higher user fee.
(4) An employer will not be treated as havingadopted a volume submitter plan if the em-
ployer has signed or otherwise adopted the plan prior to the date on the volume submitter
2005–1 I.R.B.217January 3, 2005

specimen plan’s advisory letter. In this case, the determination letter application for the em-
ployer’s plan may not be filed on Form 5307 and will not be eligible for a reduced user fee.
A determination letter application for a volume submitter plan must be based on the approved
volume submitter specimen plan with any applicable modifications.
Determination letter for adoption
of M&P plan
.10 Form 5307 must be filed to request a determination letter for the adoption of an M&P
plan. Schedule Q may be filed as an attachment to Form 5307.
Required information.11 The determination letter request must include the following:
(1) An adoption agreement showing which elections the employer is making with resp
ect
to the elective provisions contained in the plan;
(2) A copy of the plan’s most recent opinion letter; and
(3) In the case of a determination letter request for an M&P plan that uses a separate trust
or custodial account, a copy of the employer’s trust or custodial account document.
Amendedplanistreatedasan
individually-designed plan
.12 An employer that amends any provision of an M&P plan or its adoption agreement
(other than to choose among the options offered by the sponsor if the plan permits or contem-
plates such options), or an employer that choosesto discontinue participation in such a plan as
amended by its sponsor and does not substitute another approved plan referred to in this section
is considered to have adopted an individually-designed plan. The requirements stated in this
revenue procedure relating to the issuance of determination letters for individually-designed
plans will then apply to such plan.
Requests made prior to the
issuance of opinion letter
.13 An application submitted by an employer with respect to an M&P plan will be treated
as an application for an individually-designedplan if it is executed prior to the time the M&P
plan is approved. Also see sections 5.14 and 18.06 of Rev. Proc. 2000–20 regarding the
requirement that employers sign new adoption agreements when M&P plans are restated.
SECTION 10. MULTIPLE
EMPLOYER PLANS
Scope.01 This section contains procedures for applications filed with respect to plans described
in § 413(c). A plan is not described in § 413(c) if all the employers maintaining the plan are
members of the same controlled group or affiliated service group under § 414(b), (c) or (m).
Option to file for the plan only or
for both the plan and employers
maintaining the plan
.02 A determination letter applicant for a multiple employer plan can request either (1) a
letter for the plan in the name of the controlling member or (2) a letter for the plan and a letter
for each employer maintaining the plan withrespect to whom a separate Form 5300 is filed.
(1) An applicant requesting a letter for the plan submits one Form 5300 application for the
plan in the name of the controlling member, omitting the optional minimum coverage questions
and Schedule Q and either including or omitting the design-based safe harbor questions. The
user fee for a single employer plan will apply.An employer maintaining a multiple employer
plan can rely on a favorable determination letter issued for the plan without having to request its
own determination letter except with respect tothe requirements of §§ 401(a)(4), 401(a)(26),
401(l), 410(b) and 414(s), and, if the employer maintains or has ever maintained another plan,
§§ 415 and 416.
(2) An applicant requesting a letter for theplan and an employer must submit the filing
required in (1) above as well as a separate Form 5300 application, completed through line 8,
and, if applicable, a completed adoption agreement, for each employer requesting a separate
letter. Each employer may elect to respond to the Form 5300 questions regarding minimum
coverage and design-based safe harbors and to file Schedule Q to request a determination on the
average benefit test, the general test or any other nondiscrimination requirement addressed by
the Schedule Q. The user fee for the application will be determined under the user fee schedules
for multiple employer plans in section 6.06 of Rev. Proc. 2005–8, treating the entire application
as a general test or average benefit test application if any employer requests a determination
on either of these tests.
January 3, 20052182005–1 I.R.B.

(3) Rules similar to the rules in section 8 of this revenue procedure above also apply in the
case of an employer maintaining a multiple employer plan.
Where to file.03 The complete application, including allForms 5300 (and, if applicable, adoption agree-
ments) for employers maintaining the plan who request separate letters must be filed as one
package submission with EP Determinations. The application is to be sent to the address in
section 6.17.
Determination letter sent to each
employer who files Form 5300
.04 The Service will mail a determination letter to each employer maintaining the plan for
whom a separate Form 5300 has been filed.
Addition of employers.05 An employer may continue to rely on a favorable determination letter after another em-
ployer commences participation in the plan, regardless of whether the first employer’s reliance
is based on its own letter or the letter issued for the plan and regardless of whether an applica-
tion for a determination letter for the new employer is filed. An application for a determination
letter that takes into account the addition of such other employer should include a completed
Form 5300 for the plan in the name of the controlling member on the Form 5300 filed pursuant
to section 10.02 above, and a supplemental Form 5300 and optional Schedule Q (and, if appli-
cable, adoption agreement) for each new employer who desires a separate determination letter.
The Service will send the determination letter only to the applicant and the new employers.
SECTION 11. MINOR
AMENDMENT OF
PREVIOUSLY APPROVED
PLAN
Scope.01 This section contains procedures for requesting determination letters on the effect of a
minor plan amendment.
Form 6406.02 Form 6406,Short Form Application for Determination for Minor Amendment of Em-
ployee Benefit Plan, may be filed to request a determination letter on a minor plan amendment.
This form may be used for minor amendments of individually-designed plans (including vol-
ume submitter plans, multiemployer plans and multiple employer plans) or permitted changes
to adoption agreement elections in master or prototype plans, provided the changes constitute
minor amendments. The Service may also designate other specific amendments that may be
submitted using Form 6406.
Additional information.03 All applications must be accompanied by acopy of the new amendments, a statement as
to how the amendments affect or change the plan or any other plan maintained by the employer,
and a copy of the latest determination letter.In the case of a master or prototype or volume
submitter plan, a copy of the opinion or advisory letter should also be included. A copy of the
plan or trust instrument should not be filed with the Form 6406.
Minor amendment procedures
may not be used for complex
amendments or GUST letter
.04 Since determination letters issued on minor amendments express an opinion only as to
whether the amendments, in and of themselves, affect the qualification of employee plans un-
der § 401 or 403(a), the minor amendment procedures cannot be used for complex amendments
that may affect other portions of the plan so as to cause plan disqualification. Thus, the mi-
nor amendment procedures may not be used for an amendment to add a § 401(k) or an ESOP
provision to a plan, or to restate a plan. The minor amendment procedures also may not be
used to obtain a determination letter on plan amendments involving plan mergers or consoli-
dations, transfers of assets or liabilities, or plan terminations (including partial terminations).
In addition, the minor amendment procedures may not be used for an amendment that involves
a significant change to plan benefits or coverage. Except as provided in section 3.05 of Rev.
Proc. 2000–27, the minor amendment procedures may not be used to obtain a GUST determi-
nation letter.
2005–1 I.R.B.219January 3, 2005

EP Determinations has discretion
to determine whether use of
minor amendment procedures is
appropriate
.05 EP Determinations has discretion to determine whether a plan amendment may be sub-
mitted as a minor plan amendment and may requestadditional information, including the filing
of a Form 5300 series application if it determines that the application and the attachments filed
under the minor amendment procedures do not contain sufficient information, or that the Form
6406 is inappropriate.
SECTION 12. TERMINATION
OR DISCONTINUANCE
OF CONTRIBUTIONS;
NOTICE OF MERGERS,
CONSOLIDATIONS, ETC.
Scope.01 This section contains procedures for requesting determination letters involving plan ter-
mination or discontinuance of contributions. This section also contains procedures regarding
required notice of merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets or liabilities.
Forms.02 Required Forms
(1) Form 5310,Application for Determination for Terminating Plan,is filed by plans other
than multiemployer plans covered by the insurance program of the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation (PBGC).
(2) Form 5300,Application for Determination of Employee Benefit Plan,isfiledinthecase
of a multiemployer plan covered by PBGC insurance.
(3) Schedule Q,Elective Determination Requests,may be filed as an attachment to Form
5310 or Form 5300.
(4) Form 6088,Distributable Benefits from Employee Pension Benefit Plans,isalsorequired
of a sponsor or plan administrator of a defined benefit plan or an underfunded defined contri-
bution plan who files only an application for a determination letter regarding plan termination.
For collectively bargained plans, a Form 6088is required only if the plan benefits employees
who are not collectively bargained employeeswithin the meaning of § 1.410(b)–6(d). A sep-
arate Form 6088 is required for each employer employing such employees.
(5) Form 5310–A,Notice of Plan Merger or Consolidation, Spinoff, or Transfer of Plan As-
sets or Liabilities — Notice of Qualified Separate Lines of Business, if required, generally must
be filed not later than 30 days before merger, consolidation or transfer of assets and liabilities.
The filing of Form 5310–A will not result in the issuance of a determination letter.
Supplemental information.03 The application for a determination letterinvolving plan termination must also include
any supplemental information or schedules required by the forms or form instructions. For ex-
ample, the application must include copies of all records of actions taken to terminate the plan
(such as a resolution of the board of directors) and a schedule providing certain information
regarding employees who separated from vesting service with less than 100% vesting.
Required demonstration of
nondiscrimination requirements
.04 An applicant requesting a determination letter upon termination may not decline to elect
that the plan be reviewed for the minimum coverage requirements or the nondiscrimination in
amount requirement, as otherwise permitted, unless the following conditions are satisfied:
(1) With respect to the coverage requirements, in the year of termination the plan must use
the average benefit test and the plan must have received a prior favorable determination letter
that considered whether the plan satisfied the requirements of the test;
(2) With respect to the nondiscrimination in amount requirement, in the year of termination
the plan must use either a nondesign-based safe harbor or the general test for nondiscrimination
in amount and the plan must have received a prior favorable determination letter that consid-
ered whether the plan satisfied the requirementsof either a nondesign-based safe harbor or the
general test;
January 3, 20052202005–1 I.R.B.

(3) The favorable determination letter was issued during the immediately preceding three
plan years; and
(4) There has been no material change in the facts (including benefits provided under the
plan and employee demographics) or law upon which the determination was based.
If these conditions are satisfied, but the prior determination letter does not state that the av-
erage benefit test, general test or nondesign-based safe harbor (as applicable) was considered,
the applicant must include a copy of the prior submission in order to decline to have the test or
safe harbor considered in the review of the application for determination on plan termination.
Compliance with Title IV of
ERISA
.05 In the case of plans subject to Title IV of ERISA, a favorable determination lett
er issued
in connection with a plan’s termination is conditioned on approval that the termin
ation is a valid
termination under Title IV of ERISA. Notification by PBGC that a plan may not be term
inated
will be treated as a material change of fact.
Termination prior to time for
amending for change in law
.06 A plan that terminates after the effective date of a change in law, but prior to the date
that amendments are otherwise required, mustbe amended to comply with the applicable pro-
visions of law from the date on which such provisions become effective with respect to the
plan. Because such a terminated plan would no longer be in existence by the required amend-
ment date and therefore could not be amended on that date, such plan must be amended in
connection with the plan termination to comply with those provisions of law that become ef-
fective with respect to the plan on or before the date of plan termination. (Such amendments
include any amendments made after the date of plan termination that were required in order to
obtain a favorable determination letter.) In addition, annuity contracts distributed from such
terminated plans also must meet all the applicable provisions of any change in law.
SECTION 13. GROUP TRUSTS
Scope.01 This section provides special proceduresfor requesting a determination letter on the
qualified status of a group trust under Rev. Rul. 81–100, as clarified and modified by Rev. Rul
2004–67.
Required information.02 A request for a determination letter on the status of a group trust as described in Rev. Rul.
81–100 is made by submitting a written request demonstrating how the group trust satisfies
the five criteria listed in Rev. Rul. 81–100, together with the trust instrument and related
documents. Rev. Rul. 2004–67 extends the ability to participate in group trusts to eligible
governmental plans under § 457(b) and clarifies the ability of certain individual retirement
accounts under § 408 to participate. The revenue ruling provides model language, one for
group trusts that have received favorable determination letters and the other for trusts that have
received letter rulings.
SECTION 14. AFFILIATED
SERVICE GROUPS; LEASED
EMPLOYEES
Scope.01 This section provides procedures for determination letter requests on affiliated service
group status under § 414(m), and the effect of leased employees on a plan’s qualified status.
Types of requests under § 414(m)
and § 414(n)
.02 In accordance with section 7.01, an employer that is subject to § 414(m) or (n) may
request a determination letter under the following circumstances: (1) with respect to the initial
qualification of its plan, (2) on a plan amendment, and (3) in certain circumstances, even though
the plan has not been amended (for example, where there has been a change in membership in
the affiliated service group or where the employer did not previously have reliance).
Employer must request the
determination under § 414(m)
or § 414(n)
.03 Generally, a determination letter will cover § 414(m) or § 414(n) only if the employer
requests such determination, and submits with the determination letter application the infor-
mation specified in section 14.09 or section 14.10 below.
Forms.04 Form 5300 (with Schedule Q optional) is submitted for a request on affiliated service
group status or leased employee status. Form 5307 cannot be used for this purpose.
2005–1 I.R.B.221January 3, 2005

Employer is responsible for
determining status under
§414(m)and§414(n)
.05 An employer is responsible for determining at any particular time whether it is a member
of an affiliated service group and, if so, whether its plan(s) continues to meet the requirements
of § 401(a) after the effective date of § 414(m), including § 414(m)(5). An employer or plan
administrator is also responsible for taking action relative to the employer’s qualified plan if
that employer becomes, or ceases to be, a memberof an affiliated service group. An employer
that is the recipient of services of leased employees within the meaning of § 414(n) is also
responsible for determining at any particular time whether a leased employee is deemed to be
an employee of the recipient for qualified plan purposes.
Omission of material fact.06 Failure to properly indicate that there is or may be an affiliated service group and to pro-
vide the information specified insection 14.09 of this revenue procedure, or failure to properly
indicate that an employer is utilizing the services of leased employees and to provide the infor-
mation specified in section 14.10, is an omission of a material fact. The failure of the employer
to follow the procedures in this section will result in the employer being unable to rely on any
favorable determination letter concerning the effect of § 414(m) or § 414(n) on the qualified
status of the plan.
Service will indicate whether
§ 414(m) or § 414(n) was
considered
.07 If the Service considers whether the plan of an employer satisfies the requirements of
§ 414(m) or § 414(n), the determination letter issued to the employer will state that questions
arising under § 414(m) or § 414(n) have been considered, and that the plan satisfies qualifica-
tion requirements relating to that section. Absent such a statement pertaining to § 414(m) or
§ 414(n), a determination letter does not apply to any qualification issue arising by reason of
such provisions.
M&P plans.08 An employer that has adopted an M&P plan (including a standardized plan) and wants
a determination as to the effect of § 414(m) or § 414(n) on the qualified status of its plan must
attach the information required by section 14.09 or section 14.10 of this revenue procedure to
Form 5300 and submit the information, Form 5300, and any other materials necessary to make
a determination.
Required information for
§ 414(m) determination
.09 A determination letter issued with respect to a plan’s qualification under § 401(a),
403(a), or 4975(e)(7) will be a determination as to the effect of § 414(m) upon the plan’s
qualified status only if the application includes:
(1) A description of the nature of the business of the employer, specifically whether it is a
service organization or an organization whose principal business is the performance of man-
agement functions for another organization, including the reasons therefor;
(2) The identification of other members (or possible members) of the affiliated service
group;
(3) A description of the business of each member (or possible member) of the affiliated ser-
vice group, describing the type of organization (corporation, partnership, etc.) and indicating
whether the member is a service organization or an organization whose principal business is
the performance of management functions for the other group member(s);
(4) The ownership interests between the employer and the members (or possible members)
of the affiliated service group (including ownership interests as describedin§414(m)(2)(B)(ii)
or § 414(m)(6)(B));
(5) A description of services performed for the employer by the members (or possible mem-
bers) of the affiliated service group, or vice versa (including the percentage of each member’s
(or possible member’s) gross receipts and service receipts provided by such services, if avail-
able, and data as to whether such services are asignificant portion of the member’s business)
and whether, as of December 13, 1980, it was not unusual for the services to be performed by
employees of organizations in that service field in the United States;
(6) A description of how the employer and the members (or possible members) of the affil-
iated service group associate in performing services for other parties;
January 3, 20052222005–1 I.R.B.

(7) In the case of a management organization under § 414(m)(5):
(a) A description of the management functions, if any, performed by the employer for the
member(s) (or possible member(s)) of the affiliated service group, or received by the employer
from any other members (or possible members) of the group (including data explaining whether
the management functions are performed on a regular and continuous basis) and whether or not
it is unusual for such management functions to be performed by employees of organizations in
the employer’s business field in the United States;
(b) If management functions are performedby the employer for the member (or possible
members) of the affiliated service group, a description of what part of the employer’s business
constitutes the performance of management functions for the member (or possible member) of
the group (including the percentage of gross receipts derived from management activities as
compared to the gross receipts from other activities);
(8) A brief description of any other plan(s) maintained by the members (or possible mem-
bers) of the affiliated service group, if such other plan(s) is designated as a unit for qualification
purposes with the plan for which a determination letter has been requested;
(9) A description of how the plan(s) satisfies the coverage requirements of § 410(b) if the
members (or possible members) of the affiliated service group are considered part of an affil-
iated service group with the employer;
(10) A copy of any ruling issued by the headquarters office on whether the employer is an
affiliated service group; a copy of any prior determination letter that considered the effect of
§ 414(m) on the qualified status of the employer’s plan; and, if known, a copy of any such
ruling or determination letter issued to any other member (or possible member) of the same
affiliated service group, accompanied by a statement as to whether the facts upon which the
ruling or determination letter was based have changed.
Required information for § 414(n)
determination
.10 Unless the plan provides that all leasedemployees within the meaning of § 414(n)(2)
are treated as common law employees for all purposes under the plan, a determination letter
issued with respect to the plan’s qualification under § 401(a), 403(a), or 4975(e)(7) will be a
determination as to the effect of § 414(n) upon the plan’s qualified status only if the application
includes:
(1) A description of the nature of the business of the recipient organization;
(2) A copy of the relevant leasing agreement(s);
(3) A description of the function of all leased employees within the trade or business of
the recipient organization (including data as to whether all leased employees are performing
services on a substantially full-time basis);
(4) A description of facts and circumstancesrelevant to a determination of whether such
leased employees’ services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient
organization (including whether the leased employees are required to comply with instructions
of the recipient about when, where, and how to perform the services, whether the services must
be performed by particular persons, whetherthe leased employees are subject to the supervi-
sion of the recipient, and whether the leased employees must perform services in the order or
sequence set by the recipient); and
(5) If the recipient organization is relying onany qualified plan(s) maintained by the em-
ployee leasing organization for purposes of qualification of the recipient organization’s plan,
a description of such plan(s) (including a description of the contributions or benefits provided
for all leased employees which are attributableto services performed for the recipient organi-
zation, plan eligibility, and vesting).
2005–1 I.R.B.223January 3, 2005

SECTION 15. WAIVER OF
MINIMUM FUNDING
Scope.01 This section provides procedures with respect to defined contribution plans for request-
ing a waiver of the minimum funding standard account and requesting a determination letter
on any plan amendment required for the waiver.
Applicability of Rev. Proc.
2004–15
.02 The procedures in Rev. Proc. 2004–15, 2004–7 I.R.B. 490 apply to the request for a
waiver of the minimum funding requirement. Section 2 of that revenue procedure contains the
procedures for obtaining waivers of the minimum funding standards in the instance of defined
benefit plans. In order to provide maximum flexibility in requesting a waiver for a defined
contribution pension plan, section 3 of the revenue procedure contains three alternative meth-
ods as described more fully in Rev. Proc. 2004–15.
Waiver request submitted to EP
Technical
.03 The first two alternatives involve (1) a waiver ruling only, without submission of a plan
amendment, and (2) a waiver ruling only, with submission of a plan amendment. Under these
first two procedures, requests for waivers must be submitted to:
Employee Plans
Internal Revenue Service
Commissioner, TE/GE
Attention: SE:T:EP:RA
P. O. Box 27063
McPherson Station
Washington, D.C. 20038
In both cases, the applicant must satisfythe requirements of section 2 of Rev. Proc.
2004–15, other than the parts applicable only to defined benefit plans.
If a plan amendment is not submitted or is not already part of a plan, the Service will supply
an amendment which will, if adopted, satisfy section 3 of Rev. Rul. 78–223, 1978–1 C.B. 125.
The waiver will be conditioned upon the plan being amended by adoption of that amendment,
within a reasonable period of time, and will contain a caveat stating that the ruling is not a
ruling as to the effect the plan provision may have on the qualified status of the plan. The
applicant may request reconsideration within 60 days of the date of the letter if the amendment
is inappropriate, by submitting a letter to the above address.
If the request for the waiver is submitted along with a plan amendment, the plan provision
s
necessary to satisfy section 3 of Rev. Rul. 78–223 must be included. All waivers issued
pursuant to this alternative will contain acaveat indicating that the ruling is not a rul
ing as to
the effect any plan provision may have on the qualified status of the plan.
Waiver and determination letter
request submitted to EP Technical
.04 The third alternative is a request for a waiver ruling and a determination letter request.
Both requests must be submitted by the applicant to EP Technical where it will be treated as if
it had been submitted as a request for technicaladvice from the Determinations Manager. The
request must:
(1) satisfy all the procedural requirements of 3.03 of Rev. Proc. 2004–15;
(2) include a completed Form 5300 and all necessary documents, plan amendments and
information required by the Form 5300 and Rev. Proc. 2004–15 for approval;
(3) indicate which Area Office has audit jurisdi
ction over the return; and
(4) submit the user fee for both requests to EP Technical.
In addition, the procedures for notice and commentby interested parties, contained in sections
17, 18 and 19 of this revenue procedure, and the notice and comment procedures provided in
section 2.02 of Rev. Proc. 2004–15 must be satisfied. Comments will be forwarded to the
January 3, 20052242005–1 I.R.B.

Determinations Office that is considering the determination letter request for the plan amend-
ments.
Handling of the request.05 The waiver request described in section 15.04 above will be handled by EP Technical
as follows:
(1) The waiver request and supporting documents will be forwarded to EP Technical,
SE:T:EP:RA:T, which will treat the request asa technical advice on the qualification issue
with respect to the plan provisions necessary to satisfy section 3 of Rev. Rul. 78–223.
(2) The appropriate Determinations Officewill be notified of the request. In order not to
delay the processing of the request, all materials relating to the determination letter request
will be forwarded by EP Technical to the Determinations Manager for consideration while the
technical advice request is completed.
(3) EP Technical will consider both issues. If a waiver is to be granted and if EP Technical
believes that qualification of the plan is not adversely affected by the plan amendment, the
mandatory technical advice memorandum will be issued to the Determinations Manager. The
Determinations Manager must decide within 10 working days from the date of the technical
advice memorandum either to furnish the applicant with the technical advice memorandum
and with a favorable advance determination letter, or to ask for reconsideration of the technical
advice memorandum. This request must be in writing. An initial written notice of intent to
make this request may be submitted within 10 working days of the date of the technical advice
memorandum and followed by a written request within 30 working days from the date of such
written notice. If the Determinations Managerdoes not ask for reconsideration of the technical
advice memorandum within 10 working days, EPTechnical will issue the waiver ruling. This
ruling will not contain the caveat described in section 3.02 of Rev. Proc. 2004–15.
When waiver request should be
submitted
.06 In the case of a plan other than a multiemployer plan, all waiver requests must be submit-
ted to the Service no later than the 15th day of the third month following the close of the plan
year for which the waiver is requested. The Service may not extend this statutory deadline. A
request for a waiver with respect to a multiemployer plan generally must be submitted no later
than the close of the plan year following the plan year for which the waiver is requested.
In seeking a waiver with respect to a plan year that has not yet ended, the applicant may have
difficulty in furnishing sufficient current evidence in support of the request. For this reason it
is generally advisable that such advance request be submitted no earlier than 180 days prior to
the end of the plan year for which the waiver is requested.
SECTION 16. SECTION 401(h)
AND § 420 DETERMINATION
LETTERS
Scope.01 This section provides procedures for requesting determination letters (i) with respect
to whether the requirements of § 401(h) are satisfied in a plan with retiree medical benefit
features and (ii) on plan language that permits, pursuant to § 420, the transfer of assets in a
defined benefit plan to a health benefit account described in § 401(h).
Required information for § 401(h)
determination
.02 EP Determinations will issue a determination letter that considers whether the require-
ments of § 401(h) are satisfied in a plan with retiree medical benefit features only if the plan
sponsor’s application includes, in addition tothe application forms and any other material re-
quired by this revenue procedure, a cover letterthat requests consideration of § 401(h). The
cover letter must specifically state that consideration is being requested with regard to § 401(h)
in addition to other matters under § 401(a) and must specifically state the location of plan pro-
visions that satisfy the requirements of § 401(h). Part I of the checklist in the Appendix of this
revenue procedure may be used to identify the location of relevant plan provisions. Form 6406
may not be used to request a determination letter that considers § 401(h).
Required information for § 420
determination
.03 EP Determinations will consider the qualified status of plan language designed to com-
ply with § 420 only if the plan sponsor requests such consideration in a cover letter. The cover
2005–1 I.R.B.225January 3, 2005

letter must specifically state (i) whether consideration is being requested only with regard to
§ 420, or (ii) whether consideration is being requested with regard to § 420 in addition to other
matters under § 401(a). (If consideration of other matters under § 401(a) is being requested,
the application forms and other material required by this revenue procedure must also be sub-
mitted. Form 6406 may not be used for this purpose.) The cover letter must specifically state
the location of plan provisions that satisfy each of the following requirements. Parts I and II
of the checklist in the Appendix of this revenueprocedure may be used to identify the location
of relevant plan provisions.
(1) The plan must include a health benefits account as described in § 401(h).
(2) The plan must provide that transfers shall be limited to transfers of “excess assets” as
defined in § 420(e)(2).
(3) The plan must provide that only one transfer may be made in a taxable year. Howeve
r,
for purposes of determining whether the rule in the preceding sentence is met, a pla
nmay
provide that a transfer will not be taken into account if it is a transfer that:
(a) Is made after the close of the taxable yearpreceding the employer’s first taxable year
beginning after December 31, 1990, and before the earlier of (i) the due date (including exten-
sions) for the filing of the return of tax for such preceding year, or (ii) the date such return is
filed; and
(b) Does not exceed the expenditures of the employer for qualified current retiree health
liabilities for such preceding taxable year.
(4) The plan must provide that the amount transferred shall not exceed the amount which is
reasonably estimated to be the amount the employer will pay out (whether directly or through
reimbursement) of the health benefit account during the taxable year of the transfer for “qual-
ified current retiree health liabilities,” as defined in § 420(e)(1).
(5) The plan must provide that no transfer will be made after December 31, 2013.
(6) The plan must provide that any assets transferred, and any income allocable to such
assets, shall be used only to pay qualified currentretiree health liabilities for the taxable year
of transfer.
(7) The plan must provide that any amounts transferred to a health benefits account (and
income attributable to such amounts) which arenot used to pay qualified current retiree health
liabilities shall be transferred back to the defined benefit portion of the plan.
(8) The plan must provide that the amounts paid out of a health benefits account will be
treated as paid first out of transferred assets and income attributable to those assets.
(9) The plan must provide that the accrued pensionbenefits for participants and beneficiaries
must become nonforfeitable as if the plan had terminated immediately prior to the transfer
(or in the case of a participant who separated during the 1-year period ending on the date of
transfer immediately before such separation). In the case of a transfer described in § 420(b)(4)
that relates to a prior year, the plan must providethat the accrued benefit of a participant who
separated from service during the taxable year towhich such transfer relates will be recomputed
and treated as nonforfeitable immediately before such separation.
(10) The plan must provide that a transfer will be permitted only if each group health
plan or arrangement under which health benefits are provided contains provisions satisfying
§ 420(c)(3). The plan must define “applicableemployer cost”, “cost maintenance period”,
and “benefit maintenance period”, as applicable, consistent with § 420(c)(3), as amended. If
applicable, the provisions of the plan must also reflect the transition rule in § 535(c)(2) of
the Tax Relief Extension Act of 1999 (TREA ’99). The plan may provide that § 420(c)(3) is
satisfied separately with respect to individuals eligible for benefits under Title XVIII of the
Social Security Act at any time during the taxable year and with respect to individuals not so
eligible.
January 3, 20052262005–1 I.R.B.

(11) The plan must provide that transferred assets cannot be used for key employees (as
defined in § 416(i)(1)).
PART II. INTERESTED PARTY NOTICE AND COMMENT
SECTION 17. WHAT RIGHTS
TO NOTICE AND COMMENT
DO INTERESTED PARTIES
HAVE?
Rights of interested parties.01 Persons who qualify as interested parties under § 1.7476–1(b), have the following rights:
(1) To receive notice, in accordancewith section 18 below, that an application for an advance
determination will be filed regarding the qualification of plans described in §§ 401, 403(a), 409
and/or 4975(e)(7);
(2) To submit written comments with respect to the qualification of such plans to the Service;
(3) To request the Department of Labor to submit a comment to the Service on behalf of the
interested parties; and
(4) To submit written comments to the Service on matters with respect to which the Depart-
ment of Labor was requested to comment but declined.
Comments by interested parties.02 Comments submitted by interested parties must be received by EP Determinations by
the 45th day after the day on which the application for determination is received by EP Deter-
minations. (However, see sections 17.03 and 17.04 for filing deadlines where the Department
of Labor has been requested to comment.) Such comments must be in writing, signed by the
interested parties or by an authorized representative of such parties (as provided in section
9.02(11) of Rev. Proc. 2005–4), addressed to EP Determinations at the address in section 6.17,
and contain the following information:
(1) The names of the interested parties making the comments;
(2) The name and taxpayer identification number of the applicant for a determination;
(3) The name of the plan, the plan identification number, and the name of the plan admin-
istrator;
(4) Whether the parties submitting the comment are:
(a) Employees eligible to participate under the plan,
(b) Employees with accrued benefits under theplan, or former employees with vested ben-
efits under the plan,
(c) Beneficiaries of deceased former employeeswho are eligible to receive or are currently
receiving benefits under the plan,
(d) Employees not eligible to participate under the plan.
(5) The specific matters raised by the interested parties on the question of whether the plan
meets the requirements for qualification involving §§ 401 and 403(a), and how such matters
relate to the interests of the parties making the comment; and
(6) The address of the interested party submitting the comment (or if a comment is sub-
mitted jointly by more than one party, the name and address of a designated representative) to
which all correspondence, including a notice of the Service’s final determination with respect
to qualification, should be sent. (The address designated for notice by the Service will also
be used by the Department of Labor in communicating with the parties submitting a request
for comment.) The designated representative may be one of the interested parties submitting
the comment or an authorized representative. If two or more interested parties submit a single
2005–1 I.R.B.227January 3, 2005

comment and one person is not designated in thecomment as the representative for receipt of
correspondence, a notice of determination mailedtoanyinterestedpartywhosubmittedthe
comment shall be notice to all the interested parties who submitted the comment for purposes
of § 7476(b)(5) of the Code.
Requests for DOL to submit
comments
.03 A request to the Department of Labor to submit to EP Determinations a comment pur-
suant to section 3001(b)(2) of ERISA must be made in accordance with the following proce-
dures.
(1) The request must be received by the Department of Labor by the 25th day after the day
the application for determination is received by EP Determinations. However, if the parties
requesting the Department to submit a comment wish to preserve the right to comment to EP
Determinations in the event the Department declines to comment, the request must be received
by the Department by the 15th day after the daythe application for determination is received
by EP Determinations.
(2) The request to the Department of Labor to submit a comment to EP Determinations
must:
(a) Be in writing;
(b) Be signed as provided in section 17.02 above;
(c) Contain the names of the interested parties requesting the Department to comment and
the address of the interested party or designated representative to whom all correspondence
with respect to the request should be sent. See also section 17.02(6) above;
(d) Contain the information prescribed in section 17.02(2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) above;
(e) Indicate that the application was or willbe submitted to EP Determinations at the ad-
dress in section 6.17;
(f) Contain a statement of thespecific matters upon which the Department’s comment is
sought, as well as how such matters relate to the interested parties making the request; and
(g) Be addressed as follows:
Deputy Assistant Secretary
Employee Benefits Security Administration
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20210
Attention: 3001 Comment Request
Right to comment if DOL declines
to comment
.04 If a request described in 17.03 is made andthe Department of Labor notifies the inter-
ested parties making the request that it declines to comment on a matter concerning qualifi-
cation of the plan which was raised in the request, the parties submitting the request may still
submit a comment to EP Determinations on such matter. The comment must be received by
the later of the 45th day after the day the application for determination is received by EP Deter-
minations or the 15th day after the day on which notification is given by the Department that it
declines to submit a comment on such matter. (See section 17.07 for the date of notification.)
In no event may the comment be received later than the 60th day after the day the application
for determination was received. Such a comment must comply with the requirements of sec-
tion 17.02 and include a statement that the comment is being submitted on matters raised in a
request to the Department upon which the Department declined to comment.
Confidentiality of comments.05 For rules regarding the confidentiality of contents of written comments submitted by
interested parties to the Service pursuant to section 17.02 or 17.04, see § 601.201(o)(5) of the
Statement of Procedural Rules.
January 3, 20052282005–1 I.R.B.

Availability of comments.06 For rules regarding the availability to the applicant of copies of all comments on the
application submitted pursuant to section 17.01(1), (2), (3) and (4) of this revenue procedure,
see § 601.201(o)(5) of the Statement of Procedural Rules.
When comments are deemed
made
.07 An application for an advance determination, a comment to EP Determinations, or a
request to the Department of Labor shall be deemed made when it is received by EP Determi-
nations, or the Department. Notification by theDepartment that it declines to comment shall
be deemed given when it is received by the interested party or designated representative. The
notice described in section 18.01 below shall be deemed given when it is posted or sent to
the person in the manner described in § 1.7476–2. In the case of an application, comment,
request, notification, or notice that is sent by mail or a private delivery service that has been
designated under § 7502(f), the date as of which it shall be deemed received will be determined
under § 7502. However, if such an application, comment, request, notification, or notice is not
received within a reasonable period from the date determined under § 7502, the immediately
preceding sentence shall not apply.
SECTION 18. WHAT ARE
THE GENERAL RULES FOR
NOTICE TO INTERESTED
PARTIES?
Notice to interested parties.01 Notice that an application for an advance determination regarding the qua
lification of a
plan that is described in §§ 401, 403(a), 409 and 4975(e)(7) and that is subjec
t to § 410 is to be
made must be given to all interested parties in the manner prescribed in § 1.7
476–2(c) and in
accordance with the requirements of this section. A notice to interested p
arties is deemed to be
provided in a manner that satisfies § 1.7476–2(c) if the notice is delivere
d using an electronic
medium under a system that satisfies the requirements of § 1.402(f)–1 Q&A–
5.
Time when notice must be given.02 Notice must be given not less than 10 days nor more than 24 days prior to the day the
application for a determination is made. If, however, an application is returned to the applicant
for failure to adequately satisfy the notification requirements with respect to a particular group
or class of interested parties, the applicant need not cause notice to be given to those groups or
classes of interested parties with respect to which the notice requirement was already satisfied
merely because, as a result of the resubmission ofthe application, the time limitations of this
subsection would not be met.
Contentofnotice.03 The notice referred to in section 18.01 shall contain the following information:
(1) A brief description identifying the classor classes of interested parties to whom the
notice is addressed (e.g., all present employees of the employer, all present employees eligible
to participate);
(2) The name of the plan, the plan identification number, and the name of the plan admin-
istrator;
(3) The name and taxpayer identification number of the applicant for a determination;
(4) That an application for a determination as to the qualified status of the plan is to be made
to the Service at the address in section 6.17, and stating whether the application relates to an
initial qualification, a plan amendment, termination, or a partial termination;
(5) A description of the class of employees eligible to participate under the plan;
(6) Whether or not the Service has issued a previous determination as to the qualified status
of the plan;
(7) A statement that any person to whom the notice is addressed is entitled to submit, or
request the Department of Labor to submit, to EP Determinations, a comment on the question of
whether the plan meets the requirements of § 401 or 403(a); that two or more such persons may
join in a single comment or request; and that if such persons request the Department of Labor to
submit a comment and the Department of Labor declines to do so with respect to one or more
2005–1 I.R.B.229January 3, 2005

matters raised in the request, the persons may still submit a comment to EP Determinations
with respect to the matters on which the Department declines to comment. The Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) may also submitcomments. In every instance where there is
either a final adverse termination or a distress termination, the Service formally notifies the
PBGC for comments;
(8) The specific dates by which a comment to EP Determinations or a request to the De-
partment of Labor must be received in order to preserve the right of comment (see section 17
above);
(9) The number of interestedparties needed in order for the Department of Labor to com-
ment; and
(10) Except to the extent that the additional informational material required to b
emade
available by sections 18.05 through 18.09 are included in the notice, a descriptio
n of a reason-
able procedure whereby such additional informational material will be available
to interested
parties (see section 18.04). (Examples of notices setting forth the above infor
mation, in a case
in which the additional information required by sections 18.05 through 18.09 w
ill be made
available at places accessible to the interested parties, are set forth in the E
xhibit attached to
this revenue procedure.)
Procedures for making
information available to interested
parties
.04 The procedure referred to in section 18.03(10), whereby the additional informational
material required by sections 18.05 through 18.09 will (to the extent not included in the no-
tice) be made available to interested parties, may consist of making such material available for
inspection and copying by interested partiesat a place or places reasonably accessible to such
parties, or supplying such material by using a method of delivery or a combination thereof that
is reasonably calculated to ensure that all interested parties will have access to the materials,
provided such procedure is immediately available to all interested parties, is designed to sup-
ply them with such additional informational material in time for them to pursue their rights
within the time period prescribed, and is available until the earlier of: 1) the filing of a plead-
ing commencing a declaratory judgment action under § 7476 with respect to the qualification
of the plan; or 2) the 92nd day after the day the notice of final determination is mailed to the
applicant. Reasonable charges to interested parties for copying and/or mailing such additional
informational material are permissible.
Informationtobeavailableto
interested parties
.05 Unless provided in the notice, or unless section 18.06 applies, there shall be made avail-
able to interested parties under a procedure described in section 18.04:
(1) An updated copy of the plan and the related trust agreement (if any); and
(2) The application for determination.
Special rules if there are less than
26 participants
.06 If there would be less than 26 participants in the plan, as described in the a
pplication
(including, as participants, former employees with vested benefits under t
he plan, beneficiaries
of deceased former employees currentlyreceiving benefits under the plan, a
nd employees who
would be eligible to participate upon making mandatory employee contributi
ons, if any), then
in lieu of making the materials described in section 18.05 available to inter
ested parties who are
not participants (as described above),there may be made available to such in
terested parties a
document containing the following information:
(1) A description of the plan’s requirements respecting eligibility for participation and ben-
efits and the plan’s benefit formula;
(2) A description of the provisions providing for nonforfeitable benefits;
(3) A description of the circumstances which may result in ineligibility, or denial or loss of
benefits;
(4) A description of the source of financing of the plan and the identity of any organization
through which benefits are provided;
January 3, 20052302005–1 I.R.B.

(5) A description of any optional forms of benefits described in § 411(d)(6) which have been
reduced or eliminated by plan amendment; and
(6) Any coverage schedule or other demonstration submitted with the application to show
that the plan meets the requirements of §§ 401(a)(4) and 410(b).
However, once an interested party or designated representative receives a notice of final de-
termination, the applicant must, upon request, make available to such interested party (whether
or not the plan has less than 26 participants) an updated copy of the plan and related trust agree-
ment (if any) and the application for determination.
Information described in
§ 6104(a)(1)(D) should not be
included
.07 Information of the type described in § 6104(a)(1)(D) should not be included in the appli-
cation, plan, or related trust agreement submitted to the Service. Accordingly, such information
should not be included in any of the material required by section 18.05 or 18.06 to be available
to interested parties.
Availability of additional
information to interested parties
.08 Unless provided in the notice, there shall bemade available to interested parties under
a procedure described in section 18.04, any additional document dealing with the application
which is submitted by or for the applicant to the Service, or furnished by the Service to the ap-
plicant; provided, however, if there would be lessthan26participantsin the plan as described
in the application (including, as participants, former employees with vested benefits under the
plan, beneficiaries of deceased former employeescurrently receiving benefits under the plan,
and employees who would be eligible to participate upon making mandatory employee con-
tributions, if any), such additional documents need not be made available to interested parties
who are not participants (as described above) until they, or their designated representative, re-
ceive a notice of final determination. The applicant may also withhold from such inspection
and copying information described in § 6104(a)(1)(C) and (D) which may be contained in such
additional documents.
Availability of notice to interested
parties
.09 Unless provided in the notice, there shall be made available to all interested parties under
a procedure described in section 18.04 the material described in sections 17.02 through 17.07
above.
PART III. PROCESSING DETERMINATION LETTER REQUESTS
SECTION 19. HOW DOES
THE SERVICE HANDLE
DETERMINATION LETTER
REQUESTS?
Oral advice.01 Oral advice.
(1) The Service does not issue determination letters on oral requests. However, personnel
in EP Determinations ordinarily will discuss withtaxpayers or their representatives inquiries
regarding: substantive tax issues; whether the Service will issue a determination letter on par-
ticular issues; and questions relating to procedural matters about submitting determination let-
ter requests. Any discussion of substantive issues will be at the discretion of the Service on a
time available basis, will not be binding on the Service, and cannot be relied upon as a basis
of obtaining retroactive relief under the provisions of § 7805(b). A taxpayer may seek oral
technical assistance from a taxpayer service representative when preparing a return or report,
under established procedures. Oral advice is advisory only, and the Service is not bound to
recognize it in the examination of the taxpayer’s return.
(2) The advice or assistance furnished, whether requested by personal appearance, tele-
phone, or correspondence will be limited to general procedures, or will direct the inquirer to
source material, such as pertinent Code provisions, regulations, revenue procedures, and rev-
enue rulings that may aid the inquirer in resolving the question or problem.
Conferences.02 EP Determinations may grant a conferenceupon written request from a taxpayer or his
representative, provided the request shows that a substantive plan, amendment, etc., has been
2005–1 I.R.B.231January 3, 2005

developed for submission to the Service, but that special problems or issues are involved, and
EP Determinations concludes that a conferencewould be warranted in the interest of facilitat-
ing review and determination when the plan, etc., is formally submitted. See section 6.21 and
6.22 regarding the right to a status conference on applications pending for at least 270 days.
Determination letter based solely
on administrative record
.03 Administrative Record
(1) In the case of a request for a determination letter, the determination of EP Determinations
or the appeals office on the qualification or non-qualification of the retirement plan shall be
based solely upon the facts contained in the administrative record. The administrative record
shall consist of the following:
(a) The request for determination, the retirement plan and any related trust instruments,
and any written modificationsor amendments made by the applicant during the proceedings
within the Service;
(b) All other documents submitted to the Service by, or on behalf of, the applicant with
respect to the request for determination;
(c) All written correspondence between the Service and the applicant with respect to the
request for determination and any other documents issued to the applicant from the Service;
(d) All written comments submitted to the Service pursuant to sections 17.01(2), (3), and
(4) above, and all correspondence relating to comments submitted between the Service and per-
sons (including PBGC and the Department of Labor) submitting comments pursuant to sections
17.01(2), (3), and (4) above; and
(e) In any case in which the Service makes an investigation regarding the facts as repre-
sented or alleged by the applicant in the request for determination or in comments submitted
pursuant to sections 17.01(2), (3), and (4) above, a copy of the official report of such investi-
gation.
(2) The adm
inistrative record shall be closed upon the earlier of the following events:
(a) The date of mailing of a notice of final determination by the Service with respect to the
application for determination; or
(b) The filing of a petition with the United States Tax Court seeking a declaratory jud
gment
with respect to the retirement plan.
(3) Any oral representation or modification of the facts as represented or alleged in the ap-
plication for determination or in a comment filed by an interested party, which is not reduced to
writing shall not become a part of the administrative record and shall not be taken into account
in the determination of the qualified status ofthe retirement plan by EP Determinations or the
appeals office.
Notice of final determination.04 In the case of final determination, the notice of final determination:
(1) Shall be the letter issued by EP Determinations or the appeals office which states that
the applicant’s plan satisfies the qualification requirements of the Code. The favorable deter-
mination letter will be sent by certified or registered mail where either an interested party, the
Department of Labor, or the PBGC has commented on the application for determination.
(2) Shall be the letter issued, by certified or registered mail, by EP Determinations or the
appeals office subsequent to a letter of proposed determination, stating that the applicant’s plan
fails to satisfy the qualification requirements of the Code.
Issuance of the notice of final
determination
.05 EP Determinations or the appeals office will send the notice of final determination to the
applicant, to the interested parties who have previously submitted comments on the application
to the Service (or to the persons designated by them to receive such notice), to the Department
January 3, 20052322005–1 I.R.B.

of Labor in the case of a comment submitted by the Department, and to PBGC if it has filed a
comment.
SECTION 20. EXHAUSTION OF
ADMINISTRATIVE REMEDIES
In general.01 For purposes of § 7476(b)(3), a petitioner shall be deemed to have exhausted the admin-
istrative remedies available within the Service upon the completion of the steps described in
sections 20.02, 20.03, 20.04, or 20.05 subject, however, to sections 20.06 and 20.07. If appli-
cants, interested parties, or the PBGC do not complete the applicable steps described below,
they will not have exhausted their respective available administrative remedies as required by
§ 7476(b)(3) and will, thus, be precluded fromseeking declaratory judgment under § 7476 ex-
cept to the extent that section 20.05 or 20.08 applies.
Steps for exhausting
administrative remedies
.02 In the case of an applicant, with respect to any matter relating to the qualification of a
plan, the steps referred to in section 20.01 are:
(1) Filing a completed application with EP Determinations pursuant to this revenue proce-
dure;
(2) Complying with the requirements pertaining to notice to interested parties as set forth in
this revenue procedure and § 1.7476–2 of the regulations; and,
(3) Appealing to the appropriate appeals office pursuant to paragraph 601.201(o)(6) of the
Statement of Procedural Rules, in the event a notice of proposed adverse determination is is-
sued by EP Determinations.
Applicant’s request for § 7805(b)
relief
.03 Consideration of relief under § 7805(b) will be included as one of the applicant’s steps
in exhausting administrative remedies only if the applicant requests EP Determinations to seek
technical advice from EP Technical on the applicability of such relief. The applicant’s request
must be made in writing according to the procedures for requesting technical advice (seesec-
tion 19 of Rev. Proc. 2005–5).
Interested parties.04 In the case of an interested party or the PBGC, the steps referred to in section 20.01 are,
with respect to any matter relating to the qualification of the plan, submitting to EP Determina-
tions a comment raising such matter in accordance with section 17.01(2) above, or requesting
the Department of Labor to submit to EP Determinations a comment with respect to such mat-
ter in accordance with section 17.01(3) and, ifthe Department of Labor declines to comment,
submitting the comment in accordance with section 17.01(4) above, so that it may be consid-
ered by the Service through the administrative process.
Deemed exhaustion of
administrative remedies
.05 An applicant, an interested party, or the PBGC shall in no event be deemed to have
exhausted administrative remedies prior to the earlier of:
(1) The completion of those steps applicableto each as set forth in sections 20.01, 20.02,
20.03 or 20.04, which constitute their administrative remedies; or,
(2) The expiration of the 270-day period described in § 7476(b)(3), which period shall be
extended in a case where there has not been a completion of all the steps referred to in section
20.02 and the Service has proceeded with due diligence in processing the application for de-
termination.
Service must act on appeal.06 The step described in section 20.02(3) willnot be considered completed until the Service
has had a reasonable time to act upon the appeal.
Service must act on § 7805(b)
request
.07 Where the applicant has requested EP Determinations to seek technical advice on the
applicability of § 7805(b) relief, the applicant’s administrative remedies will not be considered
exhausted until EP Technical has had a reasonable time to act upon the request for technical
advice.
2005–1 I.R.B.233January 3, 2005

Effect of technical advice request.08 The step described in section 20.02(3) will not be available or necessary with respect to
any issue on which technical advice has been obtained from EP Technical.
SECTION 21. WHAT EFFECT
WILL AN EMPLOYEE PLAN
DETERMINATION LETTER
HAVE?
Scope of reliance on
determination letter
.01 A determination letter issued pursuant to this revenue procedure contains only the opin-
ion of the Service as to the qualification of the particular plan involving the provisions of §§ 401
and 403(a) and the status of a related trust, if any, under § 501(a). Such a determination let-
ter is based on the facts and demonstrations presented to the Service in connection with the
application for the determination letter and may not be relied upon after a change in material
fact or the effective date of a change in law, except as provided. The Service may determine,
based on the application form, the extent of review of the plan document. Failure to disclose
a material fact or misrepresentation of a material fact may adversely affect the reliance that
would otherwise be obtained through the issuance by the Service of a favorable determination
letter. Similarly, failure to accurately provide any of the information called for on any form
required by this revenue procedure may result inno reliance. Applicants are advised to retain
copies of all demonstrations and supporting data submitted with their applications. Failure to
do so may limit the scope of reliance.
Effect of determination letter on
minor plan amendment
.02 Determination letters issued on minor amendments to plans and trusts under this revenue
procedure will merely express an opinion whether the amendment, in and of itself, affects the
existing status of the plan’s qualification and the exempt status of the related trust. In no event
should such a determination letter be construedas an opinion on the qualification of the plan
as a whole and the exempt status of the related trust as a whole.
Sections 13 and 14 of Rev. Proc.
2005–4 applicable
.03 Except as otherwise provided in this section,determination letters referred to in sections
21.01 and 21.02 are governed, generally, by the provisions of sections 13 and 14 of Rev. Proc.
2005–4.
Effect of subsequent publication
of revenue ruling, etc.
.04 The prior qualification of a plan as adopted by an employer will not be considered to be
adversely affected by the publication of a revenue ruling, a revenue procedure, or an adminis-
trative pronouncement within the meaning of § 1.6661–3(b)(2) of the regulations where:
(1) The plan was the subject of a favorable determination letter and the request for that letter
contained no misstatement or omission of material facts;
(2) The facts subsequently developed are not materially different from the facts on which
the determination letter was based;
(3) There has been no change in the applicable law; and
(4) The employer that established the plan acted in good faith in reliance on the determina-
tion letter.
However, all such plans must be amended to comply with the published revenue ruling for sub-
sequent years. Unless specifically stated otherwise in the revenue ruling or in other published
guidance of general applicability, the conforming amendment to an individually-designed plan
must be adopted before the end of the first plan year that begins after the revenue ruling, rev-
enue procedure, or administrative pronouncement is published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
and must be effective, for all purposes, not later than the first day of the first plan year begin-
ning after the revenue ruling is published. For the rule as to the conforming amendment to an
M&P plan, see section 12 of Rev. Proc. 2000–20.
Determination letter does not
applytotaxabilityissues
.05 While a favorable determination letter may serve as a basis for determining deductions
for employer contributions thereunder, it is not to be taken as an indication that contributions
January 3, 20052342005–1 I.R.B.

are necessarily deductible as made. This latter determination can be made only upon an ex-
amination of the employer’s taxreturn, in accordancewith the limitations, and subject to the
conditions of, § 404.
SECTION 22. EFFECT
ON OTHER REVENUE
PROCEDURES
Rev. Proc. 2004–6 is superseded.
SECTION 23. EFFECTIVE
DATE
This revenue procedure is effective January 3, 2005.
SECTION 24. PAPERWORK
REDUCTION ACT
The collections of information contained in this revenue procedure have been reviewed and
approved by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with the Paperwork Reduc-
tion Act (44 U.S.C. 3507) under control number 1545–1520.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collec-
tion of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number.
The collections of information in this revenue procedure are in sections 6.16, 6.18, 6.19,
6.20, 7.04, 9.08, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19.02, and 21.04. This information is required to determine
plan qualification. This information will be used to determine whether a plan is entitled to
favorable tax treatment. The collections of information are mandatory. The likely respondents
are businesses or other for-profit institutions.
The estimated total annual reporting and/or recordkeeping burden is 163,186 hours.
The estimated annual burden per respondent/recordkeeper varies from 1 hour to 40 hours,
depending on individual circumstances, withan estimated average of 2.02 hours. The esti-
mated number of respondents and/or recordkeepers is 80,763.
The estimated annual frequency of responses(used for reporting requirements only) is once
every three years.
Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their
contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally tax
returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
DRAFTING INFORMATIONThe principal author of this revenue procedure is Ingrid Grinde of the Employee Plans,
Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division. For further information regarding this rev-
enue procedure, please contact the Employee Plans’ taxpayer assistance telephone service at
1–877–829–5500 (a toll-free number), between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. Eastern
Time, Monday through Friday. Ms. Grinde may be reached at 1–202–283–9888 (not a toll-free
number).
2005–1 I.R.B.235January 3, 2005

EXHIBIT: SAMPLE NOTICE
TO INTERESTED PARTIES
The Exhibit set forth below may be used to satisfy the requirements of section 18 of this
revenue procedure.
EXHIBIT: SAMPLE NOTICE TO INTERESTED PARTIES
1. Notice To:
[describe class or classes of interested parties]
An application is to be made to the InternalRevenue Service for an advance determination on the qualification of the following
employee pension benefit plan:
2.
(name of plan)
3.
(plan number)
4.
(name and address of applicant)
5.
(applicant EIN)
6.
(name and address of plan administrator)
7. The application will be filed on
for an advance determination as to whether the plan meets
the qualification requirements of § 401 or 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, with respect to the plan’s
[initial qualification,amendment, termination, or partial termination].
The application will be filed with:
EP Determinations
Internal Revenue Service
P.O. Box 192
Covington, KY 41012–0192
8. The employees eligible to participate under the plan are:
9. The Internal Revenue Service
[has/has not] previously issued a determination letter with
respect to the qualification of this plan.
RIGHTS OF INTERESTED PARTIES
10. You have the right to submit to EP Determinations, at the above address, either individually or jointly with other interested
parties, your comments as to whether this plan meets the qualification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code.
You may instead, individually or jointly with other interested parties, request the Department of Labor to submit, on your
behalf, comments to EP Determinations regarding qualification of the plan. If the Department declines to comment on all
or some of the matters you raise, you may, individually, or jointly if your request was made to the Department jointly,
submit your comments on these matters directly to EP Determinations.
January 3, 20052362005–1 I.R.B.

REQUESTS FOR COMMENTS BY THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
11. The Department of Labor may not comment on behalf of interested parties unless requested to do so by the lesser of 10
employees or 10 percent of the employees who qualify as interested parties. The number of persons needed for the
Department to comment with respect to this plan is
. If you request the Department to
comment, your request must be in writing and must specifythe matters upon which comments are requested, and must
also include:
(1) the information contained in items 2 through 5 of this Notice; and
(2) the number of persons needed for the Department to comment.
A request to the Department to comment should be addressed as follows:
Deputy Assistant Secretary
Employee Benefits Security
Administration
ATTN: 3001 Comment Request
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20210
COMMENTS TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
12. Comments submitted by you to EP Determinations must be in writing and received by it by
.
However, if there are matters that you request the Department of Labor to comment upon on your behalf, and the Department
declines, you may submit comments on these matters to EP Determinations to be received by it within 15 days from the
time the Department notifies you that it will not comment on a particular matter, or by
,
whichever is later, but not after
. A request to the Department to comment on your behalf
must be received by it by
if you wish to preserve your right to comment on a matter upon
which the Department declines to comment, or by
if you wish to waive that right.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
13. Detailed instructions regarding the requirements for notification of interested parties may be found in sections 17
and 18 of Rev. Proc. 2005–6. Additional information concerning this application (including, where applicable, an
updated copy of the plan and related trust; the application for determination; any additional documents dealing with the
application that have been submitted to the Service; and copies of section 17 of Rev. Proc. 2005–6 are available at
during the hours offor inspection and copying. (There is a
nominal charge for copying and/or mailing.)
2005–1 I.R.B.237January 3, 2005

APPENDIX
ChecklistAs part of a § 401(h) or § 420 determination letter requestdescribed in section 16 of this revenue procedure, the
following checklist may be completed and attached to the determination letter request. If the request relates to § 401(h)
but not to § 420, complete Part I only. If the request relates to § 420, complete Parts I and II.
PART I
CIRCLESECTION
1. Does the Plan contain a medical benefits account within the meaning of
§ 401(h) of the Code? If the medical benefits account is a new provision,
items “a” through “h” should be completed.
Yes No
a.Does the medical benefits account specify the medical benefits
that will be available and contain provisions for determining the
amount that will be paid?
Yes No
b.Does the medical benefits account specify who will benefit?Yes No
c.Does the medical benefits account indicate that such benefits,
when added to any life insurance protection in the Plan, will be
subordinate to retirement benefits? (This requirement will not
be satisfied unless the amount of actual contributions to provide
§ 401(h) benefits (when added to actual contributions for life
insurance protection under the Plan) does not exceed 25 percent of
the total actual contributions to the Plan (other than contributions
to fund past service credits), determined on an aggregate basis
since the inception of the § 401(h) arrangement.)
Yes No
d.Does the medical benefits account maintain separate accounts with
respect to contributions to key employees (as defined in § 416(i)(1)
of the Code) to fund such benefits?
Yes No
e.Does the medical benefits accountstate that amounts contributed
must be reasonable and ascertainable?
Yes No
f.Does the medical benefits account provide for the impossibility
of diversion prior to satisfaction of liabilities (other than item “7”
below)?
Yes No
g.Does the medical benefits account provide for reversion upon sat-
isfaction of all liabilities (other than item “7” below)?
Yes No
h.Does the medical benefits account provide that forfeitures must be
applied as soon as possible to reduce employer contributions to
fund the medical benefits?
Yes No
PART II
2. Does the Plan limit transfers to “Excess Assets” as defined in § 420(e)(2)
of the Code?
Yes No
January 3, 20052382005–1 I.R.B.

3. Does the Plan provide that only one transfer may be made in a taxable
year (except with regard to transfersrelating to prior years pursuant to
§ 420(b)(4) of the Code)?
Yes No
4. Does the Plan provide that the amount transferred shall not exceed the
amount reasonably estimated to be paid for qualified current retiree health
liabilities?
Yes No
5. Does the Plan provide that no transfer will be made after December 31,
2013?
Yes No
6. Does the Plan provide that transferred assets and income attributable to such
assets shall be used only to pay qualifiedcurrent retiree health liabilities for
the taxable year of transfer?
Yes No
7. Does the Plan provide that any amounts transferred (plus income) that are
not used to pay qualified current retiree health liabilities shall be transferred
back to the defined benefit portion of the Plan?
Yes No
8. Does the Plan provide that amounts paid out of a health benefits account
will be treated as paid first out of transferred assets and income attributable
to those assets?
Yes No
9. Does the Plan provide that participants’ accrued benefits become nonfor-
feitable on a termination basis (i) immediately prior to transfer, or (ii) in
the case of a participant who separated within 1 year before the transfer,
immediately before such separation?
Yes No
10. In the case of transfers described in § 420(b)(4) of the Code relating to
1990, does the Plan provide that benefits will be recomputed and become
nonforfeitable for participants whoseparated from service in such prior
year as described in § 420(c)(2)?
Yes No
11. Does the Plan provide that transfers will be permitted only if each group
health plan or arrangement contains provisions satisfying § 420(c)(3) of the
Code, as amended?
Yes No
12. Does the Plan define “applicable employer cost”, “cost maintenance
period” and “benefit maintenance period”, as needed, consistently with
§ 420(c)(3) of the Code, as amended?
Yes No
13. Do the Plan’s provisions reflect the transition rule in section 535(c)(2) of
TREA ’99, if applicable?
Yes No
14. Does the Plan provide that transferred assets cannot be used for key em-
ployees?
Yes No
2005–1 I.R.B.239January 3, 2005

26 CFR 601.201: Rulings and determination letters.
Rev. Proc. 2005–7
SECTION 1. PURPOSE AND NATURE
OF CHANGES
.01 This revenue procedure updates
Rev. Proc. 2004–7, 2004–1 I.R.B. 237, by
providing a current list of those provisions
of the Internal Revenue Code under the ju-
risdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel
(International) relating to matters where
the Internal Revenue Service will not issue
letter rulings or determination letters.
.02 Changes
(1) Section 3.01(1) and (2) have been
added dealing with the source of a pension
payment to a nonresident alien individual
from a trust under a defined benefit plan
that is qualified under § 401(a).
(2) Section 4.01(8) has been added
dealing with income tax treaty provisions
on compensation of employees of foreign
governments.
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND AND
SCOPE OF APPLICATION
.01 Background
In the interest of sound tax administra-
tion, the Service answers inquiries from in-
dividuals and organizations regarding their
status for tax purposes and the tax effects
of their acts or transactions before the fil-
ing of returns or reports that are required
by the Internal Revenue Code. There are,
however, areas where the Service will not
issue letter rulings or determination let-
ters, either because the issues are inher-
ently factual or for other reasons. These
areas are set forth in sections 3 and 4 of
this revenue procedure.
Section 3 lists areas in which letter rul-
ings and determination letters will not be
issued under any circumstances.
Section 4 lists areas in which they will
not ordinarily be issued; in these areas,
unique and compelling reasons may jus-
tify issuing a letter ruling or determination
letter. A taxpayer who plans to request a
letter ruling or determination letter in an
area described in Section 4 should con-
tact (by telephone or in writing) the Office
of Associate Chief Counsel (International)
(hereinafter “the Office”) prior to making
such request and discuss with the Office
the unique and compelling reasons that the
taxpayer believes justify issuing such letter
ruling or determination letter. While not
required, a written submission is encour-
aged since it will enable Office personnel
to arrive more quickly at an understand-
ing of the unique facts of each case. A
taxpayer who contacts the Office by tele-
phone may be requested to provide a writ-
ten submission. The Service may provide
a general information letter in response to
inquiries in areas on either list.
These lists are not all-inclusive. Fu-
ture revenue procedures may add or delete
items. The Service may also decline to
rule on an individual case for reasons pe-
culiar to that case, and such decision will
not be announced in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin.
.02 Scope of Application
This revenue procedure does not pre-
clude the submission of requests for tech-
nical advice to the Office from other of-
fices of the Service.
SECTION 3. AREAS IN WHICH
RULING OR DETERMINATION
LETTERS WILL NOT BE ISSUED
.01 Specific Questions and Problems
(1) Section 861. — Income from
Sources Within the United States. — A
method for determining the source of a
pension payment to a nonresident alien in-
dividual from a trust under a defined ben-
efit plan that is qualified under § 401(a) if
the proposed method is inconsistent with
§§ 4.01, 4.02, and 4.03 of Revenue Proce-
dure 2004–37, 2004–26 I.R.B. 1099.
(2) Section 862. — Income from
Sources Without the United States. — A
method for determining the source of a
pension payment to a nonresident alien in-
dividual from a trust under a defined ben-
efit plan that is qualified under § 401(a) if
the proposed method is inconsistent with
§§ 4.01, 4.02, and 4.03 of Revenue Proce-
dure 2004–37, 2004–26 I.R.B. 1099.
(3) Section 871(g). — Special Rules
for Original Issue Discount. — Whether a
debt instrument having original issue dis-
count within the meaning of § 1273 is
not an original issue discount obligation
within the meaning of § 871(g)(1)(B)(i)
when the instrument is payable 183 days or
less from the date of original issue (without
regardtotheperiodheldbythetaxpayer).
(4) Section 894. — Income Affected
by Treaty. — Whether a person that is
a resident of a foreign country and de-
rives income from the United States is enti-
tled to benefits under the United States in-
come tax treaty with that foreign country
pursuant to the limitation on benefits arti-
cle. However, the Service may rule regard-
ing the legal interpretation of a particular
provision within the relevant limitation on
benefits article.
(5) Section 954. — Foreign Base Com-
pany Income. — The effective rate of tax
that a foreign country will impose on in-
come.
(6) Section 1503(d). — Dual Consoli-
dated Loss. — Whether the conditions un-
der the regulations for excepting a net op-
erating loss of a dual resident corporation
from the definition of a dual consolidated
loss, or for rebutting the presumption that
an event constitutes atriggering event for
purposes of § 1.1503–2(g)(2)(iii)(B), are
satisfied.
(7) Section 7701(b). — Definition of
Resident Alien and Nonresident Alien.
— Whether an alien individual is a non-
resident of the United States, including
whether the individual has met the re-
quirements of the substantial presence
test or exceptions to the substantial pres-
ence test. However, the Service may rule
regarding the legal interpretation of a
particular provision of § 7701(b) or the
regulations thereunder.
.02 General Areas.
(1) The prospective application of the
estate tax to the property or the estate of
a living person, except that rulings may
be issued on any international issues in a
ruling request accepted pursuant to § 5.06
of Rev. Proc. 2005–1.
(2) Whether reasonable cause exists un-
der Subtitle F (Procedure and Administra-
tion) of the Code.
(3) Whether a proposed transaction
would subject a taxpayer to criminal
penalties.
(4) Any area where the ruling request
does not comply with the requirements of
Rev. Proc. 2005–1.
(5) Any area where the same issue is the
subject of the taxpayer’s pending request
for competent authority assistance under a
United States tax treaty.
(6) A “comfort” ruling will not be is-
sued with respect to an issue that is clearly
and adequately addressed by statute, reg-
January 3, 20052402005–1 I.R.B.

ulations, decisions of acourt, tax treaties,
revenue rulings, or revenue procedures ab-
sent extraordinary circumstances (e.g.,a
request for a ruling required by a govern-
mental regulatory authority in order to ef-
fectuate the transaction.)
(7) Any frivolous issue, as that term is
defined in § 6.10 of Rev. Proc. 2005–1.
SECTION 4. AREAS IN WHICH
RULING OR DETERMINATION
LETTERS WILL NOT ORDINARILY
BE ISSUED
.01 Specific Questions and Problems
(1) Section 367(a). — Transfers of
Property from the United States. —
Whether an oil or gas working interest
is transferred from the United States for
use in the active conduct of a trade or
business for purposes of § 367(a)(3); and
whether any other property is so trans-
ferred, where the determination requires
extensive factual inquiry.
(2) Section 367(b). — Other Trans-
fers. — Whether a foreign corporation
is considered a corporation for purposes
of any nonrecognition provision listed in
§ 367(b), and related issues, unless the rul-
ing request presents a significant legal is-
sue or subchapter C rulings are requested
in the context of reorganizations or liqui-
dations involving foreign corporations.
(3) Section 864. — Definitions and
Special Rules. — Whether a taxpayer
is engaged in a trade or business within
the United States, and whether income
is effectively connected with the con-
duct of a trade or business within the
United States; whether an instrument is
a security as defined in § 1.864–2(c)(2);
whether a taxpayer effects transactions in
the United States in stocks or securities
under § 1.864–2(c)(2); whether an instru-
ment or item is a commodity as defined
in § 1.864–2(d)(3); and for purposes of
§ 1.864–2(d)(1) and (2), whether a com-
modity is of a kind customarily dealt in on
an organized commodity exchange, and
whether a transaction is of a kind custom-
arily consummated at such place.
(4)Section871.—TaxonNonresident
Alien Individuals. — Whether the income
earned on contracts that do not qualify as
annuities or life insurance contracts be-
cause of the limitations imposed by § 72(s)
and § 7702(a) is portfolio interest as de-
finedin§871(h).
(5) Section 881. — Tax on Income of
Foreign Corporations Not Connected with
United States Business. — Whether the
income earned on contracts that do not
qualify as annuities or life insurance con-
tracts because of the limitations imposed
by § 72(s) and § 7702(a) is portfolio inter-
est as defined in § 881(c).
(6) Section 892. — Income of Foreign
Governments and of International Organi-
zations. — Whether income derived by
foreign governments and international or-
ganizations from sources within the United
States is excluded from gross income and
exempt from taxation.
(7) Section 893. — Compensation of
Employees of Foreign Governments and
International Organizations. — Whether
wages, fees, or salary of an employee of a
foreign government or of an international
organization received as compensation for
official services to such government or in-
ternational organization is excluded from
gross income and exempt from taxation.
(8) Section 894. — Income Affected by
Treaty. — Whether the income received
by an individual in respect of services ren-
dered to a foreign government or a politi-
cal subdivision or a local authority thereof
is exempt from federal income tax or with-
holding under any of the United States in-
come tax treaties which contain provisions
applicable to such individuals.
(9) Section 894. — Income Affected by
Treaty. — Whether a taxpayer has a per-
manent establishment in the United States
for purposes of any United States income
tax treaty and whether income is attribut-
able to a permanent establishment in the
United States.
(10) Section 894. — Income Affected
by Treaty. — Whether certain persons will
be considered liable to tax under the laws
of a foreign country for purposes of deter-
mining if such persons are residents within
the meaning of any United States income
tax treaty. But see Rev. Rul. 2000–59,
2000–2 C.B. 593.
(11) Section 894. — Income Affected
by Treaty. — Whether the income re-
ceived by a nonresident alien student or
trainee for services performed for a univer-
sity or other educational institution is ex-
empt from federal income tax or withhold-
ing under any of the United States income
tax treaties which contain provisions appli-
cable to such nonresident alien students or
trainees.
(12) Section 894. — Income Affected
by Treaty. — Whether the income re-
ceived by a nonresident alien performing
research or teaching as personal services
for a university, hospital or other research
institution is exempt from federal income
tax or withholding under any of the United
States income tax treaties which contain
provisions applicable to such nonresident
alien teachers or researchers.
(13) Section 894. — Income Affected
by Treaty. — Whether a foreign recipient
of payments made by a United States per-
son is ineligible to receive the benefits of
a United States tax treaty under the prin-
ciples of Rev. Rul. 89–110, 1989–2 C.B.
275.
(14) Section 894. — Income Affected
by Treaty. — Whether a recipient of pay-
ments is or has been a resident of a coun-
try for purposes of any United States tax
treaty. Pursuant to § 1.884–5(f), however,
the Service may rule whether a corporation
representing that it is a resident of a coun-
try is a qualified resident thereof for pur-
poses of § 884.
(15) Section 894. — Income Affected
by Treaty. — Whether an entity is treated
as fiscally transparent by a foreign juris-
diction for purposes of § 894(c) and the
regulations thereunder.
(16) Section 901. — Taxes of Foreign
Countries and of Possessions of United
States. — Whether a foreign levy meets
the requirements of a creditable tax under
§901.
(17) Section 901. — Taxes of Foreign
Countries and of Possessions of United
States. — Whether a person claiming
a credit has established, based on all of
the relevant facts and circumstances, the
amount (if any) paid by a dual capacity
taxpayer under a qualifying levy that is not
paid in exchange for a specific economic
benefit. See § 1.901–2A(c)(2).
(18) Section 903. — Credit for Taxes in
Lieu of Income, Etc., Taxes. — Whether
a foreign levy meets the requirements of a
creditable tax under § 903.
(19) Sections 927(a) (Repealed),
936(h)(5), 943(a), 954(d), 993(c). —
Manufactured Product. — Whether a
product is manufactured or produced
for purposes of § 927(a), § 936(h)(5),
§ 943(a), § 954(d), and § 993(c).
(20) Section 936. — Puerto Rico and
Possession Tax Credit. — What consti-
tutes a substantial line of business.
2005–1 I.R.B.241January 3, 2005

(21) Section 956. — Investment of
Earnings in United States Property. —
Whether a pledge of the stock of a con-
trolled foreign corporation is an indirect
pledge of the assets of that corporation.
See § 1.956–2(c)(2).
(22) Section 985. — Functional Cur-
rency. — Whether a currency is the func-
tional currency of a qualified business unit.
(23) Section 989(a). — Qualified Busi-
ness Unit. — Whether a unit of the tax-
payer’s trade or business is a qualified
business unit.
(24) Section 1058. — Transfers of
Securities under Certain Agreements. —
Whether the amount of any payment de-
scribed in § 1058(b)(2) or the amount of
any other payment made in connection
with a transfer of securities described in
§ 1058 is from sources within or with-
out the United States; the character of
such amounts; and whether the amounts
constitute a particular kind of income for
purposes of any United States income tax
treaty.
(25) Section 1503(d).— Dual
Consolidated Loss.— Whether
an event presumptively constitutes
a triggering event for purposes of
§ 1.1503–2(g)(2)(iii)(A)(1)–(7), apart
from possible rebuttal of the presump-
tion under § 1.1503–2(g)(2)(iii)(B). See
§ 3.01(6), Rev. Proc. 2005–7.
(26) Section 2501. — Imposition of
Tax. — Whether a partnership interest
is intangible property for purposes of
§ 2501(a)(2) (dealing with transfers of
intangible property by a nonresident not a
citizen of the United States).
(27) Section 7701. — Definitions. —
Whether an estate or trust is a foreign es-
tate or trust for federal income tax pur-
poses.
(28) Section 7701. — Definitions. —
Whether an intermediate entity is a conduit
entity under § 1.881–3(a)(4); whether a
transaction is a financing transaction under
§ 1.881–3(a)(ii); whether the participation
of an intermediate entity in a financing
arrangement is pursuant to a tax avoidance
plan under § 1.881–3(b); whether an inter-
mediate entity performs significant financ-
ing activities under § 1.881–3(b)(3)(ii);
whether an unrelated intermediate entity
would not have participated in a financing
arrangement on substantially the same
terms under § 1.881–3(c).
.02 General Areas
(1) Whether a taxpayer has a business
purpose for a transaction or arrangement.
(2) Whether a taxpayer uses a correct
North American Industry Classification
System (NAICS) code or Standard Indus-
trial Classification (SIC) code.
(3) Any transaction or series of trans-
actions that is designed to achieve a differ-
ent tax consequence or classification under
U.S. tax law (including tax treaties) and
the tax law of a foreign country, where the
results of that different tax consequence
or classification are inconsistent with the
purposes of U.S. tax law (including tax
treaties).
(4)(a) Situations where a taxpayer or a
related party is domiciled or organized in a
foreign jurisdiction with which the United
States does not have an effective mecha-
nism for obtaining tax information with re-
spect to civil tax examinations and crim-
inal tax investigations, which would pre-
clude the Service from obtaining informa-
tion located in such jurisdiction that is rel-
evant to the analysis or examination of the
tax issues involved in the ruling request.
(b) The provisions of subsection
4.02(4)(a) above shall not apply if the
taxpayer or affected related party (i) con-
sents to the disclosure of all relevant
information requested by the Service in
processing the ruling request or in the
course of an examination to verify the
accuracy of the representations made and
to otherwise analyze or examine the tax
issuesinvolvedintherulingrequest,and
(ii) waives all claims to protection of bank
or commercial secrecylaws in the foreign
jurisdiction with respect to the information
requested by the Service. In the event the
taxpayer’s or related party’s consent to
disclose relevant information or to waive
protection of bank or commercial secrecy
is determined by the Service to be inef-
fective or of no force and effect, then the
Service may retroactively rescind any rul-
ing rendered in reliance on such consent.
(5) The federal tax consequences of
proposed federal, state, local, municipal,
or foreign legislation.
(6)(a) Situations involving the interpre-
tation of foreign law or foreign documents.
The interpretation of a foreign law or for-
eign document means making a judgment
about the import or effect of the foreign
law or document that goes beyond its plain
meaning.
(b) The Service, at its discretion, may
consider rulings that involve the interpre-
tation of foreign laws or foreign docu-
ments. In these cases, the Service may re-
quest information in addition to that listed
in §§ 7.01(2)(b) and (c) of Revenue Proce-
dure 2005–1, including a discussion of the
implications of any authority believed to
interpret the foreign law or foreign docu-
ment, such as pending legislation, treaties,
court decisions, notices or administrative
decisions.
SECTION 5. EFFECT ON OTHER
REVENUE PROCEDURE
Rev. Proc. 2004–7 is superseded.
SECTION 6. EFFECTIVE DATE
This revenue procedure is effective Jan-
uary 3, 2005.
SECTION 7. DRAFTING
INFORMATION
This revenue procedure was compiled
by Gerard Traficanti of the Office of As-
sociate Chief Counsel (International). For
further information about this revenue pro-
cedure, please contact Mr. Traficanti at
(202) 622–3619 (not a toll-free number).
January 3, 20052422005–1 I.R.B.

26 CFR 601.201: Rulings and determination letters.
Rev. Proc. 2005–8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
............................................................................................ 244
SECTION 2. CHAN
GES
.........................................................................
.................. 244
.01Ingeneral................................................................................................... 244
.02 Background
material.......................................................................
.................. 244
.03 Changes to
feeschedules...................................................................
.................. 244
SECTION 3. BACKGROUND....................................................................................... 244
.01Legislationauthorizinguserfees .............................................................................. 244
.02Relatedrevenueprocedures................................................................................... 244
SECTION 4. SCOPE............................................................................................... 244
.01Requeststowhichuserfeesapply ............................................................................. 244
.02Requestsandotheractionsthatdonotrequirethepaymentofauserfee............................................ 244
.03Exemptionsfromtheuserfeerequirements..................................................................... 244
SECTION 5. DEFINITIONS........................................................................................ 245
SECTION 6. FEE SCHEDULE...................................................................................... 246
EMPLOYEEPLANSUSERFEES ............................................................................... 246
.01Letterrulingrequests......................................................................................... 246
.02Requestsforcertainadministrativeexemptions.................................................................. 247
.03Administrativescrutinydeterminationswithrespecttoseparatelinesofbusiness. ................................... 247
.04Opinionlettersandadvisorylettersonmasterandprototypeplans. ................................................ 247
.05 Opinion letters on prototype individual retirement accounts and/or annuities, simplified employee
pensions,SIMPLEIRAs,SIMPLEIRAPlans,andRothIRAs..................................................... 248
.06Determinationletters......................................................................................... 248
.07Advisorylettersonvolumesubmitterplans. .................................................................... 249
EXEMPTORGANIZATIONSUSERFEES........................................................................ 250
.08Letterrulings................................................................................................ 250
.09Determinationlettersandrequestsforgroupexemptionletters.................................................... 251
.10SummaryofExemptOrganizationFees........................................................................ 251
SECTION 7. MAILING ADDRESS FOR REQUESTING LETTER RULINGS, DETERMINATION LETTERS,
ETC.
................................................................................................. 252
.01MattershandledbyEPorEOTechnical........................................................................ 252
.02MattershandledbyEPorEODeterminationsOffice............................................................. 252
SECTION 8. REQUESTS INVOLVING MULTIPLE OFFICES, FEE CATEGORIES, ISSUES,
TRANSACTIONS, OR ENTITIES
........................................................................ 253
.01Requestsinvolvingseveraloffices............................................................................. 253
.02Requestsinvolvingseveralfeecategories....................................................................... 253
.03Requestsinvolvingseveralissues.............................................................................. 253
.04Requestsinvolvingseveralunrelatedtransactions................................................................ 253
.05Requestsforseparateletterrulingsforseveralentities............................................................ 253
SECTION 9. PAYMENT OF FEE.................................................................................... 253
.01Methodofpayment.......................................................................................... 253
.02Transmittalforms............................................................................................ 253
.03Effectofnonpaymentorpaymentofincorrectamount............................................................ 253
SECTION 10. REFUNDS........................................................................................... 254
.01Generalrule ................................................................................................ 254
.02Examples................................................................................................... 254
2005–1 I.R.B.243January 3, 2005

SECTION 11. REQUEST FOR RECONSIDERATION OF USER FEE.................................................... 254
SECTION 12. EFFECT ON OTHER DOCUMENTS.................................................................... 255
SECTION 13. EFFECTIVE DATE................................................................................... 255
SECTION 14. PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT...................................................................... 255
APPENDIX....................................................................................................... 255
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
This r
evenue procedure provides guid-
ance f
or complying with the user fee
progr
am of the Internal Revenue Service
as it p
ertains to requests for letter rulings,
dete
rmination letters, etc. on matters un-
der t
he jurisdiction of the Commissioner,
Tax E
xempt and Government Entities Di-
visi
on; and requests for administrative
scr
utiny determinations under Rev. Proc.
93–
41, 1993–2 C.B. 536.
SEC
TION 2. CHANGES
.01In general. This revenue procedure
is a general update of Rev. Proc. 2004–8,
2004–1 I.R.B. 240 ( including revisions to
section 7 and the Appendix to reflect rev-
enue procedures published by Employee
Plans during 2004).
.02 The background material is revised
to reflect the enactment of H.R. 4520
which extends the authority of the Service
to collect user fees until September 30,
2014.
.03 The dollar amount for obtaining re-
duced user fees based on adjusted gross in-
come of an individual taxpayer or the as-
sets of a plan or the receipts of a tax exempt
organization is increased from $200,000 to
$250,000.
SECTION 3. BACKGROUND
.01Legislation authorizing user fees.
Section 7528 was added to the Code by
section 202 of the Temporary Assistance
for Needy Families Block Grant Pro-
gram, Pub.L. 108–89, and was extended
to September 30, 2014, by section 690 of
the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004,
Pub.L. 108–357. Section 7528 of the
Code directs the Secretary of the Treasury
or delegate (the “Secretary”) to establish a
program requiring the payment of user fees
for requests to the Service for letter rul-
ings, opinion letters, determination letters,
and similar requests. The fees charged un-
der the program (1) are to vary according
to categories or subcategories established
by the Secretary; (2) are to be determined
after taking into account the average time
for, and difficulty of, complying with re-
quests in each category and subcategory;
and (3) are payable in advance. Section
7528(b)(3) directs theSecretary to provide
for exemptions and reduced fees under the
program as the Secretary determines to be
appropriate, but the average fee applicable
to each category may not be less than the
amount specified in § 7528.
.02Related revenue procedures.The
various revenue procedures that require
payment of a user fee, or an administra-
tive scrutiny determination user fee are
described in the appendix to this revenue
procedure.
SECTION 4. SCOPE
.0
1Requests to which user fees apply.
In
general, user fees apply to all requests
fo
r letter rulings, opinion letters, determi-
na
tion letters, and advisory letters submit-
t
ed by or on behalf of taxpayers, sponsor-
i
ng organizations or other entities as de-
s
cribed in this revenue procedure. Fur-
t
her, administrative scrutiny determination
u
ser fees, described in Rev. Proc. 93–41,
are collected through the user fee program
described in this revenue procedure. Re-
quests to which a user fee or an administra-
tive scrutiny determination user fee is ap-
plicable must be accompanied by the ap-
propriate fee as determined from the fee
schedule set forth in section 6 of this rev-
enue procedure. The fee may be refunded
in limited circumstances as set forth in sec-
tion 10.
.02Requests and other actions that do
not require the payment of a user fee.
Actions which do not require the pay-
ment of a user fee include the following:
(1) Requests for information letters as
defined in Rev. Proc. 2005–4, page 128,
this Bulletin.
(2) Elections pertaining to automatic
extensions of time under § 301.9100–1 of
the Procedure and Administration regula-
tions.
(3) Use of forms which are not to be
filed with the Service. For example, no
user fee is required in connection with
the use of Form 5305,Traditional Indi-
vidual Retirement Trust Account,orForm
5305–A,Traditional Individual Retire-
ment Custodial Account, in order to adopt
an individual retirement account under
§ 408(a). This form should not be filed
with the Service.
(4) In general, plan amendments
whereby sponsors amend their plans by
adopting, word-for-word, the model lan-
guage contained in a revenue procedure
which states that the amendment should
not be submitted to the Service and that
the Service will not issue new opinion,
advisory, ruling or determination letters
for plans that are amended solely to add
the model language.
(5) Change in accounting period or ac-
counting method permitted by a published
revenue procedure that permits an auto-
matic change without prior approval of the
Commissioner.
(6)Compliance and Correction Fees.
Compliance fees and compliance cor-
rection fees under the Employee Plans
Compliance Resolution System are not
described in this procedure because they
are compliance fees or compliance cor-
rection fees and not user fees. For further
guidance, please see Rev. Proc. 2003–44,
2003–1 C.B. 1051.
.03Exemptions from the user fee re-
quirements. The following exemptions ap-
ply to the user fee requirements. These are
the only exemptions that apply:
(1) Departments, agencies, or instru-
mentalities of the United States that cer-
tify that they are seeking a letter ruling,
determination letter, opinion letter or simi-
lar letter on behalf of a program or activity
funded by federal appropriations. The fact
that a user fee is not charged has no bear-
ing on whether an applicant is treated as
an agency or instrumentality of the United
January 3, 20052442005–1 I.R.B.

States for purposes of any provision of the
Code except for § 7528.
(2) Requests as to whether a worker
is an employee for federal employment
taxes and federal income tax withhold-
ing purposes (chapters 21, 22, 23, and 24
of subtitle C of the Code) submitted on
Form SS–8,Determination of Worker Sta-
tus for Purposes of Federal Employment
Taxes and Income Tax Withholding, or its
equivalent. Such a request may be submit-
ted in connection with an application for a
determination on the qualification of a plan
when it is necessary to determine whether
an employer-employee relationship exists.
See section 6.14 of Rev. Proc. 2005–6,
page 200, this Bulletin. In that case, al-
though no user fee applies to the request
submitted on Form SS–8, the applicable
user fee must be paid in connection with
the application for determination on the
plan’s qualification.
SECTION 5. DEFINITIONS
The following terms used in this revenue procedure are defined in the pertinent revenue procedures referred to below, which are
described in the appendix:
Administrative scrutiny determinationRev. Proc. 93–41
Adoption agreementRev. Proc. 2000–20
Advisory letterRev. Procs. 2000–20, 2005–6
Basic plan documentRev. Proc. 2000–20
Determination letterRev. Procs. 90–27, 2005–4
Dual-purpose IRARev. Proc. 98–59
Group exemption letterRev. Proc. 80–27
Information letterRev. Proc. 2005–4
Letter rulingRev. Proc. 2005–4
Mass submitterRev. Procs. 87–50, 2000–20
Mass submitter planRev. Proc. 2000–20
Master planRev. Proc. 2000–20
Minor modificationRev. Procs. 87–50, 2000–20
Opinion letterRev. Procs. 2000–20, 2005–4
Prototype planRev. Proc. 2000–20
Roth IRARev. Proc. 98–59
SIMPLE IRARev. Proc. 97–29
SIMPLE IRA PlanRev. Proc. 97–29
Plan SponsorRev. Proc. 2000–20
Sponsoring organizationRev. Procs. 87–50, Rev. Proc. 2000–20
Volume submitter lead specimen planRev. Proc. 2000–20
Volume submitter planRev. Proc. 2005–6
Volume submitter specimen planRev. Proc. 2005–6
Word-for-word identical adoptionRev. Procs. 87–50, 2000–20
2005–1 I.R.B.245January 3, 2005

SECTION 6. FEE SCHEDULE
The amount of the user fee payable with respect to each category or subcategory of submission is as set forth in the following
schedule.
CATEGORYFEE
EMPLOYEE PLANS USER FEES
.01Letter ruling requests.
(1) Computation of exclusion for annuitant under § 72
$95
(2) Change in plan year (Form 5308)
$145
(3) Certain waivers of 60-day rollover period
$95
Note:No user fee is required if the requested change ispermitted to be made pursuant to the procedure for
automatic approval set forth in Rev. Proc. 87–27, 1987–1 C.B. 769. In such a case, Form 5308 should not be
submitted to the Service.
(4) Change in funding method
$560
(5) Approval to become a nonbank trustee (see § 1.408–2(e) of the Income Tax Regulations)
$3,665
(6) Waiver of minimum funding standard, under § 412(d):
(a) Waiver of $1,000,000 or more$5,415
(b) Waiver of less than $1,000,000$2,290
(7) Waiver of excise tax under § 4971(b):
(a) Waiver of $1,000,000 or more$5,415
(b) Waiver of less than $1,000,000$2,290
(8) Waiver of the excise tax, under § 4971(f),on failure to pay a liquidity shortfall:
(a) Waiver of $1,000,000 or more$5,415
(b) Waiver of less than $1,000,000$2,290
(9) Letter ruling under Rev. Proc. 90–49, 1990–2 C.B. 620
$340
(10) Letter ruling involving the determination of the account limit under § 419A(c)
$2,570
(11) Individually designed simplified employee pension (SEP)
$2,570
(12) All other letter rulings
$2,570
Reduced fees, or augmented fee, applicable to all other letter rulings:
(a)Letterrulingrequestsbyoronbehalfofeligible retirement plans (within the meaning of
§ 402(c)(8)(B)) with assets of less than $250,000
$625
(b) Letter ruling requests from U.S. citizens and resident alien individuals, domestic trusts,
and domestic estates whose “total income” as reported on their federal income tax return (as
amended) filed for a full (12 months) taxable year ending before the date the request is filed,
plus any interest income not subject to tax under§ 103 (interest on state and local bonds) for
that period, is less than $250,000
$625
January 3, 20052462005–1 I.R.B.

Note:The reduced fee applies to a married individual if the combined gross income of the applicant and the
applicant’s spouse is less than $250,000. The gross incomes of the applicant and the applicant’s spouse are not
combined, however, if the applicant is legally separated from his or her spouse and the spouses do not file a joint
income tax return with each other. In the case of a letter ruling request from a domestic estate or trust that, at the
time the request is filed, has not filed an income tax return for a full taxable year, the reduced fee will be applicable
if the decedent’s or (in the case of an individual grantor) the grantor’s total income asreported on the last return
filed for a full taxable year endingbefore the date of death or the date of the transfer, taking into account any
additions required to be made to total income described in this subparagraph, is less than $250,000.
(c) Letter ruling requests from organizations exempt from income tax under “Subchapter
F-Exempt Organizations” with gross receipts of less than $250,000
$625
Note:An organization exempt from income tax under SubchapterF must certify in its request for a letter ruling that
its gross receipts for the last full taxable year before the request was filed were less than $250,000.
(d) In situations in which a taxpayer requests substantially identical letter rulings for multiple
entities with a common member or sponsor, orfor multiple membersof a common entity, each
additional letter ruling request after the $2,570 fee or the $625 reduced fee, as applicable, has
been paid for the first letter ruling request.
$210
(e) In situations in which a taxpayer requests a single letter ruling involving substantially identical
issues of fact and law with respect to multiple members of a common entity, for each additional
entity after the $2,570 fee or $625 reduced fee, asapplicable, has been paid for the first entity.
$210
.02Requests for certain administrative exemptions.
Requests for administrative exemptions for participant-directed transactions that are in compliance with the
regulations under § 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) but may result
in prohibited transactions under § 4975
$2,570
Note:The provisions of Rev. Proc. 75–26, 1975–1 C.B. 722, are applicable to such requests.
.03Administrative scrutiny determinations with respect to separate lines of business.
(1) For the first separate line of business for which a determination is requested
$4,915
(2) For each additional separate line of business for which a determination is requested
$1,580
.04Opinion letters and advisory letters on master and prototype plans.
(1) Mass submitter M&P plan, per basic plan document, new or amended, with one adoption agreement
$3,665
(2) Mass submitter M&P plan, pereach additional adoption agreement
$480
(3) Sponsor’s word-for-word identical adoption of M&P mass submitter’s basic plan document (or an
amendment thereof), per adoption agreement
$125
Note 1:Mass submitters that are sponsors in their own right are liable for this fee.
Note 2:If a mass submitter submits, in any 12-month period ending January 31, more than 300 applications
on behalf of word-for-word adopters with respect to a particular adoption agreement, only the first 300 such
applications will be subject to the fee; no fee will apply to those in excess of the first 300 such applications
submitted within the 12-month period.
(4) Sponsor’s minor modification of M&P mass submitter’s plan document, per adoption agreement
$280
(5) Nonmass submission (new or amended) by M&P sponsor, per adoption agreement
$2,195
2005–1 I.R.B.247January 3, 2005

(6) M&P mass submitter’s request for an advisory letter with respect to the addition of optional provisions
following issuance of a favorable opinion letter (see section 16.031(c) of Rev. Proc. 2000–20), per basic plan
document (regardless of the number of adoption agreements)
$595
(7) M&P mass submitter’s addition of new adoption agreements after the basic plan document and associated
adoption agreements have been approved, per adoption agreement
$480
(8) Assumption of sponsorship of an approved M&P plan, without any amendment to the plan document, by a
new entity, as evidenced by a change of employer identification number
$280
.05Opinion letters on prototype individual retirement accounts and/or annuities, simplified employee pensions,
SIMPLE IRAs, SIMPLE IRA Plans, and Roth IRAs.
(1) Mass submission of a prototype IRA, SEP, SIMPLE IRA, SIMPLE IRA Plan, or Roth IRA, per plan
document, new or amended
$1,300
(2) Sponsoring organization’s word-for-word identical adoption of mass submitter’s prototype IRA, SEP,
SIMPLE IRA, SIMPLE IRA Plan, or Roth IRA, per plan document or an amendment thereof
$125
Note:If a mass submitter submits, in any 12-month period ending January 31, more than 300 applications on
behalf of word-for-word adopters of prototype IRAs withrespect to a particular plan document, only the first 300
such applications will be subject to the fee; no fee will apply to those in excess of the first 300 such applications
submitted within the 12-month period.
(3) Sponsoring organization’s minor modification of mass submitter’s prototype IRA, SEP, SIMPLE IRA,
SIMPLE IRA Plan, or Roth IRA, per plan document
$335
(4) Sponsoring organization’s nonmass submission of prototype IRA, SEP, SIMPLE IRA, SIMPLE IRA
Plan, or Roth IRA, per plan document
$480
(5) Opinion letters on dual-purpose (combined traditional and Roth) IRAs:
(a) Mass submission of a prototype dual-purpose IRA, per plan document, new or amended
$2,570
(b) Sponsoring organization’s word-for-wordidentical adoption of mass submitter’s prototype
dual-purpose IRA, per plan document or an amendment thereof
$125
Note:If a mass submitter submits, in any 12-month period ending January 31, more than 300 applications on behalf
of word-for-word adopters of prototype dual-purposeIRAs with respect to a particular plan document, only the
first 300 such applications will be subject to the fee;no fee will apply to those in excess of the first 300 such
applications submitted within the 12-month period.
(c) Sponsoring organization’s minor modification of mass submitter’s prototype dual-purpose
IRA, per plan document
$675
(d) Sponsoring organization’s nonmass submission of prototype dual-purpose IRA, per plan
document
$990
.06Determination letters
(1) If the plan is intended to satisfy a design-based or nondesign-based safe harbor, or if the applicant is not
electing to receive a determination with respect to any of the general tests, and the applicant is not electing to
receive a determination with respect to the average benefit test:
(a) Form 5300
$700
(b) Form 5307
$125
(c) Form 5310
$225
(d) Form 6406
$125
January 3, 20052482005–1 I.R.B.

(e) Multiple employer plans (Form 5300):
(i) 2 to 10 Forms 5300
$700
(ii) 11 to 99 Forms 5300
$1,400
(iii) 100 to 499 Forms 5300
$2,800
(iv) Over 499 Forms 5300
$5,600
Note:In the case of a multiple employer plan that is adopted by other employers after the initial submission, the
fee would be the same as in paragraph (1) above. If only one employer adopts the plan in any subsequent year,
the fee would be $700.
(f) Multiple employer plans (Form 5310):
(i) 2 to 10 employers
$225
(ii) 11 to 99 employers
$450
(iii) 100 to 499 employers
$900
(iv) Over 499 employers
$1,800
(2) If the applicant is electing to receive a determination with respect to the average benefit test and/or any of
the general tests:
(a) Form 5300
$1,250
(b) Form 5307
$1,000
(c) Form 5310
$375
(d) Multiple employer plans (Form 5300):
(i) 2 to 10 Forms 5300
$1,250
(ii) 11 to 99 Forms 5300
$2,000
(iii) 100 to 499 Forms 5300
$3,500
(iv) Over 499 Forms 5300
$6,500
Note:In the case of a multiple employer plan that is adopted by other employers after the initial submission, the
fee would be the same as in paragraph (2) above. If only one employer adopts the plan in any subsequent year,
the fee would be $1,250.
(e) Multiple employer plans (Form 5310):
(i) 2 to 10 employers
$375
(ii) 11 to 99 employers
$600
(iii) 100 to 499 employers
$1,000
(iv) Over 499 employers
$2,000
(3) Group trusts contemplated by Rev. Rul. 81–100, 1981–1 C.B. 326, and Rev. Rul. 2004–67, 2004–28
I.R.B. 28.
$750
.07Advisory letters on volume submitter plans.
(1) Volume submitter specimen plans
$1,500
(2) Volume submitter lead specimen plan
$3,000
(3) Volume submitter specimen plan that is word-for-word identical to a lead specimen plan
$100
2005–1 I.R.B.249January 3, 2005

EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS USER FEES
.08Letter rulings.
(1) Applications with respect to change in accounting period (Form 1128)
$155
Note:No user fee is charged if the procedure described in Rev. Proc. 85–58, 1985–2 C.B. 740, is used by timely
filing the appropriate information return, or if the procedure described in Rev. Proc. 76–10, 1976–1 C.B. 548,
for organizations with group exemptions is followed.
(2) Applications with respect to change in accounting method (Form 3115)
$155
Note:No user fee is charged if the method described in Rev. Proc. 2002–9, 2002–1 C.B. 327, is used. Taxpayers
complying timely with Rev. Proc. 2002–9 will be deemed to have obtained the consent of the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue to changetheir method of accounting.
(3) Advance approval of scholarship grant-making procedures of a private foundation that has an agreement
for the administration of the scholarship program with the National Merit Scholarship Corp., or similar
organization administering a scholarship program shown to meet Service requirements
$250
(4) Request for a letter ruling as to whether an organization exempt from federal income tax is required to file
an annual return under § 6033
$250
Note 1:See Rev. Proc. 95–48, 1995–2 C.B. 418, which specifies that governmental units and affiliates of
governmental units that are exempt from federal income tax under § 501(a) are not required to file annual
information returns on Form 990,Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax.
Note 2:There is no additional charge for a determination ofthe § 6033 filing requirement from an organization
seeking recognition of exempt status under § 501 if the organization submits the information required by line 9 of
Part I of the 1998 Form 1023,Application for Recognition of Exemption Under § 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue
Code, or submits a separate written request with its application for recognition of exemption. Only the user fee for
the initial application for recognition of exemption applies.
(5) Request for approval of a qualified subsidiary related to a § 501(c)(25) organization.
$620
(6) All other letter rulings
$2,570
Reduced fees applicable toall other letter rulings:
(a) Organizations with gross receipts less than $250,000$625
Note:An exempt organization seeking a reduced fee must certify in the letter ruling request that its gross receipts
for the last taxable year before the request is filed were less than $250,000.
(b) Letter ruling requests from U.S. citizens and resident alien individuals, domestic trusts,
and domestic estates whose “total income” as reported on their federal income tax return (as
amended) filed for a full (12 months) taxable year ending before the date the request is filed,
plus any interest income not subject to tax under§ 103 (interest on state and local bonds) for
that period, is less than $250,000
$625
January 3, 20052502005–1 I.R.B.

Note:The reduced fee applies to a married individual if the combined gross income of the applicant and the
applicant’s spouse is less than $250,000. The gross incomes of the applicant and the applicant’s spouse are not
combined, however, if the applicant is legally separated from his or her spouse and the spouses do not file a joint
income tax return with each other. In the case of a letter ruling request from a domestic estate or trust that, at the
time the request is filed, has not filed an income tax return for a full taxable year, the reduced fee will be applicable
if the decedent’s or (in the case of an individual grantor) the grantor’s total income asreported on the last return
filed for a full taxable year endingbefore the date of death or the date of the transfer, taking into account any
additions required to be made to total income described in this subparagraph, is less than $250,000.
(c) Letter ruling requests in which a taxpayer requests substantially identical letter rulings for
multiple entities with a common member or activity, or multiple members of a common entity,
each additional letter ruling request after the $2,570 fee or the $625 reduced fee, as applicable,
has been paid for the first letter ruling request
$210
.09Determination letters and requests for group exemption letters
(1) Initial application for exemption under § 501 or § 521 from organizations (other than pension, profit-sharing,
and stock bonus plans described in § 401) that have had annual gross receipts averaging not more than $10,000
during the preceding four years, or new organizations that anticipate gross receipts averaging not more than
$10,000 during their first four years
$150
Note:Organizations seeking this reduced fee must sign a certification with their application that the receipts
are or will be not more than the indicated amounts.
(2) Initial application for exempt status from organizations otherwise described in paragraph (1) of this section
6.09 whose actual or anticipated gross receipts exceed the $10,000 average annually
$500
Note:If an organization that is already recognized as exemptunder § 501(c) seeks reclassification under another
subparagraph of § 501(c), a new user fee will be charged whether or not a new application is required. An additional
fee applies to organizations that seek recognition of exemption under § 501(c)(4) (unless requested at the time of the
§ 501(c)(3) application) for a period for which they donot qualify for exemption under § 501(c)(3) because their
application was filed late and they do not qualify for relief under § 301.9100–1.
(3) Group exemption letters
$500
Note:An additional fee under (1) or (2) above is required when acentral organization submits an initial application
for exemption with its request for a group exemption letter.
(4) Canadian registered charitiesNone
In accordance with the income tax treaty between the United States and Canada, Canadian registered charities are
automatically recognized as exempt under § 501(c)(3) without filing an application for exemption. For details,
see Notice 99–47, 1999–2 C.B. 391. Therefore, no user fee is required when a Canadian registered charity
submits all or part of a Form 1023 or other written request to be listed in Publication 78, or for a determination
on its private foundation status.
.10Summary of Exempt Organization Fees
This table summarizes the various types of exempt organization issues, indicates the office of jurisdiction for each type, and
lists the applicable user fee. Reduced feesmay be applicable in certain instances.
2005–1 I.R.B.251January 3, 2005

ISSUEOFFICEFEE
Accounting period and method changesTechnical
$155
Advance ruling period inquiriesDeterminationsNone
Application for recognition of exemptionDeterminations
$500
Confirmation of exemption (to replace lost exempt status letter,
and to reflect name and address changes)
DeterminationsNone
Qualified subsidiaries of § 501(c)(25) organizationsTechnical
$620
Regulations § 301.9100 relief in connection with applications
for recognition of exemption
DeterminationsNone
Section 507 terminations
(a) Notice under § 507(b)(1) or (2)DeterminationsNone
(b) Advance ruling under § 507(b)(1) or (2)Technical
$2,570
Section 514(b)(3) Neighborhood Land Use RuleTechnicalNone
Section 4940(d) exempt operating foundation statusDeterminationsNone
Advance approval of section 4942(g)(2) set asidesTechnicalNone
Section 4943(c)(7) extensions of disposal periodTechnical
$2,570
Section 4945 advance approval of organization’s grant making
procedures
DeterminationsNone
Section 4945(f) advance approval of voter registration activities DeterminationsNone
Section 6033 annual informationreturnfilingrequirements
(a) requested with original applicationDeterminationsNone
(b) requested after recognition of exemptionTechnical
$250
Unusual grants to certain organizations under
§§ 170(b)(1)(A)(vi) and 509(a)(2)
DeterminationsNone
SECTION 7. MAILING ADDRESS
FOR REQUESTING LETTER
RULINGS, DETERMINATION
LETTERS, ETC.
.01Matters handled by EP or EO Tech-
nical. Requests should be mailed to the ap-
propriate address set forth in this section
7.01.
(1)Employee plans letter rulings under
Rev. Procs. 79–62, 87–50, 90–49, 94–42,
2000–41, 2004–15, 2004–44 or 2005–4:
Internal Revenue Service
Attention: EP Letter Rulings
P.O. Box 27063
McPherson Station
Washington, D.C. 20038
(2)Employee plans opinion letters or
advisory letters under Rev. Procs. 87–50,
97–29, 98–59 and 2000–20:
Internal Revenue Service
Attention: EP Opinion/Advisory Letter
P.O. Box 27063
McPherson Station
Washington, D.C. 20038
(3)Employee plans administrative
scrutiny determinations under Rev. Proc.
93–41:
Internal Revenue Service
Attention: Administrative Scrutiny
P.O. Box 27063
McPherson Station
Washington, D.C. 20038
(4)Exempt organizations letter rulings:
Internal Revenue Service
Attention: EO Letter Rulings
P.O. Box 27720
McPherson Station
Washington, D.C. 20038
Note:Hand delivered requests must be
marked RULING REQUEST SUBMIS-
SION. The delivery should be made:
To the following address between the
hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.; where
a receipt will be given:
Courier’s Desk
Internal Revenue Service
Attention: SE:T:EP [or SE:T:EO]
1111 Constitution Avenue, N.W. – PE
Washington, D.C. 20224
.02Matters handled by EP or EO De-
terminations Office. The following types
January 3, 20052522005–1 I.R.B.

of requests and applications are handled by
the EP or EO Determinations Office and
should be sent to the Internal Revenue Ser-
vice Center in Covington, Kentucky, at the
address shown below: requests for deter-
mination letters and volume submitter ad-
visory letters on the qualified status of em-
ployee plans under §§ 401, 403(a), and
409, and the exempt status of any related
trust under § 501; applications for recogni-
tion of tax exemption on Form 1023, Form
1024 and Form 1028; and other applica-
tions for recognition of qualification or ex-
emption. The address is:
Internal Revenue Service
P.O. Box 192
Covington, KY 41012–0192
Applications shipped by Express Mail
or a delivery service should be sent to:
Internal Revenue Service
201 West Rivercenter Blvd.
Attn: Extracting Stop 312
Covington, KY 41011
SECTION 8. REQUESTS
INVOLVING MULTIPLE OFFICES,
FEE CATEGORIES, ISSUES,
TRANSACTIONS, OR ENTITIES
.01Requests involving several offices.
If a request dealing with only one transac-
tion involves more than one of the offices
within Headquarters (for example, one
issue is under the jurisdiction of the As-
sociate Chief Counsel (Income Tax &
Accounting) and another issue is under
the jurisdiction of the Commissioner, Tax
Exempt and Government Entities Divi-
sion), only one fee applies, namely the
highest fee that otherwise would apply
to each of the offices involved. See Rev.
Proc. 2005–1, this Bulletin, for the user
fees applicable to issues under the juris-
diction of the Associate Chief Counsel
(Corporate), the Associate Chief Counsel
(Financial Institutions & Products), the
Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax &
Accounting), the Associate Chief Coun-
sel (Passthroughs & Special Industries),
the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure
and Administration), the Associate Chief
Counsel (International) or the Division
Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax
Exempt and Government Entities).
.02Requests involving several fee cate-
gories. If a request dealing with only one
transaction involves more than one fee cat-
egory, only one fee applies, namely the
highest fee that otherwise would apply to
each of the categories involved.
.03Requests involving several issues.If
a request dealing with only one transaction
involves several issues, or a request for a
change in accounting method dealing with
only one item or sub-method of accounting
involves several issues, or a request for a
change in accounting period dealing with
only one item involves several issues, the
request is treated as one request. There-
fore, only one fee applies, namely the fee
that applies to the particular category or
subcategory involved. The addition of a
new issue relating to the same transaction
will not result in an additional fee, unless
the issue places the transaction in a higher
fee category.
.04Requests involving several un-
related transactions.Ifarequestin-
volves several unrelated transactions,
or a request for a change in accounting
method involves several unrelated items
or sub-methods of accounting, or a request
for a change in accounting period involves
several unrelated items, each transaction
or item is treated as a separate request.
As a result, a separate fee will apply for
each unrelated transaction or item. An
additional fee will apply if the request is
changed by the addition of an unrelated
transaction or item not contained in the
initial submission.
.05Requests for separate letter rulings
for several entities. Each entity involved
in a transaction (for example, an exempt
hospital reorganization) that desires a sep-
arate letter ruling in its own name must pay
a separate fee regardless of whether the
transaction or transactions may be viewed
as related. In certain situations, however, a
reduced fee may be charged. See sections
6.01(12) and 6.08(6) of this revenue pro-
cedure.
SECTION 9. PAYMENT OF FEE
.01Method of payment. Each request
to the Service for a letter ruling, determi-
nation letter, opinion letter, etc., must be
accompanied by a check or money order,
payable to the United States Treasury, in
the appropriate amount. Taxpayers should
not send cash.
.02Transmittal forms. Form 8717,
User Fee for Employee Plan Determina-
tion Letter Request, and Form 8718,User
Fee for Exempt Organization Determi-
nation Letter Request, are intended to be
used as attachments to certain determina-
tion letter, notification letter and advisory
letter applications. Space is reserved for
the attachment of the applicable user fee
check or money order. No similar form has
beendesignedtobeusedinconnection
with requests for letter rulings, opinion
letters, or administrative scrutiny determi-
nations.
.03Effect of nonpayment or payment of
incorrect amount.It will be the general
practice of the Service that:
(1) The respective offices within the
Service that are responsible for issuing let-
ter rulings, determination letters, etc., will
exercise discretion in deciding whether to
immediately return submissions that are
not accompanied by a properly completed
check or money order or that are accom-
panied by a check or money order for less
than the correct amount. In those instances
where the submission is not immediately
returned, the requester will be contacted
and given a reasonable amount of time to
submit the proper fee. If the proper fee is
not received within a reasonable amount of
time, the entire submission will then be re-
turned. However, the respective offices of
the Service, in their discretion, may defer
substantive consideration of a submission
until proper payment has been received.
(2) An application for a determination
letter will not be returned merely because
Form 8717 or Form 8718 was not attached.
(3) The return of a submission to the
requester may adversely affect substantive
rights if the submission is not perfected
and resubmitted to the Service within 30
days of the date of the cover letter return-
ing the submission. Examples of this are:
(a) where an application for a determina-
tion letter is submitted prior to the expi-
ration of the remedial amendment period
under § 401(b) and is returned because no
user fee was attached, the submission will
be timely if it is resubmitted by the expi-
ration of the remedial amendment period
or, if later, within 30 days after the appli-
cation was returned; and (b) where an ap-
plication for exemption under § 501(c)(3)
is submitted before expiration of the pe-
riod provided by § 1.508–1(a)(2) and is re-
turned because no user fee was attached,
the submission will be timely if it is re-
submitted before expiration of the period
2005–1 I.R.B.253January 3, 2005

provided by § 1.508–1(a)(2) or within 30
days, whichever is later.
(4) If a check or money order is for
more than the correct amount, the submis-
sion will be accepted and the amount of the
excess payment will be returned to the re-
quester.
SECTION 10. REFUNDS
.01General rule. In general, the fee
will not be refunded unless the Service de-
clines to rule on all issues for which a rul-
ing is requested. In the case of a request for
a letter ruling, if the case has been closed
by the Service becauseessential informa-
tion has not been submitted timely, the re-
quest may be reopened and treated as a
new request, but the taxpayer must pay an-
other user fee before the case can be re-
opened. See section 11.04(5) of Rev. Proc.
2005–4, page 128 , this Bulletin.
.02Examples.
(1) The following are examples of situa-
tions in which the fee will not be refunded:
(a) The request for a letter ruling, de-
termination letter, etc., is withdrawn at any
time subsequent to its receipt by the Ser-
vice, unless the only reason for withdrawal
is that the Service has advised the requester
that a higher user fee than was sent with
the request is applicable and the requester
is unwilling to pay the higher fee. For ex-
ample, no fee will be refunded where the
taxpayer has been advised that a proposed
adverse ruling is contemplated and subse-
quently withdraws its submission.
(b) The request is procedurally defi-
cient, although accompanied by the proper
fee and is not timely perfected by the re-
quester. When there is a failure to timely
perfect the request, the case will be consid-
ered closed and the failure to perfect will
be treated as a withdrawal for purposes of
this revenue procedure.
(c) A letter ruling, determination let-
ter, etc., is revoked in whole or in part at
the initiative of the Service. The fee paid
at the time the original letter ruling, deter-
mination letter, etc., was requested will not
be refunded.
(d) The request contains several issues
and the Service rules on some, but not all,
of the issues. The highest fee applicable to
the issues on which the Service rules will
not be refunded.
(e) The taxpayer asserts that a letter
ruling the taxpayer received covering a
single issue is erroneous or not responsive
(other than an issue on which the Service
has declined to rule) and requests recon-
sideration. The Service, upon reconsider-
ation, does not agree that the letter ruling
is erroneous or is not responsive. The fee
accompanying the request for reconsidera-
tion will not be refunded.
(f) The situation is the same as de-
scribed in subparagraph (e) of this section
10.02(1) except that the letter ruling cov-
ered several unrelated transactions. The
Service, upon reconsideration, does not
agree with the taxpayer that the letter rul-
ing is erroneous or is not responsive for all
of the transactions, but does agree that it
is erroneous as to one transaction. The fee
accompanying the request for reconsidera-
tion will not be refunded except to the ex-
tent applicable to the transaction for which
the Service agrees the letter ruling was in
error.
(g) The request is for a supplemental
letter ruling, determination letter, etc., con-
cerning a change in facts (whether signifi-
cant or not) relating to the transaction ruled
on.
(h) The request is for reconsideration
of an adverse or partially adverse letter rul-
ing or a final adverse determination letter,
and the taxpayer submits arguments and
authorities not submitted before the origi-
nal letter ruling or determination letter was
issued.
(2) The following are examples of situ-
ations in which the fee will be refunded:
(a) In a situation to which section
10.02(1)(h) of this revenue procedure
does not apply, the taxpayer asserts that
a letter ruling the taxpayer received cov-
ering a single issue is erroneous or is not
responsive (other than an issue on which
the Service declined to rule) and requests
reconsideration. The Service agrees, upon
reconsideration, that the letter ruling is
erroneous or is not responsive. The fee
accompanying the taxpayer’s request for
reconsideration will be refunded.
(b) In a situation to which section
10.02(1)(h) of this revenue procedure
does not apply, the requester requests a
supplemental letter ruling, determination
letter, etc., to correct a mistake that the
Service agrees it made in the original let-
ter ruling, determination letter, etc., such
as a mistake in the statement of facts or
in the citation of a Code section. Once
the Service agrees that it made a mistake,
the fee accompanyingthe request for the
supplemental letter ruling, determination
letter, etc., will be refunded.
(c) The taxpayer requests and is
granted relief under § 7805(b) in con-
nection with the revocation, in whole or
in part, of a previously issued letter rul-
ing, determination letter, etc. The fee
accompanying the request for relief will
be refunded.
(d) In a situation to which section
10.02(1)(d) of this revenue procedure
applied, the taxpayer requests reconsider-
ation of the Service’s decision not to rule
on an issue. Once the Service agrees to
rule on the issue, the fee accompanying
the request for reconsideration will be re-
funded.
SECTION 11. REQUEST FOR
RECONSIDERATION OF USER FEE
A taxpayer that believes the user fee
charged by the Service for its request for
a letter ruling, determination letter, etc.,
is either not applicable or incorrect and
wishes to receive a refund of all or part of
the amount paid (see section 10 of this rev-
enue procedure) may request reconsidera-
tion and, if desired, the opportunity for an
oral discussion by sending a letter to the
Internal Revenue Service at the applica-
ble Post Office Box or other address given
in section 7. Both the incoming enve-
lope and the letter requesting such recon-
sideration should be prominently marked
“USER FEE RECONSIDERATION RE-
QUEST.” No user fee is required for these
requests. The request should be marked
for the attention of:
January 3, 20052542005–1 I.R.B.

If the matter involves primarily:Mark for the attention of:
Employee plans letter ruling requests and all other employee
plans matters handled by EP Technical
Employee Plans Technical
Exempt organizations letter ruling requestsExempt Organizations Technical
Employee plans determination letter requestsManager, EP Determinations Quality Assurance
Exempt organizations determination letter requestsManager, EO Determinations Quality Assurance
SECTION 12. EFFECT ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS
.01 Re
v. Proc. 2004–8, 2004–1 I.R.B.
240, i
s superseded.
SECT
ION 13. EFFECTIVE DATE
This revenue procedure is effective Jan-
uary 3, 2005.
SECTION 14. PAPERWORK
REDUCTION ACT
The collections of information con-
tained in this revenue procedure have
been reviewed and approved by the Office
of Management and Budget in accor-
dance with the Paperwork Reduction Act
(44 U.S.C. 3507) under control number
1545–1520.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor,
and a person is not required to respond
to, a collection of information unless the
collection of information displays a valid
OMB control number.
The collections of information in
this revenue procedure are in sections
6.01(12)(d), 6.08(6)(b) and 6.09. This
information is required to substantiate
that a taxpayer or an exempt organization
seeking to pay a reduced user fee with
respect to a request for a letter ruling is
entitled to pay the reduced fee; to identify
the user fee category and corresponding
fee required to be paid with respect to
determination letter requests; to request
reconsideration of the user fee charged
by the Service and, in connection with
such a request, to indicate whether an oral
discussion is desired. This information
will be used to enable the Service to de-
termine whether the taxpayer or exempt
organization is entitled to pay a reduced
user fee, to ascertain whether reconsidera-
tion of the user fee is being requested and,
if it is being requested, whether an oral
discussion is requested. The collections
of information are voluntary, to obtain
a benefit. The likely respondents are
individuals, business or other for-profit in-
stitutions, nonprofit institutions, and small
businesses or organizations.
The estimated total annual reporting
and/or recordkeeping burden is 300 hours.
The estimated annual burden per re-
spondent/recordkeeper varies from one
hour to ten hours, depending on individual
circumstances, with an estimated average
of three hours. The estimated number of
respondents and/or recordkeepers is 90
(requests for reduced fees) and 10 (re-
quests for reconsideration of fee).
The estimated annual frequency of re-
sponses is on occasion.
Books or records relating to a collection
of information must be retained as long
as their contents may become material in
the administration of any internal revenue
law. Generally tax returns and tax return
information are confidential, as required
by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
DRAFTING INFORMATION
The principal author of this revenue
procedure is Michael Rubin of the Em-
ployee Plans, Tax Exempt and Govern-
ment Entities Division. For further infor-
mation regarding employee plans matters
in this revenue procedure, please contact
the Employee Plans’ taxpayer assistance
telephone service 1–877–829–5500 (a
toll-free number) between the hours of
8:00 a.m. and 6:30 p.m., Eastern time,
Monday through Friday. Mr. Rubin
may be reached at (202) 283–9888
(not a toll-free number). For exempt
organization matters, please contact
Mr. Wayne Hardesty at (202) 283–8976
(not a toll-free number).
APPENDIX
Following is a list of revenue procedures
requiring payment of a user fee or an ad-
ministrative scrutiny determination user
fee.
A.Procedures applicable to both
Employee Plans and Exempt
Organizations
Rev. Proc. 2005–4, this Bulletin, pro-
vides procedures for issuing letter rulings,
information letters, etc., on matters relat-
ing to matters under the jurisdiction of the
Commissioner, Tax Exempt and Govern-
ment Entities Division.
B.Procedures Applicable to Employee
Plans matters other than actuarial matters
Rev. Proc. 75–26, 1975–1 C.B. 722,
sets forth the general procedures of the
Internal Revenue Service for the process-
ing of applications for exemption under
§ 4975(c)(2) of the Code.
Rev. Proc. 87–50, 1987–2 C.B. 647,
as modified by Rev. Proc. 91–44, Rev.
Proc. 92–38, and Rev. Proc. 2002–10,
2002–1 C.B. 401, sets forth the proce-
dures of the Service relating to the issuance
of rulings and opinion letters with respect
to the establishment of individual retire-
ment accounts and annuities (IRAs) un-
der § 408, the entitlement to exemption of
related trusts or custodial accounts under
§ 408(e), and the acceptability of the form
of prototype simplified employee pension
(SEP)agreementsunder§§408(k)and
415.
Rev. Proc. 92–24, 1992–1 C.B. 739,
provides procedures for requesting deter-
mination letters on the effect on a plan’s
qualified status under § 401(a) of the Code
of plan language that permits, pursuant to
§ 420, the transfer of assets in a defined
benefit plan to a health benefits account
described in § 401(h).
Rev. Proc. 92–38, 1992–1 C.B. 859,
provides notice that individual retirement
arrangement trusts, custodial account
agreements, and annuity contracts must be
amended to provide for the required dis-
tribution rules in § 408(a)(6) or (b)(3). In
addition, Rev. Proc. 92–38 modifies the
guidance in Rev. Proc. 87–50 with regard
2005–1 I.R.B.255January 3, 2005

to opinion letters issued to sponsoring
organizations, including mass submitters
and sponsors of prototype IRAs.
Rev. Proc. 93–41, 1993–2 C.B. 536,
sets forth the procedures of the Service re-
lating to the issuance of an administrative
scrutiny determination as to whether a sep-
arate line of business satisfies the require-
ment of administrative scrutiny within the
meaning of § 1.414(r)–6.
Rev. Proc. 97–29, 1997–1 C.B. 698,
describes model amendments for SIMPLE
IRAs; guidance to drafters of prototype
SIMPLE IRAs on obtaining opinion let-
ters; permissive amendments to sponsors
of nonSIMPLE IRAs; the opening of a pro-
totype program for SIMPLE IRA Plans;
and transitional relief for users of SIMPLE
IRAs and SIMPLE IRA Plans that have not
been approved by the Service.
Rev. Proc. 98–59, 1998–2 C.B. 727,
provides guidance on obtaining opinion
letters to drafters of prototype Roth IRAs,
and provides transitional relief for users of
Roth IRAs that have not been approved by
the Internal Revenue Service.
Rev. Proc. 2000–20, 2000–1 C.B. 553,
as modified by Rev. Proc. 2002–29,
2002–1 C.B. 1176, and Rev. Proc.
2002–73, 2002–2 C.B. 932, revises and
combines the Service’s master and pro-
totype (M&P) and regional prototype
programs into a unified program for the
pre-approval of pension, profit-sharing
and annuity plans.
Rev. Proc. 2003–16, 2003–1 C.B. 359,
sets forth guidelines for the implementa-
tion of the provision for a waiver of the
60-day rollover period described in section
644 of EGTRRA.
Rev. Proc. 2005–6, this Bulletin, pro-
vides procedures for issuing determination
letters on the qualified status of employee
plans under §§ 401(a), 403(a), 409, and
4975(e)(7).
C. Procedures applicable toEmployee
Plans actuarial matters
Rev. Proc. 79–62, 1979–2 C.B. 576,
outlines the procedure by which a plan
sponsor or administrator may request a
determination that a plan amendment is
reasonable and provides for onlyde min-
imisincreases in plan liabilities in accor-
dance with § 412(f)(2)(A) of the Code and
§ 304(b)(2)(A) of ERISA.
Rev. Proc. 90–49, 1990–2 C.B. 620,
modifies and replaces Rev. Proc. 89–35,
1989–1 C.B. 917, in order to extend the ef-
fective date to contributions made for plan
years beginning after December 31, 1989,
to change the deadline for requesting rul-
ings under the revenue procedure, to re-
vise the information requirements for a rul-
ing request made under the revenue pro-
cedure, to furnish aworksheet for actu-
arial computations, and to provide a spe-
cial rule under which certainde minimis
nondeductible employer contributions to a
qualified defined benefit plan may be re-
turned to the taxpayer without a formal rul-
ing or disallowance from the Service.
Rev. Proc. 94–42, 1994–1 C.B. 717,
sets forth a procedure for obtaining ap-
proval of an amendment to a qualified plan
that, under § 412(c)(8), reduces the ac-
crued benefits of plan participants.
Rev. Proc. 2000–41, 2000–2, C.B.
371, sets forth the procedure by which a
plan administrator or plan sponsor may ob-
tain approval of the Secretary of the Trea-
sury for a change in funding method as
provided by § 412(c)(5) of the Code and
§ 302(c)(5) of ERISA.
Rev. Proc. 2004–15, 2004–7 I.R.B.
490, sets forth procedures for requesting
waivers of the minimum funding standard
described in § 412(d) and the issuance of
such waivers by the office of the Director,
Employee Plans, Tax Exempt and Govern-
ment Entities Division.
Rev. Proc. 2004–44, 2004–31 I.R.B.
134, outlines the procedure by which a
plan administrator or plan sponsor may re-
quest and obtain approval for an exten-
sion of an amortization period in accor-
dance with § 412(e) of the Code and sec-
tion 304(a) of ERISA.
D.Procedures applicable to Exempt
Organizations matters only
Rev. Proc. 80–27, 1980–1 C.B. 677,
as modified by Rev. Proc. 96–40, 1996–2
C.B. 301, provides procedures under
which recognition of exemption from fed-
eral income tax under § 501(c) may be
obtained on a group basis for subordinate
organizations affiliated with and under the
general supervision or control of a cen-
tral organization. This procedure relieves
each of the subordinates covered by a
group exemption letter from filing its own
application for recognition of exemption.
Rev. Proc. 90–27, 1990–1 C.B. 514,
sets forth revised procedures with regard to
applications for recognition of exemption
from federal income tax under §§ 501 and
521.
January 3, 20052562005–1 I.R.B.

Part IV. Items of General Interest
Cumulative List of
Announcements Relating
to Section 7428(c) Validation
of Certain Contributions
Made During Pendency
of Declaratory Judgment
Proceedings from January 1,
2004 through December 31,
2004
Announcement 2005–1
The following is a cumulative listing of
names of organizations that are presently
challenging, under section 7428 of the In-
ternal Revenue Code, the revocation of
their status as organizations entitled to re-
ceive deductible contributions in declara-
tory judgment suits in the Tax Court, the
United States District Court for the District
of Columbia, or the United States Court of
Federal Claims. The purpose of this an-
nouncement is to inform potential donors
to these organizations of the protection un-
der 7428(c) for certain contributions made
during the litigation period.
Protection under section 7428(c) of the
Code begins on the date that the notice
of revocation is published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin and ends on the date
on which a court first determines that an
organization is not described in section
170(c)(2), as more particularly set forth in
section 7428(c)(1). In the case of indi-
vidual contributors, the maximum amount
of contributions protected during this pe-
riod is limited to $1,000.00, with a hus-
band and wife being treated as one contrib-
utor. This protection is not extended to any
individual who was responsible, in whole
or in part, for the acts or omissions of the
organization that were the basis for the
revocation. This protection also applies
(but without limitation as to amount) to or-
ganizations described in section 170(c)(2)
which are exempt from tax under section
501(a). If the organization ultimately pre-
vails in its declaratory judgment suit, de-
ductibility of contributions would be sub-
ject to the normal limitations set forth un-
der section 170.
I. The organizations listed below con-
tinue to be involved in pending declara-
tory judgment suits under section 7428
of the Code, challenging revocation of
their status as eligible donees under sec-
tion 170(c)(2). Protection under section
7428(c) begins on the date indicated.
Clinica Materna Infantil 30–30, Inc.Hollywood, FL
(April 28, 2003)
South Community AssociationMiddletown, OH
(September 1, 2003)
South Park Remedial AssociationDayton, OH
(September 1, 2003)
II. The organization listed below has timely filed a declaratory judgment suit under section 7428 of the Code during 2004. Protec-
tion under section 7428(c) begins on the date indicated.
Michael and Laura Gallop FamilyFoundationAgoura Hills, CA
(June 28, 2004)
III. The organizations listed below are no longer described in section 170(c)(2) and are not recognized as exempt under section
501(c)(3) of the Code.
Career Guidance FoundationSan Diego, CA
Del Oro Conservatory for the Classical Arts of Music and Dance, Inc.Chandler, AZ
Open Classrooms CharteredBaltimore, MD
Julie Renee Phelan Foundation f.k.a. Assured Nonprofit Services, Inc.Seattle, WA
2005–1 I.R.B.257January 3, 2005

Definition of Terms
Revenue rulings and revenue procedures
(hereinafter referred to as “rulings”) that
have an effect on previous rulings use the
following defined terms to describe the ef-
fect:
Amplifieddescribes a situation where
no change is being made in a prior pub-
lished position, but the prior position is be-
ingextendedtoapplytoavariationofthe
fact situation set forth therein. Thus, if
an earlier ruling held that a principle ap-
plied to A, and the new ruling holds that the
same principle also applies to B, the earlier
ruling is amplified. (Compare withmodi-
fied,below).
Clarifiedis used in those instances
where the language in a prior ruling is be-
ing made clear because the language has
caused, or may cause, some confusion.
It is not used where a position in a prior
ruling is being changed.
Distinguisheddescribes a situation
where a ruling mentions a previously pub-
lished ruling and points out an essential
difference between them.
Modifiedis used where the substance
of a previously published position is being
changed. Thus, if a prior ruling held that a
principle applied to A but not to B, and the
new ruling holds that it applies to both A
and B, the prior ruling is modified because
it corrects a published position. (Compare
withamplifiedandclarified, above).
Obsoleteddescribes a previously pub-
lished ruling that is not considered deter-
minative with respect to future transac-
tions. This term is most commonly used in
a ruling that lists previously published rul-
ings that are obsoleted because of changes
in laws or regulations. A ruling may also
be obsoleted because the substance has
been included in regulations subsequently
adopted.
Revokeddescribes situations where the
position in the previously published ruling
is not correct and the correct position is
beingstatedinanewruling.
Supersededdescribes a situation where
the new ruling does nothing more than re-
state the substance and situation of a previ-
ously published ruling (or rulings). Thus,
the term is used to republish under the
1986 Code and regulations the same po-
sition published under the 1939 Code and
regulations. The term is also used when
it is desired to republish in a single rul-
ing a series of situations, names, etc., that
were previously published over a period of
time in separate rulings. If the new rul-
ing does more than restate the substance
of a prior ruling, a combination of terms
is used. For example,modifiedandsu-
persededdescribes a situation where the
substance of a previously published ruling
is being changed in part and is continued
without change in part and it is desired to
restate the valid portion of the previously
published ruling in a new ruling that is self
contained. In this case, the previously pub-
lished ruling is first modified and then, as
modified, is superseded.
Supplementedis used in situations in
which a list, such as a list of the names of
countries, is published in a ruling and that
list is expanded by adding further names in
subsequent rulings. After the original rul-
ing has been supplemented several times, a
new ruling may be published that includes
the list in the original ruling and the ad-
ditions, and supersedes all prior rulings in
the series.
Suspendedis used in rare situations
to show that the previous published rul-
ings will not be applied pending some
future action such as the issuance of new
or amended regulations, the outcome of
cases in litigation, or the outcome of a
Service study.
Abbreviations
The fol
lowing abbreviations in current use
and for
merly used will appear in material
publis
hedintheBulletin.
A—Individual.
Acq.—A
cquiescence.
B—Individual.
BE—Beneficiary.
BK—Bank
.
B.T.A.—Board of Tax Appeals.
C—Individual.
C.B.—Cu
mulative Bulletin.
CFR—Code of Federal Regulations.
CI—City.
COOP—Coo
perative.
Ct.D.—Court Decision.
CY—County.
D—Decede
nt.
DC—Dummy Corporation.
DE—Donee.
Del. Order
—Delegation Order.
DISC—Domestic International Sales Corporation.
DR—Donor.
E—Estate.
EE—Employee.
E.O.—Executive Order.
ER—Emp
loyer.
ERISA—Employee Retirement Income Security Act.
EX—Executor.
F—Fiduc
iary.
FC—Foreign Country.
FICA—Federal Insurance Contributions Act.
FISC—Fo
reign International Sales Company.
FPH—Foreign Personal Holding Company.
F.R.—Federal Register.
FUTA—Fed
eral Unemployment Tax Act.
FX—Foreign corporation.
G.C.M.—Chief Counsel’s Memorandum.
GE—Grante
e.
GP—General Partner.
GR—Grantor.
IC—Insura
nce Company.
I.R.B.—Internal Revenue Bulletin.
LE—Lessee.
LP—Limited
Partner.
LR—Lessor.
M—Minor.
Nonacq.—No
nacquiescence.
O—Organization.
P—Parent Corporation.
PHC—Persona
l Holding Company.
PO—Possession of the U.S.
PR—Partner.
PRS—Pa
rtnership.
PTE—Prohibited Transaction Exemption.
Pub. L.—Public Law.
REIT—Re
al Estate Investment Trust.
Rev. Proc.—Revenue Procedure.
Rev. Rul.—Revenue Ruling.
S—Subsi
diary.
S.P.R.—Statement of Procedural Rules.
Stat.—Statutes at Large.
T—Target
Corporation.
T.C.—Tax Court.
T.D.—Treasury Decision.
TFE—Trans
feree.
TFR—Transferor.
T.I.R.—Technical Information Release.
TP—Taxpay
er.
TR—Trust.
TT—Trustee.
U.S.C.—Uni
ted States Code.
X—Corporation.
Y—Corporation.
Z—Corporat
ion.
January 3, 2005i2005–1 I.R.B.

Numerical Finding List
1
Bulletin 2005–1
Announcements:
2005-1, 2005-1 I.R.B.257
Revenue Procedures:
2005-1, 2005-1 I.R.B.1
2005-2, 2005-1 I.R.B.86
2005-3, 2005-1 I.R.B.118
2005-4, 2005-1 I.R.B.128
2005-5, 2005-1 I.R.B.170
2005-6, 2005-1 I.R.B.200
2005-7, 2005-1 I.R.B.240
2005-8, 2005-1 I.R.B.243
1
A cumulative list of all revenue rulings, revenue procedures, Treasury decisions, etc., published in Internal Revenue Bulletins 2004–27 through 2004–52 is in Internal Revenue Bulletin
2004–52, dated December 27, 2004.
2005–1 I.R.B.iiJanuary 3, 2005

Findings List of Current Actions on
Previously Published Items
1
Bulletin 2005–1
Revenue Procedures:
2004-1
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2005-1, 2005-1 I.R.B.1
2004-2
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2005-2, 2005-1 I.R.B.86
2004-3
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2005-3, 2005-1 I.R.B.118
2004-4
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2005-4, 2005-1 I.R.B.128
2004-5
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2005-5, 2005-1 I.R.B.170
2004-6
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2005-6, 2005-1 I.R.B.200
2004-7
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2005-7, 2005-1 I.R.B.240
2004-8
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2005-8, 2005-1 I.R.B.243
1
A cumulative list of current actions on previously published items in Internal Revenue Bulletins 2004–27 through 2004–52 is in Internal Revenue Bulletin 2004–52, dated December 27,
2004.
January 3, 2005iii2005–1 I.R.B.
*U.S. Government Printing Office: 2004—310–365/60168

2005–1 I.R.B.January 3, 2005
Picture Them Home
Call 1-800-THE-LOST
National Center for Missing and Exploited Children
Missing From: Las Vegas, NV on 05/01/2002 9:30:00 AM
Jonathan Nappi
Male, Age Now: 16
Brown eyes, Black hair
Help Us To
www.missingkids.com
(1-800-843-5678)
Proud Partners With
Internal Revenue Service
Age Progression By NCMEC

January 3, 20052005–1 I.R.B.
Picture Them Home
Call 1-800-THE-LOST
National Center for Missing and Exploited Children
Missing From: Fort Bragg, CA on 07/27/1994
Bonnie Kunkel
Female, Age Now: 23
Brown eyes, Sandy hair
Help Us To
www.missingkids.com
(1-800-843-5678)
Proud Partners With
Internal Revenue Service
Age Progression By NCMEC

Internal Revenue Cumulative Bulletins
Publications and Subscription Order Form
Order Processing Code:
3432
Easy Secure Internet:
bookstore.gpo.gov
08/03
Authorizing signature
(Please type or print)
Company or personal name
Additional address/attention line
Street address
City, State, Zip Code
E-mail address
Daytime phone including area code
Purchase order number (optional)
Standing Order Service*
To automatically receive future editions of Internal Revenue Cumulative
Bulletinswithout having to initiate a new purchase order, sign below for
Standing Order Service.
Authorization
I hereby authorize the Superintendent of Documents to charge my account for Standing
Order Service:
(enter account information at right)
❑VISA ❑MasterCard ❑Discover/NOVUS ❑American Express
❑Superintendent of Documents (SOD) Deposit Account
Authorizing signature (Standing orders not valid unless signed.)
____________________________________________________________
Please print or type your name.
Daytime phone number (_______) _________________________________
SuDocs Deposit Account
A Deposit Account will enable you to use Standing Order Service to
receive subsequent volumes quickly and automatically. For an initial
deposit of $50 you can establish your Superintendent of Documents Deposit
Account.
❑YES!Open a SOD Deposit Account for me so I can order future publications
quickly and easily.
I am enclosing the $50 initial deposit.
Total
Price
Price
Each
Qty.
Stock Number
Title
048–004–02405–5Cum. Bulletin 1998–1 (Jan-June)86.00
048–004–02422–5Cum. Bulletin 1998–2 (Jul-Dec) 85.00
048–004–02451–9Cum. Bulletin 1998–472.50
048–004–02467–5Cum. Bulletin 1999–351.00
048–004–02455–1Cum. Bulletin 2000–1 (Jan–June)82.00
048–004–02453–5Cum. Bulletin 2000–2 (July–Dec)58.00
048–004–02454–3Cum. Bulletin 2001–1 (Jan-June)83.00
048–004–02462–4Cum. Bulletin 2001–2 (July–Dec)60.00
048–004–02463–2Cum. Bulletin 2002–1 (Jan-June)78.00
048–004–02470–5Cum. Bulletin 2002–2 (July–Dec)72.00
Total for Publications
Total for Subscriptions
Total for Publications and Subscriptions
❑Check payable to Superintendent of Documents
❑SOD Deposit Account
❑VISA❑MasterCard ❑Discover/NOVUS ❑AMEX
(expiration date)
Publications
Subscriptions
Thank you for your Order!
Toll Free:866 512-1800
DC Area:202 512-2800
Fax:202 512-2250
Mail:Superintendent of Documents
P.O. Box 371954
Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954
Check method of payment:
Qty.Standing Order
Internal Revenue Cumulative BulletinsZIRSC
Title
Qty.List ID
Internal Revenue Bulletin
Optional – Add $50 to open Deposit Account
IRS
$247
Title
Price
Each
Total
Price
*Standing Order Service
Just sign the authorization above to charge selected items to your existing Deposit Account, VISA or
MasterCard, Discover/NOVUS, or American Express account. Or open a Deposit Account with an initial
deposit of $50 or more. Your account will be charged only as each volume is issued and mailed. Sufficient
money must be kept in your account to insure that items are shipped. Service begins with the next issue
released of each item you select.
You will receive written acknowledgement for each item you choose to receive by Standing Order
Service.
If you wish to cancel your Standing Order Service, please notify the Superintendent of Documents
in writing (telephone cancellations are accepted, but must be followed up with a written cancellation
within 10 days).
Important:Please include this completed order form with your payment.
NOTE:Price includes regular shipping and handling and is
subject to change. International customers please
add 40 percent.

INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETIN
The Introduction at the beginning of this issue describes the purpose and content of this publication. The weekly Internal Revenue
Bulletin is sold on a yearly subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents. Current subscribers are notified by the Superin-
tendent of Documents when their subscriptions must be renewed.
CUMULATIVE BULLETINS
The contents of this weekly Bulletin are consolidated semiannually into a permanent, indexed, Cumulative Bulletin. These are
sold on a single copy basis andare notincluded as part of the subscription to the Internal Revenue Bulletin. Subscribers to the weekly
Bulletin are notified when copies of the Cumulative Bulletin are available. Certain issues of Cumulative Bulletins are out of print
and are not available. Persons desiring available Cumulative Bulletins, which are listed on the reverse, may purchase them from the
Superintendent of Documents.
ACCESS THE INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETIN ON THE INTERNET
You may view the Internal Revenue Bulletin on the Internet at www.irs.gov. Under information for: select Businesses. Under
related topics, select More Topics. Then select Internal Revenue Bulletins.
INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETINS ON CD-ROM
Internal Revenue Bulletins are available annually as part ofPublication 1976 (Tax Products CD-ROM). The CD-ROM can be
purchased from National Technical Information Service (NTIS) on the Internet at www.irs.gov/cdorders (discount for online orders)
or by calling 1-877-233-6767. The first release is available in mid-December and the final release is available in late January.
HOW TO ORDER
Check the publications and/or subscription(s) desired on the reverse, complete the order blank, enclose the proper remittance,
detach entire page, and mail to the Superintendent of Documents, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh PA, 15250–7954. Please allow two to
six weeks, plus mailing time, for delivery.
WE WELCOME COMMENTS ABOUT THE INTERNAL
REVENUE BUL
LETIN
If you have c
omments concerning the format or production of the Internal Revenue Bulletin or suggestions for improving it,
we would be p
leased to hear from you. You can e-mail us your suggestions or comments through the IRS Internet Home Page
(www.irs.g
ov) or write to the IRS Bulletin Unit, SE:W:CAR:MP:T:T:SP, Washington, DC 20224
Internal Revenue Service
W
ashington,DC20224
Official B
usiness
Penalty for
Private Use, $300